31B-240 i
3 . 02 TESTING
A. Balancing Loads : {
1. Connected loads, in general, are indicated in circuit
schedules . Circuits shall be so connected to the
panelboards that the total load is distributed as j
nearly as possible, equally between each line and
neutral . 10 percent will be considered a reasonable
and allowable unbalance. Branch circuits shall be
balanced on their own panelboards, and feeder loads
shall be, in turn, balanced on the main distribution
panel . Reasonable load test shall be arranged to
verify load balance if requested by the Public Works
Department .
B. Measurements :
1. Before ordering any materials or doing any work, all
dimensions shall be field measured and this division
shall be responsible for the correctness of same. No
extra charge or compensation will be allowed on
account of difference between actual dimensions and
the measurements indicated on the Drawings; any
difference which may be found shall be submitted to
the Architect-Engineer for consideration before
proceeding with the work.
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
28
opk proper all metallic components and equipment to one
another and to ground using a positive foolproof
System of connections . Provide and install bonding
and grounding conductors with approved termination
where`,:required.
4 . A No. 12 AWG insulated equipment ground conductor
shall be installed in each length of flexible metallic
conduit connection to motors and other equipment
components for continuity. Positive ground connection
with the ground wire shall be made at each outlet box,
motor, and other equipment components by means of
positively secured ground clamp in each.
C. Conduit Raceways and Fi t nas :
1 . All metal conduit, enclosures, and raceways for
conductors shall be mechanically joined together to
form a continuous electrical continuity and bond and
shall be grounded as required by the Massachusetts
Electrical Code .
2 . All conduit shall be concealed where possible and so
installed so as not to damage or run through
structural members . Exposed conduit shall be run
parallel with, or at right angles to, the walls of the
OW building.
3 . All conduit shall be supported by approved hangers,
racks, clamps, or clips fastened to expansion inserts
or lead anchors in accordance with the Massachusetts
Electrical Code . Spacing of supports for conduits and
raceways shall be in accordance with the Massachusetts
Electrical Code .
4 . All conduit expansion fittings shall be installed in
each run wherever it crosses an expansion joint in the
structure. All conduit runs in slab shall be
separated as much as possible .
S . Conduits shall be in full length wherever possible.
All conduits shall be plugged with approved discs
during construction and be dry and clean before
pulling wires .
6 . Minimum size of conduit of EMT shall be 1/2 in.
7 . The inside and outside of all steel and flexible
conduit, including factory-made elbows, and all boxes
and fittings, including bolts and screws, shall be
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
23
differences between actual measurements and those ,nk
shown on the Drawings .
3 . If, in laying out his work, the Electrical
Subcontractor finds that the work of other trades
might interfere with him, the Architect-Engineer shall
be notified at once . The right is hereby reserved by
the Architect-Engineer to make reasonable changes in
arrangement of equipment, piping, etc . prior to the
roughing in, if interference is found, without
additional cost to the Owner.
4 . All work shall be installed in such a manner as to be
readily accessible for maintenance, repair, and
operation. Deviations from the Drawings must be
approved by the Architect-Engineer without additional
cost to the Owner.
S . The locations of outlets, apparatus, and equipment are
approximate only and the runs of feeders, mains, and
branches are not necessarily to be made exactly as
shown on the Drawings . The exact locations of such
work shall be determined after full consideration has
been given to work of other trades and without changes
in the design of the systems . The entire installation
shall conform to the latest issue of the Massachusetts
Electrical Code and state and local inspection .
authorities .
6 . Electrical apparatus, such as junction and pull boxes,
controls, and apparatus, shall be made accessible .
B. Groundina:
1 . Requirements of the Massachusetts Electrical Code
relative to the protective grounding of all equipment
and services shall be followed, together with the
rules and regulations of the local utility company and
other applicable codes and regulations .
2 . Except where specifically indicated otherwise, all
exposed non-current carrying metallic parts of
electrical equipment, grounding conductor of
non-metallic raceways, and neutral conductor of the
wiring system shall be grounded. The ground
connection shall be made at the main service equipment
and shall be extended to the point of entrance of the
metallic water service or to driven rods on the
exterior of the building.
3 . The Electrical Subcontractor shall make tight and
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
22
buttons on the calling master. LEDs above selector
'* buttons shall illuminate when the station button is
pressed at the calling master. The occupied LED shall
light to indicate that the system is in use, and the off
LED shall light on the master station that has a station
selected.
C. Master station shall be equipped with extra contact
terminals corresponding to each selector button, capable
of controlling remote devices, such as door strikes,
maglocks, lights, or camera systems .
D. Master station shall wall mount on a 1-gang box or ring,
or desk mount with an optional desktop terminal box.
Substations shall be available in the following
configurations : (1) surface or flush mount styles, with
or without privacy; (2) surface mount with three (3) call
buttons, with or without privacy; (3) weather resistant
door stations in surface or flush mount styles, mounted on
or in standard 1-gang or 2-gang boxes; (4) vandalproof
substation, indoor or outdoor styles, with optional
surface mount box.
E. An optional adaptor shall be available to provide chime
from up to three (3) door stations and provide an
auxiliary input to distribute background music to all or
selected sub or master stations in the system.
F. Wiring shall be multiple conductors with an overall shield
inside a single jacket, including five (5) common wires,
plus one (1) individual wire per station in the system
between masters . Add one (1) common wire for door
release. Maximum 12 conductors, not including "K"
terminals . Add one (1) wire for each station requiring
external device control . Wiring to substations shall be
two (2) conductors in a 1-master station and three (3)
conductors in a system with two (2) or more masters.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INST r T ATION/AP T r�ATTON/ERF('TrO�T
A. General :
1 . The Electrical Subcontractor shall endeavor to lay out
and perform his work in such a manner as to cause no
delay in the construction by other trades .
2 . The Electrical Subcontractor shall verify all
measurements and shall be responsible for the
correctness of same . No allowance will be made for
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
21
Logic Series 2000 with IOM-11 KYZ contact board to EMS
system for KWH monitoring. '
M. Access Panels :
1 . Access panel doors for all concealed inaccessible
junction boxes and spare conduit from panels, in
masonry walls, plastered walls, plastered or gypsum
wallboard ceilings, shall be furnished by the
Electrical Subcontractor and installed by tradesmen of
wall or ceiling finish. Access panels in plaster
shall be Karp Type DSC-214 PL (12 in. by 12 in. min. ) ;
in walls, shall be Karp Type DSC-214M "Universal" (12
in. by 12 in. ) . For drywall ceilings, shall be Karp
Sesame Slim Trim Access Hatches, Type KSTDW/CAD (12
in. by 12 in. min. ) .
N. Emergency Generator (20 KW Cummins) :
1 . 20 GGDB N/G 69Q208V, 208 volt, 3 phase, indoor-
standard radiator cooling with matched cB.
2 . A 60 amp. , LT111, NEMA 1, 2 amp. battery charger.
3 . An automatic transfer switch, 70 amp. , 208 volt, 3
phase, NEMA 1, no exerciser clock, 2 amp. battery
charger.
2 . 02 INTERCOM/ENTRANCE SYSTEM
A. The intercom system shall be of an open voice, selective
calling type with individual selector switches for each
station. Capacity shall be six (6) stations, fully
intermixable with any number of master or substations .
Master station shall be Simplex operation, with hands-free
response from the called station.
B. Master station shall be equipped with station selector
switches, OFF button for standby mode, TALK button for
Simplex operation, and PRIV (privacy) button to block
unauthorized monitoring. Door release button (key symbol)
shall allow for selective activation of up to five (5)
door strikes or maglocks through the use of relays . Voice
volume control shall adjust transmit and receive volume at
the calling master station, and a call tone volume control
shall be located beneath the operation plate . An incoming
call shall be annunciated by a momentary electronic call
tone, and the corresponding station LED shall light for
approximately 20 seconds . The LED shall not light if a
master station calls another master station. A tone shall
be heard at the called master while pressing the TALK/PRIV
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
20
(7) Formalized As-Built Drawings indicating the
physical cable plant, component and node
locations .
(8) A topology diagram depicting the network
configuration for Owner' s reference when
additions, changes, or modifications are made
to the original design.
J. Video Cable System:
1 . Furnish and install video cable and junction boxes,
with blank covers, in all locations shown on the
Drawings .
2 . Video cables shown in Student Rooms to be left in
blank boxes in Student Rooms and fed to basement .
Cables to be left with sufficient length to go to
future termination point in basement .
3 . Video boxes on First Floors to have pull cord through
floor, ready to pull cable at a future time by the
Owner.
4 . Television cable to be Type RG-6U.
K. Fire Alarm System Modification g :
1 . System shall comply with the following system type
model nos . for components. Quantities will be as per
Contract Drawings . Wiring will be per manufacturer' s
recommendation (installation only required) .
TYPE DESCRIPTION
4004-9101 FACP
4004-9810 Digital Communicator
2081-9272 Batteries
2099-9754 Pull Station
4098-9601 Smoke Sensor
4098-9612 Heat
4098-9788 Base
4903-9425 Horn/Strike
4904-9168 Strobe
4601 Series Annunciator
L. Panelboard: Panelboard shall be Square D, Type NOQD or
I-Line, with bolt-on breakers, hinged cover, and hinged
door. Door cover with lock, 22000 A. I . C. , main sized
according to the Drawings . Electric meters - SQ-D Power
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
19
(3) Attenuation at 10 . 0 MHZ : Less than 6 . 95 dB.
(4) Near end cross-talk (NEXT) at 10 . 0 MHZ :
Greater than 44 .D dB .
(5) Cable Resistance : Less than 9 .4 OHMS (18 . 8
loopback) .
(6) Noise : Less than 100 mv.
(7) TDR testing will be performed with 10 ft .
Category V enhanced patch cables, one (1) at
TDR and one (1) at signal injector.
(8) Document all data obtained in cable
certification process for each drop,
including Outlet IO and a Pass/Fail status .
13 . System Documentation:
a. Prepare and submit four (4) copies of operation
and maintenance manuals, neatly bound as outlined
in this Specification.
b. Manual to include:
(1) Basic power operational procedure.
(2) All available manufacturer' s service
literature for each major system components .
(3) A system block diagram with all input/output
terminations and patch points identified.
(4) System certification which verifies that the
network conforms to the applicable industry
standard and that the performed of the
physical layer was fully exercised, tested,
and operational at the time of acceptance
subsequent to completion of the installation
phase .
(5) A listing of the As-Built cabling and
components installed.
(6) A record of the dynamic test results, both
data communication simulation and the real
time photographs showing the Time Domain
Reflectometer (TDR) measurements of the
individual cable segments .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
18
b. Cables shall be labeled using preprinted or write-
on markers with a clear overwrap to protect the
labeling. If preprinted markers are utilized, the
clear overwrap shall cover the entire legend.
c. All cables will be labeled to reflect closet,
room, and series . Closet will be designated by
roman numeral in caps, room number by "room" and
room number, and series by letter.
7 . Field Quality Control :
a. Employ a Job Superintendent or Project Manager
during the course of the installation to provide
coordination of the work of the Division and of
other trades and to provide technical information
when requested by other trades . This person shall
be responsible for all quality control during
installation, equipment set-up and testing.
8 . Cleaning and Protection:
a. Protect equipment during transit, storage, and
handling to prevent damage, soiling, and
misalignment . Coordinate with General Contractor
for secure storage of equipment before, during,
and after installation. Do not store or install
OW equipment where conditions fall outside
manufacturer' s recommendations, for temperature
and humidity.
b. Take appropriate steps to protect installed
equipment from theft .
9 . General Coordination (Data and Telephone Wirina) :
a. Entire system shall conform completely with
pertinent codes, laws, ordinances, regulations,
standards, criteria, or other requirements,
including, but not limited to, structural support,
fire rating and health/safety requirements
regarding all items. Such conformity shall have
precedence over this Specification.
b. Secure equipment firmly in place, including racks,
conduit, and cables. Provide fastenings and
supports adequate to support loads .
C . Install work neatly, with boxes, equipment, etc . ,
plumb and square. Adjust layout as necessary to
preserve symmetry and aesthetics . Install
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
15
and at each splice/junction point .
Contractor shall label cables in accordance
with 3 . 5 Labeling.
d. Provide firestopping for electrical penetrations
through fire-rated floors, walls, and other
partitions of building construction.
4 . Testing of Data Cables :
a. Each pair and the shield of each cable shall be
tested for opens, shorts, grounds, and pair
reversal . Grounded and reversed pairs shall be
corrected by the Contractor. Open and shorted
pairs shall be examined to determine if the
problem is caused by faulty termination. If the
termination is proper, the bad pairs shall be
tapped at both ends and noted on the punch down
sheets.
b. If any data cable contains any bad conductors or
pairs, the entire cable shall be replaced at no
charge to the Owner.
C . All terminated UTP cables shall conform to the
Specifications outlined in Appendix A, "Category 5
Specifications . "
5 . Groundina•
a. All equipment racks, housings, and raceways shall
be grounded.
b. Data system shall contain a single point ground.
All cabinets, racks, etc. shall be connected to a
single point ground which, in turn, will be
connected to the grounding systems conductors in
that area.
C . All manufacturers grounding requirements shall be
adhered to as a minimum.
6 . Labelina•
a. Each cable shall be labeled:
(1) Where it enters a termination or patch panel .
(2) On the front of the patch panel or punch
block.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
14
(4) wall Plates and Conn crnrc -
(a) Furnish and install faceplates, boxed
and inserts based on equipment as
manufactured by Hubbell .
(1) Data - Category 5 5110 Type .
(b) Data runs will be punched down (8 wires)
to Category V enhanced RJ45 patch panels
using EIA/TIA 568B standard.
(c) Provide two (2) port faceplates for
"Data Only" locations.
(5) Patch Panel : Hubbell Cat . No. MCC5806110A19
(48 port Cat . 5 UTP RJ45 patch panel) . Other
catalog entries refer to different port
densities, as appropriate (or equivalent,
Ortronics, e.g. ) .
(6) Voice cable to be Cat. 3 .
3 . Installation of Data and Telephone Cablincr-
a. Install materials and equipment in accordance with
manufacturer' s printed instructions to comply with
governing regulations and industry standards
applicable to the work and as shown on approved
shop drawings .
(1) Contractor shall rigidly adhere to
manufacturer' s published specifications for
pulling tension, minimum bend radii, and
sidewall pressure when installing all cables .
b. Arrange and mount all equipment and materials in a
manner acceptable to the Architect/Engineer and
Owner.
C . Installation shall conform to the following basic
guidelines :
(1) Use of approved wire, cable, and wiring
devices .
(2) Neat and uncluttered wire termination.
(3) Cable marking materials shall be employed
throughout the length of each cable run. The
Contractor shall label each cable at the ends
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
13
d. All data runs must be installed without cross- ,
connects between wall jack and patch panel
terminations in telephone backboard area.
e . Voice runs to be run parallel to data runs .
f . Data cabling shall be Category V enhanced,
unshielded twisted pair, (UTP) , with a blue sheath
as manufactured by IBM, Belden, or AT&T.
(1) The installed cabling must meet or exceed the
following Specifications :
(a) UTP (unshielded twisted pair) , Category
V enhanced rated, 24 AWG solid bare CU,
PVC jacket, 4 pairs .
(b) Nominal Capacitance at 1 KHZ : 4 PF/FT.
(c) Nominal Velocity of Progragation: 67
percent .
(d) Nominal Delay: 1 . 5 NS/FT.
(e) Nominal Condr/ D.C.R. at 20C: 27
OHMS/1000 FT.
(f) Characteristic Impedance : 100 OHMS plus
or minus 15 percent .
(2) Frequency Max. Attenuation Min. Crosstalk
1 MHZ 6 . 3 dB/1000 Ft . 62 dB/1000 Ft .
4 MHZ 13 dB/1000 Ft . 53 dB/1000 Ft .
10 MHZ 20 dB/1000 Ft . 47 dB/1000 Ft .
16 MHZ 25 dB/1000 Ft . 44 dB/1000 Ft .
20 MHZ 28 dB/1000 Ft . 42 dB/1000 Ft .
100 MHZ 67 dB/1000 Ft . 32 dB/1000 Ft .
(3) Physical Characteristics :
(a) Maximum pulling tension: 41 lbs .
(b) Minimum bend radius : 2 . 00 in.
(c) Nominal diameter: . 217 in.
(d) Cable shall be Belden No. 1583A or
approved equal .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
12
to have label of Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc .
Fixtures to be complete in all respects with all
required glassware and lamps . All lamps to be new.
Furnish and install all required hardware to fit in
all type ceilings . Fixtures are to be cleaned after
lamps and diffusers are installed. Any chipped,
cracked, or otherwise defective material is to be
replaced.
2 . Fluorescent fixtures shall be provided with energy
efficient type ballasts . Ballasts shall be electronic
type .
3 . All fixtures shall be installed complete with lamps of
the type and size indicated in the fixture schedule
and of the energy efficient type .
4 . All fixtures to be independently supported from
building structure.
I . Telephone and Data Systems -
1 . Furnish and install complete system of telephone and
data cables, outlets, wall plates, connectors, patch
panels, conduit, and all other components to make a
complete installation. Telephone lines not
terminated. Conduits installed for data, telephone,
and video cables to have pull cord installed.
2 . Telephone and Data W; r;;3:
a. The work in this Section shall be performed by a
Contractor who has been prequalified by the
College . Acceptable Contractors are :
(1) Hogan
(2) Comm-Link
(3) Hass Electric
(4) Orchard Electric
b. Work of this Section shall include the
installation, termination, and testing of all data
wiring from the outlets indicated on the Contract
Drawings .
C . Each Telephone/Data outlet drop shall consist of
two (2) data and one (1) voice drop, run from each
outlet location to telephone backboard area in
Basement .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
11
and shall be located to permit convenient operation
and be readily accessible and shall have pilot light
of "on" operation and shall be in NEMA enclosures .
Furnish nameplates for each control station as called
for in these Specifications .
6 . Starters shall be NEMA sized and horsepower rated with
enclosure as indicated on the Drawings and of the line
voltage fused disconnect type. Starters shall have
overload protection in each phase, shall be of the
magnetic type, shall have auxiliary control contacts
accessories as required for the applicable wiring of
motors and control circuitry, and shall have
pushbuttons as required, pilot lights, and on-off-
automatic selector switch mounted on the enclosure
door.
7 . Furnish and install overcurrent protection for motors .
Motor nameplates shall be checked for current rating
to determine correct overload elements .
8 . Manual motor controls shall be horsepower and voltage
rating as required.
9 . Disconnect devices, when not included with equipment
furnished under other divisions of the Specifications,
shall be provided and installed under this Section of
the Specifications to comply with all requirements of
the Massachusetts Electrical Code . Disconnects shall
be horsepower rated, heavy-duty type, positive action,
quick-make, quick-break mechanisms with provisions for
locking the operating handle in the open position and
with interlocking cover that prevents opening door
when external handle is in the "on" position.
10 . Furnish and install, for all mechanical equipment,
motor-starting, protecting, and controlling devices .
All such equipment shall be of the same manufacturer
throughout . Type of starters shall be approved as to
type, mounting, etc . by Thermostatic Control
Subcontractor prior to submittal to the Architect-
Engineer.
11 . Motor starters and switches shall be manufactured by
Allen-Bradley, 509 or 512 Series with HOA, HI, LO, or
OA switches and indicator lights .
H. Lighting Fixtures :
1 . Furnish and install lighting fixtures on all light
outlets shown on the Drawings . All lighting fixtures
�.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
10
at 125 volts, composition base suitable for side
wiring having polarized slots and U-shaped grounding
slot and break-off lug for two (2) circuit
installation.
4 . Plates for switches, receptacles, or blank outlets
shall be stainless steel, satin finish. Plates over
grouped devices shall be suitably ganged.
5 . Devices shall be furnished by Hubbell, Leviton, or
equal to the following Slater numbers :
a. Light Switches, single pole - No. 790-AG, 20 amp. ,
120/277 volts, Brown. Key switches to be same
quality as switches listed above .
b. Light Switches, 3-way - No. 793-AG, 20 amp. ,
120/277 volts, Brown.
C . Light Switches, 4-way - No. 794-AG, 20 amp. ,
120/277 volts, Brown.
d. Duplex Receptacles - No. 5342-AG, 20 amp. , 3 wire,
125 volts, Brown.
e . G.F. I . Receptacles - P&S Cat . No. 1591, Brown,
Feed Through.
f . Switch with Pilot Lamp - No. 711-LH.
G. Motor Starters and Switches :
1 . The Electrical Subcontractor shall connect, ready for
operation, all motors and control apparatus unless
specifically mentioned as being connected under other
Divisions .
2 . Motors that are not part of a completely assembled
unit shall be properly aligned and checked for
rotation.
3 . A sufficient length of flexible seal-tite conduit
shall be installed at all motor connections to prevent
transmission of noise and vibration.
4 . Starters and controls shall be rigidly -secured and
installed plumb and level .
5 . Manually operated devices, such as pushbuttons and
manual starters, shall be provided under this Section
Ask
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
9
2 . Outlet boxes shall be of sizes and types to
accommodate (1) structural conditions, (2) size and
number of raceways and conductors or cables entering,
and (3) device of fixture for which required.
3 . Boxes occurring at plastered surfaces shall have a
suitable plaster ring installed.
4 . Where multiple devices are located at one (1) point,
gang type boxes shall be used.
5 . Pull and junction boxes, whether surface or flush,
shall be galvanized code gauge .
6 . Pull boxes and wireways shall be standard NEMA-1
enclosures with cover plates and screws, bonderized
paint finished.
7 . Pull and splice boxes not indicated on the Drawings
shall be provided as required by the Massachusetts
Electrical Code.
8 . Outlet boxes and covers shall be as manufactured by
Steel City Electrical Company, General Electric
Company, Raco, or approved equal .
E . Nameplates :
1 . The Electrical Subcontractor shall label all cabinets,
panels, disconnect switches, motor starters, controls,
pull boxes, etc. in the electrical system which shall
follow the designation shown on the Drawings .
2 . The nameplates shall be applied and firmly anchored
laminated black phenolic plates with engraved white
lettering.
F. Wiring Devices and Plates :
1 . Switches shall be surface mounted, Specification
Grade, 20 amp. , 120/277 volt AC with side connection
screw terminals and toggle handle .
2 . Switches shall be single pole, double pole, 3-way,
4-way, or key operated as indicated by the symbol .
Where more than one (1) switch is shown at one (1)
outlet, they shall be installed under one (1) plate in
an order appropriate to the location of the outlets
being controlled.
3 . Receptacles shall be flush mounted rated for 20 amp.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
8
B. Wireway�:
1 . Where indicated on the Drawings, approved metal
wireways shall be furnished and installed complete
with the necessary complement of fittings, connectors,
and accessory parts . Wireways shall be of the
"lay-in" type with standard knockouts and with screw
covers for full channel access . All sheet metal parts
shall be coated with a rust inhibitor and finished in
grey baked enamel . All hardware shall be plated to
prevent corrosion.
2 . Wireways shall be made to accommodate conductors as
required in accordance with applicable rules of the
Massachusetts Electrical Code.
3 . Wireways shall be securely supported by approved
methods at 5 ft . intervals .
4 . Wireways and fittings shall be as manufactured by
Midland-Ross Company, or approved equal by Square "D"
or General Electric .
C. Conductors :
1 . Conductors shall be 98 percent conductivity copper,
with 600 volt insulation, and shall be of types
indicated below, unless otherwise shown on Drawings .
Aluminum conductors will not be permitted.
2 . The minimum sizes of wire shall be No. 12 THHN
stranded; control circuits shall be No. 14 THHN,
unless otherwise noted. All branch circuits more than
100 ft . in length to the first outlet shall be at
least No. 10 for the entire distance up to the first
outlet . Wire sizes No. 10 and larger shall be
stranded. All sizes called for in the Specifications
or on the Drawings are American Wire Gauge (AWG)
sizes .
3 . Wire and cable shall be General Electric, Okonite,
Hatfield, or approved equal .
D. Outlet and Junction Boxes :
1 . Outlet boxes and covers shall be pressed galvanized
steel, unless otherwise noted or required by the
Massachusetts Electrical Code, and shall be as
required for their use.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
7
damaged thereby which becomes defective during the term of
the Guarantee/Warranty.
1 . 08 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Refer to SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT for Record
Drawings .
B . Record Drawings shall reflect all changes from the
Contract Drawings whether by Change Order or by field
conditions . Record Drawings shall show all underground
conduits .
1 . 09 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of bid items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIAL
A. Conduit :
1 . Rigid conduit shall be used for all raceway runs run
in trenches or pits, run exposed within 6 ft . of
floor. Rigid steel conduit shall comply with the
latest applicable Federal Specifications . Conduit to
be galvanized rigid steel .
2 . Electrical metallic tubing shall be used for all
raceways run on walls or ceilings above 6 ft .
Electrical metallic tubing shall comply with the
latest applicable requirements of the National
Electrical Manufacturers Association.
3 . Couplings and fittings for electrical metallic tubing
shall be of the setscrew type .
4 . Flexible steel seal-tite conduit shall be used for
flexible connections to all motors or other removable
equipment to facilities removal and connections .
5 . Surface metal raceway shall be used in closets for
television, data, and telephone and for branch
circuits in finished rooms where there are no chases
or walls or cannot be fished.
6 . MC cable can be used for branch circuit wiring. Home
runs shall be in EMT.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
6
1 . 05 REFERENCE S ANDARna
Oft A. The work shall be performed in such a manner as to conform
to the codes and regulations governing such work, as may
be required by Local and State ordinances . This
Contractor and his Subcontractors shall inform themselves
of all State and Federal work safety rules and
regulations, including the provisions of the Occupational
Safety and Health Act of 1971 . All workmen employed on
the project shall be instructed in the requirements and
shall observe same at all times.
B. All work installed under these Drawings and Specifications
must be installed in strict accordance with the
requirements of all local, state, and other departments
having jurisdiction, the utility companies, and with the
requirements of the Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. ,
National Bureau of Fire Underwriters, Massachusetts State
Building Code, Fire Protection Regulations, NFPA, EIA,
TIA, and/or similar codes applied hereto. Where
provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with any
codes, or rules and regulations, the latter shall govern.
Where the Contract requirements are in excess of
applicable codes, rules, and regulations, the Contract
provisions shall govern.
1 . 06 DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide for the
delivery of all his materials to the building site when
required so as to carry on his work efficiently and to
avoid delaying his work and that of other trades .
B . The Electrical Subcontractor shall, at all times, fully
protect his work and materials from injury or loss by
others . Any injury or loss which may occur shall be made
good without expense to the Owner. The Electrical
Subcontractor shall be responsible for the proper
protection of all his materials until the building is
accepted by the Owner.
1 . 07 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY
A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall and hereby does warrant
that all work executed and all equipment furnished under
this Section shall be free from defects of workmanship and
materials for a period of one (1) year from date of final
acceptance of this work. The Electrical Subcontractor
further agrees that he will, at his own expense, repair
and replace all such defective work and all other work
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
5
reasonable changes in location prior to installation
at no expense to the Owner. All lines are '°""
diagrammatic and exact locations are subject to the
approval of the Architect-Engineer.
2 . Before submitting his bid, the Electrical
Subcontractor shall visit the site with the Drawings
and Specifications and shall become thoroughly
familiar with all conditions affecting his work since
the Electrical Subcontractor will be held responsible
for any assumption he may make in regard thereto.
3 . The Electrical Subcontractor shall, at all times, have
a foreman or superintendent on the project authorized
to make decisions and receive instructions as if the
Electrical Subcontractor himself were present . The
foreman or superintendent shall not be removed or
replaced without the express approval of the
Architect-Engineer after construction work begins.
The Electrical Subcontractor shall employ only
competent and experienced workmen at a regular
schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the
job. The Electrical Subcontractor shall also exercise
care and supervision of his employees in regard to
proper and expeditious layout of his work.
B . Products :
1 . All materials used in this Section shall be U.S . made,
new, full weight, and first class in every respect,
without defects, and designed to function properly in
that portion of the work for which they are intended
and with the same brand of manufacturers for each
class of material or equipment .
2 . Equality of material or equipment other than those
named or described in this Section will be determined
in accordance with the provisions of the Contract and
as specified further herein.
3 . All work installed under these Drawings and
Specifications must be installed in strict accordance
with the requirements of all local, state, and other
departments having jurisdiction, the utility
companies, and with the requirements of the
Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc . , National Bureau of
Fire Underwriters, Massachusetts State -Building Code,
Massachusetts Electrical Code, and/or similar codes
applied hereto.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
4
Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials
to the site .
B . Shop DrawjaQ : Within 30 days of award of the Contract,
the Electrical Subcontractor shall submit, for approval,
six (6) copies of a complete list of manufacturer' s shop
drawings, detail prints, and data sheets for the following
items :
Lighting Fixtures; Data, Telephone, TV Outlets and
Equipment
Data and Telephone Wire
Conduit, Wire
Starters and Disconnects, Wiring Devices
Wireways
Fiber Optic Cable and Equipment
Fire Alarm Components
Emergency Generator
Intercom and entry system
Do not release for shipment, deliver, or install any
equipment or material without the prior approval of the
Architect-Engineer.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Execution:
1 . The Electrical Subcontractor shall refer to the
Drawings for a full comprehension of the work to be
done and for conditions affecting the location and
placement of his equipment and materials . These
Drawings are intended to be supplementary to the
Specifications and any work indicated, mentioned, or
implied in either is to be considered as specified by
both. Should the character of the work herein
contemplated or any matter pertaining thereto be not
sufficiently explained in the Specifications or
Drawings, the Electrical Subcontractor may apply to
the Architect-Engineer for further information and
shall conform to such when given, as it may be
consistent with the original intent . The
Architect-Engineer reserves the right to make any
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
3
12 . Emergency generator and lighting system. Awlk
13 . Disconnect and remove existing electrical equipment
made obsolete by new construction. All removed
equipment shall be the property of the Owner and
delivered to such places designated by the Owner.
14 . Intercom and entry system.
B . Items To Be Furnished Only: (NONE REQUIRED UNDER THIS
SECTION. )
C. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections :
1 . SECTION CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS.
a. Cutting, patching, and drilling, except
installation of pipe supports and fastenings .
2 . SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND WALL COVERING.
a. All painting.
D. Extent : The work required under this Section, without
limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing
of all labor and materials required to supply and
distribute proper power, including all conduit and
controls, to all electrical fixtures, accessories,
devices, motors, motor controllers, etc. , and all other
materials, equipment, and labor necessary, whether or not
such items are specifically indicated on the Drawings or
in the systems in all respects ready for continuous and
trouble-free operation.
E. Intent : It is the intent of the Contract Documents to
include all work and materials necessary for erecting
complete, ready for continuous use, all electrical and
special systems shown on the accompanying Drawings, or as
hereinafter described. These Drawings shall be taken in a
sense as diagrammatic; branch circuit runs, electrical
equipment, etc. and methods of running them are shown, but
it is not intended to show every fitting, wire, or device,
nor every structural difficulty that will be encountered
during the installation of the work.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the Architect-
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
2
SECTI ON 16100
ELECTRICAL WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Complete system for power, including necessary branch
circuits, control switches, and outlet .
2 . Complete system for power, including feeders, all
final connections to motors, motor starters, and motor
disconnect switches.
3 . All conduits, conduit fittings, outlet boxes,
wireways, wiring devices, hangers, supports, and such
other items required for a complete installation.
4 . Lighting fixtures as called for.
S . Furnish and install complete systems for data,
telephone, and TV as described on the Drawings .
6 . Complete wiring of all items of equipment furnished by
the Owner and/or under other Sections of these
Specifications .
7 . Starters and disconnects.
8 . Disconnect and remove existing electrical equipment
made obsolete by new construction. All removed
equipment shall be the property of the Owner and
delivered to such places designated by the Owner.
9 . Fiber Optic Cable System.
10 . Control Panel - Basement .
11 . Installation (only) of new fire alarm system.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
1
SECTION 16100
ELECTRICAL WORK
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GEN • L
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 2
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 3
1 . 05 Reference Standards 5
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 5
1 . 07 Guarantee/Warranty 5
1 . 08 Record Drawings 6
1 . 09 Alternates 6
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 6
2 . 02 Intercom/Entrance System 20
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Installation/Application/Erection 21
3 . 02 Testing 28
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
0
Architect-Engineer, conform to the above will
be removed, replaced, and refitted at no expense to
the Owner.
3 . 02 HVAC SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT
A. Introduction:
1 . The final adjustments and balancing of the air
systems, hot water systems, and the temperature
systems and hydronic systems shall be performed by
Wings Testing and Balancing, Inc . , working directly
for Smith College . The Heating and Ventilating
Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with
this Contractor.
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
49
2 . Fire dampers shall possess a one hour or two hour 1000.
standard fire protection rating as required in
accordance with NFPA No. 252 , containing inspection
service and bear UL label .
F. Flexible Connections :
1 . Install flexible materials as specified on the inlet
and outlet sheet metal connections to air moving
apparatus and where indicated on the Drawings . Clip
ends with galvanized iron collars . When molded, the
complete flexible connection shall have a minimum
width of 5 in. , including 1 in. slack.
G. Hangers and Supports :
1 . Support piping on hangers not more than 8 ft . apart up
to 1 in. size or not more than 10 ft . apart on 1-1/4
in. size or larger, clevis hangers, rod and beam clamp
or sidewall brackets . Support drops from overhead
main at top and bottom of drop and ends of horizontal
runs and elsewhere as required with split clamps and
protecting saddles anchored to building steel or wall
to prevent sway.
2 . Duct Support : Galvanized steel angles shall be
securely fastened to duct and suspended from building
structural framing.
3 . Equipment Supports : All equipment shall be firmly
supported on, or suspended from, the building
structure . Steel angles, fasteners, rods, and
vibration eliminator units required to support the
equipment without undue transmission of vibration
through the building shall be furnished and installed
by this Contractor.
H. Valves :
1 . Valves shall be full size of piping in which they are
installed and shall not be reduced to pump, coil, or
temperature control valve size unless specifically
noted on the Drawings .
I . Equipment :
1 . All items of heating and ventilating equipment shall
be carefully installed where indicated on the Drawings
so as to present a neat finished appearance . Any item
which does not, in the opinion of the
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
48
before masonry proceeds . Longitudinal seams on
jackets shall be located so that they are not visible
from the floor. Remove all stickers from covering.
2 . Insulation shall be applied over clean pipe with all
joints butted firmly together and sealed with butt
strips .
3 . Insulation shall run through all hangers and sleeves
and have an 18 gauge sheet metal saddle equal to three
times the pipe diameter in length. All pipes over 2
in. in diameter shall be supported through insulation
by fitting a protection saddle to the thickness of the
insulation inside the vapor barrier jacket .
Protection saddle shall be equal to Grinnell Co.
Figure 160 to Figure 165A insulation shield protection
saddles .
4 . All fittings, valves, etc. shall be insulated with the
proper factory precut insulation. The ends of the
insulation shall be tucked into the throat of the
fitting and the edge adjacent to the pipe covering
tufted and tucked into fully insulated pipe fitting.
The one-piece PVC fitting cover shall then be secured
by taping the ends to the adjacent pipe covering.
D. Access Door:
1 . Locate all equipment which must be serviced, operated,
or maintained in fully accessible positions.
Equipment shall include, but not be limited to,
motors, controllers, valves, etc . If required for
better accessibility, furnish access doors for this
purpose . Approved minor deviations from the Drawings
may be made to allow for better
accessibility, but changes of magnitude or which
involve extra cost shall not be made.
2 . Access doors or panels shall be furnished to other
trades for their installation at each valve, damper,
or apparatus above inaccessible hung ceilings, in
chase, or walls .
E. Dampers:
1 . Install volume dampers and splitter dampers one gauge
heavier than the duct where shown on the Drawings for
balancing the air flow. Equip all dampers with
accessories as specified herein.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
47
and to avoid conflict with the electrical conduits, oww
lighting fixtures, other piping, ducts, and equipment
of other trades .
5 . All piping shall be installed with proper provisions
to allow for expansion and contraction of lines
without placing undue strain on pipes, fittings, and
equipment . Piping shall be installed to provide
proper pitch for drainage and venting without trapping
any lines, and the HVAC Subcontractor shall rectify,
at his own expense, any improperly installed pipe,
including the expense of cutting and repairing the
building structure or work of other trades incident to
making the required corrections .
6 . Reductions in pipe sizes shall be made only by use of
concentric-reducing fittings . No bushings permitted.
7 . Connections to equipment shall be made with unions or
flanges to permit future replacement, removal, and
servicing of equipment . Flexible connections, where
required to isolate movement of equipment from piping
system or of piping system from equipment, shall be as
specified.
8 . All burrs shall be removed, pipe ends shall be reamed
or filed out to full size of bore of pipe, and all AMW
chips removed.
9 . Before any part of the various piping systems is
placed in operation, blow out with compressed air
and/or water to remove all chips and scale and flush
and drain until all traces of dirt, scale, and other
foreign matter have disappeared. Refer to other
Sections for additional requirements .
10 . All pipes passing through floors, ceilings, walls, or
partitions exposed in the building shall be fitted
with nickel or chrome plated plates at ceiling, floor,
and each side of walls or partitions . These plates
shall be securely fastened to pipe sleeves or ceiling
construction.
11 . Vent all high points and drain all low points
throughout the system.
C. Insulation:
1 . Insulation shall not be omitted on ducts and piping
behind masonry walls . Covering shall be applied
--ti
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
46
sealed with solder, subject to the approval of the
"` Architect-Engineer.
5 . Where galvanized sheet metal ducts connect to bronze
or copper louvers or other apparatus of dissimilar
materials, the connections shall be fitted with lead
gaskets .
6 . Elbows, where space permits, shall be fabricated with
inside radius no less than the dimension of the duct
in the plane of the elbow. Turning vanes shall be
used where short radius or square elbows are used.
Vanes in square elbows shall be spaced on 3 in. radius
on the diagonal for ducts up to 24 in. wide, 6 in.
radius for ducts 25 in. to 36 in. wide, and 7 in.
radius for ducts 37 in. to 48 in. wide . All vanes in
galvanized ducts shall be as specified and must be
rigid so as not to rattle or vibrate in the air
stream.
7 . The HVAC Subcontractor shall be responsible for the
coordination of the sheet metal installation with the
work of all other trades. Work shall be so installed
that headroom is maximum possible and coordination
with other trades in accomplishing this is mandatory.
* B . Pining:
1 . All piping shall be run true and straight at proper
pitch without strain and shall be firmly supported
throughout . Provision for expansion and contraction
shall be made with swing connection and, where
indicated on the Drawings, with expansion
compensators . All pipe shall be cut off cleanly and
threaded with sharp dies, reamed, and burrs removed/
2 . Where screwed fittings are used, bushings shall not be
used for branch connections or reducers . Connections
to equipment shall be full size of tappings.
Reductions in the run of pipe shall be made with
eccentric reducers .
3 . All piping shall be run concealed throughout finished
spaces either in furred spaces, shafts, chases, or
above hung ceilings .
4 . Special care must be taken throughout the equipment
rooms, vertical pipe shafts, above hung ceilings, and
elsewhere throughout all floors to maintain maximum
headroom and clearances for access to other equipment
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
45
gas water heater control circuit . No DDC tie-in.
8 . Emergency Generator Engine - Ventilation:
a. Outdoor air intake damper and exhaust damper shall
be direct wired to generator and shall open
whenever generator operates .
9 . Kwh Metering: The new Kwh meter on the electrical
service furnished and installed by the Electrical
Contractor shall be imputed to the DDC system to
monitor/record Kwh.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. Sheet Metal Work:
1 . Work shall be erected in a first-class and workmanlike
manner, in accordance with the "Low Velocity Duct
Standard" and "High Velocity Duct Standard, " latest
editions, published by the Sheet Metal and Air
Conditioning Contractors ' National Association, Inc.
and shall be approved by the Architect-Engineer. All
ducts, unless otherwise approved, shall be true to the
dimensions indicated on the Drawings and shall be
straight and smooth on the inside, with neatly
finished joints .
2 . The ducts shall be securely anchored to the building
construction in an approved manner and shall be so
installed as to be completely free from vibration
under all conditions of operation. The Sheet Metal
Subcontractor shall furnish and erect all necessary
supports and cross-framing required for ducts and
equipment .
3 . All slip joints shall be made in direction of air
flow. Branches to and from the main trunk shall be
made at an angle approved by the Architect-Engineer,
but shall in no case exceed 45 degrees to the line of
air flow.
4 . All notches for connecting sections of duct and all
grooving seam notches shall not be cut- any deeper than
necessary to insure tight corner. Any notched corners
not meeting with the approval of the
Architect-Engineer shall be removed and reinstalled or
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
44
the DDC to operate in the following modes :
(1) Occupied Mode:
Exhaust fan shall be energized to low speed
(430 CFM) and run continuously. Humidity
sensors shall be installed in each shower
room and should any one (high select) exceed
the setpoint (40 percent adjustable) , the fan
shall be indexed to high speed and remain on
high speed until all humidity sensors are
satisfied.
(2) Unoccunied Mode :
Fan shall remain off unless any one (1)
humidity sensor is above setpoint, which will
start the fan and operate at high speed.
Once the setpoint is satisfied, the fan shall
shut off .
4 . Individual Room Radiation:
a. The enhanced zone sensor in each room shall,
through the DDC system, cycle the zone valve at
the Stadler header to satisfy space temperature
setting. The sensor shall also provide: a timed
local override switch, local setpoint warm/cool
adjustment switch, LED occupied indicator, and
network connection. This control provides
occupancy control within limits established by the
DDC system operator.
5 . Unit Heaters :
a. Unit heater fan and Stadler header zone valve
shall be cycled on/off through the DDC to satisfy
space temperature.
6 . Basement-Mechanical Room/Emeraen,cy Generator Room and
Refriaeration Compressor Room-Ventilation:
a. On a rise in space temperature above sensor
setpoint 80 deg. F. (adj . ) , the DDC shall energize
exhaust fan and outdoor air intake damper. Note :
Three (3) spaces - three (3) systems .
7 . Combustion Air Damper:
a. Combustion air damper shall be direct wired in the
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
43
17 . Photocell - Kele-psr-1 .
18 . Freezestat - Johnson A70HA-1C.
19 . Panels : All panels shall have locking, hinged covers .
All panel output controls shall be clearly identified
and marked. All interface panels shall have CADD
drawings of components, wiring, and labels laminated
to the inside of the panel door. Panels shall be
located adjacent to control devices, i .e . Stadler
header, heat exchanger and pumps, and energy recovery
unit .
J. Seauences of Operation:
1 . Heat Exchanger Control :
a. The DDC system shall modulate in sequence the 1/3-
2/3 steam valves in order to maintain an
adjustable hot water supply reset schedule (170
deg. F HWS at -10 deg. F. , 110 deg. F. HWS at 60
deg. F) .
b. The three way, two position valve in the hot water
supply and return piping downstream from the heat
exchanger shall bypass the heat exchanger upon HWS
temperatures above 195 deg. F. as sensed through ,
the DDC system and an alarm shall be initiated
through the DDC system.
2 . Heating Pumps Control :
a. The two (2) heating pumps shall provide back-up
operation. If the operating pump fails as sensed
by the respective amperage sensor, the back-up
pump shall automatically start and an alarm shall
be initiated through the DDC. The heating pump
shall run continuously whenever the hydronic
heating system (heat exchanger) is activated. The
DDC system via a differential pressure
sensor/transducer shall modulate the pump speed
via the variable frequency drive to maintain a
constant pump pressure differential .
3 . Bathroom Exhaust Fan:
a. The bathroom exhaust fan shall be scheduled via
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
42
3 . Variable Frequency D_ r;ve :
a. ATC Contractor shall furnish and install VFD' s for
two (2) pumps and bathroom exhaust fan.
b. Pump VFD' s shall be Square D Altivar 16 or Allen
Bradley 1305 for three (3) phase operation.
C . VFD shall have IGBT technology and removable
controller interface with on/off input, 0-10VDC
speed input and drive fault output to the DDC.
4 . Room temperature sensors - Automatic Logic BA/10K-2-
RSO-ALC enhanced zone sensor with network connector,
warm/cool adjustment, override switch, and LED
occupied indicator.
5 . Room humidity - Visala HMW-30U.
6 . Duct temperature sensors - Kele Precon ST-W (water) ,
St-O (Outdoor) , ST-FZ (Duct averaging) , ST-A (Duct
Averaging) , ST-A (Duct) , Type 2 or equivalent . (All
connections to be in an enclosure and crimp connected
or on a terminal strip) .
7 . Duct humidity sensor - Visala - HMD-30U.
8 . Shaft speed (RPM) sensor - Control Solutions Tach-
2000 .
9 . Pressure Transducer - MAMAC - PR-262-2-xx-B-1-2-2- for
air or PR-284-2-xx-B-1-2-2 for water.
10 . Differential pressure transducer - MAMAC-PR-272-2-xx-
B-1-2-2 for air or PR-284-2-xx-B-1-2-2 for water.
11 . Differential pressure switch - Johnson/Penn-P74FA-5C.
12 . Air Flow - MAMAC - PR-242-2-xx-B-1-2-2 .
13 . Status - Veris Industries, Inc . - Hawkeye 735
adjustable current status sensor with integral command
relay.
14 . Start/stop relay - see status above .
15 . Amperage sensor - Neislen - Koljian Current
Transducer.
16 . Liquid Level - Warrick.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
41
acceptance, in writing, by the Owner. Provide at no wft
cost to the Owner, all necessary service, adjusting,
and checking during the 24 month guarantee period.
2 . During warranty period, the ATC Subcontractor shall
update and implement all latest revisions of software
offered by the Contractor that applies to this
project .
I . Materials and Equipment :
1 . Control Valves :
a. Control valves for individual room radiation shall
be furnished and installed by the HVAC Contractor.
These valves shall be 24V powerhead integral to
the Stadler zone headers .
b. Heat exchanger steam control valves shall be 2-way
modulating type as manufactured by Spartan.
C . Operators shall be Belimo actuators by Delta
Control Products, Inc . AF24- (S, 5R) .
d. Valves shall be sized for a maximum pressure drop
of 5 . 0 ft . of head for hydronic valves and 1 . 0 PSI
for steam. ,
2 . Dampers :
a. All dampers shall be multi-blade type, maximum 6
in. blade width. Opposed blade where
proportioning control is required.
b. Dampers shall be low-leak type with replaceable
edge and stainless steel side seals . Maximum 1/2
of 1 percent system leakage at 4 in. water
pressure.
C . 16 gauge minimum frame and blades .
d. Operators shall be heavy-duty commercial grade
proportioning type unless otherwise noted, Belimo
AF120 actuators, mounted external to the air flow,
use AV10-18 universal shaft extension or 2G-JSA
Jack shaft adapters if necessary, or equal by
Siemens .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
40
or EMT, accept sensor wiring within individual rooms
excluding basement .
3 . No low-voltage wiring shall be run in raceway with any
wiring other than low voltage.
4 . Wiring included shall be all circuits which activate
or deactivate controls and all interconnecting wiring
to transmitters, controlled devices, auxiliary
devices, switches, transformers, relays, protective
devices, control panels, clocks, terminal strips,
accessories, and appurtenances .
Included shall be wiring to "Auto" side of hand-off-
auto selector switches on units being controlled by
the Temperature Control Subcontractor.
E. Drawings :
1 . Submit complete control diagrams of all control
systems and data on all control components for
approval prior to start of any work.
F. Labeling:
1 . All switches, relays, transformers, and controllers
shall be permanently labeled to denote system and/or
item controlled.
2 . Control panels shall have engraved nameplates with
white letters and black backgrounds .
G. Instruction and Adj stment :
1 . Upon completion of the installation and systems, the
Temperature Control Contractor shall check, validate,
adjust, and calibrate all controls . Readjustments
shall be made as necessary during the period of
guarantee .
2 . Provide instruction to Owner' s representative on
operation and maintenance of system and to the
satisfaction of representatives so they are fully
informed of the operation of same.
H. Service and- Guarantee :
1 . The complete installation, including all equipment,
shall be guaranteed free from defects in workmanship
and material for a period of 24 months from date of
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
39
5 . Control shall be provided for the following: lowk
a. Heat exchanger.
b. Heating pumps .
C . Individual room radiation.
d. Bathroom exhaust fans .
e . Basement unit heaters .
f . Basement ventilation.
g. Emergency generator ventilation.
h. Refrigeration compressor room ventilation.
C. Work by Other Contractors :
1 . The HVAC Contractor shall install all control valves
and separable wells furnished by the Temperature
Control Subcontractor.
2 . The Sheet Metal Contractor shall install all automatic
control dampers furnished by the Temperature Control
Subcontractor.
3 . The Electrical_ Contractor shall provide wiring as
follows :
a. Wiring of all devices and circuits carrying
voltages greater than 120 VAC.
b. Wiring of all power feeds to all disconnects,
variable frequency drives, starters, and all
electric motors.
C . Wiring of 120 VAC power feeds to all temperature
control panels .
D. Wirina•
1 . All control wiring shall be furnished and installed by
the Temperature Control Subcontractor in accordance
with National Electric Code, State and- Local Codes .
2 . All line voltage and all low-voltage control wiring
shall be installed in code approved metallic raceways,
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
38
the required electrical wiring to fulfill the intent
of these Specification and the sequence of operations .
2 . The DDC system hardware architecture shall use local
stand-alone terminal unit controllers (T-Line) and
general purpose controllers (GX-Line) which
communicate through a control module network (CMnet) .
The terminal unit controllers communicate with the
CMnet through a Tnet interface (TNI) . A
microprocessor based communications device (LANgate)
will act as a gateway between the system control
module network (CMnet) and the existing campus central
site over the existing fiber-optic network.
3 . The ATC Contractor shall provide all software
required. The database required for implementation of
this Specification shall be provided by the ATC
Contractor, including: point descriptor, alarm
limits, DDC calibration variables, graphics, reports,
and point summaries. Software must be completely
compatible with the existing front end software.
4 . The Central Site shall display graphically, in up to
64 different colors, the following systems
information:
a. General area maps shall show locations of
controlled buildings in relation to local
landmarks .
b. Floor plan maps shall show heating and cooling
zones throughout the buildings in a range of
colors which provide a visual display of
setpoints. The colors shall be updated
dynamically as zones ' comfort condition change .
Locations of space sensors shall also be shown for
each zone. Setpoint adjustment and color band
displays shall be provided.
C . Mechanical system graphics shall show the type of
mechanical system components service any zone
through the use of a pictorial representation of
components . It shall also provide a current
status of all I/O points being controlled and
applicable to each piece of equipment, including
analog readouts in appropriate engineering units
at appropriate locations on the graphic
representation.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
37
locked to the fan shaft utilizing two (2) setscrews .
Propeller shall be balanced in accordance with AMCA
standard 204-96, balance quality and vibration levels
for fans .
6 . Motor shall be heavy-duty type with permanently
lubricated sealed ball bearings and furnished at the
specified voltage, phase and enclosure .
7 . Bearings shall be designed and tested specifically for
use in air handling applications. Construction shall
be heavy-duty regreasable ball type in a cast-iron
pillow block housing selected for a minimum L50 life
in excess of 200, 000 hours at maximum cataloged
operating speed.
S . Belts shall be oil and heat resistant, non-static
type . Drives shall be precision machined cast-iron
type, keyed and securely attached to the wheel and
motor shafts . Drives shall be sized for 150 percent
of the installed motor horsepower. The variable pitch
motor drive must be factory set to the specified fan
RPM.
9 . Fan shall be Model XLP as manufactured by Loren Cook
Company of Springfield, Missouri, or equal by
Greenheck, or Breidert .
2 . 32 DDC CONTROL SYSTEM
A. This document contains the Specifications for a direct
digital control (DDC) system for Tenney House, Smith
College . The system specified in this document is System
20/20 manufactured by Automated Logic Corporation with
Yankee Technology, Inc . , Ludlow, Massachusetts, the
approved Installing Contractor. No substitutions will be
allowed.
B . Scope of Work:
1 . The Automatic Temperature Control Subcontractor shall
furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and services
necessary for proper installation of a complete
electronic (DDC) system of automatic temperature
control as hereinafter specified. The control system
shall consist of all sensing devices, controllers,
relays, valves, dampers, actuators, damper motors,
control panels, transducers, and all other equipment
necessary for a complete control system, together with
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
36
use in air handling applications . Construction shall
be heavy duty regreasable ball or roller type in a
cast iron pillow block housing selected for a minimum
L50 life in excess of 200, 000 hours at maximum
cataloged operating speed.
8 . Belts shall be oil and heat resistant, non-static
type . Drives shall be precision machined cast iron
type, keyed and securely attached to the wheel and
motor shafts . Drives shall be sized for 150 percent
of the installed motor horsepower. The variable pitch
motor drive must be factory set to the specified fan
RPM.
9 . Fan shall be Model CPV as manufactured by Loren Cook
Company of Springfield, Missouri, or equal by
Greenheck, Acme, or Bayley.
C. Propeller Wall Fans :
1 . Fan shall be a wall mounted, belt driven steel
propeller exhaust fan with integral housing, shutter
and inlet guard.
2 . Fan shall be listed by Underwriters ' Laboratories (UL
705) and UL listed for Canada (cUL 705) .
3 . The fan shall be of bolted and welded construction
utilizing corrosion resistant fasteners . The motor,
bearings, and drives shall be mounted on a minimum 14
gauge steel power assembly. The power assembly shall
be bolted to a minimum 14 gauge wall panel with
continuously welded corners and an integral venturi .
Fan shall be enclosed in minimum 18 gauge galvanized
steel wall housing with factory installed shutter and
inlet guard. Unit shall bear an engraved aluminum
nameplate and shall be shipped in ISTA certified
transit tested packaging.
4 . All steel fan components shall be Lorenized" with an
electrostatically applied, baked polyester powder
coating. Each component shall be subject to a five
(5) stage environmentally friendly wash system,
followed by a minimum two (2) mil thick baked powder
finish. Paint must exceed 1, 000 hour salt spray under
ASTM B 117 test method.
5 . Propeller shall be a high-efficiency fabricated steel
design with blades securely fastened to a minimum
seven (7) gauge hub. The hub shall be keyed and
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
35
inclined aluminum wheel, belt driven centrifugal vent
set listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL 705) .
2 . The fan shall be bolted and welded construction
utilizing corrosion resistant fasteners . The scroll
wrapper shall be minimum 14 gauge steel and the scroll
side panels shall be minimum 12 gauge steel . The
entire fan housing shall have continuously welded
seams for leakproof operation. A performance cutoff
shall be furnished to prevent the recirculation of air
in the fan housing. The fan housing shall be field
rotatable to any one of eight discharge positions and
shall have a minimum 1-1/2 in. outlet discharge
flange . Bearing support shall be minimum 10 gauge
welded steel . Side access inspection ports shall be
provided with quick release latches for access to the
motor compartment without removing the weather cover.
Lifting lugs shall be provided for ease of
installation. Unit shall bear an engraved aluminum
nameplate and shall be shipped in ISTA certified
transit tested packaging.
3 . All steel fan components shall be Lorenized or
equivalent with an electrostatically applied, baked
polyester powder coating. Each component shall be
subject to a five (5) stage environmentally friendly
wash system, followed by a minimum 2 mil thick baked lawk
powder finish. Paint must exceed 1, 000 hour salt
spray under ASTM B 117 test method.
4 . Wheel shall be centrifugal backward inclined,
constructed of 100 percent aluminum, including a
precision machined cast aluminum hub. Wheel hub shall
be keyed and securely attached to the fan shaft .
Wheel inlet shall overlap a one (1) piece aerodynamic
aluminum inlet cone to provide maximum performance and
efficiency. Wheel shall be balanced in accordance
with AMCA standard 204-96, balance quality and
vibration levels for fans .
5 . Motor shall be heavy duty type with permanently
lubricated sealed ball bearings and furnished at the
specified voltage, phase and enclosure.
G . Blower shaft shall be AISI C-1045 hot rolled and
accurately turned, ground and polished. Shafting
shall be sized for a critical speed of at least 125
percent of maximum RPM.
7 . Bearings shall be designed and tested specifically for
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
34
E . Convectors shall be slope top floor mounted with an arched
air inlet . Air outlet lovers of venetian type shall be in
slope top, Vulcan Model SF-A.
2 . 29 PANEL RAQTATnRs
A. Furnish and install panel radiators where shown on the
Drawings . Panel radiators shall be Runtal Types R2F, TW,
and RV of the sizes and capacities as listed on the
Drawings, or equal by Vasco. No other manufacturers will
be acceptable.
B. Panel radiators shall be factory painted with a gloss
baked enamel paint . Color shall be selected by the
Architect from the manufacturer' s standard color chart .
C. All radiators shall be furnished with wall mounting
brackets and vertical pipe trim to conceal piping.
D. Radiator tube thickness and pressure rating shall be
standard ratings : . 048 in. thickness and 56 PSI .
2 . 30 AIR REGISTERS
A. Ceiling Exhaust Registers (CER) shall be Titus Model No.
50F, all aluminum "eggcrate" with Type No. 1 (ceiling
mounting) border, opposed blade damper and No. 26 white
finish, or equal by MetalAire or Krueger.
2 . 31 FANS
A. General :
1 . Fan performance, rpm, and motor horsepower as
scheduled shall not be exceeded. Fans shall have AMCA
certified test rating for both air flow and sound.
Fan curves sound levels shall be submitted for all
units .
2 . Motors shall be open drip-proof, single or three phase
as scheduled. All single phase motors shall have
integral thermal overload protection. All three phase
motors, 1/2 HP and larger, shall be premium efficiency
type .
B . Centrifugal Vent Set :
1 . Fans shall be a single width, single inlet, backward
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
33
G. Capacity shall be as scheduled on the Drawings, based on 0
lbs . per hour steam.
2 . 28 CONVECTORS
A. Furnish and install, where shown on the Drawings, Vulcan
or Sterling steam convectors .
B. Heating Elements : Convector heating element shall be non-
ferrous consisting of 1/2 in. diameter copper tubing and
. 012 in. thick aluminum plate fins with full-flanged
collars . The tubes shall be expanded mechanically into
fin collars to form a permanent thermal bond. Fins shall
be protected front and back by formed shield plates fitted
to each fin and running entire length of element . Headers
shall be cast brass provided with top and bottom threaded
piping connections . Connections not used shall be plugged
by the HVAC Subcontractor. Heating elements shall be
tested by manufacturer at 200 PSI at air pressure under
water. Elements shall be supported from support brackets
on sides of cabinets by means of threaded bolts which
shall allow for proper pitching of the element .
C. Capacities : Convectors shall be tested and rated in
conformance with Commercial Standard CS 140-147 as
developed cooperatively by the trade and the National
Bureau of Standards, U.S. Department of Commerce, and
shall have been approved by the Convector Rating
Committee .
D. Cabinets, General : Cabinets shall be formed from cold-
rolled steel, shall be suitably braced and reinforced
where necessary to provide stiffness, and accurately
fitted to prevent air leakage. Cabinet fronts shall be
flanged top and bottom for added rigidity. All exposed
edges of cabinets shall be smoothly formed with 3/8 in.
inside radius . Air outlet louvers, and inlet louvers
(where required) , shall be the venetian type . No. 16
gauge cold-rolled steel heating element support brackets
shall be spot welded to inside ends of all convector
cabinets, except the plaster front . All cabinets 48 in.
long or 32 in. high and greater shall have a stiffening
channel spot-welded to inside front . After fabrication,
all cabinets shall be thoroughly cleaned, phosphatized,
and provided with a high quality baked gray prime coat and
a finish coat of baked on enamel paint, color of which
shall be selected by the Architect-Engineer. Knock-outs
shall be provided on sides of cabinets for piping
connections .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
32
Shell side - 150 PSIG design pressure at 375 deg. F.
Tube side - 150 PSIG design pressure at 375 deg. F.
as detailed in form No. U-1 . The ASME "U" symbol
should also be stamped on the Heat Exchanger. In
addition, each unit is registered with the National
Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors .
2 . 26 STEAM SPECTAT,TTES
A. Traps : Furnish and install new steam traps as shown on
the Drawings . Float and thermostatic traps shall be
Tunstall Model TA-FT with cast-iron body and Type 304
stainless steel float . Bucket traps shall be Tunstall
Model TA-IB inverted bucket with cast-iron body and
stainless steel bucket, valve seat, lever, and retainer.
This Contractor shall provide two (2) additional repair
kits for each type of trap. Each repair kit shall include
all parts necessary to replace all interior trap parts,
i .e capsule, ball float, buckets, etc. No subs , *++*inns
will be allowed.
B. Vacuum Breakers.: Vacuum breakers shall be Hoffman Model
62 with brass body and seat and stainless steel spring.
2 . 27 UNIT HEATERS
A. Furnish and install, where shown on the Drawings, unit
heaters as manufactured by Vulcan, Sterling, or equal .
Heater shall be equal to Vulcan as follows .
B . Model "HV'I horizontal discharge hydronic unit heater.
C. Casing shall be of not less than 20 gauge steel
phosphatized and finished with a baked enamel finish.
D. Motor and fan shall be designed for unit heater service
and shall be tested for continuous duty. The entire
assembly shall be resilient mounted. Heater design shall
incorporate means of adequately cooling the motor when the
water is on and fan is not operating.
E. Coil shall be constructed of copper tubes, aluminum fins,
and steel headers . The complete assembly shall be tested
at 500 lbs . hydrostatic pressure .
F. Unit shall be furnished with individually adjustable
louvers.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
31
b. The pump housing, motor stool, and shaft coupling
shall be constructed of close grained cast-iron.
The impeller, impeller seal ring, and pump shaft
shall be constructed of stainless steel . The
impeller shall be secured to the splined pump
shaft end by means of a stainless steel lock nut
and locking washer. The pump shall be equipped
with a self-adjusting mechanical seal . Both the
rotating and stationary mechanical seal faces
shall be of tungsten carbide, with other
mechanical seal parts constructed of stainless
steel .
C . The pump motor shall be TEFC premium efficiency,
3/4 HP, 208 volts, 3 phase .
2 . 25 STEAM-TO-WATER HEAT EXCHANGER
A. Furnish and install, where shown on the Drawings and with
manufacturer' s recommendations, a steam-to-water heat
exchanger as manufactured by ITT Bell & Gossett, Taco, or
Armstrong to heat 35 GPM of water from 150 deg. F. to 170
deg. F. with 2 PSIG steam.
B. Heat exchanger type shall be shell and tube, U-bend
removable tube bundle, steam in shell, water in tubes,
equipped with mounting legs . Awk
C. Heat exchanger materials shall be as follows :
1 . Shell - steel .
2 . Tubes - 3/4 in. OD copper, Type L.
3 . Heads - cast-iron.
4 . Tube sheets - steel .
5 . Tube supports - steel .
D. Construction:
1 . A manufacturer' s data report for pressure vessels,
form No. U-1 as required by the provisions of the ASME
Code Rules, is to be furnished to the Engineer for the
Owner upon request . This form must be, signed by an
authorized inspector, holding a National Board
commission, certifying that construction conforms to
the latest ASME Code for Pressure Vessels for:
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
30
end of drainline are readily accessible. Air vents for
fan coil units shall be installed in the return side of
each loop of fan coil units before piping drops down to
return main. These vents shall be key or screw type equal
to Dole or Taco.
D. Automatic Make-lip Water Valve • Provide with three valve
bypass for water system; shall be Bell & Gossett, Cash,
Taco, or Watts equal to Bell & Gossett No. B-3 Reducing
Valve set for approximately 100 PSIG inlet and 20 PSIG
outlet, field adjustable . Install check valve in inlet to
automatic valve . Bypass to be 1 in. size with ball valve
and one check valve in series. Strainers shall be as
specified in other paragraphs of this Section of the
Specifications . Install a backflow preventer after bypass
equal to Watts 909QT.
E. Furnish and install all temperature-pressure relief valves
for all hot water heater systems. All to be ASME rated
and similar to that manufactured by Watts .
F. Pot Feeder: Neptune Model FTF-S with filter bags and
Dwyer Model 100 flow indicator. No subs " *»rions will be
allowed.
2 . 24 CIRCULATTNG P IMPS
O
A. Hot Water Zone Pumps:
1 . Circulating pumps for hot water heating systems shall
be Grundfos Versaflo Model No. TP40-160 (U2
substitutions will be ac Rt_) . The pump internals
shall be capable of being serviced without
distributing piping connections .
2 . Pumas:
a. The pump shall be of the in-line, single-stage
design with close coupled motor. The pump models
shall be furnished as shown on the Drawings and
installed in accordance with the manufacturer' s
recommendations . The pump shall be capable of
delivering 35 gallons per minute when operating at
a total developed head of 40 ft . The pump shall
be capable of operating continuously at
temperatures from 5 deg. F. to 250- deg. F. (-15
deg. C. to 121 deg. C. ) and working pressures of
175 PSI (12 bars) . Pump flanges shall be ANSI
B16 . 1, 125 lb. flat face .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
29
stop. A temperature gauge and compression fittings to
receive tubing are also provided.
2 . Return header is 1-1/4 in. solid brass, each return is
fitted with an internal shutoff valve and factory
installed flow meter, drain purge, fill capability,
and compression fitting to receive tubing.
C. Installation:
1 . Stadler field representative to instruct and inspect
the installation of tubing and manifolds .
2 . The system shall be pressure tested to 100 psi . Water
or air test is acceptable. In the event of freezing
conditions, adequate protection should be used to
prevent system failure .
D. Warranty:
1 . The system is covered by a product liability insurance
policy covering $3 . 25M per case of consequential
damage and repair for the first ten (10) years due to
tubing defect . The tubing shall carry a 30 year
product limited warranty covering manufacturing
related tubing defe-cts.
2 . 23 HOT WATER SPECIALTIES
A. Expansion Tank: Furnish and install, in the Mechanical
Room, pressurized expansion tanks, size and capacity as
shown on the Drawings . Tanks shall be Bell & Gossett,
Armtrol, or equal . Provide tappings for inlet, outlet,
and drain. Tank shall be constructed in accordance with
ASME Code for 125 lbs . working pressure and shall be ASME
labeled. Unit shall be provided with charging valve
connection.
B . Air Control : Furnish and install, in discharge from heat
exchanger, a Spiro Vent air separator rated for 22 GPM as
scheduled on the Drawings . No substitutions will be
allowed.
C. Air Vents : Air vents shall be provided where shown, and
at all other high points, where shown or not . Vents shall
be of the manual type and shall be full line size, but in
no case shall they be less than 2 in steel pipe .
Chambers shall be a minimum of 12 in. high. Drain tubing
shall be extended in such a manner that the ball valve and
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
28
5 . The minimum bending radius for the tubing at ambient
temperatures of 50 deg. F. or lower shall not be less
than eight (8) times the outside diameter. The
minimum bending radius for the tubing at ambient
temperatures 68 deg. F. or higher shall not be less
than five (5) times the tubing outside diameter.
6 . 13 mm. tubing is 1/2 in. O.D. , 3/8 in. I .D.
14 mm. tubing is 9/16 in. O.D. , 7/16 in. I .D.
16 mm. tubing is 5/8 in. O.D. , 1/2 in. I .D.
C. Installation:
1 . Pextron tubing shall be secured with plastic hangers,
only; no metal hangers are permissible. Tubing is to
be sleeved to prevent chafing and expansion noise .
where acute angles are present, metal bend supports
should be utilized.
2 . Stadler field representative to instruct and inspect
the installation of tubing and manifolds.
3 . The system shall be pressure tested to 100 psi . Water
or air test is acceptable . In the event of freezing
conditions, adequate protection should be used to
prevent system failure.
D. War_ ranty:
1 . The system is covered by a product liability insurance
policy covering $3 . 25M per case of consequential
damage and repair for the first ten (10) years due to
tubing defect . The tubing shall carry a 30 year
product limited warranty covering manufacturing
related tubing defects .
2 . 22 PEX TUBING MANIFOLD HEADERS
A. All manifold headers shall be as manufactured by Stadler
Corp. , OV Series . No substitutions will be allowed.
B . The manifold header is pre-assembled (ready for wall
mounting and suitable for direct connection to heat
source) , pressure tested and supplied with the following
components :
1 . Header is 1-1/4 in. solid brass . Supply outlets shall
have 24 volt powerhead for individual thermostatic
control and an internal shutoff to serve as a service
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
27
C. These samples shall be checked for oil, sediment, and pH.
This shall be repeated until water sample shows oil and �"''
sediment is reduced to a trace acceptable to the
Architect-Engineer. If the pH shows any acid (7 or
lower) , the water shall be treated with sufficient
trisodium phosphate to bring water to an alkalinity of 8
to 10 pH.
D. Immediately before final acceptance by the Owner, the HVAC
Subcontractor shall inspect and clean all water system
strainers and low point drains, check all water system
vents, and see that the system is free of air and that the
expansion tanks are properly charged.
2 . 20 CLEANING OF DUCT SYSTEM
A. All new exhaust ductwork shall be thoroughly cleaned prior
to pressure testing and prior to final acceptance by the
Owner.
2 . 21 CROSS LINKED POLYETHYLENE (PEX) TUBING
A. All Pex tubing shall be as manufactured by Stadler Corp.
No substitutions will be allowed.
B. Tubing Material Properties :
1 . Tubing is electronically cross linked by means of a
high energy electron beam. Tubing is rated with the
maximum operating pressure of 100 psi, in accordance
with ASTM F876-90 .
2 . The tubing is listed with BOCA Evaluation Services,
Inc .
3 . The tubing is enclosed with an oxygen diffusion
barrier capable of limiting oxygen diffusion through
the tube no greater than 0 . 075 mg/1/24 at 203 deg. F.
or 0 . 003 mg/1/24h at 104 deg. F and in accordance with
DIN No. 4726 .
4 . The tubing is rated with the highest resistance to
stress cracking and chemical solvents (water
additives, antifreeze solutions, concrete additives)
with the lowest possible linear thermal expansion.
The tubing has high tensile strength and high form
stability, suitable for high resistance to abrasion
and deformation.
A*W.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
26
3 . Cold Water Make-Up Piping:
a. All sizes : 1 in.
2 . 18 TESTING OF SYSTEMS
A. This Contractor shall provide all necessary equipment and
labor to assist Smith College HVAC maintenance staff in
cleaning, flushing, and testing of all piping, ducting,
and heating elements.
B. Test all piping by applying a hydrostatic pressure using a
pump. Be sure all lines are vented free of all air. Test
pressure for steam and condensate piping to be 125 PSIG.
C. Tests shall be maintained for not less than two hours, or
longer, as necessary to completely check and inspect the
piping. Tests shall be considered satisfactory only when
joints shall show no visible leaks and pressure remains
constant after a continuous two hour test . Leaks shall be
repaired with new material . Joints shall be replaced or
reworked in a manner satisfactory to the
Architect-Engineer. No wicking, caulking, compounding, or
other makeshift type of repairs will be permitted. Tests
shall be repeated after repairs until satisfactory results
are obtained.
D. The following precautions shall be taken during the
pressure tests . All relief valves and automatic control
valves are to be removed. All system pressure gauges,
with scale range lower than test pressure, shall be
removed during pressure tests .
E . All ductwork shall be pressure tested prior to the
installation of all finished ceilings and wall . All
joints shall be sealed air tight .
2 . 19 CLEANING OUT ALL PIPING
A. The following steps shall be taken to assure that the
piping systems are clean.
B . After initial flushing with compressed air or cold water
to remove chips and scale, the piping systems shall be
brought up to a temperature of 200 degrees to 210 degrees
F. and water circulated through all piping and heating
elements for not less than two hours, then completely
drained and flushed out while water is still hot (not less
than 170 degrees F. ) . Repeat this step and take a sample
of the water before draining.
` 2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
25
E . Pipe insulation shall be rigid performed glass fiber
having an R value between 4 . 0 and 4 . 6/1 in. thickness
based on flat surface at mean temperature of 75 deg. F.
Covering shall be factory applied reinforced self-sealing
all service jacket, 25-50 UL rating. Insulation shall be
Owens-Corning Fiberglass SSL-II pipe insulation, or equal
by Manville PPG or Gustin-Bacon.
F. All fittings and valves shall be insulated to equal pipe
thickness with flexible insulation and covered with
factory formed PVC with stapled joints .
G. All steam, condensate, hot water supply and return, and
make-up water piping shall be insulated to thickness as
indicated below:
1 . Steam Supply and Condensate Return:
MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION REQUIRED:
a. Steam Piping: (Low Pressure)
(1) Runouts up to 2 in. : 1-1/2 in.
(2) Mains and Branches 1 in. and less : 1-1/2 in.
(3) Mains and Branches 1-1/4 in. to 2 in. : 2 in.
(4) Mains and Branches 2-1/2 in. to 4 in. : 2 in.
b. Steam Piping: (High and Medium Pressure)
(1) 2 in. and less : 2-1/2 in.
(2) 2-1/2 in. to 4 in. . 3 in.
C . Condensate Return:
(1) Mains and Branches 1 in. and less : 1-1/2 in.
(2) Mains and Branches 1-1/4 in. to 2 in. : 1-1/2
in.
2 . Hot Water Supply and Return:
a. Runouts up to 2 in. : 1 in.
b. Mains and branches up to 4 in. : 1-1/2 in.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
24
Trerice equal to Ashcroft "Quality" line gauges, Grade A,
''° 1 percent accuracy. Each gauge shall be installed with a
pulsation dampener (Ashcroft No. 1106B) and a brass level
handle gauge cock (Ashcroft No. 1095) .
B . Model number, size. and range to be as follows :
1 . Ashcroft - No. 1018, 6 in. dial, red set pointer, dual
scale, 0 - 100 PSIG, 0 - 230 ft .
2 . 15 STRAINERS
A. Provide "Y" pattern strainer in each water pump suction as
shown on the Drawings . Strainers shall be Yarway, Sarco,
Strong, or Webster equal to Muessco No. 751, iron body
with 150 lb. ANSI flanges, and removable baskets . Provide
a blow-off valve on each strainer.
2 . 16 SOUND AND VIBRATION ISOLATION
A. All piping within the Mechanical Equipment Room, which is
hung from overhead from structural members and from floor
deck, shall be installed using isolator units in all
hanger rods . Isolators shall be Korfund, Mason, or
Vibration Eliminator Company, equal to Mason Type DNHS,
and shall be sized as recommended by the manufacturer to
suit the weights of the various suspended pipe sizes and
contacts .
2 . 17 PIPE INSULATION
A. Provide insulation and covering for all work as described
below.
B . All insulation, including covering, shall be fire
resistant and fire retardant and shall have a flame spread
rating not exceeding 25, smoke developed rating not
exceeding 50, all complying with NFPA 225 and/or UL 723 .
Adhesives used for applying and sealing jackets shall also
conform to these same fire retardant and smoke ratings.
C. On exposed insulation, all longitudinal seams shall be
kept at the top of the pipe and circumferential joints
shall be kept to a minimum. Raw ends of insulation shall
be concealed by neatly folding in the ends of the jackets .
D. Insulation shall not be applied until all parts of the
work have been tested by the Contractor and approved by
the Architect-Engineer.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
23
B. Piping shall be I.Abeled as follows :
1 . Label all exposed piping which is not in the same room
with major equipment at least once in each room
through which the pipes pass, but never more than 25
ft . between labels .
2 . Label concealed piping so that labels will be visible
at all access doors or on 25 ft . centers above hung
ceilings .
3 . Label all piping adjacent to major equipment and
include zone or equipment numbers when there are two
or more pieces of similar equipment .
4 . Direction of flow arrows shall be applied to piping
adjacent to all labels and at each piece of equipment .
C. All valves shall be provided with valve tags as listed
below and all tags shall be secured to valve stems with
brass chains or S-hooks. Tags shall be approved equal to
Seton Name Plate Corp. Heating - 1-1/2 in. round brass
with depressed black filled letter and number with system
designation letters "HTG" equal to Seton No. P250 .
2 . 13 THERMOMETERS
A. Thermometers shall be Jay, Moeller, Palmer, Taylor,
Trerice, or Weiss equal to Taylor 30EJ31009 with aluminum
case, industrial glass, mercury 9 in. scale length, 2
degrees F. subdivisions . Stem length shall be sufficient
to assure accurate and fast response, but in no case less
than 3-1/2 in. , nor less than one-third of pipe diameter
in which installed. Each thermometer shall be provided
with a brass model or stainless steel separable socket of
matching length and with lagging extensions when installed
in insulated pipe . Thermometers shall be adjustable angle
type, positioned as required to be easily seen and read
from normal operator' s position.
B. Ranges shall be manufacturer' s standard closest to the
following:
1 . Steam system: 25 - 400 deg. F.
2 . Condensate return piping system: 25 -_ 300 deg. F.
2 . 14 PRESSURE GAUGES
A. Gauges shall be Ashcroft, Marsh, U.S . Gauge Company, or
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
22
E. All shut-off duty valves, 2-1/2 in. and larger, shall be
ball valves, Watts Series G-4000 , cast-iron body, 316,
steel ball and stem, designed for bubbletight shut-off .
F. Gate and/or globe valves shall not be used as substitutes
for any of the specified valves when used as balance
valves .
G. Balance and/or shut-off valves, 2-1/2 in. and 3 in. sizes,
shall be Tour and Anderson Series STAF, lever operated,
faced plug, neoprene seat, semi-steel body with stainless
steel or bronze top and bottom bushings, 150 PSIG working
pressure, Figure 118 . Provide open position stops for all
valves .
H. For 2 in. and smaller, shall be Tour and Anderson Figure
STAD or STA-D, semi-steel body, bronze plug with neoprene
or Teflon resilient face, bronze top and bottom bushings,
complete with elver. Provide open position stop and
plastic cap on all valves which are labeled "Balance
Valves" on the Drawings . All valves at fan coil units
shall be furnished with drain kit .
I . Pump discharge check valves shall be Muessco, Williams &
Hager, or Smolensky equal to Muessco 105-DT silent type,
steel body, stainless steel trim and spring, renewable
seat, 150 PSIG ASME rated.
J. Steam pressure regulating valves shall be Spence Model No .
ED. No substitutions will be allowed. See Drawings for
size and location.
K. Steam control valve for Viessmann water heater and main
steam line shall be Tour and Anderson Model V283 with M15C
actuator. No substitutions will be allowed.
2 . 12 IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING SYSTEMS
A. Major piping shall be identified with direction of flow
arrows and printed color coded bands of plastic tape
applied after finish painting of insulation and bare pipe .
Letters to be not less than 1 in. high. Note color and
working on valve tag chart . Pipe labels shall be Seton
Name Plate Corporation, Style B, wrap around vinyl tape,
or other approved equal, completely wrapped around the
pipe and adhered to itself . Tape and label background
colors shall conform to ASA recommendations .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
21
C. Provide escutcheons equal to Grinnell Figure 10 or Figure
13 , chrome plated, at all locations (except inside
unfinished mechanical equipment rooms and enclosed pipe
chases) wherever exposed bare pipes, 4 in. or smaller,
pass through walls, floors, or ceilings .
2 . 11 VALVES
A. All valves shall be of the same make, except as noted
below for special valves and shall be Stockham, or equal,
based on the following Stockham valves .
All ball valves shall be Watts. No substitutions will be
allowed. All balance/shutoff valves shall be Tour and
Anderson. No substitutions will be allowed.
B . All water valves installed in copper tube piping shall be,
in general, solder end pattern, all bronze with iron hand
wheel, rated for not less than 200 lbs. non-shock water
pressure. In general, all line service valves are to be
gate valves; manual vents are to be globe type.
C. Solder end valves are as follows :
1 . Gate Valves - Stockham Figure B-109 .
2 . Globe Valves - Stockham B-147 .
3 . Check Valves - Stockham B-309 .
4 . Drain Valves - Watts Series B6001-SS with hose end
adaptor. Where piping is insulated, install Type XH
extended handles .
5 . Ball Valves - Watts Series B6001-XH-SS .
D. Screw end and flanged valves shall be as follows :
1 . Gate - 2-1/2 in. and smaller - Stockham Figure 3-120,
3 in. and larger - Stockham Figure G-620 or 651-C.
2 . Globe - 2-1/2 in. and smaller - Stockham Figure B-66 ;
3 in. and larger - Stockham Figure B-609 .
3 . Check - 2-1/2 in. and smaller - Stockham Figure B-319;
3 in. and larger - Stockham Figure G-931 .
4 . Ball Valves - Watts Series 36000-XH-SS .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
20
2 . To structural steel beams - use malleable iron C-Type
Apk beam clamps with retaining clip - Grinnell Figure 87 .
F. Pines running along walls or c Q2g to floor shall be
supoorted as follows;
1 . Piping along walls may have hanger rods supported from
welded steel brackets, Grinnell Figure 194 .
2 . 2 in. and smaller - supported from floor on legs of
angle iron, channels, or pipe legs .
G. Vertical piping shall be supported at upper floor level
with riser clamps equal to Grinnell Figure 261 (or Figure
121C for copper pipe) where concealed. Exposed risers
shall be supported at same interval .
H. Groups of horizontal pipes 3 in. and smaller, running at
the same elevation, may be supported by means of vertical
hangers and horizontal angles, channels, or "Unistrut" on
which pipes shall rest and be held in alignment with
suitable pipe clamps. Building attachments must be sized
for total load of all pipes. Details of such hangers must
first be approved by the Architect-Engineer. No contact
between dissimilar metals is permitted.
I . The use of wood or fiber plugs, cold bent hanger loops,
chains, wires, perforated metal bands or horizontal pieces
of pipe will not be permitted.
2 . 10 PIPE SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS
A. Standard IPS steel or wrought iron sleeves shall be
provided wherever exposed pipes pass through masonry walls
or partitions . Pipe sleeves are to be two pipe sizes
larger than line size. On insulated piping, sleeves shall
be sized to allow insulation to pass through the sleeve
without gouging. Within continuous vertical enclosed pipe
chases, sleeves through floors may be 24 gauge galvanized
sheet steel in lieu of iron pipe .
B . Iron pipe sleeves shall be provided through "wet" floors
(such as kitchens, toilets, janitor' s closets) and shall
be extended 1 in. above finished floors . Sheet metal
screws may be used in other locations and shall be cut
flush with floor. Pipe sleeves in walls shall be flush
with face of wall, both sides . Pipe sleeves through
outside walls must be caulked watertight or installed with
Eclipse flanged service entrance sets .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
19
2 . 09 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. All horizontal piping shall be supported for its entire
length. Suspended piping shall have hangers located
within 2 ft . 0 in. of elbows, and spacing shall be reduced
where required to support heavy groups of fittings and
valves . Grinnell Figure numbers are used to establish the
desired style and quality. Other equal manufacturer, as
approved by the Architect-Engineer, will be acceptable .
All hangers shall be U.L. or F.M. approved for the
application and use .
B. Maximum s, acing of hangers and sunnorrs shall be as
follows :
1 . Pipe : 1-1/2 in. and smaller - 6 ft . 0 in.
2 . Pipe : 2 in. and larger - 8 ft . 0 in.
C. Pipe attachments shall be as follows :
1 . All systems, 1 in. to 2 in. sizes - Grinnell Figure
260 adjustable clevis type .
2 . All systems, pipe sizes less than 1 in. - Grinnell
Figure 70 adjustable swivel ring hanger.
3 . Pipe attachments in metal to metal contact with copper
and brass pipe shall be copper plated or PVC coated.
4 . At all pipe hanger attachments, wood blocking, of a
thickness equal to the pipe insulation, shall be
inserted and adhered to the insulation between the
pipe and the saddle. Pipe coursing protection shields
shall also be installed at all hangers .
D. Supnortina rods for hangers shall be adjusrahla thr add
with locknuts sized as follows :
1 . Pipe : 2 in. and smaller - 3/8 in.
2-1/2 in. to 3-1/2 in. - 1/2 in.
2 . Where double rod hangers are used, the rod size may be
reduced one size below the above sizes.
E. Hanger rods shall_ be secured to building by one of the
following approved structural attachments :
1 . To wood joist - use Grinnell Figure 202 or 206 side
beam bracket through bolted to joist .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
18
C. Heating Hot Water SUPPLY and Return and Make Up Water
(Less Than 2 In. ) :
1 . Coruer Tube Pipe: Type L, hard drawn, conforming to
ANSI H23 . 1
2 . Fittings : Wrought copper solder pattern conforming to
ANSI B16 . 22 .
3 . Joints : Made with 95-5 tin-antimony solder using non-
corrosive flux.
4 . Contractor' s option to use copper pipe on hot water
heating supply and return for less than 2 in. diameter
piping.
D. Pipe Nipples : Pipe nipples. shall be the same quality,
material, and class as the pipe system in which they are
installed. Close nipples are not permitted in pressure
systems.
2 . 08 UNIONS
A. Unions shall be of the same class and material as the pipe
and fittings of the system in which they are installed.
In black steel piping systems, they shall be 200 lbs .
black malleable iron with brass ground joint equal to Dart
Figures 0832, 0834, 0835, or 0838 . In copper and brass
piping, they shall be 125 lb. bronze or brass with ground
joint .
B. Flanged unions for welded pipe shall be weld neck, 150 lb.
raised face . Flanged joints shall be packed with
impregnated asbestos gaskets placed inside the bolt circle
with graphite applied to both faces .
C. Dielectric unions shall be provided between ferrous and
non-ferrous piping to prevent galvanic corrosion. The
dielectric unions shall meet the requirements for tensile
strength of pipe fittings in accordance with Federal
Specification WW-U-531 and shall be suitable for
temperatures and pressures encountered. The ends shall be
threaded, flanged, brazed, or soldered to match adjacent
piping. The metal parts of the union shall be separated
so that the electrical current is below 1 percent of the
galvanic current which would exist with metal-to-metal
contact .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
17
2 . 07 PIPING MATERIALS
A. General :
1 . Reference is made to Specifications of recognized
authorities to establish quality. Latest edition of
their publications at time of bidding shall be in
force .
2 . All piping shall have manufacturer' s name or trade
mark rolled into each and every length of pipe .
3 . All threads for screwed joints shall be National Taper
Pipe Thread conforming to ANSI B2 . 1-1968 .
B . Steel Pipe • Heating Hot Water Supply and Return and Steam
and Condensate Return:
1 . LiDe : Black, Schedule 40, conforming to ANSI B125 . 2
or B125 . 1 . Pipe to be used for welding shall be
furnished with beveled ends.
2 . All high pressure condensate return piping shall be
Schedule 80 with welded joints .
3 . Fittinas :
a. 2 in. and smaller, screwed, 125 lb. cast-iron
conforming to ANSI B16 .4 . High pressure steam
shall have Class 304 cast-iron.
b. 2-1/2 in. and larger, screwed, 150 lb. malleable
iron conforming to ANSI B16 . 3 .
C . For welded pipe (all sizes) , standard weight black
steel welding pattern conforming to ANSI B16 . 5,
B16 . 9, and B16 . 25 .
4 . Joints : Screwed joints shall be made up with Teflon
pipe thread tape, Teflon liquid, or other approved
non-hardening joint compound applied to male thread
only. Welded joints shall be made by oxyacetylene or
electric arc process and comply with latest ASA "Code
for Pressure Piping" requirements .
5 . Any pipe 1-1/4 in. and larger may be welded, no pipe
larger than 3 in. shall be screwed.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
16
2 . 05 VOLUME DAMPER.E
A. Duct system shall have sufficient volume dampers, whether
or not shown, to control and adjust the total volume of
each system, each zone, in each branch, and at each
diffuser or grille. Volume dampers shall be of the
butterfly type with 18 gauge galvanized iron blade . All
dampers shall be equipped with Duro-Dyne Type UNXLD
locking quadrant . Dampers, 25 in. in width and longer,
shall be provided with damper bearings on each end of
shaft . Bearings shall extend through ducts with the one
opposite quadrant mounted on a 2 in. by 3 in. by 1/8 in.
plate held to duct with stainless sheet metal screws .
Maximum width of single blades shall be 14 in. Splitter
dampers shall not be used.
2 . 06 FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS
A. Provide, where shown or indicated on the Drawings, fire
and/or smoke dampers with a UL Label for not less than
1-1/2 hour fire protection rating in accordance with
UL-555 continuing inspection service. Blades and frame
shall be galvanized steel construction with blades of an
interlocking design, having two folded guides which serve
as stops . Fusible links shall be equal to Grinnell Figure
1351, 20 pounds, Issue A.
(Note : See Architectural Drawings for fire rating
required) .
B . Dampers shall be installed according to latest edition of
NFPA-90A, mounted with 1-1/2 in. by 1-1/2 in. by 1/8 in.
returning angles on both sides of partition wall or floor
and sleeves as per the UL test under which the damper fire
rating was obtained. Angles shall completely close the
wall opening and provide anchorage to the dampers .
C. Dampers shall be as manufactured by Air Balance, Inc . ,
Phillips, A.F.F. Co. , United Sheet Metal, Inc. , or other
equal as approved by the Architect-Engineer, equal to Air
Balance, Inc . UL-119 . Damper style shall be Air Balance,
Inc. , horizontal or vertical Type A, B, or C, as directed
by the location and duct shape (rectangular, square,
round, or flat oval) in which the dampers are installed.
Unless otherwise approved by the Architect-Engineer, no
open damper shall decrease the net free area of the duct
by more than 15 percent .
Awl
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
15
L. Duct joint sealing, reinforcing, flanges, etc. for square
sheet metal ducts shall be based on maintaining airtight
ducts at ( -2 in. ) WG maximum static pressure with maximum
of 5 percent leakage of total fan capacity. All joints in
round and rectangular ductwork shall be sealed with UL
classified United Duct Sealer.
M. Upon completion of construction and before testing, the
interior of all plenums shall be vacuum cleaned. When
unit is first turned on, open duct access doors and blow
out all foreign matter. Do not run fan without filter.
2 . 02 PRESSURE TAPS
A. Pressure taps shall be provided on the suction and
discharge of all fans . These taps shall be 1/2 in. copper
tube .
B. Provide pressure taps at ends and at major takeoffs of all
supply ducts . Taps to be 1/2 in. copper tubing and shall
protrude 2 in. beyond inside and outside of duct .
C. Use brazed flanges for mounting, screwed to the sheet
metal and provide rubber caps on outside tube end. Seal
watertight at air handling unit .
2 . 03 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS
A. Provide, in each duct connection to every fan, 30 ounce
double neoprene coated woven glass fabric flexible
connection not less than 4 in. long securely held to
retaining clamps .
2 . 04 DUCTWORK SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Layout and details shall clearly indicate compliance with
the above Specifications . Any variations in design
details, fittings, or accessory items for which approval
is requested shall be specifically marked on the Drawings,
as shall any major variations from the Drawing (minor
variations are assumed to be field conditions) .
B . The Drawings shall not be submitted to the
Architect-Engineer, for approval , until the ductwork has
been coordinated with all other trades. The Sheet Metal
Subcontractor shall assume the responsibility for, and
bear the cost of, any alterations required- after approval
because of inaccurate shop drawings or lack of proper
coordination and also for any changes in sheet metal
erected prior to approval of shop drawings .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
14
and Sonotru Acoustical attenuating turns, as manufactured
by South Control Products Company, shall be used in any
supply and/or return air ducts where acoustical insulation
is included.
F. Duct sections 1 ft . 6 in. wide or less shall be butted
together and jointed with flat drive cleats 2-1/8 in.
wide . Top and bottom cleats shall be cut flush with duct
and side cleats bent over to make a tight joint . Standing
bar slips, as specified for ducts over 18 in. , may be used
at the HVAC Subcontractor' s option.
G. Ducts from 18 in. to 30 in. wide shall be jointed with 1/2
in. standing bar slips made of metal the same as, or
heavier than, duct sheets . Joints in ducts with either
dimension over 30 in. shall have 1 in. standing bar slips
on those sides over 30 in.
H. Sheet metal screws 3/4 in. No. 10 may be used to attach
stiffener angles to ductwork to secure seams, spaced not
over 12 in. o. c . and not less than two per side of 12 in.
or more, except where specified otherwise. Button
punching shall not be used, except for pre-erection
attachment of fittings.
I . Provide hinged galvanized steel access and inspection
doors opposite each manual damper, at each fire damper,
and at every duct mounted control device. Doors shall be
equal to Buensod-Stacey Type S-2 of rigid construction
with cast type rotary latches . Where space limitations do
not allow full swing of the access door, two rotary type
latches shall be used. Doors located in insulated ducts
shall be furnished with extended frames to serve as a stop
for insulation. Insulate doors located in insulated
ductwork. All doors shall be gasketed. Door shall be 10
in. by 12 in. minimum, except where limited by duct width,
and shall be larger where necessary for access to fire
damper fusible links or other devices .
J. Ducts less than 4 sq. ft . in area shall be hung with 1 in.
by 1/8 in. strap iron bent 1 in. under bottom side of the
duct and fastened to the duct with sheet metal screws,
using not less than two screws per side and as many more
so that they are not greater than 6 in. centers .
K. Hangers shall be placed on not greater than 8 ft . 0 in.
centers or closer where required so that the ductwork can
support the weight of a man at any point .
' 2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
13
F. The approval of equipment does not relieve the Contractor •�
from the responsibility of shop drawing errors in details,
sizes, quantities, wiring diagram arrangement, and
dimensions which deviate from the Specifications, Contract
Drawings, and/or job conditions as they exist . Unless the
Contractor specifically requests, in writing, changes,
substitutions, or deletions of specific Contract Document
requirements with respect to any submissions, approval of
the shop drawing by the Architect-Engineer does not
constitute acceptance. Approval of shop drawings
containing errors does not relieve the Contractor from
making corrections at his expense.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 SHEET METAL
A. All duct runs shall be checked for clearances before
installation of any ductwork. Above hung ceilings, duct
locations, and elevations must be coordinated with work of
other trades to avoid conflicts with structure, piping,
conduit, and light fixtures .
B. All make-up air and exhaust sheet metal ducts shall be
constructed of galvanized iron sheet of bend forming
quality.
C. Duct construction shall be in accordance with best
practices and latest ASHRAE or SMACNA requirements for
metal gauges, joints, reinforcing, and supports . All
exposed ductwork shall be constructed and hung to provide
a neat, smooth, finished appearance . Cadmium plated sheet
metal screws shall be used on all exposed ductwork. Ducts
shall be free from thumping or rattling when fans are
turned on or off .
D. Duct sizes shall be strictly followed and no changes in
shape or dimensions shall be made by the HVAC
Subcontractor without first obtaining approval from the
Architect-Engineer, except that ducts shall be offset as
required to clear structural members and to coordinate
with other trades. Any duct changes made must meet the
latest ASHRAE and SMACNA standards .
E. The centerline radius of all duct elbows, where shown on
Drawings, shall be at least one and one-half the width of
the duct . Where building conditions do not allow for this
radius, or where square turns are shown, manufactured
double-walled duct turns equal to Aero-Dyne or Tuttle &
Bailey shall be used in the supply or exhaust air ducts
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
12
C. The information to be contained on the Drawings shall
include, but not be limited to, the following:
1 . Insert and sleeve locations if required by the
Architect-Engineer.
2 . Structural, partition/room layout, ceiling grid, and
other information needed for coordination, including
bottom of steel elevations .
3 . All fire walls and smoke partitions .
4 . Equipment layouts and egress routes for equipment
removal .
5 . Sheet metal work layout, including bottom of duct
elevations .
6 . HVAC, Plumbing, and Fire Protection pipe routing,
including center line of pipe elevations .
7 . Valves, including valve tag numbers .
B . Access panels .
9 . Electrical .
10 . Temperature control wiring and equipment locations.
Each trade shall show his work on the background
Drawings with appropriate elevations and grid
dimensions . Drawing shall indicate horizontal and
vertical dimensions to avoid interference with
structural framing, ceilings, partitions, and other
services .
D. Fabrication shall not begin until the final mylar
transparencies of all coordination Drawings have been
reviewed by the Architect-Engineer. Review of
coordination Drawings shall not diminish the
responsibility under this Contract for final coordination
of installation and maintenance clearances of all systems
and equipment with the Architectural, Structural,
Mechanical, Electrical, and other work.
E. Drawings shall indicate adequate clearance for operation,
maintenance, and replacement of operating equipment
devices. If equipment is disapproved, Drawings shall be
revised to show acceptable equipment and be resubmitted.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
11
D. Equipment and material stored on the jobsite shall be
protected from the weather, vehicles, dirt, and/or damage
by workmen or machinery and shall be coordinated with the
College ' s Physical Plant . Insure that all electrical or
absorbent equipment or material is protected from moisture
during storage .
1 . 11 CLEANING
A. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean and flush all
piping, ducts, and equipment of all foreign substances
inside and out before being placed in operation.
Thoroughly flush all piping of any oils, burrs, solder,
and flux. Replace strainers and filters at completion of
cleaning.
B. If any part of a system should be stopped or damaged by
any foreign matter after being placed in operation, the
system shall be disconnected, cleaned, and reconnected at
no additional cost to the Owner.
C. During the course of construction, all ducts and pipes
shall be capped to insure adequate protection against the
entrance of foreign matter.
D. Keep the jobsite free from the accumulation of waste
material and rubbish. Upon completion of all work under
the Contract, the Contractor shall remove, from the
premises, all rubbish, debris, and excess materials left
over from his work. Any oil or grease stains on floor
areas caused by the Contractor shall be removed and floor
areas left clean.
1 . 12 COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A. Prepare a complete set of mylar background Drawings at
minimum 1/4 in. equals 1 ft . 0 in. showing architectural
and structural features and other information as needed
for coordination layout . Background Drawings shall be
prepared under this Section.
B . Circulate mylars among trades as necessary to show all
information outlined below. Each trade shall sign and
date each coordination Drawing. Coordinate all conflicts
between trades. These Drawings must be sent to the
College ' s Temperature Control and Balancing Contractor.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
10
manuals shall be bound in hard binders or an approved
equivalent .
C. The manual shall include the following
information .
1 . Description of systems .
2 . Description of start up, operation, and shutdown
procedures for each item of equipment .
3 . Winter/summer changeover procedures .
4 . Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine maintenance
for each item of equipment .
S . Lubrication chart .
6 . Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain
detailed operation and control of each item of
equipment .
7 . Valve chart .
8 . List of recommended spare parts .
9 . Copies of all service Contracts.
10 . Performance curves for pumps, fans, etc.
11 . List of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all
Subcontractors, as well as the local representative
for each item of equipment .
D. See the "Automatic Temperature Control" paragraphs of this
Section for additional requirements .
1 . 10 PROTECTION
A. Work under each Section shall include protecting the work
and material of all other Sections from damage by work or
workmen and shall include, making good, all damage thus
caused.
B . The Contractor shall be responsible for work and equipment
until finally inspected, tested, and accepted; protect
work against theft, injury, or damage; and carefully store
material and equipment received on site which is not
immediately installed. Close open ends of work with
temporary covers or plugs during construction to prevent
entry of obstructing or foreign material .
C. Work under each Section includes receiving, unloading,
uncrating, storing, protecting, setting in place, and
connecting-up completely any equipment supplied under each
Section. Work under each Section shall also include
exercising special care in handling and protecting
equipment and fixtures and shall include the cost of
replacing any of the equipment and fixtures which are
missing or damaged by reason of mishandling or failure to
protect on the part of the Mechanical Contractor.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
9
occur shall be made good without expense to the Owner. -low,
The HVAC Subcontractor shall be responsible for the proper
protection of all his materials until the building is
accepted by the Owner.
1 . 07 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY
A. The HVAC Subcontractor shall and hereby does warrant that
all work executed and all equipment furnished under this
Section shall be free from defects of workmanship and
materials for a period of one year from date of final
acceptance of this work. The HVAC Subcontractor further
agrees that he will, at his own expense, repair and
replace all such defective work and all other work damaged
thereby which becomes defective during the term of the
Guarantee/Warranty.
1 . 08 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Refer to SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT for Record
Drawings.
B . Record Drawings shall reflect all changes from the
Contract Drawings whether by Change Order or by field
conditions . Principal dimensions of concealed work, fire
dampers, volume dampers, control dampers, control valves
and, for piping installation, valve numbers shall be added
as soon as established.
1 . 09 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE. MANUALS
A. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed,
fully instruct the proper Owner' s representative in all
details of operation for equipment installed. Supply
qualified personnel to operate equipment for sufficient
length of time to assure that Owner' s representative is
properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance
procedures . This Contractor shall provide a video tape of
the operation and maintenance instructions for the Owner' s
future use.
B. Furnish the Architect-Engineer, for his approval, with
three (3) copies of an Operation and Maintenance Manual .
Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the
words OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL, the name and
location of the equipment or the building, the name of the
Contractor, and the Contract number. The manual shall
have a table of contents with tab sheets placed before
each section. The instructions shall be legible and
easily read, with large sheets of Drawings folded in. The
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
8
3 . All work installed under these Drawings and
Specifications must be installed in strict accordance
with the requirements of all local, state, and other
departments having jurisdiction, the utility
companies, and with the requirements of the
Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc . , National Bureau of
Fire Underwriters, Massachusetts State Building Code,
Massachusetts Fuel Gas Code, and/or similar codes
applied hereto.
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The work shall be performed in such a manner as to conform
to the codes and regulations governing such work, as may
be required by Local and State ordinances . This
Contractor and his Subcontractors shall inform themselves
of all State and Federal work safety rules and
regulations, including the latest provisions of the
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1971 and all
subsequent provisions . All workmen employed on the
project shall be instructed in the requirements and shall
observe same at all times.
B. All work installed under these Drawings and Specifications
must be installed in strict accordance with the
requirements of all local, state, and other departments
having jurisdiction, the utility companies, and with the
requirements of the Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc . ,
National Bureau of Fire Underwriters, Massachusetts State
Building Code, Massachusetts Fuel Gas Code, Fire
Protection Regulations, NFPA, IRI Insurance, and/or
similar codes applied thereto. Where provisions of the
Contract Documents conflict with any codes, or rules and
regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract
requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules and
regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern.
1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: The HVAC Subcontractor shall provide for the
delivery of all his materials and fixtures to the building
site when required so as to carry on his work efficiently
and to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades .
Delivery and storage of materials and equipment must be
coordinated with the Smith College Physical Plant and is
limited to areas designated by the College.
B . Storage and Handling: The HVAC Subcontractor shall, at
all times, fully protect his work and materials from
injury or loss by others . Any injury or loss which may
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
7
both. Should the character of the work herein
contemplated or any matter pertaining thereto be not
sufficiently explained in the Specifications or
Drawings, the HVAC Subcontractor may apply to the
Architect-Engineer for further information and shall
conform to such when given, as it may be consistent
with the original intent . The Architect-Engineer
reserves the right to make any reasonable changes in
location prior to installation at no expense to the
Owner. All lines are diagrammatic and exact locations
are subject to the approval of the Architect-Engineer.
2 . Before submitting his bid, the HVAC Subcontractor
shall visit the site with the Drawings and
Specifications and shall become thoroughly familiar
with all conditions affecting his work since the HVAC
Subcontractor will be held responsible for any
assumption he may make in regard thereto.
3 . The HVAC Subcontractor shall, at all times, have a
foreman or superintendent on the project authorized to
make decisions and receive instructions as if the HVAC
Subcontractor himself were present . The foreman or
superintendent shall not be removed or replaced
without the express approval of the Architect-Engineer
after construction work begins . The HVAC
Subcontractor shall employ only competent and
experienced workmen at a regular schedule in harmony
with the other tradesmen on the job. The HVAC
Subcontractor shall also exercise care and supervision
of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious
layout of his work.
B . Products :
1 . All materials used in this Heating, Ventilating, and
Air Conditioning Section shall be U. S . made, new, full
weight and first class in every respect, without
defects, and designed to function properly in that
portion of the work for which they are intended and
with the same brand of manufacturers for each class of
material or equipment .
2 . Equality of material or equipment other than those
named or described in this Section will be determined
in accordance with the revisions of the Contract and
as specified further herein. No equals will be
allowed on Tour and Anderson Control and Balancing
Valves, Watts Ball Valves, and Gould Pumps .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
6
3 . Label each control device with setting or adjustable
range of control .
4 . Label each control panel required with internal and
external piping and wiring clearly indicated. Provide
detail of panel face, including controls, instruments,
and labeling.
5 . Ladder type with diagrams .
6 . Point list .
7 . Verbal description of sequence of operation using
Control Manufacturer' s wording.
8 . Installation instructions .
9 . Manufacturer' s data for all proposed control devices .
10 . Control valve and damper schedule, including valve
coefficients .
See PART 2, "AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS, " for
additional information regarding ATC shop drawings .
D. Product Data: Submit two (2) copies of the manufacturer' s
specifications and installation instructions for each
aA�• material and include other data as may be required to show
compliance with these specifications .
E. Test Reports: Submit certified test laboratory reports as
necessary to show compliance with requirements .
F. Colors : Colors of all materials shall be as selected by
the Architect-Engineer from the standard color ranges of
each manufacturer, from samples submitted as per above .
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Execution:
1 . The HVAC Contractor shall refer to the Drawings
enumerated at the end of this Section and consult the
College ' s Temperature Control and Balancing
Contractors for a full comprehension of the work to be
done and for conditions affecting the location and
placement of his equipment and materials . These
Drawings are intended to be supplementary to the
Specifications and any work indicated, mentioned, or
implied in either is to be considered as specified by
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
5
G. Intent : It is the intent of the Contract Documents to
include all work and materials necessary for erecting
complete, ready for continuous use, all heating and
ventilating systems as shown on the accompanying Drawings
or as hereinafter described. These Drawings shall be
taken in a sense as diagrammatic; sizes of pipes, ducts,
etc . , and methods of running them are shown, but it is not
intended to show every offset and fitting, nor every
structural difficulty that will be encountered during the
installation of the work.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures. Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B . Shop Drawings : Within 30 days of award of the Contract,
the HVAC Subcontractor shall submit, for approval, six (6)
copies of a complete list of manufacturer' s shop drawings,
detail prints, and data sheets for the following items :
Pressure regulating valves Unit heaters
Steam specialties Heat exchanger
Valves Pumps
Sheet metal components Spirovent ANW.
Sheet metal fabrication Expansion tank
drawings Fire dampers
Exhaust fans Insulation (sheet metal
Grilles, registers, and and piping)
diffusers DDC temperature controls
Hydronic specialties Control dampers
Pex tubing and accessories Control valves
Pex tubing manifold headers
Radiation
Do not release for shipment, deliver, or install any
equipment or material without the prior approval of the
Architect-Engineer.
C. All control shop drawings shall be submitted through this
Contractor so work can be properly coordinated for each
Automatic Temperature Control System and shall include the
following information:
1 . Schematic flow design of system showing fans, pumps,
coils, dampers, valves, and control devices .
2 . Bill of materials .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
4
C. Items to be Furnished Only: Furnish the following items
to be installed by the designated Section:
1 . SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM DRYWALL.
a. Access Panels .
D. Reference To Drawings: Work to be performed is shown on
Drawings listed at the end of this Section.
E. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections :
1 . SECTION CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS.
a. Cutting, patching, and drilling, except
installation of pipe supports and fastenings .
2 . SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
a. All concrete work.
3 . SECTION 07270 - FIRESTOPPING.
a. All firestopping at duct and floor penetrations .
4 . SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND WALL COVERING.
a. All painting.
5 . SECTION 16100 - ELECTRICAL WORK.
a. Electrical connections and disconnect switches .
F. Extent : The work required under this Section, without
limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing
of all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary
for, and reasonably incidental to, the complete
installation of all piping, valves, exhaust fans, sheet
metal ductwork, registers, heat exchanger, pumps, hydronic
specialties, unit heaters, panel radiators, steam control
stations, insulation of ductwork and piping, all fresh air
and exhaust air, automatic temperature control system, and
all other materials, equipment, and labor necessary,
whether or not such items are specifically indicated on
the Drawings or in the Specifications, to complete the
heating and ventilating systems in all respects ready for
continuous and trouble-free operation.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
3
radiation in each room, and such other standard
accessories as are necessary for a complete approved
system.
3 . New bathroom central exhaust system installed with all
incidentals necessary for a complete operational
system. The system shall include centrifugal vent set
installed in basement; sheet metal ductwork;
registers; volume dampers; fire dampers; testing,
balancing, and adjustment of air systems; and such
other standard accessories and services necessary for
a complete, approved system.
4 . Basement ventilation and combustion air intake system
installed with all incidentals necessary for a
complete operational system. The system shall include
intake and exhaust louver insulated plenums (louvers
F&I by General Contractor) , sheet metal ductwork,
motorized dampers, propeller exhaust fan with wire
cage and backdraft damper, and such other standard
accessories as are necessary for a complete, approved
system.
5 . Emergency generator and refrigeration
compressors/rooms ventilation system, including intake
and exhaust louver insulated plenums (louver furnished
and installed by General Contractor) , sheet metal
ductwork, motorized dampers, propeller exhaust fan
with wire cage and backdraft damper, and such other
standard accessories as are necessary for a complete,
approved system.
6 . New Energy Management System shall be an Automated
Logic Corp. DDC System installed by Yankee Technology,
Inc . EMS shall include two (2) speed control of
bathroom exhaust fan via humidity sensors, hot water
reset control of heat exchanger steam valve, VFD
control of heating pumps, individual room temperature
control, basement ventilation (exhaust fan and air
intake M.O.D. ) control, and emergency generator and
refrigeration compressors/rooms ventilation and
heating.
B . All final testing and balancing of systems shall be
performed by Wings Testing and Balancing, Inc. working
directly for Smith College. The Heating and Ventilating
Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with this
Contractor.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
2
SECTION 15500
HEATING. VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
PART 1 - GENERAT
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
B. Definitions :
1 . The Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning
Subcontractor shall be hereinafter referred to in this
Section of the Specifications as the HVAC
Subcontractor.
2 . The Automatic Temperature Control Subcontractor shall
be hereinafter referred to in this Section of the
Specifications as the ATC Subcontractor.
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . The HVAC Subcontractor shall be responsible for make-
safe demolition of obsolete HVAC equipment and
materials . HVAC Subcontractor' s responsibilities
shall include clearly identifying, shutting down and
disabling all obsolete systems and equipment and
draining same for demolition and removal by the
General Contractor. All HVAC equipment, which will be
reused or required to remain active, shall be
identified, cut, and/or capped as required by the HVAC
Subcontractor.
2 . New hydronic heating system consisting of steam-to-
water heat exchanger and all associated steam and
condensate return piping, hydronic heating pumps,
spirovent, expansion tank, pot feeder, valves, all
standard hydronic accessories, basement reverse return
hot water supply and return piping system serving Pex
tubing manifold headers and unit heaters located in
basement, pipe insulation, Stadler Pex tubing from
headers to each individual room, Runtal or Vasco
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
1
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
2 .26 Steam Specialties 31
2 .27 Unit Heaters 31
2 .28 Convectors 32
2 . 29 Panel Radiators 33
2 . 30 Air Registers 33
2 . 31 Fans 33
2 . 32 DDC Control System 36
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Installation/Application/Erection 44
3 . 02 HVAC System Adjustment 49
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
I G
15500
00
SECTION 15500
EATING. VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 4
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 5
1 . 05 Reference Standards 7
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 7
1 . 07 Guarantee/Warranty 8
1 . 08 Record Drawings 8
1 . 09 Operation and Maintenance Manuals 8
1 . 10 Protection 9
1. 11 Cleaning 10
1 . 12 Coordination Drawings 10
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Sheet Metal 12
2 . 02 Pressure Taps 14
2 . 03 Flexible Connections 14
2 . 04 Ductwork Shop Drawings 14
2 . 05 Volume Dampers 15
2 . 06 Fire and Smoke Dampers 15
2 . 07 Piping Materials 16
2 . 08 Unions 17
2 . 09 Hangers and Supports 18
2 . 10 Pipe Sleeves and Escutcheons 19
2 . 11 Valves 20
2 . 12 Identification of Piping Systems 21
2 . 13 Thermometers 22
2 . 14 Pressure Gauges 22
2 . 15 Strainers 23
2 . 16 Sound and Vibration Isolation 23
2 . 17 Pipe Insulation 23
2 . 18 Testing of Systems 25
2 . 19 Cleaning Out All Piping 25
2 .20 Cleaning of Duct System 26
2 . 21 Cross Linked Polyethylene (Pex) Tubing 26
2 .22 Pex Tubing Manifold Headers 27
2 .23 Hot Water Specialties _ 28
2 . 24 Circulating Pumps 29
2 .25 Steam-to-Water Heat Exchanger 30
2292 (SC-TENNEY) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
0
F. Gas Service :
Apk
1 . The Plumbing Subcontractor shall arrange, with the Bay
State Gas Company, for new service entrance for the
project and pay all fees and charges .
3 . 08 STERILIZATION
A. Each unit of domestic water service line and distribution
system shall be sterilized with chlorine before acceptance
of domestic operation. The amount of chlorine applied
shall be such as to provide a dosage of not less than 50
parts per million. The chlorinating material shall be
introduced to the water lines and distributing systems in
a manner approved by the Water Department . If possible to
do so, the lines shall be thoroughly flushed before
introduction of the chlorinating material . After a
contact period of not less than eight (8) hours, the
system shall be flushed with clean water until the
residual chlorine content is not greater than 1. 0 part per
million. All valves in the liens being sterilized shall
be opened and closed several times during the contact
period.
3 . 09 GUARANTEE
A. The Contractor shall guarantee his work for a minimum of
one year from the date of Substantial Completion, unless
otherwise specified.
END OF SECTION
Apw
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
23
shall be furnished by the Plumbing Subcontractor at no
additional cost to the Owner. All tests shall be
witnessed and approved by the Plumbing Inspector.
B . Drainage and venting system piping shall be tested with
water or air before the fixtures are installed.
1 . Water Test : Water test shall be applied to the
drainage and venting system in their entirety or in
sections . If the entire system is tested, all
openings in the pipe shall be tightly closed, except
the highest opening, and the system shall be filled
with water to the point of overflow. If the system is
tested in sections, each opening, except the highest
opening of the section under test, shall be tightly
plugged and each section shall be filled with water
and tested with at least a 10 ft . head of water. In
testing successive sections, at least the upper 10 ft .
of the next preceding section shall be tested so that
each joint of pipe in the building, except the
uppermost 10 ft . of the system, has been submitted to
a test of at least 10 ft . head of water. The water
shall be kept in the system, or in the portion under
test, for at least fifteen (15) minutes before the
inspection starts . The system shall be tight at all
joints .
2 . Air Test : If tests are made with air, a pressure of
not less than 5 lbs . per sq. in. shall be applied with
a force pump and maintained at least fifteen (15)
minutes without leakage. A mercury column gauge shall
be used in making the air test .
C. Water System: When the roughing-in is complete, and
before fixtures are set, the entire hot and cold water
piping system shall be tested at a hydrostatic pressure of
not less than 125 PSI gauge and proved tight at this
pressure for not less than four hours in order to permit
inspection of all joints . Where a portion of the water
piping system is to be concealed before completion, this
portion shall be tested separately as specified for the
entire system.
D. Gas piping shall be tested at 100 PSIG for a period of
four hours.
E. Defective Work: If inspection or tests indicate defects,
such defective work or material shall be replaced or
repaired as necessary and inspection and tests repeated.
Repairs to piping shall be made with new materials . No
caulking of screwed joints or holes will be acceptable .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
22
using a vapor barrier mastic-adhesive from finish floor to
10 ft . 0 in. above . All joints shall be sealed with tape .
3 . 04 FIXTURES
A. Fixtures shall be the best product of the manufacturer and
shall be without defects in construction or appearance,
shall be set true and level, firmly supported in place
without rocking or strain. Fixtures shall be adjusted for
proper operation and shall be tested in the presence of
the Architect-Engineer. All fixtures shall be thoroughly
cleaned and all labels, stickers, and dirt marks shall be
removed.
B. The installation of all backing for plumbing fixtures and
their accessories not affecting the structure shall be the
work of the Plumbing Subcontractor. Cutting and chasing
which does not effect the structure shall also be the work
of the Plumbing Subcontractor. All cutting and chasing,
and installation of all backing for fixtures and
accessories, which affects the structure, shall be the
work of the Carpenters and/or General Contractor.
3 . 05 ADJUSTMENT
A. Adjust all fixture supply fittings and valves for
operation and water temperature controllers for proper
outlet temperatures .
3 . 06 IDENTIFICATION
A. Valve Tags and Charts :
1 . Furnish and install brass tags with S-hooks stamped
with letters and numbers attached to the stem of each
valve throughout all the systems .
2 . Furnish complete chart listing the valve number, fluid
controlled, and reference location for all valves
corresponding to the tag numbers . The chart shall be
framed under glass and hung in the Mechanical
Equipment Room where directed. Furnish two (2) extra
copies of the chart to the Architect-Engineer.
3 . 07 TESTS
A. Tests For Plumbing Systems : Soil, waste, vent, gas, and
water piping shall be tested by the Plumbing Subcontractor
and witnessed and approved by Smith College before
acceptance . Underground soil and waste piping shall be
tested prior to backfilling. Equipment required for tests
�w►
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
21
Joints shall be made gas and water tight . Horizontal
drainage piping shall be installed in practical alignment
within the building at a uniform grade of not less than
1/8 in. fall per foot and not more than 3/4 in. fall per
foot . Pipe to be installed without undue strain or
stresses and provisions made for expansion, contraction,
and structural settlement . Every fixture, floor drain,
and item of equipment shall be individually trapped and
vented. Any soil and waste lines shall be provided with
cleanouts at every change in direction and at the foot of
vertical stacks . Changes in direction shall be made with
Y' s or 45-degree elbows. All offsets in vertical lines
shall be made at a minimum angle of 45 degrees .
D. All exposed piping to all fixtures, sinks, and items of
equipment shall be chrome plated. All connections to
branches and fixtures shall be taken from top of mains .
3 . 02 VALVES
A. Drains shall be installed at all low points of the water
distribution systems . Stop valves shall be installed at
each fixture and hydrant . Valves shall not be installed
with the stem inclined at more than 90 degrees from the
upright position. The stuffing boxes of all valves shall
be packed with new wicking and drips eliminated.
3 . 03 INSULATION AIR'`
A. Insulation shall be applied over clean dry pipe with all
joints butted firmly together and sealed with butt strips .
Insulation shall run through all hangers and sleeves and
have an 18 gauge sheet metal saddle equal to three times
the pipe diameter in length, on all pipes over 2 in. in
diameter. All piping shall be supported through
installation by fitting a 1 in. wide by 6 in. long wood
block to the thickness of the insulation, inside the vapor
barrier jacket .
B . All fittings, valves, and exposed supply and waste piping
to the handicapped lavatories, etc. shall be insulated
with the proper factory pre-cut insulation. The ends of
the insulation shall be tucked snugly into the throat of
the fitting and the edge adjacent to the pipe covering
tufted and tucked in fully insulating the pipe fitting.
The one-piece PVC fitting cover shall then. be secured by
taping the ends to the adjacent covering.
C. In addition to the regular insulation specified above, all
exposed piping shall have PVC jacket cover applied over
.w,,
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
20
2 . 17 TRAP PRIMERS
A. Furnish and install Precision Plumbing Products, Prime-
Rate trap primer to serve floor drains, Model PR-500 .
2 . 18 DEMOLITION
A. This Contractor shall make safe (shut-down, disable, and
drain) all obsolete water, gas, waste and vent piping for
the removal by the General Contractor.
B . All existing piping, which is to remain, shall be
identified and properly tagged by this Contractor.
C. The existing steam generated and gas-fired water heaters
shall be disconnected and shall remain the property of the
Owner. This Contractor shall deliver the existing heaters
to a location as designated by the Owner.
D. The existing obsolete water service entrance shall be
abandoned. The water meter shall be turned over to the
Northampton Water Department by this Contractor.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION/PIPING
A. The arrangement of all piping indicated on the Drawings is
generally diagrammatic. Conditions at the building shall
determine the actual arrangement of runs, bends, offsets,
etc . ; conditions at the building shall be the determining
factor for all measurements. The layout of all work shall
be subject to the approval of the Architect-Engineer, but
the Plumbing Subcontractor shall be responsible for the
necessary coordination of the work under this Contract .
Wherever possible, as determined by the
Architect-Engineer, piping shall be installed concealed.
B. Pipes passing through floors, concrete, or masonry walls
shall be centered in sleeves of pipe set in the concrete
before pouring or grouted in masonry walls . Sleeves in
the floor slab shall extend 2 in. above the finished
floor. Sleeves shall be of the first possible pipe size
larger than the pipe or insulated pipe overall diameter to
yield a clearance of not less than 1/2 in. between the
sleeve and the pipe of insulation.
C. Cast-iron soil, vent, drainage, and waste lines shall be
carefully graded, fitted, and joined together with either
cast-iron clamps, as manufactured by "Clamp-All, " in
exposed areas, or caulked together with oakum and lead.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
19
N. Washer Unit (P-12) :
W-602-X Symmons Laundry-Mate with wall
recessed box and cover, mixing valve,
with stops, 1/2 in. supply and 2 in.
drain.
0. Wall Hydrant (P-13) :
Woodford Model B-65-C, anti-freeze,
automatic draining wall hydrant with
anti-siphon vacuum breaker, key
operator enclosed in a flush mounted
wall box.
2 . 14 FLOOR DRAIN
1100 Wade dura-coated cast-iron, bond
bottom outlet, Type FC-9, polished
bronze strainer.
2 . 15 STEAM WATER HATER
A. Furnish and install Veissmann tank storage heater with
built-in Type 31671 stainless steel heat exchanger coil
and stainless steel tank, Verticell-HG-450-120 . Tank AOWA
shall be insulated and jacketed. Tank shall be equipped
q pped
with leveling legs, stainless steel sensor well, tank
thermometer, couplings . Contractor shall provide tank
aquastat control .
B . Unit shall have 120 gallon storage with steam coil to
recover 310 GPH with 5 PSI steam inlet pressure (260, 600
BTU) .
C. Furnish and install a thermal expansion tank as
manufactured by Amtrol Model ST-12-C (ASME Code) with 4 . 7
gallons total volume and 3 . 2 gallon acceptance, with FDA
liner.
2 . 16 GAS-FIRED WATER HEATER
A. Furnish and install A.O. Smith gas-fired heater Model HW-
300, to deliver 298 GPH at 100 deg. F. rise . Heater shall
have coiled copper finned heat exchanger, complete with an
electric controlled gas valve, gas pressure regulator,
safety limit controls, T&P relief valve and draft
diverter.
-ovo,
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
18
E-88-AA Stainless steel bumper guards .
J. Lavatory Faucet (P-8) : Laminated lavatories are to be
furnished and installed by the General Contractor.
Plumbing Contractor shall furnish and install the supply
and waste pipings .
5502 . 140 Monterrey, 4 in. center lavatory
faucet with 1/4 turn level handles .
Provide grid strainer with chrome
plated p-trap and angle supply stops .
K. Lavatory Faucet (P-9) : (Handicap)
Laminated lavatories are to be
furnished and installed by the General
Contractor. Plumbing Contractor shall
furnish and install the supply and
waste piping.
S-60-H Symmons "Scot" metering 4 in. center
lavatory faucet, slow closing with ADA
blade handle, temperature and time
limit stops. Provide grid strainer,
offset tailpiece, p-trap, and angle
supply stops .
Insulate exposed waste and water piping with Truebro
insulation kit, as specified.
L. Laundry Sink (P-10) :
SLXD2222-A-GR Just, single compartment, 18 gauge
stainless steel sink, 22 in. by 22 in.
O.D. with 16 in. by 19 in. by 12 in.
deep bowl, sound deadened bottom, grip
rim and cup strainer, ledge punch with
three (3) holes .
J-1174-KS Just, 8 in. center deck faucet with
swivel gooseneck, color indexed 6 in.
wrist handles and aerator.
Provide p-trap and supply stops .
M. Hose Bibb (P-11) :
Woodford Model 24P, chrome plated with
vacuum breaker and key operator.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
17
G. Shower/Drying Unit (P-5) :
1 . Plumbing Contractor shall furnish Aquarius double
compartment shower receptor with two (2) drains, set
in place and flashed in by the General Contractor.
This Contractor shall be responsible for installing
shower drains, Sterline shower drains Model 33325 with
4-1/2 in. flange with locknut, and perform all piping.
2 . Furnish and install Safetymix, pressure balanced,
Model 1-100-X, with integral stops, temperature limit
stop, shower head with arm and wall flange .
3 . Shower doors shall be as manufactured by Alumax Model
700I interhinge, 24 in. door with side light to fit 36
in. shower opening. Door shall have full height
magnetic closure, splash guard with squeegee, door
handle continuous hinge, silver brite anodized finish,
glass : shall be 1/4 in. white opal laminated safety
glass with . 030 inner layer.
H. Corner Mop Sink (P-6) :
TSBC-6010 Fiat, neo-corner terrazzo mop
receptor, 24 in. by 24 in. by 12 in.
with stainless steel cap on all curbs.
830-AA Chrome-plated service faucet with
integral stops, wall bracket spout
with rail hook, and vacuum breaker,
hose end thread.
832-AA Hose and hose bracket .
889-CC Mop hanger, stainless steel 24 in. by
3 in. with 3-rubber tool grips .
Provide stainless steel drain with p-trap.
I . Mop Sink (P-7) :
MSB-2424 Fiat, molded stone, 24 in. by 24 in.
by 10 in. deep. Mop receptor,
complete with drain. Provide p-trap.
830-AA Same as P-6 .
832-AA Same as P-6 .
889-AA Same as P-6 .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
16
95 Olsonite, elongated solid plastic
"^ seat, open front less cover with check
hinge (white) .
D. Water Closet (P-2) : (Handicap)
3043 . 102 Madera, 17H, floor mounted, elongated
bowl, vitreous china, siphon jet with
1-1/2 top spud.
Flush valve and seat same as for P-1 .
E . Tub/Shower Unit (P-3) : (Handicap)
G6092TS Aquarius, one-piece fiberglass 60 in.
by 32 in. by 78 in. tub/shower unit,
with slip-resistant bottom, 17 in.
high apron with structurally
reinforced wall, factory mounted ADA
compliant grab bars, ADA compliant
removable seat and soap dish. Color
of unit to be Bone.
5-96-600-B30-L-V Symmons, Temptrol pressure balanced
mixing valve with single blade handle,
combination integral tub spout-shower
head diverter and volume control,
" integral stops, temperature limit
stop, 4-458 Levertrol diverter for
hand spray, hand spray with 60 in.
metal hose, in line vacuum breaker, 30
in. slide bar, shower head with arm
and tub spout .
Furnish and install pop-up drain with overflow.
F. Tub/Shower Unit (P-4) :
2395 . 202 American Standard, Americast,
Princeton with left or right hand
drain as required, 60 in. by 34 in. by
14 in. , slip-resistant bottom.
S-96-2-131 Symmons, Temptrol pressure balanced
mixing valve with integral diverter
and volume control, temperature limit
stop, integral stops, tub spout and
shower head with arm and wall flange .
Furnish and install tub pop-up drain with overflow.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
15
up to, and including, 2 in. and 1 in. for hot and hot
water recirculation piping. Jacket shall be FLAME-SAFE
AP. The insulation shall be applied over clean dry pipe
with all joints butted firmly together. Longitudinal
jacket laps and the butt strips shall be smoothly secured
with Benjamin Foster 85-20 adhesive .
B . Insulate all elbows, fittings, and valves with equal
thickness of insulation and cover with pre-molded, one-
piece PVC fitting covers .
C. Where buried in walls, hot water recirculation, hot, and
cold water piping may be insulated with 1/2 in. foamed
plastic insulation equal to Manville "Aerotube" in lieu of
fiberglass .
D. Insulate all exposed waste and supply piping below
handicapped lavatories or sinks with "Truebro" pre-molded
insulation, Model 120W, with 105W vinyl kit .
2 . 13 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FIXTURE TRIMMINGS
A. General Reauirements ; Reference made herein to numbers of
plumbing fixtures to establish type and quality of
materials. Angle stops, straight stops, stops integral
with the faucets, or concealed type of lock shield, loose
key pattern stops for supplies shall be furnished and
installed with fixtures. Exposed traps and supply pipes
for all fixtures and equipment shall be chrome plated and
connected to the rough piping systems at the wall . Wall
escutcheons shall be chromium plated or nickel plated
brass with polished, bright surfaces .
B . The Plumbing Subcontractor shall furnish all supports,
brackets, bolts, etc. for proper installation of all
fixtures requiring support . They shall be in accordance
with the manufacturer' s recommendations, and, if
necessary, shall be built into place as the building
progresses . This Contractor shall be held responsible for
the stability and proper support of all Plumbing fixtures .
C. Water Closet (P-1) :
2234 . 015 Madera, floor mounted, elongated
vitreous china, siphon jet action with
1-1/2 in. top spud, 1 . 6 gallon flush.
111 Royal Water Saver Sloan flush valve
with vacuum breaker and angle stop,
1 . 6 gallons per flush.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
14
manufactured by Watts Regulator Model 909-QT-S with AG-8
air gap fitting, sizes as indicated on the Drawings .
B. All backflow preventers shall be approved by the
Massachusetts State Plumbing Examiners and shall be
installed in strict accordance with manufacturer' s
recommendations and instructions, Regulation 310 CMR
22 . 22 .
C. Units shall be Watts Regulator Co. , or approved equal by
Smith College.
D. This Contractor shall be responsible to file all permits,
applications, and perform all testing of the backflow
preventers . All tests shall be certified by the
Northampton Water Department; also pay all fees and
related charges .
2 . 10 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS
A. Where indicated on the Drawings, furnish and install
air-precharged piston type constructed of Type K copper
shock arrestor as manufactured by Precision Plumbing
Products, sizes as shown on the Drawings or as required.
2 . 11 ACCESS PANELS
A. Access panel doors for all concealed inaccessible valves,
balancing fittings, cleanouts, in masonry walls, plastered
or gypsum wallboard walls, or ceilings shall be furnished
by the Plumbing Subcontractor and installed by tradesmen
of wall or ceiling finish. Access panels in plastered
ceilings shall be Karp Type DSC-214 PL (12 in. by 12 in.
min. ) or 10 in. by 10 in. ; in walls, as noted, shall be
Karp Type DSC-214M "Universal" (12 in. by 12 in. ) . For
drywall ceilings, shall be Karp Sesame Slim Trim Access
Hatches, Type KSTDW/CAD (12 in. by 12 in. min. ) .
B . Access panels shall be Karp Associates, Inc . , Inryco,
Inc . , Milcor Division, Birmingham Ornamental, Iron, or
equal .
2 . 12 INSULATION
A. All new hot, cold, and hot water recirculation piping
shall be insulated with Manville FLAME-SAFE fiberglass
pipe insulation, Owens-Corning Fiberglass 25, or approved
equal . The insulation shall have an average thermal
conductivity not to exceed . 25 BTU in. per sq. ft . per F.
per hr. at a mean temperature of 75 degrees F. Thickness
of the insulation shall be 1/2 in. for cold water piping
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
13
stem turned 180 degrees for readability, range 0 look
degrees to 250 degrees F. and with 4 in. stem lengths .
2 . All thermometers shall be installed at an angle easily
readable from the floor. All thermometers shall have
brass separable sockets with casings .
C. Pressure gauges shall be U.S . Gauge Model P-500, Marsh or
Ashcroft with 4-1/2 in. dial with pet cock or equal .
2 . 06 HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP
A. New building recirculation pumps (P-1) shall be Taco Model
008 circulator pump, to deliver 2 GPM against 15 ft . head,
driven at 1/25 HP, 120 volt motor.
B. Tank recirculation pump (P-2) shall be Taco Model 010
circulator pump, to deliver 16 GPM at 10 ft . head driven
by 1/8 HP, 120 volt motor, 1-1/4 in. flanges .
C. This Contractor shall furnish and install pump aquastat
for pump. Wiring of pump and aquastat shall be by the
Electrical Contractor.
D. Circulating pump shall be Taco all bronze circulators.
substitutions will be allowed.
2 . 07 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VAL E ASSEMBLY
A. Furnish and install one (1) Leonard Valve Co. ' s Model
TM-186-30TA-PRV Thermostatic Water Mixing Valve, inlet
check stops, outlet volume/shut-off valve, dial
thermometer, pressure reducing valve (range : 0 to 140
degrees F. ) , rough bronze finish, complete with unions and
interconnected copper piping, solid bi-metal
corrosion-resistant thermostat element, rated at 14 GPM
flow and 2 GPM min-flow.
B . No substitutions will be allowed.
2 . 08 WATER METER
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall furnish and install a new
2 in. water meter and shall meet the College and
Northampton Water Department standards .
2 . 09 BACKFLOW PREVENTER
A. Furnish and install the following backflow preventers as
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
12
size to include insulation at 6 ft . intervals for copper
40k tubing 1-1/4 in. or less, 10 ft . intervals for piping 1-
1/2 in. or larger. Provision shall be made to allow for
expansion and contraction of all piping.
D. Support pipes sufficiently clear of all parts of structure
to allow for full thickness of insulation.
E . Hangers shall be of adequate size to include insulation.
Furnish and install galvanized steel insulation protection
shields outside of insulation on pipe sizes 1/2 in. and
larger to prevent crushing or indenting of insulation of
hangers . Note : Hangers are not required to be copper
plated if installed over pipe insulation.
2 . 04 TRAPS
A. Exposed traps shall be chrome plated.
B. Furnish and install traps as required for all items of
equipment furnished under these Specifications and/or by
the Owner.
2 . 05 THERMOMETERS AND GAUGER
A. Straight Thermometers :
1 . Where indicated on the Drawings, furnish and install 7
in. die-cast aluminum case, "Adjustable Angle" red
appearing mercury tubing thermometers, or Trerice Co. ,
Cat. A001 complete with separable stainless steel type
304 socket, 30 degree to 180 degree F. range, and
lagging extensions when installed in insulated pipe .
2 . Thermometers to be adjusted to a position for maximum
readability from normal operator' s position.
3 . Thermometers shall be H.O. Trerice Co. , Weksler
Instruments Corp. , Weiss Instruments, or equal .
B. Dial Thermometers :
1 . Shall be of the Bi-Metal actuated design with
overtemperature and low temperature protection, with
aluminum, hermetically sealed case, non-removable
gasketed ring, 5 in. dished dial size, - stainless steel
stem with stainless steel thread connection, accuracy
1 percent at mid range, 2 percent at side ends, fixed
1/2 in. NPT with 3/4 in. NPT brass well, dial shall
have adjustability to be rotated 360 degrees and the
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
11
balance circuit setter, with calibrated scale, with
bronze body and disc and connections for differential
pressure meter.
2 . Balancing valves shall be Bell & Gossett .
D. Check Valves :
1 . Check valves shall be furnished and installed where
indicated on the Drawings . Checks up to 2 in. shall
be Class 125; solder ends, body and caps shall be ASTM
B 62 cast bronze composition, swing type disc,
Stockham Figure B-309 .
2 . Check valves, 2-1/2 in. and larger, shall be iron
body, bronze mounted with body and cap conforming to
ASTM A 126, Class B cast-iron, flanged, swing type
disc, Stockham Figure G-931 .
3 . Check valves shall be as manufactured by Stockham,
Jenkins, Lunkenheimer, or equal .
E. Vacuum relief valves shall be Watts Model 36A-3/4 in.
F. Globe valves shall be as manufactured by Hammond IB-418 or
IB-440 .
G. Pressure Reducing Valves :
1 . Pressure reducing valves (PRV) shall be as
manufactured by Watts Regulator Co. model as indicated
on the Drawings . No substitutions will be allowed.
2 . Furnish and install, where indicated on the Drawings,
Ametek/U.S . Gauge Co. ' s Figure P500, 2 in. diameter, 0
lb. to 100 lbs.
2 . 03 HANGERS
A. Hangers shall be as manufactured by Grinnell Company,
Carpenter & Paterson, or Fee & Mason.
B. All cast-iron and gas pipe shall be supported by heavy
steel pipe hangers, brackets, or clamps; one to each
length of pipe . Hangers and straps shall be securely
fastened with lag screws or with screws and expansion
shields to masonry construction as required.
C. Water piping, copper waste and vent shall be supported
with adjustable steel copper plated hangers of adequate
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
10
C. All waste and vent lines, 2 in. and smaller, shall be Type
"L" copper.
D. All hot, cold, and hot water recirculation water piping,
within the building, shall be hard copper Type "L"
seamless drawn tubing, assembled with sweat fittings . All
solders used shall be lead free, cadmium free,
"Silverbrite-100, " or equal, complying with the latest
issue of ANSI A-5 . 8 publications . All exposed runs to all
toilet fixtures and sinks shall be chrome plated.
E . All gas piping shall be Schedule 40 threaded black steel
pipe with fittings . All pipes, 2-1/2 in. and larger,
shall be Schedule 40 pipe with welded joints . 2 in. and
smaller shall be with threaded joints .
2 . 02 VALVES
A. Ball Valves :
1 . On water lines inside building, ball valves shall be
as manufactured by Watts Series B6000-XH with extended
stems . No substitutions will be allowed. Valves
shall be provided with chromium plated bronze ball,
reinforced teflon seats and seals, bronze body, 400
PSI WOG, positive 100 percent shutoff.
2 . Drain valves at all low points shall be 1/2 in. or 3/4
in. solder by 3/4 in. hose end with attached cap and
chain.
3 . Provide gas cocks for sizes 2 in. and smaller and
provide gas rated ball valves on gas piping with tee
handles .
B . Gate Valves :
1 . Valves 3 in. and smaller, where indicated on the
Drawings, shall be Class 125; body and bonnets shall
be of ASTM B 62 cast bronze composition, solid disc,
copper-silicone alloy stem, brass packing gland,
Teflon packing, and malleable handwheel, solder end,
Stockham Figure 3-104, Hammond 1R1138, or equal .
2 . Valves shall be as manufactured by Stockham, Hammond,
American Valve, or equal .
C. Balancing Valves :
1 . Where indicated on the Drawings, furnish and install
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
9
cutting and patching to a minimum. Location for openings,
etc. shall be checked by the Plumbing Subcontractor and
error due to failure to coordinate work with other
divisions shall be the responsibility of the Plumbing
Subcontractor failing to coordinate, who shall make the
corrections at his own expense.
B . All holes larger than 4 in. diameter shall be provided by
the General Contractor.
C. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or
inserts required before the new walls are built, or be
responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required
for pipes where sleeves were not installed or where
incorrectly located. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall do
all drilling required for the installation of hangers .
D. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or
equipment, shall be performed by the General Contractor or
appropriate tradesmen.
E . All pipe cutting or threading shall be done in a location
approved by the Owner.
F. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where
completed concrete floor slab is to remain in finishes or
be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the Ank
Plumbing Subcontractor shall cover the entire working area
with canvas tarpaulins in an approved manner.
1 . 13 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of bid items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 PIPING MATERIAT,S
A. All soil, waste, and vent piping, above floor slab 2-1/2
in. and larger, shall be cast-iron "no-hub, " ASA Group 022
pipe and fittings, joined with stainless steel clamps .
All soil, waste, and vent below slab shall be service
weight, cast-iron pipe with all fittings carefully fitted
and caulked together with oakum and lead, sealed gas and
watertight . In lieu of lead and oakum joint piping, below
slab may be service weight with push on rubber rings .
B. In lieu of cast-iron piping, for pipe sizes 3 in. and
smaller, shall be Type "L" copper pipe with solder
fittings .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
8
Subcontractor shall be responsible for the proper
protection of all his materials until the building is
accepted by the Owner.
1 . 09 OPERATING INSTR TTC)NS
A. At the time of final acceptance, the Plumbing
Subcontractor shall furnish three (3) set of complete
instructions for the repair, maintenance, and operation of
all systems .
B. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall instruct and fully
demonstrate to such person or persons as the Architect-
Engineer and/or Owner may designate regarding the care and
use of all plumbing systems and all apparatus pertaining
thereto.
1 . 10 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Refer to SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT for Record
Drawings .
B . Record Drawings shall reflect all changes from the
Contract Drawings whether by Change Order or by field
conditions . Principal dimensions of concealed work and,
for piping installation, valve numbers shall be added as
soon as established.
1 . 11 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall and hereby does warrant
that all work executed and all equipment furnished under
this Section shall be free from defects of workmanship and
materials for a period of one (1) year from date of final
acceptance of this work. The Plumbing Subcontractor
further agrees that he will, at his own expense, repair
and replace all such defective work and all other work
damaged thereby which becomes defective during the term of
the Guarantee/Warranty.
B . All necessary start-up maintenance and service required by
the manufacturer' s warranty shall be the responsibility of
the Plumbing Subcontractor.
1 . 12 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cutting and/or drilling of all openings and holes 4 in.
diameter or smaller, required for the installation of
Plumbing in the building, shall be performed by the
Plumbing Subcontractor. All work and materials shall be
installed in such a manner and at such time to keep
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
7
regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract onk
requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules and
regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern.
1 . 06 DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: The Plumbing Subcontractor shall provide for
the delivery of all his materials and fixtures to the
building site when required so as to carry on his work
efficiently and to avoid delaying his work and that of
other trades . All delivery and storage must be
coordinated with the Smith College Physical Plant
Department . The Plumbing Subcontractor shall take
delivery of all prepurchased plumbing fixtures and
equipment and shall be responsible for the proper
handling, storage, and protection of these materials from
that point on. Any damage or loss of these materials
after delivery shall be the responsibility of this
Contractor.
B . Storage and Hand l ;ng: The Plumbing Subcontractor shall,
at all times, fully protect his work and materials from
injury or loss by others . Any injury or loss which may
occur shall be made good without expense to the Owner.
The Plumbing Subcontractor shall be responsible for the
proper protection of all his materials until the building
is accepted by the Owner.
1 . 07 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDTTTONS
A. Tools, Scaffolding. Etc. : All necessary tools, machinery,
scaffolding, and transportation for completion of this
Contract shall be provided by the Plumbing Subcontractor.
B. Electricity: The Plumbing Subcontractor shall provide his
own portable extension lines and obtain 120 volt, 60
cycle, single phase electric energy from the General
Contractor to perform his machines and light his work.
The Plumbing Subcontractor shall provide his own light
bulbs, plugs, and sockets, etc.
C. Rubbish Removal : All broken or waste material, rags,
packing, etc. , resulting from this work, shall be removed
by the Plumbing Subcontractor.
1 . 08 PROTECTION
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall, at all times, fully
protect his work and materials from injury or loss by
others . Any injury or loss which may occur shall be made
good without expense to the Owner. The Plumbing
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
6
supervision of his employees in regard to proper and
A"* expeditious layout of his work.
B . Products :
1 . All materials used in this Plumbing Section shall be
new and first class in every respect, without defects,
and designed to function properly in that portion of
the work for which they are intended and with the same
brand of manufacturers for each class of material or
equipment .
2 . Equality of material or equipment other than those
named or described in this Section will be determined
in accordance with the provisions of the Contract and
as specified further herein.
3 . All work installed under these Drawings and
Specifications must be installed in strict accordance
with the requirements of all local, state, and other
departments having jurisdiction, the utility
companies, and with the requirements of the
Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. , National Bureau of
Fire Underwriters, Massachusetts State Plumbing Code,
Massachusetts Fuel Gas Code, and/or similar codes
applied hereto.
1 . 05 RULES AND REGULATIONS
A
A. The work shall be performed in such a manner as to conform
to the codes and regulations governing such work, as may
be required by Local and State ordinances . The Plumbing
Subcontractor shall secure all permits required for
installation of his materials and shall pay for all fees
required for such permits. The Plumbing Subcontractor and
his Subcontractors shall inform themselves of all State
and Federal work safety rules and regulations, including
the latest provisions of the Occupational Safety and
Health Act of 1971 . All workmen employed on the project
shall be instructed in the requirements and shall observe
same at all times .
B. All work installed under these Drawings and Specifications
must be installed in strict accordance with the
requirements of all local, state, and other departments
having jurisdiction, the utility companies, and with the
requirements of the Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc . ,
National Bureau of Fire Underwriters, Massachusetts State
Plumbing Code, Massachusetts Fuel Gas Code, and/or similar
codes applied hereto. Where provisions of the Contract
Documents conflict with any codes, or rules and
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
5
D. Test Reports : Submit certified laboratory reports as
necessary to show compliance with requirements .
E. Colors : Colors of all materials shall be as selected by
the Architect-Engineer, from the standard color ranges of
each manufacturer, from samples submitted.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Execution:
1 . The Plumbing Subcontractor shall refer to the Drawings
for a full comprehension of the work to be done and
for conditions affecting the location and placement of
his equipment and materials . These Drawings are
intended to be supplementary to the Specifications,
and any work indicated, mentioned, or implied in
either is to be considered as specified by both.
Should the character of the work herein contemplated
or any matter pertaining thereto be not sufficiently
explained in the Specifications or Drawings, the
Plumbing Subcontractor may apply to the
Architect-Engineer for further information and shall
conform to such when given, as it may be consistent
with the original intent . The Architect-Engineer
reserves the right -to make any reasonable changes in
location prior to installation at no expense to the law,
Owner. All lines are diagrammatic and exact locations
are subject to the approval of the approval of the
Architect-Engineer.
2 . Before submitting his bid, the Plumbing Subcontractor
shall visit the site with the Drawings and
Specifications and shall become thoroughly familiar
with all conditions affecting his work since the
Plumbing Subcontractor will be held responsible for
any assumption he may make in regard thereto. Any
discrepancy shall be brought to the attention of the
Architect-Engineer for action to be taken.
3 . The Plumbing Subcontractor shall, at all times, have a
foreman or superintendent on the project authorized to
make decisions and receive instructions as if the
Plumbing Subcontractor himself were present . The
foreman or superintendent shall not be removed or
replaced without the express approval of the
Architect-Engineer after construction work begins .
The Plumbing Subcontractor shall employ only competent
and experienced workmen at a regular schedule in
harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. The
Plumbing Subcontractor shall also exercise care and
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
4
approvals, and pay all fees required to complete work
of this Section.
D. Work Not Included :
1 . All cutting and chasing of holes, 4 in. diameter or
greater, and installation of all backing for fixtures
and accessories, which affects the structure, shall be
the work of the General Contractor.
2 . Painting.
3 . Concrete work.
4 . Electric power wiring.
5 . Excavation and backfill .
6 . Flashing and waterproofing membrane for shower
receptacles .
7 . Firestopping (SECTION 07270) .
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 -- SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures. Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B. Shop Drawings : Within 30 days of award of the Contract,
the Plumbing Subcontractor shall submit, for approval, six
(6) copies of complete lists of manufacturer' s shop
drawings, detail prints, and data sheets for the following
items :
Plumbing fixtures Water mixing valves
Plumbing specialties Thermometer and gauges
Valves Pressure reducing valves
Insulation Cleanouts
Steam water heater Gas-fired water heater
Recirculation pumps
Do not release for shipment, deliver, or install any
equipment or material without the prior approval of the
Architect-Engineer.
C. Product Data: Submit two (2) copies of the manufacturer' s
specifications and installation instructions for each
material and include other data as may be required to show
compliance with these specifications .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
3
2 . Cold water system, connecting each and every fixture,
device, and item of equipment requiring cold water,
within the building, from the existing piping system.
The system shall be installed with all incidentals
necessary for a complete operational system and shall
include all piping, insulation, valves, stops,
structural support (hangers, etc. ) , water hammer
arresters, and such other standard or specified
accessories as are necessary for a complete, approved
system.
3 . Hot water system, connecting each and every fixture,
device, and item of equipment requiring hot water
within the building. The system shall be installed
with all incidentals necessary for a complete
operational system and shall include all piping,
insulation, water heating system, valves, stops,
structural supports (hangers, etc. ) , water hammer
arresters, and such other standard or specified
accessories as are necessary for a complete, approved
system.
4 . All final connections to all items of equipment
furnished by the Owner, or under other Sections of the
Specifications, requiring water and waste connections .
5 . Furnish and install hot water recirculation pump and Aftk
piping.
6 . Insulate all new domestic water piping.
7 . Install gas piping to water heater and emergency
generator.
8 . Furnish and install gas-fired and steam generated
domestic water heaters .
9 . The disconnecting and removal of all existing piping
systems, fixtures, and equipment interfering with, or
made obsolete by, new construction. All piping,
fixtures, and equipment (i .e . copper and brass piping,
fittings and valves, flush valves, mixing valves,
water heaters and pumps, heat exchangers, and
controls) to be removed is the property of the Owner
and shall be delivered to such places designated by
the Owner. Removal, from the site, of- all obsolete
material after Owner' s review shall be by the General
Contractor.
10 . The Plumbing Subcontractor shall obtain all necessary
permits, file all necessary Drawings, obtain all
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
2
AM SECTION 15400
PLUMB TNG
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent : The work required under this Section, without
limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing
of all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary
for, and reasonably incidental to, the proper and complete
furnishing and installation of all sanitary sewer, vent
lines, hot and cold water piping, pipe insulation, and of
all fixtures, equipment, and labor necessary, whether or
not such items are specifically indicated on the Drawings
or in the Specifications, to complete all plumbing systems
in all respects ready for proper, continuous, and trouble-
free operation.
B. Intent : It is the intent of the Contract Documents to
include all work and materials necessary for supplying and
erecting complete, and ready for continuous operation, all
plumbing systems as shown on the accompanying Drawings or
as hereinafter described. These Drawings shall be taken
in a sense as diagrammatic; sizes of pipes and methods of
running them are shown, but it is not intended to show
every offset and fitting, nor every structural difficulty
that will be encountered during the installation of the
work.
C. Work Included: All items of plumbing work shall conform
to the Massachusetts State Plumbing Code and shall
include, but are not limited to, the following:
1 . Sanitary waste and vent system, within the building,
installed with all incidentals necessary for a
complete operational system. The system shall include
all piping, traps, flanges, seals, cleanouts,
structural supports (carriers, hangers, etc. ) ,
fixtures, and such other standard accessories as are
necessary for a complete, approved system.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
1
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Installation/Application/Erection/
Piping 19
3 . 02 Valves 20
3 . 03 Insulation 20
3 . 04 Fixtures 21
3 . 05 Adjustment 21
3 . 06 Identification 21
3 . 07 Tests 21
3 . 08 Sterilization 23
3 . 09 Guarantee 23
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
00
SECTION 15400
UM13 ING
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 3
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 4
1 . 05 Rules and Regulations 5
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 6
1 . 07 Environmental Conditions 6
1 . 08 Protection 6
1. 09 Operating Instructions 7
1 . 10 Record Drawings 7
1 . 11 Guarantee/Warranty 7
1 . 12 Cutting and Patching 7
1 . 13 Alternates 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Piping Materials 8
2 . 02 Valves 9
2 . 03 Hangers 10
2 . 04 Traps 11
2 . 05 Thermometers and Gauges 11
2 . 06 Hot Water Circulating Pump 12
2 . 07 Thermostatic Mixing Valve Assembly 12
2 . 08 Water Meter 12
2 . 09 Backflow Preventer 12
2 . 10 Water Hammer Arresters 13
2 . 11 Access Panels 13
2 . 12 Insulation 13
2 . 13 Plumbing Fixtures and Fixture
Trimmings 14
2 . 14 Floor Drain 18
2 . 15 Steam Water Heater 18
2 . 16 Gas-Fired Water Heater 18
2 . 17 Trap Primers 19
2 . 18 Demolition 19
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLUMBING
15400
0
3 . 04 DEMOLITION
A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall be responsible for
removing and/or revamping all existing sprinkler piping,
heads, and equipment made obsolete by, or interfering
with, the new construction.
B . The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall notify proper
authorities that area under construction will not be
protected by sprinklers .
C. All piping and material removed by the Fire Protection
Subcontractor shall remain the property of the Owner, and
the Fire Protection Subcontractor shall be responsible for
delivering all materials to places designated by the
Owner. Removal of obsolete piping, from premises, shall
be the responsibility of the General Contractor.
END OF SECTION
Amwk
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FIRE PROTECTION
15300
14
shall determine the actual arrangement of runs,
offsets, etc . Conditions at the building shall be the
determining factor for all measurements . The layout
of all work shall be subject to the approval of the
Architect-Engineer, but the Fire Protection
Subcontractor shall be responsible for the necessary
coordination of the work under his Contract . Wherever
practicable, as determined by the Architect-Engineer,
piping shall be installed concealed.
3 . 02 TESTING
A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall coordinate and
perform all tests as required by NFPA, Insuring Agency,
and the local Fire Department at no expense to the Owner.
All piping shall be hydrostatically tested at 200 psi for
a maximum of 2 hours . This Contractor shall coordinate
all tests so that they can be witnessed by Smith College,
IRI, and the Northampton Fire Department .
B . The scope of work consists of the furnishing of all labor,
materials, tools, equipment, supervision, services, and
incidentals necessary for the installation of an automatic
dry sprinkler system installed complete and ready for
standard operation. System shall be installed in all
spaces indicated on the Drawings . The system shall
include sprinkler heads and piping and such other standard
accessories as are necessary for a complete, approved
system. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall obtain
all necessary permits, file all necessary Drawings, obtain
all approvals, and pay all fees required to complete the
work of this Section.
C. After the installation has passed a satisfactory
hydrostatic test, all iron and steel parts shall be
thoroughly cleaned. All piping and other items, except
sprinkler heads, bronze or brass fittings, other corrosion
resistant materials and moving parts, shall be given a
priming coat of good quality, red lead type paint and a
finish coat of paint, the color of which is to be
determined by the Architect-Engineer.
3 . 03 DESIGN OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
A. NFPA 13 and requirements specified herein. Design of
automatic dry pipe fire extinguisher sprinkler systems
shall be hydraulically calculated for light hazard and
ordinary hazard occupancy.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FIRE PROTECTION
15300
13
and be equipped with a readily accessible 1 in. shut-
off valve, brass nipple, and brass cap. " ''
2 . Drain connections shall be provided when a change in
piping direction prevents drainage of sections of
branch lines or mains through the main drain valve.
The drain shall consist of a valve not smaller than
3/4 in. size and plug, at least one of which shall be
brass .
K. Air Compressor:
1 . Furnish and install one (1) Gast Model 4LCB-21-M400K,
a self-contained oil-less single stage compressor unit
consisting of compressor, motor, automatic start, and
stop pressure switch control . Provide all
interconnecting piping between the compressor and
sprinkler piping trim. Provide general blower Model
G-800 controller.
2 . The compressor shall deliver 3 . 1 (cfm) cu. ft . per
minute at inlet conditions compressed to 40 PSIG of
1/2 HP, 120 volt motor. Adjustable pressure relief
valves factory set at 55 PSI .
3 . Unit shall be equipped with check valve, moisture
unloader and pressure switch control, stainless steel Aak
valves, mounting bracket, and intake filter. Air
piping shall be Schedule 40 black steel .
L. Access Panels :
1 . Access panel doors for all concealed inaccessible
valves, in masonry walls, plastered walls, plastered
or gypsum wallboard ceilings, shall be furnished by
the Fire Protection Subcontractor and installed by
tradesmen of wall or ceiling finish. Access panels in
plaster shall be Karp Type DSC-214 PL (12 in. by 12
in. min. ) ; in walls, shall be Karp Type DSC-214M
"Universal" (12 in. by 12 in. ) . For drywall ceilings,
shall be Karp Sesame Slim Trim Access Hatches, Type
KSTDW/CAD (12 in. by 12 in. min. ) .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. Piping:
1 . The arrangement of all piping on the Drawings is
generally diagrammatic . Conditions of the building
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FIRE PROTECTION
15300
12
2 . All flow switches shall be equipped with a retard
device, adjustable up to one minute .
G. Tamper Swl hes :
1 . All sprinkler main and zone valves shall be furnished
with gate valve supervision switches of the universal
type OSYS-U as manufactured by Gamewell, Potter,
Notifier Co. , or equal .
H. Backflow Preventer:
1 . Backflow preventer, double check valve type, shall be
4 in. Ames Silver Bullet Model 2000SS, complete with
OS&Y valves and strainer with resilient seats .
2 . This Contractor shall be responsible for all permits,
fees, and testing associated with the backflow
preventer. All tests shall be certified by the
Northampton Water Department .
I . Valve Tags and Markings :
1 . Furnish and install brass tags with S-hooks stamped
with letters and numbers attached to the stem of each
valve throughout all the systems .
2 . Furnish complete chart and flow diagram of entire
system listing the valve number, fluid controlled, and
zone reference location for all valves corresponding
to the tag numbers . The chart shall be framed under
glass and hung in the Mechanical Equipment Room where
directed. Furnish two (2) extra copies of the chart
to the Architect-Engineer.
3 . Furnish and install a laminated red phenolic plate
with engraved white lettering for each control valve
flow switch and inspector' s test valve . Nameplates
shall be located adjacent to all exposed valves and
shall be mounted on the wall below the ceilings
directly below the valves and/or flow switches,
mounted above hung ceilings .
J. Inspector' s Test and Drain Connections :
1 . Dry system test pipe shall not be less than 1 in. in
diameter, terminating in a smooth core- corrosion
resisting orifice, to provide a flow equivalent to one
sprinkler of a type installed on the particular
system. The test pipe shall be installed on the end
of the most distant sprinkler pipe in the upper story
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FIRE PROTECTION
15300
11
accessories shall be of an UL listed or FM approved
pattern and so placed as to conform with the -A *
requirements of NFPA Standard No. 13 . Spacing of
hangers shall not exceed that recommended in ANSI
B31 . 1 .
D. Valves :
1 . Gate valves shall be outside screw and yoke type, iron
body with brass trim. They shall be Underwriters '
Laboratories, Inc . listed or be Factory Mutual
approved and shall be designed for 175 lbs . water
working pressure . Screwed end gate valves shall be
bronze and shall conform to Fed. Spec . WW-V-51 . Check
valves shall be of a type having iron body, brass seat
and discs, clearway swinging, designed for 175 lbs .
water working pressure, and shall be listed by
Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. , or be Factory Mutual
approved. Screwed end angle, check, and globe valves
shall be bronze and shall conform to Fed. Spec .
WW-P-501 .
2 . In lieu of 2-1/2 in. and smaller OS&Y gate valves at
flow control stations, the Fire Protection
Subcontractor has the option of installing Milwaukee
Valve Co. ' s grooved-end butterfly valve with factory
installed internal tamper switch, UL listed and FM
approved.
3 . Dry pipe valve shall be Reliable vertical type Model
D-4 for dry systems, complete with accelerator,
pressure switch, drain valves, pressure gauges,
secondary check valve, air compressor, as specified,
and other required trimmings .
E. Wall Floor, and ,Ceilina Plates :
1 . Piping passing through floors, walls, and ceilings
shall be provided with steel pipe sleeves and chromium
plated steel or nickel plated cast-iron plates . The
spaces between piping and sleeves shall be filled with
a noncombustible material .
F. Flow Switches :
1 . Vane type waterflow switch with retard device, single
pole double throw switch, "U" clamp, Gamewell Co.
Series 9304 or equal by Potter Co. , Notifier Co. , or
Gamewell, all at least Class 5 closed circuit .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FIRE PROTECTION
15300
10
3 . Upright sprinkler heads shall be quick response chrome
AOW finish, Viking Model "M. "
4 . Dry pendent heads installed in toilet room or bedroom
acoustic tile ceiling shall be semi-recessed type,
equal to Reliable Model G3 , with chrome finish head
and ceiling escutcheon.
5 . Sidewall and vertical sidewall heads shall be Viking
quick response Model -M for light hazard and Model M-5
for ordinary hazard, chrome finish.
6 . Sprinkler heads shall be FM approved and UL listed as
manufactured by The Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co . ,
Inc. , or Viking Corporation.
2 . 02 EQUIPMENT
A. Fire Department Pumper Connection :
1 . Fire department pumper connection shall be provided in
accordance with the requirements set forth in NFPA
Standard No. 13 and shall include an automatic drip.
Hose threads shall be National Standard Fire Hose
Threads (ANSI B26-1925) , complete with standard caps.
Each pumper connect-ion shall have two (2) 2-1/2 in.
hose outlets. Each 2-1/2 in. outlet shall be equipped
with a "flapper" valve and 4 in. inlet . Where fire
department hose threads which are not NST, suitable
adapters shall be provided. All hose connections
shall be approved by the Northampton Fire Department .
2 . Fire department pumper connection shall be wall
mounted siamese flush type, cast brass body, dual drop
clappers, brass plugs with chains, all with polished
brass finish and lettering on escutcheon reading
"STANDPIPE AND AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER, " equal to Elkhart
Brass Manufacturer Co. ' s No. 166 . Hose connection
sizes and threads shall be as standard with the
Northampton Fire Department .
B . Sprinkler Cabinet :
1 . Sprinkler cabinets with a total of six (6) sprinklers
for each type of ratings installed and a sprinkler
wrench shall be provided for each system and shall be
installed adjacent to each alarm valve:
C. Pipe Supports :
1 . Metal pipe supports, hangers, clamps, and all other
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FIRE PROTECTION
15300
9
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALE
A. Piping:
1 . Unless otherwise noted, piping, in general, shall
include all piping above ground from a point of
connection to the water supply main located in the
existing building.
2 . Pipe above ground, piping within the building, 2 in.
and smaller, shall be black, standard weight, Schedule
40 , screw-jointed steel pipe, conforming with Federal
Specification WW-P-406 . Screw-jointed fittings shall
be cast-iron Type 1, Class A, conforming to Federal
Specification WW-P-501 . Flanged fittings, where
required, shall be cast-iron, Class 125, conforming to
Federal Specification WW-F-406 . Pipe and fittings
shall be designed for at least 175 pounds water
working pressure and shall conform to all requirements
of NFPA 13 .
3 . For pipe sizes 2-1/2 in. and larger, Schedule 40 pipe
with grooved ends or Schedule 10 Victaulic fittings
will be allowed in -lieu of screwed fittings .
B. Sprinkler Heads :
1 . Sprinkler heads shall be new, UL listed, or FM
approved type of intermediate temperature rating,
except where excessive temperatures are anticipated.
In such areas, appropriate higher temperature ratings
shall be used in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 13 .
Heads installed where they might receive injury shall
be protected with approved guards . Spacing of heads
shall be for "light hazard" occupancy and "ordinary
hazard" occupancy as required. Heads shall have 1/2
in. orifices. Upright heads, where required, shall be
listed by Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc . , or
approved by Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation, as
suitable for upright use located in Floors 1, 2, and 3
in the type of system in which installed. All heads
shall be chrome plated, except in attic and basement
shall be brass .
2 . Dry pendent heads on the First Floor Kitchen and
Dining area shall be fully concealed type . Sprinkler
heads shall be equal to Reliable Model G3A with white
ceiling cover plate .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FIRE PROTECTION
15300
8
1 . 09 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. At the time of final acceptance, the Fire Protection
Subcontractor shall furnish three (3) sets of complete
instructions for the repair, maintenance, and operation of
the systems .
B . The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall instruct and fully
demonstrate to such person or persons as the
Architect-Engineer and/or Owner may designate, regarding
the care and use of the fire protection systems and all
apparatus pertaining thereto.
1 . 10 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cutting and/or drilling of all openings and holes 2-1/2
in. diameter or smaller, required for the installation of
fire protection in the building, shall be performed by the
Fire Protection Subcontractor. All work and materials
shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to
keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Location for
openings shall be checked by the Fire Protection
Subcontractor and error due to failure to coordinate work
with other Divisions shall be the responsibility of the
Fire Protection Subcontractor failing to coordinate, who
shall make the corrections at his own expense.
B . All holes larger than 2-1/2 in. diameter shall be provided
by the General Contractor.
C. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or
inserts required before the new walls are built, or be
responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required
for pipes where sleeves were not installed, or where
incorrectly located. The Fire Protection Subcontractor
shall do all drilling required for the installation of
hangers.
D. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or
equipment, shall be performed by the General Contractor or
appropriate tradesmen.
E. All pipe cutting or threading shall be done in a location
approved by the Architect-Engineer.
F. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where
completed concrete floor slab is to remain- as finished or
be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the Fire
Protection Subcontractor shall cover the entire working
area with canvas tarpaulins in an approved manner.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FIRE PROTECTION
15300
7
requirements of all local, state and other departments
having jurisdiction, the requirements of the Underwriters ' -
Laboratories, Inc. , National Bureau of Fire Underwriters,
Massachusetts State Building Code, Massachusetts Fuel Gas
Code, National Fire Protection Regulations, the College
Insurance Underwriter IRI, NFPA, Factory Mutual, and/or
similar codes applied thereto. Where provisions of the
Contract Documents conflict with any codes, or rules and
regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract
requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules and
regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern.
1 . 06 DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HAND ,TNr
A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall provide for the
delivery of all his materials and fixtures to the building
site when required so as to carry on his work efficiently
and to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades .
Delivery and storage of all materials must be coordinated
with the Department of Physical Plant .
B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall, at all times,
fully protect his work and materials from injury or loss
by others. Any injury or loss which may occur shall be
made good without expense to the Owner. The Fire
Protection Subcontractor shall be responsible for the
proper protection of all his materials until the building
is accepted by the Owner.
1 . 07 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY
A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall and hereby does
warrant that all work executed and all equipment furnished
under this Section shall be free from defects of
workmanship and materials for a period of one year from
date of final acceptance of this work. The Fire
Protection Subcontractor further agrees that he will, at
his own expense, repair and replace all such defective
work and all other work damaged thereby which becomes
defective during the term of the Guarantee/Warranty.
1 . 08 RECORD DRAWTNQ
A. Refer to SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT for Record
Drawings .
B . Record Drawings shall reflect all changes from the
Contract Drawings whether by Change Order or by field
conditions . Principal dimensions of concealed work, fire
protection lines, valves, and zone flow switches .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FIRE PROTECTION
15300
6
as if the Fire Protection Subcontractor himself were
present . The foreman or superintendent shall not be
removed or replaced without the express approval of
the Architect-Engineer after construction work begins .
The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall employ only
competent and experienced workmen at a regular
schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the
job. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall also
exercise care and supervision of his employees in
regard to proper and expeditious layout of his work.
B. Products :
1 . All materials used in this Fire Protection Section
shall be new and first class in every respect, without
defects, and designed to function properly in that
portion of the work for which they are intended and
with the same brand of manufacturers for each class of
material or equipment .
2 . Equality of materials or equipment other than those
named or described in this Section will be determined
in accordance with the provisions of the Contract as
specified further herein.
3 . All work installed -under these Drawings and
Specifications must be installed in strict accordance
* with the requirements of all local, state, and other
departments having jurisdiction, the Northampton Fire
Department, IRI Insurance Underwriter, State Fire
Marshall, Department of Public Safety, and with the
requirements of the National Fire Protection
Association, the Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. ,
National Bureau of Fire Underwriters, Massachusetts
State Building Code, Massachusetts Fuel Gas Code,
and/or similar codes applied hereto.
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The work shall be performed in such a manner as to conform
to the codes and regulations governing such work, as may
be required by Local and State ordinances . The Fire
Protection Contractor and his Subcontractors shall inform
themselves of all State and Federal work safety rules and
regulations, including the latest provisions of the
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1971 . All workmen
employed on the project shall be instructed in the
requirements and shall observe same at all times .
B . All work installed under these Drawings and Specifications
must be installed in strict accordance with the
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FIRE PROTECTION
15300
5
7 . Air compressor.
8 . Siamese.
9 . Water motor gong.
10 . Signage .
Do not release for shipment, deliver, or install any
equipment or material without the prior approval of the
Architect-Engineer.
C. All sprinkler Drawings must be submitted and approved by
the College' s Insurance Underwriter. All Drawings and
Specifications must be submitted to IRI Insurance Group,
Att: Mr. Bill Gough (1-800-243-8222) .
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Execution:
1 . The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall refer to the
Drawings for a full comprehension of the work to be
done and for conditions affecting the location and
placement of his equipment and materials . These
Drawings are intended to be supplementary to the
Specifications, and any work indicated, mentioned, or
implied in either is to be considered as specified by
both. Should the character of the work herein
contemplated or any matter pertaining thereto be not Aek
sufficiently explained in the Specifications or
Drawings, the Fire Protection Subcontractor may apply
to the Architect-Engineer for further information and
shall conform to such when given, as it may be
consistent with the original intent . The
Architect-Engineer reserves the right to make any
reasonable changes in location prior to installation
at no expense to the Owner. All lines are
diagrammatic and exact locations are subject to the
approval of the Architect-Engineer.
2 . Before submitting his bid, the Fire Protection
Subcontractor shall visit the site with the Drawings
and Specifications and shall become thoroughly
familiar with all conditions affecting his work since
the Fire Protection Subcontractor will be held
responsible for any assumption he may make in regard
thereto. All discrepancies shall be brought to the
attention of the Architect-Engineer. -
3 . The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall, at all times,
have a foreman or superintendent on the project
authorized to make decisions and receive instructions
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FIRE PROTECTION
15300
4
3 . SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND WALL COVERING.
a. Painting.
4 . SECTION 16100 - ELECTRICAL WORK.
a. All electrical power and control wiring.
C. Extent : The work required under this Section, without
limiting the generality thereof, includes the designing
and furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and
services necessary for, and reasonably incidental to, the
proper and complete furnishing and installation of all
piping, valves, sprinklers, piping, and all other
materials, equipment, and labor, whether or not such items
are specifically indicated on the Drawings or in the
Specifications, to complete all fire protection systems in
all respects ready for proper, continuous, and trouble-
free operation.
D. Intent : It is the intent of the Contract Documents to
include all work and materials necessary for supplying and
erecting complete, and ready for continuous operation, all
fire protection systems as shown on the accompanying
Drawings or as hereinafter described. These Drawings
shall be taken in a sense as diagrammatic; sizes of pipes,
etc. , and methods of running them are shown, but it is not intended to show every offset and fitting, nor every
structural difficulty that will be encountered during the
installation of the work.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B. Shop Drawings : Within 30 days of award of the Contract,
the Fire Protection Subcontractor shall submit, for
Architect-Engineer' s approval, six (6) copies of complete
list of manufacturer' s shop drawings, detail prints, and
data sheets for the following items :
1 . Sprinkler fabrication Drawings and hydraulic
calculations .
2 . Piping, hangers, and appurtenances .
3 . Sprinkler heads and cabinets .
4 . Backflow preventer.
5 . Valves, alarm test modules .
6 . Dry pipe valve and trim.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FIRE PROTECTION
15300
3
the Architect-Engineer for approval . Piping system
shall be designed per NFPA 13 . "'k
4 . Design and provide each system to give full
consideration to blind spaces, piping, electrical
equipment, ductwork, and other construction and
equipment . Locate sprinkler heads in a consistent
pattern with ceiling grid, lights, and supply and
exhaust air diffusers . Devices and equipment for fire
protection service shall be UL listed or FM approved
for use in dry pipe sprinkler systems . In the NFPA
publications referred to herein, the advisory
provisions shall be considered to be mandatory, as
though the word "shall" has been substituted for
"should" wherever it appears .
S . Disconnect and remove all existing sprinkler piping,
heads, and equipment made obsolete by, or interfering
with, new construction. All obsolete materials and
sprinkler heads shall be the property of the College,
and this Contractor shall deliver all materials to
such places designated by the College .
6 . This Contractor shall furnish and install new piping
and heads as indicated on the Drawings. In areas
where the existing- piping is to remain, this
Contractor shall replace all existing sprinkler heads
with new as indicated. Aa
7 . Existing piping mains and branches shall remain,
except where noted to be removed or replaced. All
existing sprinkler heads, which are installed on
piping which is to remain, shall be replaced with new
heads as required.
8 . This Contractor shall be responsible for disconnecting
and removing all obsolete piping.
B . Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections :
1 . SECTION CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS .
a. Cutting and drilling of holes larger than 2-1/2
in. in diameter or square by the General
Contractor.
2 . SECTION 07270 - FIRE SAFING.
a. All "poke-through" openings .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FIRE PROTECTION
15300
2
SECTION 15300
Auk
FIRE PROTRQTT0N
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide all labor, materials, and
equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section,
including, but not limited to, the following:
1 . Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment,
supervision, services, and incidentals necessary for
the installation of a complete "dry" sprinkler system,
complete and ready for standard and proper operation,
including all new connection into the existing mains
and branches . Systems shall be installed in all
spaces indicated on the Drawings . The system shall
include sprinkler heads, piping, dry pipe valve and
"* trim, backflow preventer, compressors, and such other
standard accessories as are necessary for a complete,
approved system. The Fire Protection Subcontractor
shall obtain all necessary permits, file all necessary
drawings, obtain all approvals, and pay all fees
required to complete the work of this Section.
2 . All work shall be coordinated with the other
Mechanical, Electrical, and General Conditions .
3 . The locations of sprinkler heads shown on the Drawings
are for estimating purposes only. The successful Fire
Protection Subcontractor shall hydraulically calculate
the sprinkler systems and shall provide, to the
Owners, Drawings with pipe size and hydraulic
calculations prior to any installation of the systems .
All costs incurred for the hydraulically designed
sprinkler systems shall be borne by the Fire
Protection Subcontractor and with all of the above
mentioned conditions being accepted as the Fire
Protection Subcontractor' s responsibility. All piping
layouts and calculations shall be approved by the
College ' s Insurance Underwriter before submitting to
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FIRE PROTECTION
15300
1
SECT TON 15300
FIRE PROTECTION
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1. 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 3
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 4
1 . 05 Reference Standards 5
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 6
1 . 07 Guarantee/Warranty 6
1 . 08 Record Drawings 6
1 . 09 Operating Instructions 7
1 . 10 Cutting and Patching 7
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 8
2 . 02 Equipment 9
PART 3 - EXECU'T'ION
3 . 01 Installation/Application/Erection 12
3 . 02 Testing 13
3 . 03 Design of Sprinkler Systems 13
3 . 04 Demolition 14
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FIRE PROTECTION
15300
0
3 . 02 RUBBISH
A. This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the
work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLASTIC TOILET PARTITION
DOORS AND FRAMES
10150
5
Drawings and as required for handicapped enclosures,
minimum sizes shall be as follows :
Normal Handicapped
a. Enclosures : Width. . . . 33 in.
60 in.
Depth. . . . 57 in. 72 in.
Height . . . 82 in. 82 in.
b• Doors : Width
Opening. . . 24 in. 36 in.
Height . . . . 58 in. 58 in.
C . Panel : Height . . . . 58 in. 58 in.
d. Pilaster: 10 in. (or as 6 in. and
noted) 18 in.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. Erect work in rigid, substantial manner, straight and
plump, with horizontal lines level . Install panels with
clearance of about 1 in, at walls; fasten by at least two
wall brackets located near top and bottom, through-bolt
each wall bracket to panel with 1/4 in. sex bolts with
spanner heads. Attach to wall with two 1/4 in. bolts of
suitable type . Locate wall brackets so that holes for
wall bolts occur in joints of the tile finish.
B. Support each pilaster and frame independent of finish
floor; fasten to structural slab with built-in welded
anchoring device designed to transmit strains of lateral
thrust and pull to structure through a 3/8 in. diameter
cadmium-plated stud bolt secured in lead expansion shields
having 2 in. penetration for leveling, plumbing,
tightening, installation; concealed by base fitting.
C. Conceal all evidence of drilling, cutting, and fitting of
wall and floor finish by the finished work. Make
clearance at vertical edges of doors uniform from top to
bottom, not to exceed 3/16 in. Doors shall be out of
wind; adjust hardware carefully. Clean finished surfaces;
leave free of imperfections .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLASTIC TOILET PARTITION
DOORS AND FRAMES
10150
4
waterproof and nonabsorbent . Hinges shall be integral
shall be provided, plus solid plastic pilaster shoes .
Ceiling pilasters are to be mounted at the ceiling
using stainless steel "L" brackets . All materials are
to be warranted for 15 years .
C. Except for parts specified to be of stainless steel,
hardware shall be plain heavy pattern wrought, extruded or
cast brass . Exposed surfaces of hardware items, and their
fastenings, shall be polished, nickel-plated, and finished
in chromium plate. Hinges, strips, combination stops, and
keepers shall have clamp flanges to transmit strains of
doors slamming to posts, applied with 1/4 in. sex bolts
with spanner heads . Swing enclosure doors inwardly,
except at the handicapped enclosures; fit each door with
hinges, slide latch, combination stop and keeper, and
combination coat hook and bumper.
D. Hinges :
1 . Lower hinge shall be double-acting gravity type with
concealed stainless steel pintle set in opposing nylon
cams, adjustable to bring door to rest in any
position. On enclosure doors, adjust hinge to hold
door open to 15 degrees (on entrance vestibule doors,
adjust hinge to hold door closed) .
2 . Provide upper hinge with pivot pin of stainless steel
operating in graphite impregnated bronze bushing.
E. Slide latch shall have 1/4 in. thick bar. Mount on door
with fixture center 41 in. above finish floor.
F. Combination door stop and keeper shall be fitted with
rubber bumper; mount on pilaster post at joint opposite
slide latch. Doors without latches use similar stop, but
without keeper.
G. Combination coat hook and bumpers shall be fitted with
renewable bumper (rubber) , have minimum projection of 3-
5/8 in. with base at least 1-1/2 in. by 2 in. or 1-3/4 in.
diameter. Mount in door center with base center 3 in.
below top edge with thru-bolt fastening. At the
handicapped enclosures, mount coat hook a maximum of 4 ft .
6 in. off the floor.
H. Sizes
1 . Except as otherwise specifically dimensioned on the
±± 2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLASTIC TOILET PARTITION
DOORS AND FRAMES
10150
3
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
1 . 05 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGEN TRa
A. Toilet compartments indicated to be used by the physically
handicapped shall comply with the rules and regulations of
the Architectural Access Board of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts .
1 . 06 ALTERNATEg
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of bid items .
PART 2 - PROD JUTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers : Contingent upon meeting specified
requirements, all compartments and cubicles shall be
products of Santana Solid Plastic Products, or approved
equal .
B . Toilet Partitions : Toilet partitions shall be of high-
density polyethylene solid plastic having a 15 year
manufacturer' s warranty against breakage or corrosion.
2 . 02 FABRICATION
A. Desian
1 . Toilet partition doors, frames, and hardware for all
location shall be floor mounted, ceiling braced as
indicated on the Contract Drawings .
2 . All door and headrail braces are to return to
sidewalls for maximum rigidity.
B . Construction:
1 . Construct doors and frames from high-density
polyethylene (HDPE) containing recycled materials and
shall be one inch thick. All edges shall be machined
to a radius of . 250 inch. The material is to be
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLASTIC TOILET PARTITION
DOORS AND FRAMES
10150
2
SECTION 10150
PLASTIC TOILET PARTTTTON DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Solid polymer resin toilet partition doors, frames,
and hardware .
2 . See Drawings and details for location of all toilet
partition doors and frames.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures. Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B. Shop Drawings : Submit shop drawings and sufficient
dimensional data to enable proper coordination of
installation of concealed items of support .
C. Product Data: Submit the following:
1 . Manufacturer' s literature for each type of compartment
proposed for use on this project, including complete
specifications of compartment construction.
2 . The manufacturer' s complete range of standard colors
from which the Architect-Engineer will select colors .
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials: Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
° 2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLASTIC TOILET PARTITION
DOORS AND FRAMES
10150
1
SECTION 10150
PLARTTC TOILET PARTITION DOORS AND FRAME
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 1
1 . 05 Requirements of Regulatory Agencies 2
1 . 06 Alternates 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 2
2 . 02 Fabrication 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Inspection/Application/Erection 4
3 . 02 Rubbish 5
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLASTIC TOILET PARTITION
DOORS AND FRAMES
10150
0
fabricated to fit job conditions .
3 . 03 PREPARATION
A. Consult with all Contractors whose work adjoins this work
and be responsible for the proper working out and fitting
of all details .
3 . 04 INSTALLATION
A. General : Except as hereinafter specified, surface-mounted
accessories shall be installed with wood screws in lead or
in fiber sleeves, with machine screws in metal shield,
with molly anchors or toggle bolts as required by the
construction. The back plates for surface-mounted
accessories shall be installed in the same manner, or
shall be provided with lugs or anchors and set in mortar
as required by the construction. Items shall be installed
in a symmetrical arrangement in all locations in
accordance with manufacturer' s written directions .
3 . 05 REMOVAL OF RUBBISH
A. This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the
work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
10010
6
e . At handicapped stalls, if required to clear flush
valve, grab bars to be installed at 36 in. height .
2 . Soap Dish: At each shower, provide one surface
mounted soap dish, and for each handicapped shower,
furnish and install two surface mounted soap dishes in
the shower stall : One at a height for a standing
bather and a lower dish adjacent to the shower seat,
Bobrick B-973 , C.P. cast bronze, polished finish, with
drain holes, 5 in. by 1-13/16 in. by 3 in. deep,
secured from front with vandal resistant screws and
special wrench. Contractor to furnish and install
wall anchors for securing dish to wall .
3 . Toilet Paper Dispensers :
a. At each water closet location, mount holders on
enclosure partitions or masonry walls, one in each
stall, back to back wherever possible, with hold
center 28 in. from rear wall . Holder to be 36 in.
above finish floor. Holder to be heavy-duty
aluminum casting with satin finish controlled
delivery, surface mounted. Furnish ten additional
holders to Owners for future replacements .
b. Holders shall be for oval knotched type rolls with
all vandalproof trim, Bobrick Model B-274 .
C . Toilet paper dispenser for Handicapped Toilets
shall be Bobrick Model B-2730, heavy-duty aluminum
casting, surface mounted with theft-resistant
spindle, height above finish floor per MAAB
regulations .
4 . Sanitary Napkin Disposals :
a. At each water closet, furnish and install one (1)
partition mounted, sanitary napkin disposal as
manufactured by Rubbermaid.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Before starting work, examine adjoining conditions on
which work is in any way dependent for perfect
workmanship, fit, and performance .
3 . 02 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Verify measurements in the field as required for work
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
10010
5
4 . Louvers shall be furnished complete with matching low
aluminum sills and installed straight and plumb and
caulked (or sealed) around perimeter to assure
adequate sealing to adjacent surfaces .
5 . Furnish all exterior louvers, except those which are
specified under SECTION 15500 - HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING.
C. Robe Hooks :
1 . Furnish and install robe hooks as shown on the
Drawings or as required by this Section. To be "HH76
Robe Hook" as manufactured by Normbau, or approved
equal . Color to be selected by the Architect .
D. Shower Curtain Rod:
1 . Furnish and install shower curtain rods as shown on
the Drawings or as required by this Section. To be
"RRS 92 .40-36 in. Extra Heavy-Duty Curtain Rod, " as
manufactured by Normbau or approved equal . Color to
be selected by the Architect .
E. Toilet Room Accessories :
1 . Grab Bars :
a. Furnish and install grab bars as manufactured by
Normbau RRS 81 .40-42 in. with 18 gauge steel core
with concealed mounted plate secured with vandal
resistant set screws, 1-1/2 in. clearance between
wall and grab bar. Length of grab bars as
indicated on the Drawings or as required.
b. Back plates shall be secured to walls with
stainless steel bolts in expansion sleeves or
toggle bolts as required by the construction or to
be thru bolted to toilet partitions with stainless
steel tamper proof bolts . Flanges shall be locked
to back plates with three (3) No. 10 stainless
steel socket head screws, vandalproof .
C . Install grab bars at the following mounting
heights in handicapped toilets and shower stalls .
Toilet Rooms - 33 in. above finish floor; Shower
Stalls - 36 in. above finish floor.
d. Grab bars shall support a 250 lb. load for a
minimum of 5 minutes .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
10010
4
1 . 07 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of bid items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 GENERAL
A. All materials shall be free from defects impairing
strength, durability, and appearance; shall be best
commercial quality for purposes specified, made with
structural properties to withstand safely the strains and
stresses to which they will be normally subjected.
Protect metals from injury at the shop, and in transit to
the job, until erected in place, complete, inspected, and
accepted.
2 . 02 FABRICATED ITEMS
A. Mirrors :
1 . Furnish and install mirrors where indicated on the
Drawings and, in addition, where specified herein.
Generally, all toilet rooms shall be provided with
mirrors.
2 . All mirrors shall be 1/4 in. polished plate glass with
two coats of silver, electro-copper clad.
3 . Mountings of mirrors are to be rigid, inconspicuous,
securely anchored to wall, and as approved by the
Architect-Engineer.
4 . The specified heights above the floor are to the
center of the accessory, are approximate, and shall be
as specifically directed at the time of installation.
B . Exterior Louvers :
1 . Furnish and install stationary extruded Type 6063-T5
aluminum louvers as manufactured by Airolite Co. , Air
Balance, Inc . , Airline Products Co. , or approved
equal . Sizes as shown on the Drawings .
2 . Provide 1/2 in. aluminum mesh bird screens attached to
inside face of all louvers .
3 . Mechanical Room Louvers : Airolite Type K6384 , with 4
in. No. 12 gauge blades and frame, bronze color
anodized finish, approximately 49 percent free area.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
10010
3
B . Shop Drawings : Submit shop drawings for each fabricated A"k
item showing components, arrangements, dimensions,
orientation in the building, sections, dimensioned
elevations, grounds, reinforcements, accessories, etc .
C. Colors : Submit manufacturer' s full range of colors for
selection by the Architect-Engineer.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B . Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Oualifications : Specialty items shall be the products of
a single manufacturer capable of showing prior successful
production of units similar to those required.
1 . Installers : Use adequate number of skilled workmen
who are thoroughly- trained and experienced in the
necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with
the specified requirements and the methods needed for
proper performance of the work of this Section.
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. All materials and operations shall meet the requirements
of the latest revision of the standard specifications of
the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .
1 . 06 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect materials
of this Section before, during, and after installation and
to protect installed work and materials of all other
trades .
B . Replacements : In the event of damage, immediately make
all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of
the Architect-Engineer and at no additional cost to the
Owner.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
10010
2
SECTION 10010
MISC • AN OU SPECIALTfFS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVTSTONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work In -ludtz!j : Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Mirrors .
2 . Exterior wall louvers.
3 . Robe hooks at shower stalls .
4 . Shower curtain poles at each double shower stall .
AW 5 . Toilet room accessories .
6 . Installation of student room mirrors supplied by the
Owner. All other mirrors will be supplied and
installed by the Contractor.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections :
1 . SECTION 15500 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR
CONDITIONING.
a. Interior louvers and grilles.
b. Access doors for valves .
1 . 03 SUBMITT T
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
AW
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
10010
1
S�TION 10010
MISCELLANEOUS SP TAT TTFg
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAT,
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 2
1 . 06 Product Handling 2
1 . 07 Alternates 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 General 3
2 . 02 Fabricated Items 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
UTION
3 .01 Inspection 5
3 .02 Field Conditions 5
3 . 03 Preparation 6
3 . 04 Installation 6
3 . 05 Removal of Rubbish 6
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
10010
0
Remove excess adhesive before it dries by following
manufacturer' s instructions and recommendations . `
2 . Double-Cut Joints : For wall coverings without
patterns, overlap and double-cut seams to form tightly
matched closures . Allow installed wall coverings 24
hours to shrink and dry in place prior to double-
cutting and trimming.
3 . Joints in Patterns : For wall coverings with patterns,
match pattern repeats exactly so that seams are
invisible .
4 . Acceptance Criteria: Wall covering seams shall be
nearly invisible . Neatly trim free edges of wall
coverings and locations where wall coverings abut
dissimilar materials . Make edges follow tight against
the dissimilar material or corner. No defects in the
substrate shall be visible (telegraph) through the
wall covering.
3 . 06 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Touch Up: At the completion of work of other trades,
touch up and restore all damaged or defaced painted
surfaces .
B. Cleaning: During the progress of the work, remove, from
the site, all discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans,
and rags at the end of each work day.
3 . 07 PROTECTION
A. Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or
not, against damage by the painting and finishing work.
Leave all such work undamaged. Correct any damages by
cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as
acceptable to the Architect-Engineer.
3 . 08 EXTRA STOCK/SPARE PARTS
A. Under the scope of work of this Section, furnish, to the
Owner, one sealed gallon or 5 percent (whichever is
greater) of each color paint used on the project, with
correct identification (both manufacturer' s and
Architect-Engineer' s designations) .
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
24
Coat 2 : MoorGlo Latex House and Trim Paint .
e " Coat 3 : Same as Coat 2 .
2 . Paint System 2 • Exterior Wood Doors and Shutters
(Gloss Latex System) :
Coat 1 : Fully prime all new wood and spot prime all
existing bare wood with Moorwhite Primer.
3 . 05 VINYL WALL COVERING (VW C)
A. Install vinyl wall covering wherever called for on the
Drawings, including Schedule of Room Finishes . Vinyl wall
covering will be supplied by the Owner.
B . All walls to receive vinyl wall coverings shall first be
coated with sealer-primer recommended by the manufacturer
of the vinyl wall covering.
C. All vinyl wall covering shall be applied by skilled
workmen in strict accordance with the manufacturer' s
printed instructions. When installed, vinyl wall covering
shall be free from blisters, wrinkles, or other defects .
All seams shall be overlapped and double-cut in a neat,
straight, professional manner. All materials used in the
performance of this work shall be delivered to the job in
unopened factory packages plainly marked with identifying
labels .
D. Adhesives shall be first quality recommended by the
manufacturer of the vinyl wall covering.
E . Installation:
1 . Strictly comply with manufacturer' s instructions and
recommendations . Acclimatize materials in
installation locations at least 24 hours before
installation. Remove wall plates, fixtures, hardware,
and similar items and reinstall when work is
completed. Verify that substrates do not exceed 4
percent moisture content or other limit prescribed by
wall covering manufacturer. Ensure that substrates
are sound and undamaged. Size and prepare surfaces
before installation. Provide full 100 percent
coverage of adhesive. Install vertically and truly
plumb with seams located more than 6 in. from outside
corners and directly in inside corners . Roll and
brush to remove all air bubbles, wrinkles, and other
defects . Trim neatly at penetrations and
terminations . Horizontal seams are not permitted.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
23
I . Protection and Clean-Up:
1 . Cleaning: Clean visible surfaces using non-abrasive
materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of
material or product to be cleaned. Remove all finish
splatters, drips, and overspray (if spraying
permitted) from adjacent work. Remove and replace
work that cannot be successfully cleaned.
2 . Repair: Touch-up damaged finishes and repair minor
damage to eliminate all evidence of repair. Remove
and replace work that cannot be successfully repaired.
3 . Protection: Provide "wet paint" signs and temporary
protection to ensure work is without damage or
deterioration at time of final acceptance . Remove
protection and reclean immediately before final
acceptance .
J. Painting of Existing Interior Woodwork
and Trim:
1 . Sand all wood surfaces scheduled to be refinished
using course, medium, and fine graded sandpaper, in
that order, in three (3) major sanding operations.
2 . Vacuum surfaces and- remove dust from all surfaces in
and around the areas to be refinished. AW
3 . Fill all holes and cracks with hardening wood filler,
pigmented as required to match final wood stain.
Sand, flash, and vacuum as required.
4 . Apply one to two coats of penetrating stain as
required to match existing finish and to achieve a
uniform color and appearance.
5 . Finish with one coat of polyurethane gloss and two
coats of polyurethane satin. Lightly sand between all
coats and remove all dust in and around areas being
refinished.
3 . 04 FINISH SYSTEMS SCH .DU R
A. The following finish systems refer to products of Benjamin
Moore, unless indicated otherwise. Provide these systems
or comparable systems from any specified manufacturer.
1 . Paint System l Exterior Wood Painters (Soft G109G
Latex System:
Coat 1 : Moorwhite Primer.
Aoft
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
22
to each coat of paint, a sufficient amount of
e�w fungicidal agent to render the fabric mildewproof .
The fungicidal agent shall be of a type which will not
adversely affect the color, texture, or durability of
the paint .
11 . Miscellaneous :
a. Paint walls behind and prime coat the backs of all
movable shelving, movable cabinet work, and
cabinet doors . Walls behind chalkboards and
tackboards need not be painted.
b. All welds and all areas of chipped shop prime
coats on steel joists and structural steel shall
be given one coat of Noxide Red Lead Primer before
covering with other materials of any and all
types .
C . Boiler Room piping shall be color coded to OSHA
Specifications .
G. General :
1 .. Number of Coats : The number of coats specified is the
minimum number of coats required. Provide additional
coats if needed to comply with manufacturer' s
instructions and recommendations, to eliminate all
show through and bleed through areas, and to create
uniform finishes matching approved samples .
2 . Sanding: Sand before first application and between
coats as recommended by finish system manufacturer.
3 . Recoat Time : Observe manufacturer' s recommended
waiting period between successive coats .
4 . Application Methods : Apply paint and finish systems,
as scheduled, with brush.
H. Acceptance Appearance : Provide uniform final finishes,
free of runs, sags, wrinkles, streaks, shiners,
application marks, color variations, and other
imperfections .
1 . Matching: Provide final finishes which_ exactly match
approved in-place samples and approved verification
samples as judged by the Architect .
O
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
21
structure . Galvanized metal shall be primed as ..A
required by paint manufacturer' s recommendations . A
sample of the coverage and skill of application shall
be approved prior to proceeding with the work.
S . Steel Enclosed in Masonry: All steel enclosed or
partly enclosed in masonry at exterior walls shall be
painted one heavy coat of asphalt-type paint, as
approved by the Architect-Engineer. Steel encased in
concrete shall not be primed or painted.
6 . Wood: All standing and running wood trim, casework,
paneling, doors, and Architectural woodwork shall
receive the following treatment :
a . Natural Wood: One coat of penetrating wood sealer
and two coats of polyurethane . First coat
"Gloss, " second coat "Satin. "
b. Painted Wood: One coat of primer, one coat of
undercoat, and one coat of finish.
C . Stained Wood: One coat of grain filler/sealer.
One to two coats of stain as required to match
existing finish. One coat polyurethane gloss and
two coats of polyurethane satin, sand lightly
between coats and remove all sanding and other Awk
dust prior to next coat .
7 . Metals : All mechanical equipment, hangers,
enclosures, supports, and exposed piping in those
areas to be painted shall be painted one coat of Pratt
& Lambert ' s Enamel Undercoat and one coat of "Cellu-
Tone Satin" to match color of walls in addition to the
primer.
8 . Plaster and Gypsum Board: Walls and ceilings shall be
given one coat of Vapex Wall Primer by Pratt & Lambert
and one coat of Vapex Wall Finish, except kitchens and
baths shall receive one coat Pratt & Lambert Wall
Primer and one coat Pratt & Lambert Aqua-Satin.
9 . Exposed Shelving in Storage Rooms or Closets : Exposed
shelving in storage rooms or closets shall be given
one coat of Pratt & Lambert Cellu-Tone . Sanding shall
be required between coats .
10 . Pipe covering in finished spaces shall be given a
heavy coat of glue size, followed by two coats of
interior paint to match adjacent wall or ceiling
surfaces . There shall be added to the glue size, and
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
20
painted two coats under the scope of work of this
Section.
4 . Porch D ck;nQ; Pressure-treated decking shall be
treated with two coats of semi-transparent "decking
stain" especially formulated for pressure-treated
wood. The first coat shall be applied prior to
installation of the decking. The second coat shall be
applied evenly with roller or brush after
installation. No spraying will be allowed.
S . Exterior Gypsum Roard: All exterior soffits and
ceilings shall be painted two coats of Exterior Grade
Masonry Vapex Paint, as manufactured by Pratt &
Lambert or Architect-Engineer approved equal .
6 . Roof Items :
a. All fan enclosures and other ferrous metal
mechanical equipment items and supports for same,
above the roof, shall be painted with paint
materials as specified for steel above.
F. Schedule - Interior: (See Also Room Finish Schedule)
1 . Concrete : All miscellaneous exposed concrete shall
receive one coat Pratt & Lambert Vapex Wall Primer and
one coat Pratt & Lambert Pro-Hide Alkyd Semi-Gloss .
2 . Concrete Block Masonry Un; rS S mi iQss : Shall
receive one coat Pro-Hide Block Filler and two coats
Pro-Hide Semi-Gloss .
3 . Ferrous Metal : All miscellaneous ferrous metal work
shall receive one coat Interior Trim Primer and two
coats Pratt & Lambert Effecto Enamel (Semi-Gloss) , all
in addition to any shop primer, except as otherwise
specified. Included herein are metal doors and
frames, handrails, metal work, metal trim, metal
ducts, wire mesh partitions, louvers and grilles,
access panels, exposed piping, exposed ductwork, metal
ceilings or deck, joists, angles, lintels, and all
other metal items, except as otherwise specified (see
paragraph 4 . below re : spray painting) .
4 . Exposed Structural Steel : Exposed structural steel
shall receive one coat of Tnemec Series 15, uni-bond
alkyd oil spray paint, applied at a dry film thickness
necessary to achieve hiding and uniform luster. Also
included is all exposed metal ducts, pipes, and
conduits located on, or fastened to, the ceiling
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
19
commencing to flatten, shall be wiped across the grain
of the wood, then with a circular motion to secure a
smooth, filled, clean surface with filler remaining in
open grain only. After overnight dry, sand surface
until smooth before applying specified coat .
D. Application - Exterior:
1 . All ferrous metal, trim, railings, pipes, lintels,
metal doors and frames, etc. shall receive one coat
Pratt & Lambert Noxide Primer and two coats Pratt &
Lambert Effecto Enamel .
2 . All sheet metal shall receive one coat Pratt & Lambert
Noxide Galvanized Primer and two coats Pratt & Lambert
Effecto Enamel .
3 . Exterior Plaster: All exterior plaster soffits and
ceilings shall be painted two coats of Exterior Grade
Masonry Vapex Paint, as manufactured by Pratt &
Lambert or Architect-Engineer approved equal .
4 . Roof Items :
a. All fan enclosures and other ferrous metal
mechanical equipment items and supports for same,
including antenna supports above the roof, shall
be painted with paint materials as specified for
steel above.
E . Schedule - Exterior:
1 . All ferrous metal, trim, pipes, lintels, metal doors
and frames, etc . shall receive one coat Pratt &
Lambert Noxide Primer and two coats Pratt & Lambert
Effecto Enamel .
2 . All galvanized metal, including galvanized structural
steel columns, shall receive one coat Pratt & Lambert
Noxide Galvanized Primer and two coats Pratt & Lambert
Effecto Enamel .
3 . All clapboard siding, wood trim on building at
windows, soffits, gables, cornices, and miscellaneous
woodwork shall receive one coat Pratt & Lambert
Permalize Exterior Primer and two coats Pratt &
Lambert Permalize House and Trim as indicated on the
Construction Documents .
Note : All exterior wood surfaces not covered by
aluminum cladding shall be scraped, primed, and
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
18
adjoining other materials or colors sharp and clean
""* without overlapping.
9 . All coats shall be thoroughly dry before applying
succeeding coats . All suction spots or "hot spots" in
plaster and/or cement after the application of the
first coat shall be touched up before applying the
second coat .
10 . Provide "wet paint" signs as required to protect newly
painted finishes . Remove temporary protective
wrappings provided by others for protection of their
work after completion of painting operations .
11 . Unless otherwise directed by the Architect-Engineer,
each coat of paint shall be slightly darker color than
preceding coat to prevent skipping. All prime coats
shall approximate the finished color, as directed by
the Architect-Engineer.
B . Workmanship for Ex ri — paintincr-
1 . Exterior painting shall not be performed when the
surface temperature is below 50 degrees F while the
surface is damp, or during cold, rainy, or frosty
weather. Avoid painting surfaces while they are
exposed to hot sun.
AW
2 . Exterior doors shall have tops, bottoms, and side
edges finished the same as the exterior faces of these
doors .
3 . All exterior exposed wood trim, except aluminum clad
trim, shall be back-primed with exterior wood primer
before installation.
C. Workmanship for In Prior Painting:
1 . All interior wood trim shall be back-primed before
installation with undercoat or penetrating sealer, as
required.
2 . Enamel or varnish finish applied to wood or metal
shall be sanded with fine sandpaper and then cleaned
between coats to produce an even smooth surface .
3 . All miscellaneous surfaces shall be finished the same
as nearest adjoining surfaces, unless otherwise
specified or directed by the Architect-Engineer.
4 . Paste wood filler applied on open grained wood, after
look
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
17
2 . Equipment and tools shall be kept clean and in proper Amk
condition to provide a first-class job commensurate
with the intent of this Specification.
3 . Do not use same tools for application of paint on
smooth surfaces that were originally used to paint
concrete block.
4 . All materials shall be mixed, thinned, modified, and
applied only as specified by the manufacturer' s
directions . All priming coats and undercoats shall be
tinted to the approximate shade of the final coat .
S . The Painting Subcontractor shall furnish the
Architect-Engineer with a schedule showing when he
expects to have completed the respective coats of
paint for the various areas and surfaces . This
schedule shall be kept current as job progress
dictates . If the Architect-Engineer so directs, the
succeeding coats shall not be applied until he has
inspected the previous coats .
6 . The Painting Subcontractor not only shall protect his
work at all times, but shall also protect all adjacent
work and materials by suitable covering or other
method during progress of this work. Upon completion
of the work, the Painting Subcontractor shall remove
all paint and varnish spots from the floors, glass,
and surfaces . The Painting Subcontractor shall
remove, from the premises, all rubbish and accumulated
materials of whatever nature not caused by others and
shall leave the work of this Section in a clean,
orderly, and acceptable condition.
7 . Remove and protect hardware, accessories, device
plates, lighting fixtures, factory finished work, and
similar items, or provide ample in-place protection.
Upon completion of each space, carefully replace all
removed items . Remove electrical panel box covers and
doors before painting wall . Paint separately and
reinstall after all paint is dry.
8 . All materials shall be applied under adequate
illumination, evenly spread and smoothly flowed-on to
avoid runs, sags, holidays, brush marks, air bubbles,
and excessive roller stipple. Coverage_ and hide shall
be complete . When color, stain, dirt, or undercoats
show through final coat of paint, the surface shall be
covered by additional coats until the paint film is
uniform in finish, color, appearance, and coverage, at
no additional cost to the Owner. Make edges of paint
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
16
sandpaper, or wire brush, as necessary; grind, if
necessary, to remove shoulders at edge of sound paint
to prevent from photographing finish coats . Rust
caused by muriatic acid shall be removed and the
surfaces shall be neutralized.
3 . Touch up all bare metal and damaged shop coats with
specified rust inhibitive primer.
E. Galvani 1 Surfaces : Remove dirt and grease with
mineral spirits and wipe dry with clean cloths . Do not
paint interior galvanized material in storage rooms or
unless exposed to view in other areas .
F. Drywall : Fill all minor irregularities with approved
patching material and sand to a smooth level surface .
Exercise care to avoid raising nap of paper.
G. Plaster Surfaces : Fill all holes and cracks . Do not use
sandpaper on plaster surfaces to be painted. Before
painting new plaster, allow to cure for 28 days. The
surface must then be tested with a moisture-testing device
especially designed for this purpose. No paint or sealer
shall be applied on plaster when the moisture content
exceeds 5 . 5 percent as determined by the testing device;
test sufficient areas in each space and as often as
necessary to determine the proper moisture content for
Apk painting.
H. Repaitina:
1 . _Repainting: Remove all blistered, peeling, and
scaling paint down to bare, clean, sound substrates .
Remove all chalk deposits and mildew by scrubbing with
water and mildew wash. Wash all surfaces to be
repainted with mild detergent solution and clean
water.
2 . Caulking and Putty: Remove loose or damaged caulking
and putty. Spot prime bare areas with primer before
providing overall primer coat . Recaulk and reputty to
a "like new" condition.
3 . 03 APPLICATION
A. Workmanship:
1 . Only skilled mechanics shall be employed. Application
may be by brush, roller, or spray upon approval from
the Architect-Engineer.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
15
12 . Prepare new wood surfaces by sanding smooth, sealing
knots, setting nails and fasteners, and filling holes,
cracks, and imperfections with putty acceptable to
finish manufacturer.
13 . Backarime : Seal and backprime all wood immediately
after delivery to site and before installation.
14 . Galvanized Metal : Aggressively clean new galvanized
surfaces with grease cutting solvent, such as mineral
spirits, to remove fabricating oils . Touch-up abraded
surfaces immediately with zinc-rich paint or rust-
inhibiting paint acceptable to the Architect .
B . Wood:
1 . Sandpaper to smooth and even surface, then dust off .
2 . After priming coat has dried, apply shellac, 4 lbs .
cut, to all knots, pitch and resinous sapwood.
3 . After priming coat has dried, file all nail holes,
cracks, open joints, and other defects. Filler shall
be colored to match paint .
C. Concrete and Interior Masonry:
1 . Patch large openings and holes and finish flush with
adjacent surface . After priming, fill any remaining
small holes with swedish putty made by mixing spackle
with prime coat of paint .
2 . Remove form oil and curing compound from
poured-in-place concrete by washing concrete with
xylol or other cleaner as required for complete
removal .
3 . Concrete surfaces shall be dry. No painting shall be
done until surfaces are tested by moisture meter and
shown to be within the acceptable limits of the
specified manufacturer and safe to paint below 15
percent moisture content . Floor slabs shall be
allowed to cure 90 days before painting.
D. Ferrous Metal Surfaces :
1 . Remove dirt and grease with mineral spirits and wipe
dry with clean cloths .
2 . Remove rust, mill scale, and defective paint down to
sound surfaces or bare metal, using scraper,
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
14
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. General :
1 . Before painting is started in any area, the area shall
be broom cleaned and all dust shall be removed by
vacuum.
2 . After painting operations begin in a given area, broom
cleaning will not be allowed. Cleaning shall then be
done only with commercial vacuum cleaning equipment .
3 . Adequate illumination shall be provided in all areas
where painting operations are in progress .
4 . This work shall be scheduled and coordinated with
other trades and shall not proceed until other work
and/or job conditions are as required to achieve
satisfactory results .
5 . Surfaces shall be clean, dry, and adequately protected
from dampness .
6 . Surfaces shall be free of any foreign materials which
will adversely affect adhesion or appearance of
applied coating. -
'* 7 . Mildew shall be removed and the surfaces neutralized.
8 . Efflorescence on any area shall be corrected by the
General Contractor or Masonry Subcontractor before
application of paint materials.
9 . Cleaning: Do not finish over dirt, rust, grease,
moisture, and other conditions detrimental to
formation of a durable finish film. Clean surfaces to
remove dirt, oil, grease, mildew, asphalt, concrete
splatters, and all other foreign substances .
10 . Removal and Pro ection : Remove finished hardware,
fixtures, accessories, and similar items, or provide
adequate protection to ensure that these surfaces are
not finished or splattered. Reinstall removed items
when finishing work is completed and remove all
temporary protections and clean substrates thoroughly.
11 . Shop Primers : Coordinate the application of shop
primers to ensure compatibility. Remove incompatible
primers and reprime, or provide barrier coats in
compliance with finish manufacturer' s instructions.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
13
H. Painting and Finishing Materials : Provide finish products Aw
and systems as scheduled at the end of this Section.
Provide secondary products as recommended by manufacturers
of primary products .
1 . Ouaitv: Provide the highest quality commercial
material or product produced by the manufacturer.
Provide manufacturer' s written certification of
quality.
2 . Colors : Provide colors as directed by the Architect .
Match Architect ' s color chips and numbers . Custom mix
colors as directed and as needed to provide exact
matches approved by the Architect . Deeptone, bright,
and accent colors are required.
a. Exterior Colors : Four exterior colors will be
used.
2 . 02 EQUIPMENT
A. Equipment is not required to be new, but shall be adequate
and commensurate to the work and workmanship required
herein.
B. Equipment shall include- all required ladders (folding,
staging, drop cloths, maskings, scrapers, to-._ .w
sandpaper, dusters, cleaning solvents, and wasct:� as
required to perform the work and achieve the results
herein specified.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Before starting any work, surfaces to receive paint
finishes shall be examined carefully for defects which
cannot be corrected by the procedures specified herein
under "Preparation of Surfaces" and which might prevent
satisfactory painting results. Work shall not proceed
until such defects .Ye corrected.
B . Surfaces shall be clean, dry, smooth, and at the proper
temperature .
C. The commencing of work in a specific area shall be
construed as acceptance of the surfaces, and, thereafter,
the Painting Subcontractor shall be fully responsible for
satisfactory work as required herein.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
12
b. Exterior Al yd Stain : Stains for use over open
grained wood as a finish:
P&L: Stain shield, solid hide oil stain.
Cabot :
Olympic :
C . Exterior" Latex Stain: Stain for use over open
grained wood as a finish:
P&L: Stain shield, solid hide latex rustic stain.
Cabot :
Olympic :
d. Waterproof Deck Stain : Stain for use over
pressure treated lumber as a finish:
P&L: Stain shield, penetrating oil rustic stain.
Cabot :
Olympic :
e. Exterior Paint :
P&L:
Moore :
Pittsburgh:
Devoe :
C. All accessory materials, such as linseed oil, shellac, and
turpentine, shall be pure and of highest quality and shall
be approved by the Architect-Engineer. They shall bear
identifying labels on the containers, with the
manufacturer' s instruction printed thereon.
D. Paint shall be well ground; shall not settle, cake or
thicken in the container; shall be readily broken with
paddle to a smooth consistency; and shall have easy
brushing properties .
E. Paint shall arrive on the job ready-mixed. Job mixing or
job tinting, except for tinting of undercoats, shall not
be performed, except when specifically approved by the
Architect-Engineer.
F. All thinning and tinting materials shall be as recommended
by the manufacturer for the particular material thinned or
tinted.
G. No dry pigments shall be mixed with oil on the premises .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
11
C . Pip Color Alkyd Resin Exterior Trim Paint : Deep
color, ready-mixed alkyd paint for use on the
exterior over prime-coated ferrous metal :
Devoe : 155 All-Weather Exterior Alkyd Gloss House
and Trim Paint Ultra Deep Base .
Moore : Moore ' s House Paint No. 110 .
Pittsburgh: Effecto Enamel .
d. Lusterless Alkyd Enamel : Alkyd base flat enamel
for use over prime-coated ferrous metal :
Devoe : 56400 De-Vo-Ko Lo-Lustre Alkyd H. P.
Moore : Moore ' s Pentaflex Flat House Paint No. 114 .
Pittsburgh: 50-52 Snolite Exterior Alkyd Flat
House Paint .
4 . Interior Finish Paint Material :
a. Latex-Based Interior Flat Paint : Ready-mixed
latex-based paint for use as a flat finish over
concrete and masonry surfaces, including filled
concrete masonry block, mineral-fiber-reinforced
cement panels and plaster, and over prime-coated
gypsum drywall, ferrous metal, and zinc-coated
(galvanized) metal surfaces :
Devoe : 36XX Wonder-Tones Latex Flat Wall Paint .
Moore : Regal Wall Satin No. 215 .
P&L: Vapex Latex Flat Wall Finish.
b. Interior Semi-Gloss Odorless Alkyd Enamel: Low-
odor, semi-gloss, alkyd enamel for use over primer
and undercoat on concrete, masonry (including
concrete masonry block) , wood and hardboard, and
both ferrous and zinc-coated (galvanized) metal
surfaces over primer on gypsum drywall :
Devoe : 26XX Velour Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel .
Moore: Moore ' s Satin Impervo Enamel No. 235 .
P&L: Cellu-Tone Alkyd Satin Enamel .
5 . Miscellaneous Wood Finishing Materials :
a. Varnish-Type Surface Sealer: Sealer for open-
grain wood for use as a surface sealer over
exterior plywood before application of a prime
coat :
Pittsburgh: 77-1 Rez Sealer-Primer.
P&L: Varmor Penetrating Sealer.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
10
2 . Undercoat Materials :
a. Interior Enamel Undercoat : Ready-mixed enamel for
use on the interior as an undercoat over a primer
on concrete or masonry under an odorless semi-
gloss enamel :
Devoe : 8801 Velour Alkyd Enamel Undercoat .
Moore : Moore ' s Alkyd Enamel Underbody No. 217 .
P&L: E6 Enamel Undercoater.
b. Interior Enamel nd rcoater: Ready-mixed enamel
for use as an undercoat over wood and hardboard
under an odorless alkyd semi-gloss enamel or full
gloss alkyd enamel :
Devoe : 8801 Velour. Alkyd Enamel Undercoat .
Moore : Moore ' s Alkyd Enamel Underbody No. 217 .
P&L: Interior Trim Primer.
C . Interior Enamel Undercoat : Ready-mixed enamel for
use as an undercoat over a primer on ferrous or
zinc-coated metal under an interior alkyd semi-
gloss enamel or full-gloss alkyd enamel :
Devoe : 8801 Velour Alkyd Enamel Undercoat .
Moore : Moore ' s Alkyd Enamel Underbody No. 217.
P&L: Interior Trim Primer.
3 . Exterior Finish Paint Material :
a. Exterior Acrylic Emulsion: Quick-drying, flat
acrylic paint for use on the exterior over prime-
coated wood and sealed and prime-coated painted
plywood:
Devoe : 15XX Wonder-Shield Exterior Acrylic Latex
Flat House Paint .
Moore : Moorgard Latex House Paint No. 103 .
Pittsburgh: 72 Line Sun-Proof Acrylic Latex
House Paint .
P&L: Vapex Latex Flat House Paint .
b. Deep Color Alkyd Resin Exterior Trim Pain : Deep
color, ready-mixed alkyd paint for use on the
exterior over prime-coated ferrous metal :
Devoe : 155 All-Weather Exterior Alkyd Gloss House
and Trim Paint Ultra Deep Base .
Moore : Moore ' s House Paint No. 110 .
Pittsburgh: Effecto Enamel .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
9
b. Latex-Based Interior White Primer: Latex-based
primer coating used on interior sum drywall 'mw
gyp ywall under
a flat latex or an alkyd semi-gloss enamel :
Devoe : 50801 Wonder-Tones Latex Primer and Sealer.
Moore : Moore ' s Latex Quick-Dry Prime Seal No. 201 .
P&L: Latex Wall Primer Z30001 .
C . Exterior Primer Coatina: Exterior alkyd wood primer
for priming wood under alkyd glass enamels, flat
lusterless finish, and wood trim under medium shade
of deep color high-gloss alkyds :
Devoe : 1102 All-Weather Alkyd House Paint Primer.
Moore : Moorwhite Deep Color Base No. 100-04 .
P&L: Permalize Exterior Primer.
d. Exterior Primer Coating: Exterior alkyd wood primer
for priming sealed plywood under an acrylic emulsion
finish:
Devoe: 1102 All-Weather Alkyd House Paint Primer.
Moore: Moorwhite Primer = 100 .
P&L: Permalize Exterior Primer.
e . Synthetic. Rust-Inhibiting Primer: Quick-dr in
Y� g,
rust-inhibiting primer for priming ferrous metal on
the exterior under full-gloss and flat alkyd enamel
and on the interior under flat latex paint or
odorless alkyd semi-gloss or alkyd gloss enamels;
Devoe : 14920 Bar-Ox Quick Dry Metal Primer, Red.
Moore : Ironclad Retardo Rust-Inhibitive Paint No. 163 .
P&L: Effecto Rust-Inhibiting Primer.
f . Interior Alkyd Stain : Stains for use over oak and
other interior wood surfaces shall be interior alkyd
stain as manufactured and recommended by Pratt and
Lambert, Cabot, or Moore.
Note : All new oak shall receive one (1) coat of grain
filler/sealer by Pratt and Lambert, or approved equal,
prior to application of stain.
g. Interior varnish type surface sealer shall be as
manufactured and recommended by Pratt and Lambert,
Moore, Devoe, or Pittsburgh.
�+
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
8
when existing and forecasted conditions are within the
Aw limits established by manufacturers of the materials
and products used.
2 . Outdoor Temperature and Conditions : Air and surface
temperatures shall be 50 degrees F. or above and dry
during finishing and drying. Test all surfaces with
moisture meter before proceeding. Surfaces shall be
dry within the limitations of the finish system
manufacturers .
C. All Areas :
1 . Substrates : Proceed with work only when substrate
construction and penetrating work is complete .
2 . Coordination: Convene a pre-installation conference
to establish procedures to maintain optimum working
conditions and to coordinate this work with related
and adjacent work. Coordinate painting work with work
specified in other Sections . Furnish information on
finish materials to be used in the field to ensure
that correct prime coats are used in the shop.
PART 2 - PROD CTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Manufac turerc : Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide products of one of the following:
Devoe and Reynolds Co. (Devoe) .
Benjamin Moore and Co. (Moore) .
PPG Industries, Pittsburgh Paints (Pittsburgh) .
Pratt and Lambert (P&L) .
1 . Except as otherwise specified, proprietary names used
hereinafter refer to products made by the above
manufacturers and are used for convenience only.
B . Products :
1 . Primers :
a. Interior Flat Latex-Rased Paint : Flat latex paint
used as a primer over concrete and masonry under
alkyd flat and semi-gloss enamel :
Devoe : 36XX Wonder-Tones Latex Flat Wall Paint .
Moore : Moore ' s Latex Quick-Dry Prime Seal No. 201 .
P&L: Vapex Latex Flat Wall Finish.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
7
1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: All paints, varnishes, enamels, lacquers,
stains, paste fillers, and similar materials must be
delivered in the original containers, with the seals
unbroken and labels intact, and with the manufacturer' s
instruction printed thereon.
B. Storaae :
1 . All materials used on the job shall be stored in a
single place designated by the Owner or the
Architect-Engineer. Such storage place shall be kept
neat and clean, and all damage thereto, or its
surroundings, shall be made good. Any soiled or used
rags, waste, and trash must be removed from the
building at the end of each day and every precaution
taken to avoid the danger of fire.
2 . Paint materials shall not be allowed to be frozen.
C. Avoid the possibility of fire by removing flammable
materials, solvents, and spirits from the project site or
by storing materials in U.L. approved fire-resistive
cabinets . Keep work area free from flammable waste and
soiled rags.
1 . 07 GUARANTY/WARRANTY
A. All original paint materials shall be maintained for one
year; during this period, there shall be no evidence of
blisters, streaks, peeling, scalping, running, chalking,
or staining.
1 . 08 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Interior:
1 . Maintain temperature in building at constant 65
degrees F. or above during drying of plaster and
masonry, and provide adequate ventilation for escape
of moisture from buildings in order to prevent mildew,
damage to other work, and improper drying. Once
painting has commenced, provide constant temperature
of 65 degrees F. or above, and prevent wide variation
in temperature which might result in condensation on
freshly painted surfaces .
B. Exterior:
1 . Weather, Temperature, and Humidity: Perform work only
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
6
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
folk accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Oua1_ification :
1 . Contractor: A competent foreman with a wide
background of experience in the work contemplated
shall be in charge of the work at all times .
2 . Verification: The Contractor shall either verify, in
writing, that he intends to apply the proprietary
products listed in the paint schedules or submit, for
approval, a list of comparable materials of another
listed approved manufacturer. This submittal shall
include full identifying product names and catalog
numbers .
3 . Source : For each type of materials required for the
work of this Section, provide primary materials which
are the products of one manufacturer. Provide
thinners and other secondary materials which are
acceptable to the manufacturers of the primary
materials .
4 . In-Place Samples : Before beginning primary work of
this Section, provide typical in-place samples of each
item and type of work at locations acceptable to the
Architect and obtain Architect ' s acceptance of visual
qualities .
a. Size of Sample: Not less than 10 sq. ft .
b. Intent of Sample: The intent of the in-place
sample is to obtain approval of a typical
installation as early as possible so that
problems, if any, can be corrected before the
problem is repeated.
C. Sample Disposition : Acceptable in-place samples
may be incorporated into the finished work.
Protect and maintain acceptable in-place samples
throughout the work of this Section to serve as
criteria for acceptance of the work.
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Regulatory: In accordance with the State Building Code,
all walls of corridors, stairways, and lobbies shall be
painted with Class I (0 to 25) Fire Retardant Paints . All
other walls of the building to be painted shall have Class
III (76 to 200) flame spread ratings .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
5
B . Samples : Submit samples to the Architect-Engineer for
approval prior to painting in-place samples . Rejected Aa
samples shall be submitted until approved. Obtain
approval in writing before delivering materials .
1 . Woodwork: Prepare specimens at least 12 in. square on
the wood specified, of each natural, stained, or
painted finish, in colors shown in the color schedule .
2 . Metals : Prepare specimens at least 12 in. square on
sheet metal, of each type of finish, applying prime
coat, intermediate, and finish coats, in accordance
with the color schedule .
3 . Approval : Material furnished shall match in color and
sheen the approved samples .
C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer' s specifications and
application recommendations for all material proposed to
be used.
D. Test Reports : Submit certified laboratory test reports as
necessary to show compliance with requirements .
E. Colors : Submit three (3) sets of color samples of
complete color ranges available in all the materials
specified. Colors of all finishes will be set forth in
the color schedule to be furnished by the
Architect-Engineer.
F. Color Matching: Exact matching of the Architect ' s color
chips and color selections is required. Provide computer
color analysis of Architect ' s color selections and custom
mix colors as needed to provide an acceptable match for
each color.
G. Color Formulas : For all custom-mixed colors, provide
clear, precise typewritten color formulas and mixing
instructions so that custom-mixed colors can be accurately
duplicated.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Eauality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B . Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
4
b. New Wood Items : Backprime and fully finish paint
+ + all new exterior wood items which are visible in
the completed work.
C. Retiaire : Fully repaint all
existing wood which is repaired or restored during
the work.
C. Phasing and Scheduling: Special phasing and scheduling is
required to accommodate the Owner' s needs as outlined in
SECTION ITB - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS.
D. Intent .
1 . A major intent of the work of this Section is to
finish all work indicated.
a. Solvent (VOC) Restrictions : Comply with local air
Pollution requirements . Do not use materials
which release volatile compounds in excess of
limits prescribed by authorities having
jurisdiction.
b. Lead Restrictions : Comply with laws, codes, and
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction
related to lead- content . Provide only paints and
coatings which are lead hazard free and which have
less than 0 . 06 percent lead content .
E . Work Not Include • Do Not Paint :
1 . New acoustic tile .
2 . Toilet and shower partitions .
F. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed by others under the
designated Sections :
I . SECTION 07100 - WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING, AND
CAULKING.
a. Caulking.
1 . 03 SUBMITTATT S
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
3
7 . The painting of all new and existing millwork items, 10%
including wood trim, as well as wood doors and wood
frames, both exterior and interior.
8 . The Painting Subcontractor shall examine the
Specifications for the various other trades and shall
thoroughly familiarize himself with their provisions
regarding painting. All surfaces that are left
unfinished by the requirements of other Sections shall
be painted or finished as part of the work covered by
this Section.
9 . The painting of all new and existing exposed items of
wood and metal on the building exterior as indicated
on the Contract Drawings .
10 . Note : Unless otherwise specifically noted on the
Drawings or Specifications, all exposed new and
existing wood, plaster, and gypsum board walls,
soffits, and partitions, in all rooms receiving new,
altered, or removed existing construction, shall be
painted, whether or not called for in the Room Finish
Schedules .
11 . The painting and/or finishing of all new siding, trim,
railings, and all other exposed wood or metal
surfaces; all to be backprimed prior to installation.
12 . Unless otherwise specifically noted on the Drawings or
Specifications, all walls, ceilings, and other
surfaces requiring patch to match shall be painted in
their entirety.
13 . The staining of all new wood handrails to match
adjacent existing wood handrails .
14 . Scraping, sanding, priming, and painting of the
existing building exterior with a three (3) color
paint scheme as shown on the Drawings .
B . Other Work Included:
1 . What to Paint and Finish: The work of this Section
includes, but is not limited to, painting and
finishing the following:
a. Backurimina: Painting work includes backpriming
all wood work prior to installation.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
2
ate* SECTION 09900
PAINTING AND W TT COVERTN�
PART T
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . The terms "paint" or "painting, " as used in this
Section in a general sense, has reference to sealers,
varnishes, primers, stains, oils, alkyd-latex-epoxy
and enamel-type paints, and the application of these
materials .
2 . The painting and wall covering of all surfaces, new
and existing, interior and exterior, as specified
herein and as noted in the Schedule of Room Finishes,
as well as where noted on the Drawings .
3 . The painting of all exposed surfaces of all new and
existing ferrous metal work of the building exterior,
in whatever locations found, which are not painted
under other Sections of the Specifications .
4 . The painting of all interior surfaces of floors, walls
and ceilings, masonry, wood, concrete, plaster, gypsum
board, and metal, including all new doors and all
railings and trim.
5 . The painting of all exposed pipes, ducts, hangers,
steel and iron, and metal surfaces of equipment
installed under the "Plumbing, " "Heating, Ventilating,
and Air Conditioning, " and "Electrical" Sections of
this Contract . This includes all cabinet heaters,
prefinished or primered.
6 . The painting of all new and existing ferrous roof
items .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
1
SECTION 09900
PAINTING AND WALL OVERINC•
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 3
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 4
1 . 05 Reference Standards 5
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 6
1 . 07 Guaranty/Warranty 6
1 . 08 Environmental Conditions 6
PART 2 - PROD iCTS
2 . 01 Materials 7
2 . 02 Equipment 12
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .01 Inspection 12
3 . 02 Preparation 13
3 . 03 Application 15
3 . 04 Finish Systems Schedule 22
3 . 05 Vinyl Wall Covering (VWC) 23
3 . 06 Adjusting and Cleaning 24
3 . 07 Protection 24
3 . 09 Extra Stock/Spare Parts 24
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
0
2 . Instruct Owner' s designated representative on proper
floor washings and maintenance for flooring.
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
9
2 . Flooring that has not "seated" in a level plane shall AOW
have heat supplied locally, be quickly rolled to
surrounding flooring level .
3 . Flooring not accurately cut shall be promptly removed
and replaced with properly cut flooring.
4 . Materials showing broken corners, minor breaks, or
fracture lines across their surfaces shall be warmed
and removed. Substitute new materials of same color,
thickness, and size to eliminate the defect .
B . Cleanina:
1 . Upon completion of the installation of floor covering
and adjacent work, and after materials have set, clean
surfaces with a neutral cleaner as recommended by the
manufacturer for the type of floor covering material
installed. Remove all cement, dirt, and other foreign
substances .
2 . Apply one heavy coat of water emulsion wax and buff to
product well-polished finish.
3 . Remove all rubbish caused by the work of this Section.
3 . 05 PROTECTION
..w
A. Do not permit traffic on finished floors unless they are
protected with heavy paper.
3 . 06 EXTRA STOCK/SPARE PARTS
A. At the start of the work, the following quantities of
sheet vinyl flooring shall be delivered to the Owner.
Sufficient flooring shall be ordered initially so that all
flooring shall exactly match the flooring used.
1 . Sheet Vinyl Flooring: 5 percent of each color used.
B . A receipt signed by the Owner will be required as evidence
of delivery of extra flooring.
3 . 07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Maintenance :
1 . Furnish two (2) copies of a list of recommended
maintenance products and procedures .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
8
OW C . Accurately cut flooring to and around permanently
built in cabinets of all types, heating and
ventilating units, and excessively heavy fixed
objects and freestanding and exposed columns .
d. Install protective edgings and reducer strips,
properly adhered to substrate . Edgings shall be
installed wherever resilient flooring abuts other
floor finishes .
2 . Base :
a . Do not apply base until backing material is
thoroughly dried out .
b. Cement base firmly to wall using waterproof cement
adhesive recommended by the manufacturer.
C . Scribe accurately to fit trim at doors, frames,
and other items .
d. Base throughout shall have top and bottom edges in
firm contact with walls and with floors.
e . Set pre-molded corners neatly and firmly.
3 . Rubber Stair Treads and Risers :
a. Install at all locations as called for in the
Schedule of Room Finishes and wherever indicated
on the Drawings .
b. The treads and risers shall be carefully fitted in
a workmanlike manner, securely bonded with an
appropriate epoxy adhesive . Treads shall be cut
to fit so that the nose of the rubber tread shall
fit tightly against the face of the stair riser or
nosing. Any voids at the nosing between the stair
and the rubber tread shall be filled with an
appropriate epoxy stair caulk. All treads and
risers shall be thoroughly rolled until a firm
bond has been obtained.
3 . 04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Adjustina:
1 . Inspect and make necessary adjustment within two
months of the time that heat is supplied continuously
in each finished area.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
7
F. Do not begin work under this Section until work of other
trades, including painting, has been completed. '"
Coordinate work with other trades .
3 . 03 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. Ap8lication of Adhesives :
1 . Mix and apply adhesives in accordance with
manufacturer' s instructions .
2 . Provide safety precautions during mixing and
applications as recommended by adhesive manufacturer.
3 . Apply uniformly over surfaces and proceed as follows :
a. Cover only that amount of area which can be
covered by flooring material within the
recommended working time of the adhesive.
b. Remove any adhesive which dries or films over.
C . Prevent soiling of walls, bases, and adjacent
areas by providing proper protection with approved
materials .
d. Promptly remove any spillage . AAW
4 . Apply adhesives with notched trowel or other approved
tools .
S . Clean trowels and rework notches as necessary to
insure proper application of adhesive throughout the
work period.
B . Installation of Flooring Materials :
1 . Floorina:
a. Use only experienced workmen. Lay flooring so as
to insure good contact with close, even joints and
with finished surfaces in true plane and smooth
field, lay flooring square with room axis, with
border width of largest possible size in
accurately aligned manner, fit into breaks and
recesses, against base, around pipes, and under
saddles . Cut, fit, and scribe border tiles to
walls after application of field flooring.
b. Lay flooring with the grain parallel or reverse,
as directed by the Architect-Engineer.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
6
H. Rubber Carpet NQsinas ; Install continuous rubber carpet
nosings along all edges of carpet where it abuts resilient
flooring or other non-carpet flooring; to be R. C. Musson
No. 145, 3-1/4 in. deep, 2 in. nose depth, including lip;
square nose for use with commercial gauge carpeting.
PART 3 - EX . UTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Examine substrate for excessive moisture content and
unevenness which would prevent execution and quality of
resilient flooring as specified. Notify the
Architect-Engineer in writing of any defects in the
subfloor.
B. Moisture content shall not exceed 3 percent by weight as
determined by moisture tests .
C. Do not proceed with installation of work of this Section
until defects have been corrected, except where correction
is indicated under preparation in this Section. Starting
of work of this Section shall mean the acceptance of the
condition of the substrate by the Subcontractor performing
the work of this Section.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. Remove dirt, oil, grease, incompatible curing compounds,
or other foreign matter from surfaces to receive floor
covering materials .
B . Fill substrate cracks which are less than 1/16 in. (1 . 6
mm) wide and depressions which are less than 1/8 in. (3 . 2
mm) deep with approved type mastic underlayment . For
depressions greater than 1/8 in. , build up in 1/8 in.
layers .
C. Immediately prior to installation of resilient flooring
materials, subflooring shall be thoroughly dry, broom
clean, free of springiness, grease, oil, paint, varnish,
curing compounds, hardeners, sprinkled cement, mortar or
plaster droppings, dirt, crumbly or scaly surfaces, and
the like .
D. Prime surfaces other than wood if recommended by floor
covering manufacturer.
E. Coat concrete subfloor with full coatings of cement of
brushing and spreading consistency.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
5
shall meet the following Specifications :
Construction: Tightly double needled structure
Material : Solution-dyed polypropylene fiber
Weight : 50 oz .
Backing: Synthetic rubber
Colors : As selected by the Architect from
manufacturer' s standard colors
Flammability: Meets DOC FF-1-70
C. Landings :
1 . Area - Stairways OOS2, 10052 , 20052 , 30052 :
All material shall be Norament 925B Grand, "Hammered
Surface" rubber flooring as manufactured by Nora
Rubber Flooring, Lawrence, Massachusetts . No
substitutions will be allowed. Flooring shall be . 14
in. thick "Hammered Surface" design of natural rubber,
containing no polyvinyl chloride and conforming to the
requirements of ASTM F 1344-93 . Material color shall
be selected by the Architect-Engineer from the
manufacturer' s full range of color.
D. Treads and Risers :
1 . Area - Stairways OOS2, 10052, 20052, 30052 :
All stair treads and risers shall be Norament 925B
Grand, "Hammered Surface" one-piece rubber treads and
risers as manufactured by Nora Rubber Flooring,
Lawrence, Massachusetts . No substitutions will be
allowed. All treads and risers shall have a 2 in.
wide grit strip of contrasting color at the nosing
edge . Treads and risers shall be of a length as
required to completely cover the full width and
height . Material color shall be selected by the
Architect-Engineer from the manufacturer' s full range
of color.
E. Adhesives : Adhesives shall be waterproofed cement
(solvent type) as recommended by the manufacturer of the
flooring.
F. Underla ent : Mastic type with binder of latex or
polyvinyl acetate where required for leveling. To be
Levelastic or approved equal .
G. Edging Strips: Install vinyl reducer strips at edges of
polyvinyl acetate where required for leveling.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
4
B . Maintain minimum temperature of 55 degrees F. (13 degrees
C. ) after flooring is installed, except as specified in
Paragraph 1 . 07 .A.
1 . 08 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of bid items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Sheet (Roll ) Vinyl Flooring:
1 . Vinyl flooring shall be as follows :
AREA ITEM SPECIFICATION
Bathrooms (All) Flooring Forbo "Smaragd" with
welded seams . Color
to be selected by
the Architect from
manufacturer' s full
range . No substitutions
will be allowed.
Vinyl Base Forbo "Smaragd" with
welded seams . Color
to be selected by the
Architect from
manufacturer' s full
range . No substitutions
will be allowed.
Student Rooms Flooring Forbo "Marmoleum
Real/Fresco" sheet linoleum. Color to
be selected by the
Architect from manufacturer' s full
range .
B . Floor Mats :
1 . Area - Vestibule : 100C1 :
Lower Level Stair Landing: OOS
All material shall be surface mounted Berber loop
quality floor mats, as manufactured by Pawling Corp. ,
of the size as shown on the Contract Drawings . Mats
2292 (SC-TENNEY) RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
3
C. product Data: Submit manufacturer' s data showing
compliance with Specifications and recommended
installation procedures .
D. Test Reports : Submit certified laboratory test reports as
necessary to show compliance with requirements .
E . Colors : Colors of all materials shall be as selected on a
room-by-room basis by the Architect-Engineer from samples
of the full color ranges of materials submitted as above .
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Industry: All materials and operations shall meet the
requirements of the latest revision of the standard ,k
specifications of the American Society for Testing and
Materials (ASTM) .
1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver materials to the project site in
manufacturer' s original, unopened containers with labels
indicating brand names, colors and patterns, and quality
designations legible and intact .
B . Storage : Store and protect materials in accordance with
manufacturer' s directions and recommendations and, unless
otherwise directed, store materials in original containers
at not less than 70 degrees F. (21 degrees C. ) for not
less than 24 hours immediately before installation.
1 . 07 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Maintain temperature in space to receive flooring between
70 degrees F. and 90 degrees F. (21 degrees C. and 32
degrees C. ) for not less than 48 hours before and 48 hours
after installation.
.0"k
2292 (SC-TENNEY) RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
2
SECTION 09700
RESILIENT FLOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Sheet (roll) vinyl flooring, vinyl bases, and vinyl
reducers.
2 . Rubber carpet nosings.
3 . Preparation of all floors (including leveling with
Levelastic) at all areas to receive new resilient
flooring.
B . Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed by others under the
designated Sections :
1 . SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY.
a. Plywood underlayment .
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site .
B . Samples : Submit two (2) samples of each item, color, and
pattern available in the specified products from the
proposed manufacturer. Quality, colors, and mottlings of
installed materials shall match approved samples held by
the Architect-Engineer.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
1
SECTION 09700
RESILTEjJT FT nnRS
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENPRAT.
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 2
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
1 . 07 Environmental Conditions 2
1 . 08 Alternates 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
UTION
3 . 01 Inspection 5
3 . 02 Preparation 5
3 . 03 Installation/Application/Erection 6
3 . 04 Adjusting and Cleaning 7
3 . 05 Protection 8
3 . 06 Extra Stock/Spare Parts 8
3 . 07 Operation and Maintenance Data 8
2292 (SC-TENNEY) RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
0
3 . 06 EXTRA STQCv VDL 2�nF 1�21RT�
A. Cagu inct: Furnish 5 percent of each color carpet
selected to the Owner for future patching and to assure
matching color run. It shall be delivered before
commencement of work and turned over to the Owner for
proper storage. Job wastes and remnants will not be
accepted or considered a part of the 5 percent .
END OF SECTION
oak 2292 (SC-TENNEY) CARPET
09680
7
3 . Apply adhesive uniformly to substrate in accordance
with manufacturer' s instructions . Butt carpet edges AOW
tightly together to form seams without gaps . Roll
lightly to eliminate air pockets and ensure uniform
total-area bond of carpet to substrata. Remove
adhesive (if any appears) promptly from face of
installed carpet .
4 . Maintain uniform and consistent dye lot and color
throughout the work for each color and type of carpet
used. Install carpet tight against columns, walls,
fixed closed base cabinets, and other fixed items .
Trim mill edges to be seamed with very sharp tools .
Seal all cut edges with seam sealer to prevent edge
delamination and fiber loss . Provide edge guards at
all exposed edges and bind all cut edges not protected
by edge guards . Fit carpet to spaces before applying
adhesive. Apply adhesive uniformly with 100 percent
coverage. Roll entire carpet area slowly and
carefully in both directions with a 150 pound roller
to remove air pockets and to ensure good contact and
bond. Provide securely glued seams .
3 . 04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Adjusting: Carpeting shall be checked six months and one
year after installation and stretched and re-cemented as -OW
necessary. Repair shall be assessed at this time also.
B . Cleanina•
1 . At completion of the work, the carpet shall be
thoroughly cleaned and vacuumed. Remove spots and
replace carpet where spots cannot be removed. This
Contractor shall instruct the Owner on proper care and
maintenance .
2 . Removal of Rubbish: This Contractor shall remove all
rubbish caused by the work of this Section.
3 . 05 PROTECTION
A. Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this
Section before, during, and after installation and to
protect the work and materials of all other trades .
B . Provide a heavy non-staining paper or plastic walkway as
required over carpeting in direction of foot traffic,
maintaining intact until carpeted space is acceptable to
the Owner.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CARPET
09680
6
filling low spots with "Levelastic" Floor Leveler as
required.
3 . 03 INSTALLATION/AP T ATION/ RE TIO
A. General : Carpeting shall be installed in all locations,
wall to wall, in strict accordance with the manufacturer' s
specifications and cemented direct to existing substrates
with adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer of the
carpet . Install full-length strips of carpeting all in
the same direction. Fit neatly at walls and at
permanently built-in floor objects, floor electrical
outlets, and all intersections and door openings . Align
the lines of carpet as woven using no filler strips unless
otherwise directed by the Architect-Engineer. Carpeting
shall continue uninterrupted under all movable furnishings
and equipment . Install with pile inclination in one
direction. Carpeting shall be cut to the approximate
width of corridor and installed in maximum lengths
possible . Seam layout must be approved by the Architect
prior to installation.
B . perimeters : At all perimeters between carpeted areas and
other floor finishes, and at all doors where floor
materials change, install metal edge trim. Edging shall
be nailed securely into- concrete or subfloor.
C. Seams : Locate seams only where shown on the approved shop
drawings or where specifically otherwise approved by the
Architect-Engineer. Locate seams, to the maximum
practicable, out of traffic. Where seams relate to doors,
center seams under door thickness . Do not place seams in
direction of traffic in doorways . Carpet at corridors
shall be cut to the approximate width of the corridor and
installed continuous with seams present at connecting
corridors .
D. Precondition and acclimatize carpet in installation areas
at least 24 hours prior to installation.
E. Application:
1 . Fit sections of carpet into room or space prior to
application of adhesive. Trim off mill edges unless
carpet has been pretrimmed. Maintain straight seams,
true with lines of building.
2 . Apply seaming cement on cut edges of carpet at seams,
without being in evidence on face of carpet, but
securing base of pile at cut .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CARPET
09680
5
Fiber Technology: DuracolorO by Lees Stain Resistant
System ""k
Face Weight : 26 oz . /yd. 2 (881 . 66 gm/m2)
Backing Material : Unibond° by Lees
Primary: Woven polypropylene
Bonding Agent : Unibond° hot melt thermoplastic
Secondary: Woven polypropylene
Total Weight : 77 . 10 oz . /yd. 2 (2614 .46 gm/m2)
Size/Width: 12 ft . width (3 . 66 m) - custom width at
corridors
Square Yards/Carton: N/A
Tile Availability: DQ582
Six Foot Availability: None
Performance Test Results : Static - 3 . 0 kv when tested
under the Standard Shuffle Test 70 deg. F.
(21 deg. C. ) - 20 percent R.H.
B . Adhesive shall be as recommended for the purpose by the
manufacturer of the approved carpet and as approved by the
Architect-Engineer; to be water resistant, non-staining
adhesive and hot metal seaming cement .
C. Edge strips shall be EX-H as manufactured by Johnsonite,
or approved equal . Color to be as selected by the
Architect-Engineer from manufacturer' s entire range of
standard and premium colors. Furnish and install reducing
strips of type and profile selected by the Architect-
Engineer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this
Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental
to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not
proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. Cleanina: Immediately prior to installation of the work
of this Section, thoroughly clean all substrates and
remove all oil, grease, paint, varnish, hardeners, and
other items which would adversely affect the bond of
adhesive .
B. Leveling: Make all substrates level and free from
irregularities . Assure one constant floor height after
carpet is installed, by grinding or sanding high spots and
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CARPET
09680
4
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
OOW
A. Rqulatorv: The design, construction, and installation of
all work shall meet or exceed the current minimum
requirements of the Massachusetts State Building Code, the
Massachusetts Department of Public Safety, and CRI "Carpet
Specifiers Handbook. "
1 . 06 DELIVERY- STORA R _ AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver carpeting materials in protective
wrappings .
B . Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the
materials of this Section before, during, and after
installation and to protect the work and materials of all
other trades .
1 . 07 GUARANTEE/WAR ANTY
A. Affidavits : Furnish affidavits certifying that the
materials delivered conform to the Massachusetts
Department of Public Safety minimum requirements for Flame
Spread, Fuel Contributed, and Smoke Density.
1 . 08 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of bid items .
PART 2 - PROD 7C S
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Carpeting shall be M.B.H. Collection Broadloom as
manufactured by Lees Carpets and having the following
attributes :
1 . Attributes :
Product No. DQ586
Name : M.B.H. Collection Broadloom
Type : Broadloom
Construction: Tufted
Surface Texture : Textured Loop
Gauge : 1/8 in. (31 . 5/10 cm)
Stitches : 8 . 8 per inch (34 . 65/10 cm)
Finished Pile Thickness : . 187 in. avg. (4 . 7 mm)
Face Yarn: Antrone Legacy with DuraTech Soil
Protection by DuPont
Dye System: Yarn dyed.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CARPET
09680
3
patterns of carpet and of exposed accessories available
from the proposed manufacturer in the specified qualities . lok
1 . Sample sizes shall be as follows :
Carpet : 18 in. by 27 in.
Edge Strips : 12 in. long.
D. Product Data: Submit the following:
1 . Complete materials list of all items proposed to be
furnished and installed under this Section.
2 . Manufacturer' s specifications and other data required
to demonstrate compliance with specified requirements .
3 . Manufacturer' s recommended installation procedures .
E . Colors : To be Architect-Engineer ' s choice of
manufacturer' s complete color range. A minimum of five
(5) colors will be selected.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Eauality of Materials : - Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B . Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Oualifications :
1 . Manufacturer: Products used in the work of this
Section shall be produced by manufacturers regularly
engaged in the manufacture of similar items and with a
history of successful production acceptable to the
Architect-Engineer.
2 . Installers : Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen
who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the
necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with
the specified requirements and the methods needed for
proper performance of the work of this Section.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CARPET
09680
2
SECTION 09680
A
CARPET
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Furnishing and installation of all carpet in the
building in accordance with the Schedule of Room
Finishes, as well as where shown on the details on the
Drawings .
2 . The preparation of all floors (including leveling with
Levelastic) at all areas to receive new carpet .
3 . Removal of existing carpet as indicated on the
Contract Drawings .
B. Related Work: The following item is not included in this
Section and will be performed under the designated
Section:
1 . SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY.
2 . SECTION 09700 - RESILIENT FLOORS .
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B . Shop Drawings : Submit shop drawings showing location of
all seams and location and types of all carpet material
and accessories .
C. Samples : Submit samples of the full range of colors and
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CARPET
09680
1
SECTION 09680
CARPET
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards ' 3
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 3
1 . 07 Guarantee/Warranty 3
1 . 08 Alternates 3
PART 2 - PROD TCT G
2 . 01 Materials 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Inspection 4
3 . 02 Preparation 4
3 . 03 Installation/Application/Erection 5
3 . 04 Adjusting and Cleaning 6
3 . 05 Protection 6
3 . 06 Extra Stock/Spare Parts 7
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CARPET
09680
0
3 . 05 EXTRA STOCK/SPARE PARTS
A. Furnish approximately 5 percent of additional tile to the
Owner of every type to be furnished and installed.
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
09510
6
3 . 03 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ RFCTION
A. Installation:
1 . General : The suspension system shall be installed to
permit border units of greatest possible size, unless
otherwise indicated on the Drawings . All members
shall be aligned for true level surface and straight
lines . The acoustical units shall be installed in
strict accordance with manufacturer' s recommendations .
Install in pattern as shown on the Drawings and
coordinated with spacing of light fixtures .
2 . Exposed grid system shall have main tees, spaced at 24
in. maximum o. c. , hung from structure with minimum No.
12 SWG galvanized wire at 48 in. maximum o.c .
Interlocking cross tees shall be spaced at 24 in. o. c .
with lower flange providing a flush level
intersection. Install extra hanger wires at each
corner of light fixtures . Install matching wall
moldings around entire perimeter.
3 . At all ceiling registers and grilles, provide
additional interlocking cross tee to frame in diffuser
as indicated on the Drawings .
4 . Make all cutouts required for sprinkler heads and other ceiling mounted equipment in such a manner that
trim, escutcheons, etc. will hide all evidence of such
cutting.
5 . Build all soffits and fascias at ceiling breaks and
height changes as indicated on the Drawings and as
otherwise required for a complete installation.
6 . Lay-in panels shall be installed in strict accordance
with manufacturer' s recommendations .
3 . 04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING;
A. Following installation, clean soiled or discolored
surfaces of units, tees, and moldings . Remove and replace
units which are damaged or improperly installed.
B . Removal of Rubbish: This Contractor shall remove all
rubbish caused by the work of this Section.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
09510
5
Panels shall be 2 ft . 0 in. by 2 ft . 0 in. by 7/8 in.
Vector Edge Profile No. 3900, or approved equal . ANN
3 . Bathroom ceiling panels shall have unperforated white
vinyl coated embossed aluminum surface . To be "Metal
Face, " 2 ft . by 2 ft . by 5/8 in. , installed with hold
down clip as manufactured by U. S . Gypsum, or approved
equal . Note : See Reflected Ceiling Plans for areas
of metal face tile .
C. Suspension System: Exposed grid system at all areas other
than bathrooms shall have components formed from cold-
rolled steel, hot-dipped galvanized with a baked polyester
paint finish. The grid system shall be "Prelude XL" 15/16
in. exposed tee system by Armstrong or approved equal .
Exposed grid system at bathrooms shall have components
formed from cold-rolled steel, hot-dipped galvanized with
an aluminum cap system. The grid system shall be "ZXA"
15/16 in. exposed tee system by USG Corp. , or approved
equal . Exposed finish shall be low-sheen satin white.
System shall be composed of inverted main and cross tees
with wall mouldings and hold down clips as required.
1 . Provide wall channels with 2 in. flanges and wall
springs at corridors with ceiling panels parallel to
length of corridor.
2 . Provide outside corner caps where ceilings intersect AM*
bullnose masonry units .
3 . Attachment Devices : Size for 5-times design load
indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung. Do not
attach with powder actuated fasteners .
4 . Hanger Wire : Galvanized carbon steel wire, ASTM A
641 .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Before commencing acoustic tile work, examine area to
receive acoustic tile to insure that all plaster,
concrete, and ceramic tile work are complete and dry. All
windows and doors shall be in place and glazed.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. Area shall be broom cleaned and uninterrupted for free
movement of rolling scaffold.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
09510
4
to the site in their original, unopened containers bearing
00K the name of the manufacturer and brand.
B . Storage : Store all materials in an enclosed shelter
providing protection from damage and exposure to the
elements . Damaged or deteriorated materials shall be
removed from the site .
1 . 07 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Installation of materials which can cause dampness shall
be complete before adjoining work.
B . Maintain humidity of 65 percent to 75 percent in area
where acoustical materials are to be installed, 25 hours
before, during, and 25 hours after installation.
C. Maintain a uniform temperature in the range of 55 deg. F.
(12 deg. C. ) to 70 deg. F. (21 deg. C. ) prior to, and
during, installation of materials .
1 . 08 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of bid items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers : All materials, unless otherwise indicated
on the Drawings or as specified herein or specifically
approved by the Architect-Engineer, in writing, shall be
products of the following manufacturers : Armstrong,
Celotex, U.S . Gypsum Interiors, Chicago Metallic
Corporation, or approved equal .
B . Acoustical tile shall be 24 in. by 24 in. by 3/4 in.
beveled tegular lay-in tile.
1 . The following list of types and specific products is
meant to establish a standard of quality for each of
the ceiling types required. Substantially equal
products by other manufacturers will be acceptable
subject to approval of submittals . Locations listed
are generic in type; confirm extent of each type as
indicated on the Drawings .
2 . Areas other than shower rooms located within bathrooms
shall be Armstrong Optima Vector, color - white .
OW
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
09510
3
B . Shop Drawings : Submit shop drawings showing grid layouts
and details of plane changes .
C. Samples : Submit samples of the following materials, to
the Architect-Engineer, for approval :
1 . Acoustical ceiling tile (all types) .
2 . Exposed suspension system, member, moldings, and
splices .
D. Product Data: Submit manufacturer' s specification,
recommendations, and standard details for installation of
suspension system.
E . Certificates : Submit certification to show compliance
with required fire endurance rating and flame spread
index.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B . Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the AM#
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Oualifications : Acoustical tile units shall be the
products of a single manufacturer.
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Industry: All materials and operations shall meet the
requirements of the latest revision of the standard
specifications of the American Society for Testing and
Materials (ASTM) , Acoustical and Insulating Materials
Association (AIMA) , and Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc .
(UL) .
B. Regulatory: The design, construction, and installation of
all work shall meet or exceed the current minimum
requirements of the Massachusetts Department of Public
Safety.
1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: All manufactured materials shall be delivered
Aw
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
09510
2
SECTION 0 510
4OW
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Incl>>ded: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Removal and disposal of existing suspended ceilings
where new lay-in tile ceilings are called for in the
Room Finish Schedule .
2 . Furnishing and installing lay-in acoustic tile
ceilings composed of lay-in acoustic tile and exposed
metal tee grid suspension system.
Paw B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections :
1 . SECTION 15300 - FIRE PROTECTION.
a. Sprinkler heads and escutcheons .
2 . SECTION 15500 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR
CONDITIONING.
a. Ceiling diffusers.
3 . SECTION 16100 - ELECTRICAL WORK.
a. Recessed light fixtures .
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
S
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
09510
1
SECTION 09510
ACO RTTC T. RTT INGS
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAT,
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 .05 Reference Standards 2
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
1 . 07 Environmental Conditions 3
1 . 08 Alternates 3
PART 2 - GENERAL
2 .01 Materials 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
UTION
3 . 01 Inspection 4
3 . 02 Preparation 4
3 . 03 Installation/Application/Erection 5
3 . 04 Adjusting and Cleaning 5
3 . 05 Extra Stock/Spare Parts 6
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
09510
0
4 . Setting- Tile :
a. Press individual tile or sheets of tile into the
adhesive, maintaining accurate joint alignment and
spacing.
b. Beat-in tile with a rubber-faced beating block to
obtain maximum contact between the tile backs and
adhesive . Average contact area of adhesive on
tile removed for inspection shall be 75 percent or
more except that for tile in wet areas, it shall
be 95 percent .
3 . 04 AZJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Clean tile surfaces as thoroughly as possible upon
completion of grouting.
B. Remove all grout haze, observing grout manufacturer' s
recommendations as to use of acid and chemical cleaners.
C. Rinse tile work thoroughly with clean water before and
after using chemical cleaners..
D. Polish surface of tile work with soft cloth.
E. This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the
"* work of this Section.
3 . 05 PROTECTION
A. Prohibit all foot and wheel traffic from using newly tiled
floors for at least three (3) days and preferably seven
(7) days .
B . Before traffic is permitted over finished floors, cover
floors with building paper and lay board walkways on
floors that are to be continuously used as passageways by
workmen. Floor areas to be trucked over shall have
suitably constructed continuous plank runways of required
width installed over building paper. Remove cracked,
broken, or damaged tile; replace with new.
3 . 06 EXTRA STOCK/SPARE p RTS
A. Supply in clean marked cartons, for Owner' s use, a minimum
of one (1) carton or 2 percent, whichever is greater, of
each tile type and color used.
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) TILE
09300
7
9 . Finished tile work shall be clean and free of pitted, AOW
chipped, cracked, or scratched tiles .
10 . Brass divider strips shall be placed between ceramic
tile and other types of floor finishes or floor
coverings . The edging strips shall be placed level,
straight, and flush with finish surface . All edging
strips shall be anchored and grouted solid in the
underbed or to the concrete subfloor and braced to
prevent deflection.
B . Grouting of Tile : Tile shall be firmly set before
grouting. This requires at least 48 hours . Remove any
spacers or ropes before grouting. Remove all glue from
face mounted tile before grouting. Using a Portland
cement grout of mix as hereinbefore specified, force
maximum amount of grout into joints . Clean the joints of
cushion edge tile to depth of cushion. Fill joints of
square-edge tile flush with surface . Fill all gaps and
skips . Do not permit mortar to show through joints .
Finished grout shall be uniform in color, smooth and
without voids, pin holes, or low spots. Tile shall be
clean.
C. Curing: Damp cure all tile installations, including
Portland cement grout, for 72 hours minimum.
D. Sealer: All ceramic tile shall be given, after cleaning,
one (1) coat of approved sealer installed in strict
accordance with the manufactur—' s recommendations .
E . Thin-Set Applied Floor Tile a ase :
1 . Thin-set applied floor tile and base shall be
installed at all existing concrete floors to receive
new ceramic tile as called for on the Room Finish
Schedule and shown on the Contract Drawings .
2 . All floor tile and base shall be applied with Latex-
Portland cement adhesive mortar system as manufactured
by Laticrete .
3 . Adhesive Application : Spread adhesive on surface to
be tiled with notched trowel of type recommended by
the manufacturer for the surface and type of tile .
Cover surface uniformly without bare spots . Apply
adhesive only in areas which can be covered with tile
before the adhesive films over. Remove any adhesive
that films over and refloat with fresh adhesive.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) TILE
09300
6
3 . 02 PREPARATTnN
A. Procedure ; Do not start floor tiling until wall
construction has been completed or as approved by the
Architect-Engineer.
B. Clean surface thoroughly to remove all oil, dirt, and dust
to expose concrete.
C. Install waterproof membrane at all elevated tile floors .
Membrane not required at slabs-on-grade .
D. Heaters shall be vented to outside to avoid carbon dioxide
damage to new tile work.
E. Lighting shall be adequate for good grouting and cleanup.
F. Ambient temperature shall be 50 degrees F. minimum for
seven (7) days before start of work, during tile work, and
for seven (7) days after completion.
3 . 03 INSTAL- TION/Ap LIGATION/ER CTION
A. Layout and Workmanship;
1 . Center and balance areas of tile, if possible .
2 . An excess amount of cuts shall not be made. Usually,
no cuts smaller than half size shall be made . Make
all cuts on the outer edges of the field.
3 . Smooth cut edges . Install tile without jagged or
flaked edges .
4 . Fit tile closely where edges will be covered by trim,
escutcheons, or other similar devices .
5 . The splitting of tile is expressly prohibited except
where no alternative is possible and approved by the
Architect-Engineer.
6 . Keep all joint lines straight and of even width,
including miters .
7 . Bond coat mix shall be used to back-up thick-bed trim
and angles. Coat all thick-bed trim shapes with 1/32
in. to 1/16 in. of bond coat mix.
8 . Finish floor and wall areas level and plumb with no
variations exceeding 1/8 in. in 10 ft. from the
required plane.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) TILE
09300
5
shall pass 30 mesh sieve, with not over 5 percent passing AMW
100-mesh screen. Sand shall conform to ASTM C 144 .
F. Water shall be clean, potable, free from injurious amounts
of oil, acids, soluble salts, and organic impurities .
G. Brass Divider Strips : Divider strips shall be formed of
half-hard brass . Standard divider strips shall be not
less than 1/8 in. thick or 1-1/4 in. in depth, with
approved anchoring features .
H. Thin-set Adhesive : Laticrete 211 Crete Filler powder
mixed with Laticrete 4237 latex thin-set mortar additive .
I . Waterproofing Membrane : Non-plasticized chlorinated
polyethylene (CPE) laminated to non-woven fabric on both
sides, . 030 in. thick, meeting requirements of ANSI
A 118 . 10 , Nobleseal TS as manufactured by The Noble Co.
2 . 02 MIXES (By Volume) ,
A. Portland Cement Mortar: (Floors)
1 . Grout : One (1) part Portland cement . One (1) part 30
mesh sand.
B . Portland Cement Mortar: (Walls)
1 . Grout : One (1) part Portland cement . One (1) part 30
mesh sand.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Examine surfaces to receive tile work for defects or
conditions adversely affecting quality and execution of
tile installation. Do not proceed with installation work
until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
Commencement of work under this Section constitutes
acceptance of responsibility for correction of any defects
in the finish work due to faulty sub-surface conditions .
1 . Surfaces shall be firm, dry, clean, and free of oily
or waxy films .
2 . Grounds, anchors, plugs, hangers, bucks, electrical,
and mechanical work in or behind tile shall be
installed prior to proceeding with tile work.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) TILE
09300
4
Labels shall be legible and intact . Grade seals shall be
unbroken.
B. Storaae : All materials shall be stored off the ground,
under watertight covers, and away from sweating walls and
other damp surfaces until ready for use . Damaged or
deteriorated materials shall be removed from premises .
1 . 07 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of bid items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers :
1 . Ceramic wall tiles shall be as manufactured by
Ceramigue Garzia of Italy and distributed by Boston
Tile Co. No Substitutions shall be allowed.
2 . Floor tile shall be as manufactured by Terra Green
Ceramics, Inc. , Richmond, Indiana. No Substitutions
shall be allowed.
APW
B. Floor Tile : Floor tiles shall be Terra Traffic ceramic
tile in 6 in. by 6 in. size, colors to be selected from
manufacturer' s full range of colors . Special shapes to be
as required for various conditions.
C. Ceramic Glaze Wall Tiles : Glazed wall tile shall be the
approved manufacturer' s standard grade in compliance with
ANSI A 137 . 1-88 Standards . Size and color shall be
selected by the Architect, or as indicated on the Contract
Drawings, from the manufacturer' s full color range .
Provide all required trim and accessory pieces for a
complete installation.
D. Portland cements shall be waterproof, white or gray as
selected by the Architect-Engineer, of approved
manufacture, and conforming to ASTM C 150, Type II .
E. Sand shall be clean, washed, sharp, durable, fine
aggregate, free from silt, loam, clay, soluble salts, and
organic impurities . Sand for floor setting beds and wall
base coats shall be well graded, pass 8 sieve, with not
over 5 percent passing 100-mesh screen. Sand for grout
2292 (SC-TENNEY) TILE
09300
3
B. Samples : Submit samples of the following materials to the AW
Architect-Engineer for approval :
1 . Ceramic Floor and Wall Tile : One (1) sample
approximately 6 in. by 6 in. size of all standard
patterns and color combinations .
2 . Brass divider strip.
3 . Waterproofing membrane.
C. Product Data: Submit two (2) copies of the manufacturer' s
specifications and installation instructions for each
material and include other data as may be required to show
compliance with these Specifications .
D. Test Reports : Submit certified laboratory test reports as
necessary to show compliance with requirements .
E. Colors : Colors of all materials shall be as selected by
the Architect-Engineer from the full range of standard
colors of each manufacturer. Floors and walls shall be
four (4) colors in each area, selected from the complete
full range of standard colors, with a total of two (2)
pairs of colors to be used.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B . Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Industry: All materials and operations shall meet the
requirements of the latest revision of the standard
specifications of the American Society for Testing and
Materials (ASTM) , the Tile Council of America, Inc . (TCA) ,
and the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) .
1 . 06 DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: All materials shall be delivered in the
original unopened packages, containers, and bundles
bearing the name of the manufacturer and the brand.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) TILE
09300
2
SECTION 09300
TTTIR
PART 1 - GENFRAT,
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Glazed ceramic wall tile in all areas designated in
the Schedule of Room Finishes and as indicated on the
Drawings .
2 . Quarry tile pavers and base in all areas designated in
the Schedule of Room Finishes and as indicated on the
Drawings .
Oft 3 . All special shapes as required for a complete
installation.
a. Installation of waterproofing membrane .
4 . Installation of brass divider strips at locations
where ceramic tile abuts VCT.
B . Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections :
1 . SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING.
a. Floor drains .
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures. Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) TILE
09300
1
SECTION 09300
fol TTTIR
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 2
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
1 . 07 Alternates 3
PART 2 - GEN .RAT.
2 . 01 Materials 3
2 . 02 Mixes 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Inspection 4
3 . 02 Preparation 5
3 . 03 Installation/Application/Erection 5
3 . 04 Adjusting and Cleaning 7
3 . 05 Protection 7
3 . 06 Extra Stock/Spare Parts 7
2292 (SC-TENNEY) TILE
09300
0
3 . 05 PATCHING
A. After trim has been applied and prior to decoration,
correct all surface damage and defects as required to
leave work smooth and without observable blemishes which
will show through the decoration. All damaged or
defective work will be removed and replaced with new work
at no additional cost to the Owner.
3 . 06 CLEANING
A. Remove all rubbish caused by the work of this Section. Do
all cleaning required in a manner to avoid scratching,
staining, or otherwise damaging any finish work.
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
9
2 . Reinforce external corners of drywall work with AOW
specified type of corner bead.
3 . Securely fasten metal corner beads as recommended by
the manufacturer. Do not use fasteners which cannot
be fully concealed by joint compound fill applied over
flanges .
4 . Adhere paper flanged corner beads to wallboard with
joint compound.
5 . Edge Trimming:
a . Provide specified type of metal casing bead trim.
Install in single unjointed lengths unless run
exceeds longest available stock length.
b. Coordinate installation of trim continuously with
drywall installation.
6 . Application of Joint Compounds :
a. Use only compatible compounds from one
manufacturer. After mixing, do not use joint
compounds if recommended pot-life time has
expired.
b. Allow drying time between applications of joint .w
compound in accordance with manufacturer' s
recommendations for the relative humidity and
temperature levels at the time of application. In
no case, allow less than 24 hours drying time
between applications of joint compound.
C . Apply not less than three separate coats of joint
compound over joints, fastener heads, and metal
flanges . Joint compound treatment is not required
above concealed spaces where partition/walls are
shown or specified to extend to structural deck
above ceiling, except as required to obtain
specified fire ratings .
3 . 04 BLOCKING
A. Provide necessary horizontal blockings and/or hanger
strips as shown on the Construction Drawings and as
otherwise required to support items called for in the
Construction Documents . Material shall be securely
installed in accordance with the manufacturer' s
recommendations .
Aw
2292 (SC-TENNEY) GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
8
faces of walls . Use maximum practical length boards
for horizontal applications and locate joints over
supports and stagger in alternate courses of board.
2 . Metal Supports : Fasten gypsum wallboard with screws .
Comply with manufacturer' s instructions for fastening,
but do not exceed 12 in. o. c . spacing.
3 . At pipe enclosures, provide continuous beads of
sealant at juncture of both faces of runners or plates
with ceiling construction and wherever drywall abuts
dissimilar materials .
4 . At openings and cutouts, fill open spaces between
drywall and fixtures, ducts and other flush or
penetrating items, with continuous bead of sealant .
3 . 03 DRYWALL FINISHING
A. General :
1 . Temnerature and Humidity Conditions : Do not install
joint treatment compounds unless installation areas
comply with the minimum temperature and ventilation
requirements recommended by the manufacturer and
conditions are acceptable to the Installer.
2 . Finish exposed drywall surfaces with joints, corners,
and exposed edges reinforced or trimmed as specified
and with all joints, fastener heads, trim accessory
flanges, and surface defects filled with joint
compound in accordance with manufacturer' s
recommendations for a smooth, flush surface . Drywall
finishing work will not be considered acceptable if
corners or edges do not form true, level, or plumb
lines, or if joints, fastener heads, flanges of trim
accessories, or defects are visible after application
of field-applied decoration.
B . Joint and Corn -r R .inforci a:
1 . Use joint tape to reinforce joints formed by tapered
edges or butt ends of drywall units and at interior
corners and angles . Set tape in joint compound, then
apply skim coat over tape in one application. Where
open spaces of more than 1/16 in. width occur between
abutting drywall units, prefill joints with joint
compound and allow prefill to dry before application
of joint tape .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
7
C. Acoustical Insulation: Insert insulation batts in all
openings between floors, in discontinued ducts . Insulate
where existing indicated partitions removed were
insulated.
3 . 02 INSTALLATION OF GYPSUM BOARD
A. General :
1 . Standards : Comply with the requirements of ANSI
A. 97 . 1 "Standard Specifications for the Application
and Finishing of Wallboard, " unless otherwise
specified or recommended by the manufacturer. The
term "manufacturer" defines the gypsum wallboard
manufacturer unless otherwise noted.
2 . Provide drywall of not less than the minimum thickness
recommended by the manufacturer for the particular
applications .
3 . Provide additional framing and blocking as required to
support gypsum board at openings and cutouts and to
support built-in anchorage and attachment devices for
other work.
B . Condition of Surfaces : -Examine all surfaces and supports
to which gypsum panels are to be applied. Remedy all ,
defects prior to installation of drywall . Commencement of
work under this Section constitutes acceptance or
responsibility for correction of any defects in the finish
work due to faulty sub-surface conditions .
C. Preparation:
1 . Care shall be exercised to avoid soiling or spattering
the work of other trades, using cover cloths or other
approved means of protection if necessary.
2 . Wallboard shall be cut by scoring and breaking, or by
sawing, working from the face side. Openings cut in
wallboard to fit electrical outlets, plumbing, piping,
etc . shall fit snugly and shall be small enough to be
covered by plates and escutcheons . Both face and back
paper shall be cut for all cutouts which are not made
by sawing. . Scribe wallboards neatly where they meet
projecting surfaces .
D. Single Layer Applications :
1 . Enclosures./Walls : Locate edge joints over supports,
but offset at least one framing member on opposite
2292 (SC-TENNEY) GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
6
2 . Isolate duct or pipe enclosures from structural
elements and pipes to prevent transfer of structural
loads of movement or sound to the enclosure.
B . Installation of Screw Type Studs :
1 . Floor and Ceiling Runner Tra ks : Align runner tracks
at both walls and ceilings . Secure runner tracks as
recommended by the stud manufacturer for the
construction involved, except do not exceed 16 in.
o.c. for attachment . Provide fasteners at all corners
and ends of runner tracks .
2 . Studs : Use full length studs whenever possible . If
necessary, splice studs by nesting with a minimum lap
of 8 in. and fasten laps with two screws through each
flange. Friction fit studs to runner tracks by
positioning and rotating into place. Provide positive
attachment to runner tracks for studs located at
corners and intersections, and adjacent to openings,
using 3/8 in. self-tapping screws or studs of the
sizes shown and install at the spacing above. All
studs shall be screwed both sides to all runner
tracks .
3 . Size and Spacing of >>ds : Comply with manufacturer' s
recommendations, but in no case shall stud or channel
AOW spacing exceed 16 in. o.c.
4 . All stud walls shall be reinforced with continuous or
spliced 3/4 in. cold-rolled steel reinforced channels
running horizontally at 4 ft . 0 in. o.c . Channels
shall be rigidly and mechanically attached to studs by
means of wire or screws at each stud.
S . Provide additional framing to support inside corners
and outside corners, terminations, or partitions .
6 . Provide rough framing at openings consisting of full
length studs adjacent to jambs and horizontal header
and sill tracks . Cut horizontal tracks to length and
split flanges and bend webs at ends for flange overlap
and screw to jamb studs . Install cut-to-length,
intermediate studs between jamb studs at head and wall
sections, at same spacing as full-length studs .
7 . Install all metal access panels for plumbing and fire
damper access, as well as where shown on the Drawings
and noted in the Specifications .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
5
type and size recommended, by the drywall manufacturer
for the application shown.
a . Drywall screws to be Bugle head Type S, with
rust-resistant finish.
2 . perimeter Caulking Material : At all drywall
enclosures, against existing surfaces, provide non-
drying, non-shrinking, non-migrating sealant
recommended by the drywall manufacturer.
3 . Metal Trim Accessories : Provide trim accessories, of
the sizes required, for the drywall applications as
shown and specified, fabricated from galvanized steel,
and of the following types :
a. At external corners, provide corner bead with
smooth, rigid metal nose bonded to paper tape
flanges .
b. For protection of exposed wallboard edges around
openings, provide USG No. 200-A metal casing bead
trim (joint compound treatment required) , or No.
400 Reveal Type trim (no joint compound) .
C . Where drywall abuts or intersects dissimilar
construction, provide square edge No. 200-B casing
bead (joint compound treatment required) . Where
drywall abuts plaster, tape and feather joint to
plaster.
d. Tie wire to be galvanized annealed wire, 16 gauge
minimum.
D. Joint Treatment Materials :
1 . Joint Ta : Perforated complying with ASTM C 474 .
2 . Joint Compound: Adhesive, with or without fillers,
complying with ASTM C 475 . Provide pre-mixed ready
for application.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSTAT,T,ATION OF LIGHT-GAUGE METAL FRAMING
A. General :
1 . Manufacturer' s Ingtruction : Unless otherwise shown or
specified, install metal framing and accessories in
accordance with manufacturer' s printed instructions .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
4
B. Rigid Furring Channels : Screw-type double flange furring
channels complying with ASTM C 645, fabricated from 18
gauge cold-rolled steel, with manufacturer' s standard zinc
protective coating. To be 2 in. , 1-1/2 in. , and 7/8 in.
screwable type .
C. Manufacturer: Provide light-gauge steel framing materials
as manufactured by U.S. Gypsum, or approved equal .
2 . 02 GYPSUM DRYWALL MATERIALS
A. Manufacturer: For all gypsum work throughout the project,
provide drywall materials, including wallboard,
accessories, fasteners, and finishing materials produced
by U. S. Gypsum, Celotex, or approved equal .
B. Gypsum Wallboard:
1 . Exposed Drywall_ Surfaces : Provide gypsum wallboard
complying with ASTM C 36, with paper-face surface
suitable to receive decorated finish, and with long
edges tapered to receive manufacturer' s standard joint
treatment, unless otherwise shown. To be Type III,
Grade R, Class 1 .
a. At rated walls and other designated areas, provide
Firecode "C" wallboard complying with ASTM C 36 .
'* To be Type III, Grade X, Class 1 .
b. Moisture Resistant Application : Where gypsum
wallboard is used in toilet walls, humid areas,
and, in addition, where shown on the Drawings,
provide moisture resistant gypsum backing board
with core and paper facings treated to resist
moisture to comply with ASTM C 630 .
C . Cement board, at showers and elsewhere where
called for, shall be 1/2 in. "Durock" cement board
by U.S. Gypsum.
d. All drywall shall be 5/8 in. thick, unless
otherwise specifically indicated in the
Construction Documents .
e . At all areas of new gypsum board ceiling, 5/8 in.
Firecode
C. Drywall Accessories :
1 . Fasteners : Provide the kind specified, and of the
2292 (SC-TENNEY) GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
3
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
low
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B . Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Oualifications : Products shall be first quality as
manufactured by United States Gypsum, National Gypsum Co. ,
Milcor: Dale Industries, Chicago Metallic Corp. , or
approved equal .
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. All materials and operations shall meet the requirements
of the latest revision of the standard specifications of
the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .
Fire rated assemblies shall conform to Underwriters '
Laboratories, Inc .
1 . 06 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: All manufactured materials shall be delivered
to the site in their original, unopened containers bearing
the name of the manufacturer and brand.
B . Storage : Store all materials in an enclosed space
providing protection from damage and exposure to the
elements . Damaged or deteriorated materials shall be
removed from the site .
1 . 07 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of Bid Items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 TIGHT-GAUGE ST RL, FRAMING MATERIALS
A. Studs and Runners : Screw-type complying with ASTM C 645 .
Provide studs of the sizes required, with runners of
compatible size for friction fit to studs . Fabricate from
20 gauge steel for interior stud partitions, with
manufacturer' s standard zinc protective coating.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
2
SECTION 09250
AWk GYPSUM DRYWALL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . All finish drywall ceilings, ceiling drops, soffits,
and all work reasonably incidental to a complete
installation.
2 . All light-gauge metal framing and accessories .
3 . Drywall duct enclosures .
4 . Insulation around penetrations of partitions, floors,
and openings of abandoned ductwork.
S . Drywall, soffits, ceilings, and other drywall (gypsum
board) components called for on the Construction
Drawings, or as otherwise required for a complete and
proper installation.
6 . Caulking between new and existing drywall and plaster.
B . Related Work:
1 . SECTION 02050 - DEMOLITION.
2 . SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND WALL COVERING.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures. Submit descriptive and
supportive data and materials for all work. Approval by
the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery
of materials to the site.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
1
SECTION 092Sn
GYPSUM DRYWAT,
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 2
1 . 06 Product Handling 2
1 . 07 Alternates 2
PART 2 - PRODUCT:G
2 . 01 Light-Gauge Steel Framing Materials 2
2 . 02 Gypsum Drywall Materials 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Installation of Light-Gauge
Metal Framing 4
3 . 02 Installation of Gypsum Board 6
3 .03 Drywall Finishing 7
3 . 04 Blocking 8
3 . 05 Patching 9
3 . 06 Cleaning 9
2292 (SC-TENNEY) GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
0
mitered or coped at corners and shall be securely
fastened with tie wire, galvanized staples, or
offset-head or hook-head lath nails, spaced not more
than 8 in. o. c . and staggered in the two wings .
C. Veneer Plaster Applications :
1 . Apply two coat gypsum veneer plaster to comply with
ASTM C 843 and veneer plaster manufacturer' s
directions .
2 . Provide smooth-troweled finish, unless otherwise
indicated.
3 . Where veneer plaster abuts metal door frames, windows,
and other units in the veneer plaster, groove finish
coat to eliminate spalling.
3 . 04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Remove temporary coverings used to protect other work.
B. Remove plaster spillage promptly from door frames,
windows, and other adjoining work. Repair surfaces
damaged by plastering work.
C. After completing veneer plastering, provide protection and
maintain conditions in a manner suitable to Installer that
ensures veneer plaster is without damage or deterioration
at the time of Substantial Completion.
D. Remove all rubbish caused by the work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
Awk
2292 (SC-TENNEY) VENEER PLASTER
09215
7
4 . Runner tracks to be cut when required for Electrical
and Plumbing work. Awk
5 . When metal stud partitions abut other construction,
nail, tie wire, or toggle bolt runner track vertically
to the wall at each abutment; all corners and
intersections of partitions are to be formed with four
metal studs . Door openings shall have two studs on
each side of buck.
6 . All studs, lathing and plastering on both sides, shall
extend above ceiling construction to the underside of
roof deck or floor deck above and shall be sealed off
tightly to act as acoustical and fire barriers . This
shall be true in all cases whether or not shown that
way on the Drawings .
B . Gypsum Base Application:
1 . Gypsum Base Application Standard: Comply with ASTM C
844 .
2 . Erection Tolerance: No more than 1/16 in. offsets
between planes of gypsum base faces and 1/8 in. in 8
ft . for plumb, level, warp, and bow.
3 . Install sound attenuation blankets as indicated, AtW
without a s, and supported g p as required to prevent
movement and dislocation.
4 . Install gypsum base wall/panels to minimize the number
of abutting end joints or avoid them entirely.
Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing
member in alternate courses of board.
S . Install gypsum base with face side out . Do not
install imperfect, damaged, or damp panels . Butt
panels together for a light contact at edges and ends
with not more than 1/16 in. open space between panels .
Do not force into place .
6 . Locate both edge or end joints over supports .
Position adjoining panels so that tapered edges abut
tapered edges and field-cut edges abut field-cut edges
and ends . Do not place tapered edges against cut
edges or ends .
7 . Corner beads shall be provided on external plaster
corners . Corner beads shall be in single lengths
where the length of the corner or jamb does not exceed
standard stock lengths . The beads shall be neatly
2292 (SC-TENNEY) VENEER PLASTER
09215
6
uniform range above 55 degrees F. for an adequate
"* period prior to application of plaster, while
plastering is being done, and until plaster is
dry. Heating devices shall be placed as near as
practicable to the center of the room and shall be
piped out through an opening in the exterior wall ;
properly regulated ventilation shall be provided.
Plaster shall not be applied when surfaces contain
frost .
2 . Ventilation shall be provided to properly dry
conventional plaster during and subsequent to its
application. In glazed buildings, this shall be
accomplished by keeping windows open sufficiently to
provide air circulation. In enclosed areas lacking
normal ventilation, provisions must be made to
mechanically remove moisture-laden air. For veneer
plaster, a minimum ventilation level shall be
maintained until the plaster has set and dried. If
glazed sash are not in place and the building is
subject to hot, dry winds, or temperature
differentials from day to night of 20 degrees F. or
more, openings shall be screened with cheesecloth or
similar material .
B . Mixing of Plaster: Mechanically mix veneer plaster
materials to comply with referenced veneer plaster
low application standard and with recommendations of veneer
plaster manufacturer.
3 . 03 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. Metal Stud Partitions :
1 . Runner tracks shall be aligned accurately to the
partition layout and secured with approved anchors not
over 16 in. o.c . and secured at structure above
ceilings .
2 . Each stud to be firmly wired to runner tracks with two
attachment shoes at both top and bottom, each wired
and crimped to studs . Partitions to be braced
horizontally with 3/4 in. channels, wired permanently
to inside center of stud. Studs shall be spaced 16
in. o.c . maximum.
3 . Brace studs with 3/4 in. cold-rolled channel
stiffeners at mid height of all walls and at all door
and other openings as indicated on the Drawings .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) VENEER PLASTER
09215
5
E. Metal edge trim shall be No. 801-A as manufactured by U.S .
Gypsum, or approved equal . °"
F. Water shall be from a potable source and shall be clean
and free from oil, acids, and other substances .
G. Vinyl edge moulding shall be RP-4 as manufactured by U.S .
Gypsum, or approved equal .
H. Metal Stud Partitions for Plaster:
1 . Metal studs for all plastered partitions (full or
partial height) shall be screw type, complying with
ASTM C 645 . Provide studs of sizes shown with runners
of compatible size for friction fit to studs
fabricated from 20 gauge steel with manufacturer' s
standard zinc protective coating.
2 . Runner tracks shall be galvanized and sized to fit
studs .
3 . Stud shoes shall be 24 gauge galvanized steel and 7
in. long.
I . Metal furring channels shall be galvanized 7/8 in. deep by
U.S . Gypsum, or approved equal .
J. Acoustic insulation for sound retardant partitions, at all
bathroom walls and ceilings, shall be high density, 3 in.
sound control batts as manufactured by Certainteed, or
approved equal .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Installer must examine surfaces which are to receive
veneer plaster. Notify the Contractor, in writing, of
conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion
of the work. Do not proceed with the plaster work until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner
acceptable to the Installer.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. Environmental Conditions :
1 . Plaster applications shall be res-tricted to
temperatures of not less than the following:
a. Temperature of building shall be maintained in
2292 (SC-TENNEY) VENEER PLASTER
09215
4
C. Qualifications: Plaster mix materials shall be the
products of a single manufacturer. All incidental
substrate material shall be compatible with the entire
application under this Section.
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Industry: All materials and operations shall meet the
requirements of the latest revision of the standard
specifications of the American Society for Testing and
Materials (ASTM) . Fire-rated assemblies shall comply with
Underwriter' s Laboratories (UL) standards for applicable
assemblies .
1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: All manufacturer' s materials shall be delivered
in the original unopened packages, containers, and bundles
bearing the name of the manufacturer and the brand.
B . Storacre: Plaster and lime shall be stored off the ground,
under watertight covers, and away from sweating walls and
other damp surfaces until ready for use . Damaged or
deteriorated materials shall be removed from premises .
1 . 07 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES for description of bid
items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers : Plaster veneer materials shall be the
products of U.S . Gypsum, or approved equal . Gypsum lath
for veneer plaster ASTM C 588 for types and thickness as
indicated on the Drawings .
B. One-Component High-Strength Veneer Plaster: ASTM C 587,
formulation containing mill-mixed fine silica sand, with
compressive strength of 3 , 000 PSI per ASTM 'C 472 , for
application over gypsum base without separate base coat .
C. Metal corner bead shall be No. 900 as manufactured by U.S .
Gypsum, or approved equal .
D. Metal control joints shall be No. 093 as manufactured by
U. S . Gypsum, or approved equal .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) VENEER PLASTER
09215
3
C. Related Work : The following items are not included in AOW
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections :
1 . SECTION 02050 - DEMOLITION.
2 . SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY.
3 . SECTION 07270 - FIRESTOPPING.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site .
B . Samples : Submit samples of the following plastering
materials, to the Architect-Engineer, for approval :
1 . Gypsum lath.
2 . Metal casing beads .
3 . Metal channel framing system, hanger wire .
4 . Expansion and control joints as required.
5 . Metal studs .
6 . Metal edge mouldings .
7 . Vinyl edge mouldings .
C. Product Data: Submit two (2) copies of the manufacturer' s
specifications and installation instructions for each
material and include other data as may be required to show
compliance with these Specifications .
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Eaua1 ; y of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) VENEER PLASTER
09215
2
SECTION 09215
VENEER PLASTER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . All lathing and plastering work, at new and existing
walls and partitions, as indicated on the Contract
Drawings .
2 . Scaffoldina: This Contractor shall furnish and
install his own scaffolds, hoisting, or rigging or
arrange for the use- of scaffolds furnished by others .
40k 3 . Mechanical chases and all other chases .
4 . Moisture resistant gypsum lath.
5 . Metal studs and channels .
6 . Metal edge moldings, beads, expansion joints .
7 . Vinyl edge moldings .
8 . Acoustic insulation as indicated on the Contract
Drawings .
B. Items to be Installed Only: Install the following items
as furnished by the designated Sections :
1 . SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING.
a. Access panels .
2 . SECTION 15500 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR
CONDITIONING.
a. Access panels .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) VENEER PLASTER
09215
1
SECTION 0925
VENEER PLASTER
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 2
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 3
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 3
1 . 07 Alternates 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Inspection 4
3 . 02 Preparation 4
3 . 03 Installation/Application/Erection 5
3 . 04 Cleaning and Protection 7
2292 (SC-TENNEY) VENEER PLASTER
09215
0
3 . 02 REMOVAL OF RUBBISH
A. This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the
work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
ems.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLASTER PATCHING
09205
3
1 . 04 REFERENCE-STANDARDS
A. ASTM C 841 and ASTM C 926 .
PART 2 - p ODUCTS
2 . 01 METAL LATH: ASTM C 847, hot-dip galvanized, flat, diamond
mesh lath weighing 3 . 4 lbs . per sq. yd.
2 . 02 WOOD LATH: Provide 1/4 in. thick by 1-1/8 in. wood lath
strips or match existing.
2 . 03 GYPSUM LATH: (Gypsum plaster base) - ASTM C 37 .
2 . 04 METAL. TRIMS : ASTM C 841 with depth to coordinate with
plaster thickness . Provide trims fabricated from
galvanized steel sheet . Match existing trims as approved
by Architect-Engineer.
2 . 05 GYPSUM PLASTER : Provide United States Gypsum Plasters, or
equal, with types to match existing.
2 . 06 LIME: ASTM C 206, Type S.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 LATH AND PLASTER IN AT T ATTO
A. Install lath and trims to comply with referenced ASTM
lathing installation standard and to match existing
construction in good condition.
1 . Trims : Install corner beads at all external corners .
Install casing beads at visible terminations of
plaster work. Provide control joints at locations
indicated or, if not indicated, at spacings and
locations required by referenced standard and
recommended by plaster manufacturer or approved by
Architect-Engineer. Miter or cope trims at corners
and install with tight joints and in true alignment .
2 . Mechanically mix plaster materials for plasters to
comply with referenced application standards .
3 . All patching, repair, or replacement of plaster shall
be as required to produce a flush, smooth, and sound
intersection between new and existing plaster work,
as well as is required to produce an acceptable
substrate to receive new finishes as called for in
the Room Finish Schedule .
Awk
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLASTER PATCHING
09205
2
SECTION 09205
PLASTER PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
cf the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The scope of work of this Section, without limiting the
generality thereof, includes the furnishing of all labor,
materials, and construction requirements required to
patch, repair, or replace all existing cracked, missing,
irregular, or damaged plaster, as well as all existing
plaster, cut, damaged, or altered in connection with work
performed by all trades performing services for this
project .
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Section:
1 . SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND WALL COVERING.
2 . SECTION 15300 - FIRE PROTECTION.
3 . SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING.
4 . SECTION 15500 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR
CONDITIONING.
5 . SECTION 16100 - ELECTRICAL WORK.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the Architect-
Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials
to the site .
B . Product Data: Submit manufacturer' s data showing
compliance with Specifications and recommended
installation procedures .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLASTER PATCHING
09205
1
SECTION 09205
PLASTER PA'T'CHING
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Reference Standards 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Metal Lath 2
2 . 02 Wood Lath 2
2 . 03 Gypsum Lath 2
2 . 04 Metal Trims 2
2 . 05 Gypsum Plaster 2
2 . 06 Lime 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Lath and Plaster Installation 2
3 . 02 Removal of- Rubbish 3
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PLASTER PATCHING
09205
0
3 . 02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Adjust hardware and operating sash. Lubricate hardware
and moving parts .
B. Initial cleaning of all new glass is indicated in the
scope of work of this Section.
1 . Wash, rinse, and dry glass using soft, clean, grit-
free cloths, mild soap, detergent, or a slightly
acidic cleaning solution; follow immediately with
clean rinse water and prompt removal of excess rinse
water with a clean squeegee. Remove grease and
glazing materials with commercial solvents such as
Xylene, Toluene, mineral spirits or Naptha and follow
with normal wash and rinse . Be careful not to damage
glazing seals by over generous application of strong
solvents .
2 . Do not use harsh cleaners, abrasives, or alkaline
materials . Care must be taken to be sure that gritty
dirt particles picked up by soft, clean cloths do not
scratch glass .
3 . Glass which has been damaged after installation shall
be replaced by the General Contractor.
C. Removal of Rubbish: This Contractor shall remove all
rubbish caused by work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) GLASS AND GLAZING
08800
5
2 . Heel Bead: Mono by Tremco; Unicrylic 60+ by Pecora.
3 . Can Bead: GC-5 Synthacaulk by Pecora.
4 . Face Glazing: M-242 by Pecora .
5 . Setting Blocks : Blocks shall be semi-hard neoprene or
vinyl rubber 80 to 90 durometer, of sizes required for
the installation.
PART 3 - EX CUI T ON
3 . 01 GLAZING
A. All glazing shall be in accordance with the procedures
recommended in the Glazing Manual of the Flat Glass
Jobbers Association, unless otherwise specified.
B . All glass set in architectural metal frames shall be
glazed with bulb type gaskets as recommended by the
manufacturer.
C. All lites of crlass at exterior walls are tn .,12e glazers as
follows:
1 . Units of glass on setting blocks shall be bedded in
tape on the exterior flange.
low
2 . Install a heel bead bridging gap between glass, frame
member, and glazing stop.
3 . Before glazing stop is installed, a continuous shim or
spacer rod shall be applied in such a way as to bridge
the joints between the glass and the stop.
4 . Apply glazing stop.
5 . Remainder of interior space shall be amply filled with
a cap bead and struck off smooth in a neat, uniform
manner.
6 . All units of glass are to have spacer shims as
recommended by the glass manufacturer and blocking at
sills at quarter points from each edge . Lead spacer
shims shall not be required where a tape is used for
bedding of sash. Spacer shims shall be lead, or
approved equal . Sash lengths over 30 in. shall have
two shims at quarter points from each corner.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) GLASS AND GLAZING
08800
4
neatly, properly stacked on dunnage off the floor or
ground.
1 . 07 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES for description of bid
items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturer: All glazing materials shall be the products
of PPG, Libbey-Owens-Ford, FDI Glass Corp. , Technical
Glass Products, or approved equal .
B . Glass :
1. Manufacturer' s label showing Type I strength and
quality will be required on all glass.
2 . Glass shall be clear, "water white" glazing quality
float glass, 1/4 in. thick, or as indicated on the
Drawings .
3 . Tempered safety glass shall be 1/4 in. thick
"Herculite" by PPG, or approved equal, including
frosted glass .
4 . Laminated Glass : Glass shall be new, clear, 3/8 in.
thick as manufactured by PPG, FDI Glass Corp. ,
Libbey-Owens-Ford, or approved equal .
5 . Clear Wire Glass : Glass shall be new, clear, polished
both sides, of glazing quality, free from defects, FRP
400 as manufactured by Globe Amerada, or approved
equal . Thickness to be 1/4 in. or as required by size
of opening or as noted on the Drawings . Note :
Frosted wire glass at Third Floor bathroom.
C. Gaskets shall be neoprene or EPDM rubber and shall be
reinforced with a stretch resistant cord.
D. Glazing Materials : Glazing tapes, compounds, spacers,
accessories, and adapters shall be as approved by both the
frame manufacturer and the glazing manufacturer and as
manufactured by Tremco, Pecora, or approved equal, and
shall include :
1 . Tape : Pre-shimmed 440 by Tremco; Pre-shimmed G66
Extruseal by Pecora.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) GLASS AND GLAZING
08800
3
B . Shop Drawings : Submit shop and erection drawings,
including entrance elevations and full size detail
sections of every typical composite member. Show anchors,
hardware, operators, and other components not included in
manufacturer' s standard data. Include glazing details .
C. Samples : Submit samples of the following materials, to
the Architect-Engineer, for approval :
1 . Wire glass - full range of manufacturer' s standard
wire colors .
D. Product Data: Submit manufacturer' s specifications,
recommendations, and standard details for aluminum
entrances, including fabrication, finishing, hardware, and
other components of the work.
E. Test Reports : Submit certified test laboratory reports
and/or furnish affidavits from manufacturers certifying
that materials delivered conform to requirements herein
specified.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE.
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B . Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Qualifications': All glass shall be made in the United
States and shal be the product of a single manufacturer.
1 . 05 REFERENCE ST NflARDa
A. Industry: All materials, construction, and installation
shall meet the requirements of the latest revision of the
standard specifications and recommendations of NAAMM and
Flat Glass Jobbers Association and shall comply with all
applicable codes, laws, and ordinances .
1 . 06 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Storage: Glass shall be stored under cover, in dry spaces
as close as possible to the point of installation and
protected from damage by adjacent work. Store materials
2292 (SC-TENNEY) GLASS AND GLAZING
08800
2
SECTION 08800
GLASS AND GLAZING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of the Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . All glass and glazing of doors .
2 . Clear wire glass .
3 . All glass and glazing shown on the Construction
Drawings, but not specifically called for under other
Sections of the Specifications .
4 . Initial cleaning of all items specified under this
Section.
B . Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed by others under the
designated Sections :
1 . SECTION 07100 - WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING, AND
CAULKING.
a. Perimeter caulking of windows .
2 . SECTION 08610 - WOOD WINDOWS (METAL CLAD) .
a. Glass and glazing of wood windows.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) GLASS AND GLAZING
08800
1
SECTION 08800
GLASS, AND GLAZING
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAT,
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 2
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
1 . 07 Alternates 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Glazing 4
3 . 02 Adjusting and Cleaning 5
2292 (SC-TENNEY) GLASS AND GLAZING
08800
0
HARDWARE SET NO. _ 8
Single Doors 100TA, 200TA
3 Hinges FBB199 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US26
1 Latch Set CL 3610 US26
1 Concealed O.H. Door Stop GJ413S - 90 degrees US26
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
1 Kickplate 8 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. US10
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
1 Door Closer 4111 US26
HARDWARE SET NO 8A
Single Door 300TA
3 Hinges FBB199 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US26
1 Push Plate #71C US10
1 Door Pull #107 x 71C US32
1 Concealed O.H. Door Stop GJ413S - 90 degrees US26
HARDWARE SET NO 9
Single Doors OOB3A, OOB4A, OOBSA, 100C3A, 200CA, 200TB, 300CA,
300S2B, 300TB
3 Hinges FBB179 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP US10
1 Lockset ML2251 x NSM x MR 612
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
HARDWARE SET NO 10
Trunk Room Doors, Utility Enclosures, Basement Housekeeping
Storage
3 Heavy-Duty Tee Hinges 908-6 in. US2C
1 Dead Bolt DL4011 US10
1 Cylinder pull #90 modified to accommodate
a Corbin/Russwin cylinder US10
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
12
HARDWARE SET NO, 4
Single Doors 301A, 302A, 303A, 304A, 305A, 306A, 307A
3 Hinges FBB179 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US10
1 Mortise Lockset ML 2265 NSM-MR 612
1 Floor Stop 436B US10
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
HARDWARE SET NO, 5
Single Doors 101A, 201A, 202A, 203A, 204A, 205A, 206A
3 Hinges FBB179 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US10
1 Mortise Lockset ML 2265 NSM-MR 612
1 Wall Mounted or Floor Mounted
Magnetic Door Holder SEM 830 Light Bronze
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush Light Bronze
HARDWARE SET NO, 6
Single Door 100KA
3 Hinges FBB168 5 x 4-1/2 US10
1 Exit Device 99L-F-BE x 17 Lever US10
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush Light Bronze
1 Kickplate 8 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. US10
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
1 Wall Mounted Magnetic Door Holder SEM 830
Light Bronze
HARDWARE SET NO, 7
Single Door 100LRA
1 Hinge FBB168 5 x 4-1/2 US10
1 Exit Device 99L-F-BE x 17 Lever x 4 Ft . US10
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush Light Bronze
1 Kickplate 16 x 36 US10
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
1 Wall Mounted Magnetic Door Holder SEM 80 Light Bronze
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
11
HARDWARE SET NO, 1
Single Doors OOS2B, 100C1A, 100C2A
1 Top Hinge FBB 223 US10B
2 Hinges FBB199 5 x 5 NRP US10B
1 Exit Device CD99NL-OP x 4 Ft .
(for 1-3/4 in. thick door) 313AN
1 Exit Device trim 1121 x drilled and
tapped to accommodate a 10/24 through bolt 10B
1 Screw cover 0129 (for bottom
bolt of 1121 trim) 10B
1 Cylinder collar 1121-1 10B
1 Mortise cylinder 1000-114-A02-6
(for cylinder dogging) 613
1 Rim cylinder 3080-200 613
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush Dark Bronze
1 Kickplate 6 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. 10B
(Note : Existing Door No. 100ClA is 48 in. +/- wide.
Provide hardware as required) .
HARDWARE SET NO, _Z
Single Doors OOS2A, 100S2A, 200S1A, 20OS2A, 300S1A, 300S2A
3 Hinges FBB168 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US10 low
1 Exit Device 99L-F-BE x 17 Lever US10
1 Door Closer 4011 T.B . Light Bronze
1 Floor Stop 438B US10
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
1 Threshold 171A x W.S. AL
1 Wall Mounted Magnetic Door Holder SEM 830 Light Bronze
1 Kickplate 8 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. US10
HARDWARE SET NO, 3
Single Doors 1018, 201B, 202B, 203B, 2043, 205B, 206B, 3013,
302B, 303B, 304B, 305B, 306B, 307B
3 Hinges FBB179 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US10
1 Latch Set CL 3610 612
1 Mortise Deadlock - DL 4000 Series
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
10
2 . 14 RIM DEADLOCKS
A. Rim-type deadlocks shall be #112 as manufactured by Yale .
B . The cylinders for the #112 deadlocks shall be master ring
type rim cylinder #3060-200 as manufactured by
Russwin/Corbin.
2 . 15 CYLINDER PULLS
A. Cylinder pulls shall be #90 modified as manufactured by
Rockwood Manufacturing.
2 . 16 CREMONE BOLTS
A. Cremone shall be #8117 with 5100 lever handle as
manufactured by Baldwin Hardware. Finish to be Satin
Bronze (US10) .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 KEYING
A. All locks keyed alike - provide total of 12 keys to the
Contractor.
LIST OF MANUFACTURES
Tee Hinges Stanley
Ball Bearing Hinges Stanley
*Locksets, Latchsets & Cylinders Corbin/Russwin
Push/Pull Plates Rockwood
Custom Exit Device Trim Trimco
Cremone Bolts Baldwin
*Exit Devices Von Duprin
*Door Closers LCN
Electro-Magnetic Door Holders LCN
Floor Stops/Bumper Stops Ives
Door Silencers Ives
Threshold and Weatherstrip Wooster/Sealeze
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
9
C. Kickplates mounted on the push side of pairs of doors
shall be 10 in. in height and 1 in. less than the width of '
each door leaf .
D. Mop plates mounted on the pull side of single doors shall
be 6 in. in height and 1 in. less than the width of the
door.
E . Where kickplates are specified for use on doors listed
with surface-type vertical rod exit devices, they shall be
mounted adjacent to and not behind the latch case .
F. Armor plates shall be 30 in. in height (or as required)
and 2 in. less than the width for a single door and 1 in.
(L.W.O.D. ) for pairs of doors .
2 . 11 DOOR SILENCERS
A. Furnish three silencers (Ives 20R or equal) for all single
pressed metal frames and two silencers for all pair
opening frames . Silencers are not required for
weatherstripping door openings .
2 . 12 WEATHERSTRIPPTNG AND/OR SOUNDPROOFING, 11W11
A. At all doors and openings designated "W" on the floor
plan, furnish and install the following described
weatherstripping equipment as applicable to the condition.
B. Eauipm n
1 . Swinging Doors :
Head and Jambs -- metal or wood
Exterior -- Sealeze J140DURO4BL
Door Sweep -- Sealeze D480 DUR
C. Suppliers and Contractors shall be responsible for
furnishing a schedule of openings showing equipment
proposed for each, the responsibility for quantities and
dimensional requirements shall be coordinated with the
suppliers of all types of doors being furnished as a part
of the overall project i .e. spacing, templating, etc . so
as to avoid delays and substitutions as a means of
compliance .
2 . 13 THRESHOLDS AND SADDLES
A. Thresholds shall be equal to Wooster 115 . 6 in. AL UMO
Grit .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
8
C. Closers for doors requiring "push side" or parallel arm
** mounting shall be LCN 4111 Series .
D. Closers for doors, where an integral stop feature is
required, shall be LCN 4110 cush-n-stop.
E. Doors, where indicated in the Hardware Schedule to have an
automatic hold open feature, shall be LCN 4040 SE Single
Point Hold Open Series .
F. Door closers shall meet Architectural Barrier Board
requirements LCN 4011 and 4111; provide adjustable spring
tension to meet ADA requirement .
G. No closer shall be installed to reach full extension of
the arm before the door reaches the positive stop.
H. The final Hardware Schedule must indicate the degree of
opening of all doors with closers for the installer' s use
in conjunction with stop or holder locations and
requirements .
I . Equivalent Manufacturers : No substitutions will be
allowed.
2 . 09 DOOR STOPS
A. Door stops shall be cast brass or bronze not cast
aluminum; Satin bronze finish, with the proper fastening
as manufactured by Ives, Builders Brass, or Baldwin.
B. Wherever a door opens against another door in converging
walls, furnish a Baldwin roller door stop, Type 470 or
471 .
C. See schedule for other special cases, such as stop holders
and heavy-duty floor stops .
2 . 10 KICKPLATES. ARMOR PLATES, AND MOP PLATES
A. Kickplates, mop plates, and armor plates shall be
manufactured from . 050 in. thick satin stainless steel .
All plates shall be beveled three sides and furnished with
stainless steel self-tapping screws .
B . Kickplates mounted on the push side of single doors shall
be 10 in. in height and 2 in. less than the width of the
door (L.W.O.D. ) .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
7
B . Lever handle trim shall integrate the same lever design as ,,,W
used on the mortise locks (#17 lever) . Provide 994L trim.
C. Ea ivalent Manufacturers : No substitutions will be
allowed.
2 . 06 PUSH AND PULL PLATES
A. Push and pull plates shall be . 062 in. stainless steel or
bronze, beveled four sides and furnished with self-tapping
screws similar to Rockwood #71 .
B . Pulls shall be 3/4 in. diameter, 8 in. c to c similar to
Rockwood #107 .
C. Custom exit device pulls shall be Trimco #1121/1121-1 (no
substitution) .
D. Equivalent Manufacturers : Trimco, Quality.
2 . 07 MANUAL AND SELF-LATCHING FLUSHBOLTS, DUSTPROOF STRIKES
A. Manual extension flushbolts shall be similar to Ives 458B.
B . Dustproof strikes shall be similar to Ives 489B.
C. Equivalent Manufacturers : Trimco, Quality. AO
2 . 08 DOOR CLOSERS
A. All door closers shall be of Federal Type 3230 modified,
the type known as the full rack and pinion with back check
feature, of proper size as described in the manufacturer' s
schedule of sizes, as manufactured by LCN Closers, or
equal . The closer shall have a cast-iron shell with
internal working parts made of special alloy heat-treated
steel . This shell shall be covered with a pressure cast
aluminum cover which is attached to the cylinder with
special hex head screws . Closers shall be equipped with
general speed, latch speed, and back check control valves
of the non-critical type and adjustable spring power.
Closers for both interior and exterior doors shall be
equipped with an offset shoe which, when rotated 180
degrees, will permit an increase of power at the latch to
overcome draft conditions set up by air movement .
B . Closers for doors requiring "pull side" mounting shall be
LCN 4011 Series .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
6
recommended by the manufacturer for the type, size, and
Awk frequency of the door shown.
1 . Furnish three hinges per door. Butts to be full
mortise, except as otherwise required to meet
particular situations and of weights motivated.
2 . Butts for lockable doors having reverse bevel swings
shall be furnished with non-removable pins (NRP) for
added security.
3 . Butts for interior doors shall be regular weight,
except extra-heavy on doors larger than 3 ft . 0 in.
or high frequency use doors .
4 . Butts for exterior doors shall be non-ferrous five
knuckle heavy-weight ball bearing hinges .
S . Top pivot reinforced by Stanley FBB 223 . X2
substitutions will be allowed.
2 . 04 LOCKS
A. Locks shall be heavy-duty mortise locks, Federal Type 86
with cast brass or bronze levers and knobs. Cylinder
collar to be 447F442 by Corbin/Russwin. No substitutions
will be allowed.
1 . Corbin/Russwin ML2200 Series .
B . Backset :
1 . All locks for interior doors shall have 2-3/4 in.
backset .
C. Lever Handle Design Trim: Lever handle design trim is
based on Corbin/Russwin NSA and NSM designs .
D. Strike Plate : Provide strike plate of specific shape as
to protect door frame and casing.
2 . 05 EXIT DEVICES
A. Exit devices shall be 99 Series as manufactured by Von
Duprin. Various functions are specified in the finish
Hardware Schedule enclosed herewithin. Provide sex nuts
and bolts (SNB) for fastening the top and bottom latch
cases on vertical rod exit devices .
Awk
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
5
2 . Closers .
Amw
3 . Locksets .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MANUFACTURER' S REFERENCE NUMBERS
A. Where items of hardware herein are specified by reference
numbers of manufacturers, they are taken from catalogs of :
Stanley Works, Russwin/Corbin, Von Duprin, LCN Closers,
Rockwood, Ives, Trimco, Baldwin, Sealeze, Yale, and Pemko.
Hardware of other manufacturers may be used "except" where
noted as (no substitution) . Equivalent items and/or
manufacturers will be provided herewithin.
2 . 02 FINISHES
A. Interior Hinges Satin Bronze (US10) ,
Polished Chrome (US26)
B . Exterior Hinges Satin Bronze (US10) ,
Oil Rubbed Bronze (US10B)
C. Locksets, Latchsets & Cylinders Satin Bronze (612)
D. Exit Devices Satin Bronze (612) ,
Anodized Dark Bronze (313AN)
E. Flushbolts/Auto Flushbolts Satin Bronze (612)
F. Push Plates/Pull Plates Satin Stainless Steel (32D) /or
Satin Bronze (US10)
G. Door Closers Sprayed Light or Dark Bronze
H. Wall Bumpers/Floor Stops Satin Bronze (US10)
I . Kickplates, Mop Plates and Satin Bronze (US10) ,
Armor Plates ( . 050) Oil Rubbed Bronze (US10B)
J. Thresholds, Weatherstripping Anodized Dark Bronze (Duro)
and Sound Gasketing
2 . 03 BUTT HINGES AND PIVOT REINFORCED HINGES
A. Butt hinges shall be as manufactured by Stanley, Hager, or
McKinney of the type and size as specified and as
Awk
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
4
Sample Heading
Al"*
Heading No. 6 (H-1)
1 Door F Corridor 101 to Room 106 RH Frm 78 Key Set
1 Door F Corridor 101 to Room 107 RH Frm 82 Key Set
C. Samples : Submit one sample of each item of hardware to
the Architect-Engineer for approval, if so instructed.
Sample items will be retained by the Architect-Engineer
until hardware has been applied and then turned over to
the Contractor for installation.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials: Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the provisions of the
CONDITION OF THE CONTRACT.
B . Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies : Hardware supplied
and installed under this Section of the Specifications
; * shall meet the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Architectural
Barriers Board rules and regulations for Building
Facilities for the Visually and Physically Handicapped,
521 CMR, Rules and Regulations, dated April 1, 1982 . Any
conflicts of this Specification, as written with the above
regulation, shall be brought to the attention of the
Architect-Engineer.
1 . 05 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Packing and Marking: Package each item of hardware and
each lockset separately in individual containers complete
with necessary screws, keys, instructions, and
installation templates for spotting mortising tools . Mark
each container with item number corresponding to number on
the Contractor' s Hardware Schedule . Each key shall be
identified as later described in this Specification.
1 . 06 PARTS LISTS
A. Furnish complete parts lists for all items of :
1 . Exit Devices .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
3
5 . The current N.F.P.A. Bulletin #101 and #80
requirements and Underwriters Label recommendations Awlk
for 4-hour, 3-hour, and 2-hour openings in fire walls
shall be required for all equipment on all openings
as indicated by ( "A, " "B, " or "C" Label) . That is to
say, positive close and positive latch.
a. Current N. F. P.A requirements of positive closing
and positive latching of certain exit devices as
indicated above must be furnished "less dogging
device . "
b. 3/4 in. latch throw will be required in all 3-
hour, 2-hour, and fire division walls as indicated
by suffix A, B, C, or as otherwise required in the
current UL Building Materials List .
c . Labels are required where specifically indicated
on the Drawings, door schedule, or hardware set .
Current N.F. P.A. requirements of positive closing and
positive latching of certain exit devices as indicated
above must be furnished "less dogging device. "
1 . 03 SUBMITTAL
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the Architect-
Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials
to the site .
B. Hardware Schedule :
1 . Submit five (5) copies of the Hardware Schedule to
the Architect-Engineer for approval .
2 . Hardware Schedules shall list each individual door or
pairs of doors in the manner recommended by the
American Society for Architectural Hardware
Consultants and shall include the hardware set symbol
and frame number. Only doors of identical size and
material shall be grouped under a single heading and
total quantities listed.
3 . Horizontal form of hardware scheduling will also be
accepted if it is, in the judgment of the Architect-
Engineer, clear and concise.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
2
SECTION 08700
HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
1. 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent : The work required under this Section, without
limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing
of all labor, materials, services, and equipment necessary
for, and reasonably incidental to, the complete furnishing
of all hardware specified herein. Coordinate with
divisions for supervisory requirements of templates and
installation. Final adjustment and servicing of all units
of hardware shall be required before final acceptance and
payment .
B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere : Cabinet and display
case hardware, sash hardware, handrail brackets, and
toilet stall hardware.
C. Description of Systems :
1 . The hardware sets shown in this Specification are
furnished for information and as a guide only. The
complete quantity requirements for each and every
opening shall be the responsibility of the Hardware
Contractor.
2 . Hardware sets not shown on the Drawings for new doors
and storage closets shall be provided with hardware
sets as indicated for other similar doors .
3 . Hardware sets listed in the Specifications, but not
shown on Drawings, shall be disregarded, unless
applicable under 2 , above; see detailed Drawings .
4 . No additional compensation will be allowed for minor
variations required by job conditions that result in
changes between materials specified herein and that
material subsequently purchased or required to suit a
need or as required under 2 . and 3 . above .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
1
SECTION 08700
FINISH HARDWARE.
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAT.
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 2
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 3
1 . 05 Product Handling 3
1 . 06 Parts Lists 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Manufacturer' s Reference Numbers 4
2 . 02 Finishes 4
2 . 03 Butt Hinges and Pivot Reinforced Hinges 4
2 . 04 Locks 5
2 . 05 Exit Devices 5
2 . 06 Push and Pull Plates 6
2 . 07 Manual and Self-Latching Flushbolts,
Dustproof Strikes 6
2 .08 Door Closers 6
2 . 09 Door Stops 7
2 . 10 Kick Plates, Armor Plates, and
Mop Plates 7
2 . 11 Door Silencers 8
2 . 12 Weatherstripping and/or Soundproofing 8
2 . 13 Thresholds and Saddles 8
2 . 14 Rim Deadlocks 9
2 . 15 Cylinder Pulls 9
2 . 16 Cremone Bolts 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Keying 9
Hardware Sets 10
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
0
B. Maintain alignment with adjacent work. Secure assembly to
framed openings, plumb, level, square, without distortion. " '`
C. Shim and block as required without "hourglass" or bowed-
out configuration.
D. Place foam backer rod and sealant in shim spaces around
unit perimeter, to maintain continuity of building thermal
barrier.
E. Leave window units closed and locked.
3 . 03 FINAL CLEANING
A. Clean window frames and glass inside and out . Do not use
abrasive cleaners or solutions containing corrosive
solvents .
B . Remove visible markings .
C. Remove debris, associated with this work, from the site.
D. Leave window units in closed and locked position.
E . Install new window screens .
3 . 04 FINAL INSPECTION
A. Any glass or window unit which has been damaged after
installation by scratches, etching, and/or damaged finish
shall be replaced by the General Contractor at no
additional expense to the Owner.
B . Smith College has the right to final approval of all
finish surfaces .
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WOOD WINDOWS
(METAL CLAD)
08610
10
B . Window Materials : All aluminum sections, sills, and trim
! "` shall be extruded from 6063-T5 aluminum alloy and temper
and shall have a minimum ultimate tensile strength of
22, 000 P.S . I . and a yield of 16 , 000 P. S . I . Aluminum sheet
shall be . formed from 5005 H32 aluminum.
C. Hinges shall be Type 304 stainless steel, heavy-duty, 4-
bar type complying with AAMA 904 . 1 with positive stop and
adjustable friction shoe .
D. Hardware shall be solid white bronze in US-26 finish.
E. Anchors, clips, screws, and bolts shall be either
aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, or zinc plated
steel .
F. Weatherstripping shall be resilient foam core with UV
resistant elastomeric cladding, meeting ASTM C 509 .
G. Panning at heads and jambs shall be . 062 in. or greater
extruded aluminum, color and finish matched to windows .
H. Exterior sill covering shall be extruded . 125 in. 6063-T5
aluminum with color to match windows .
I . Metal trim, covers, and- closures shall be . 062 in. or
greater extruded aluminum, color and finish matched to
Oak windows .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Before installation is commenced, openings shall be
inspected. Surfaces shall be clean and dry. Wood frame
wall shall be dry, clean, sound and well-nailed and/or
glued, free of voids, and without offsets at joints .
Ensure that nail heads are driven flush with surfaces in
the opening and within 3 in. of the opening.
B. Verify that rough openings are correct . Sill shall be
level .
3 . 02 INSTALLATION
A. Install windows in accordance with manufacturer' s
recommendations, to achieve weather tight and freely
operating instructions .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WOOD WINDOWS
(METAL CLAD)
08610
9
Detergent resistance : 3 percent at 100 deg. F. (37 . 8
deg. C. ) - 100 hours . "'"'"'
Acid resistance : 10 percent muriatic - 15 minutes .
Alkali resistance, Mortar Spot Test : 24 hours .
Direct impact, 1/10 in. (2 . 5 mm) distortion: no film
removal) .
2 . Interior Finish: Factory applied one (1) coat primer.
Color shall be White .
2 . 04 HARDWARE
A. The sash shall have locks and lifts; two (2) locks and two
(2) lifts on each window, factory installed. The locks
and lifts are made of a high-pressure zinc die-cast with a
phosphate coating that is electrostatically finished in
bronze . Each sash shall have two (2) specially designed,
Pivot-lock mechanisms which permit each sash to be tilted
90 degrees inward from a bottom pivot and positively held
in place for washing. Each sash shall have two (2) spring
balances or a block and tackle assembly depending on sash
weight . Balances shall be factory installed and semi-
concealed in vertical channels of the jamb liners.
2 . 05 ALUMINUM WINDOWS
A. All aluminum windows shall be Architectural Aluminum
Project-In Windows in accordance with AAMA 101/I .S. 2-97
Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum and Poly Prime
Windows and Glass Doors and AAMA 910-93 , Voluntary "Life
Cycle" Specifications and Test Methods for Architectural
Grade Windows for P-HC65 rated windows .
1 . All windows shall be provided with 3/8 in. high
density polyurethane thermal barrier, double row, UV
resistant elastomeric weatherstripping, and snap in,
. 050 thick extruded aluminum glazing doors .
2 . Windows shall be project-in by Kawneer Co. , Inc . ,
Wausau Metal Corp. , Traco, or approved equal .
3 . All windows, louvers, panning, trim, framing,
closures, covers, mullions, sills, drips, screens, and
covers shall be finished with a fluoropolymer paint
coating conforming with No. 40 Dark Bronze anodized
aluminum finish.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WOOD WINDOWS
(METAL CLAD)
08610
8
where more stringent requirements are specified
otherwise .
2 . Air leakage, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 283
at 1 . 57 psf (25 mph) , must be 0 . 15 cfm/ft . of crack or
less .
3 . No water penetration when tested in accordance with
ASTM E 331 under static pressure of 6 . 24 psf (50 mph)
after 15 minutes with water being applied at a rate of
5 gallons per sq. ft .
4 . Window assembly shall withstand positive and negative
windloads acting normal to the plane of the window, in
accordance with applicable code . Structural tests
shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM E 330 .
5 . The deflection, in a direction normal to the plane of
the assembly, of any framing member, when carrying its
full design load, including weight of glass, shall not
exceed 1/175 of its clear span when tested in
accordance with ASTM E 330 .
C. Frames and sash shall be clad with 0 . 024 in. thick
aluminum so as to form a joint-free cover.
D. Extruded Aluminum Exterior Window Trim:
1 . Furnish and install extruded aluminum clad exterior
window trim as shown on the Construction Drawings .
Color to be baked enamel white factory finish. No
face nailing shall be permitted. Included in the
scope of work of this Section is all aluminum water
tables, sills, closures, and trim pieces called for on
the Drawings, as well as is otherwise required for a
complete, proper, and watertight installation.
E. Finish:
1 . Exterior Finish: Exterior aluminum surfaces shall be
cleaned, etched, and coated with baked enamel . Color
shall be white .
Clad thermosetting exterior finishes shall pass the
following tests :
Adhesion: 1/16 in. (1 . 6 mm) cross-hatch, wet .
Salt spray resistance : 1, 000 hours .
Humidity resistance : 1, 000 hours .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WOOD WINDOWS
(METAL CLAD)
08610
7
H. Dormer and Sill Panning: Dormer and sill panning shall be
. 070 white brake metal, continuous pieces; sizes and
shapes to fit over existing woodwork. Field check all
dimensions .
I . Insulating Panel : Insulating panel shall be omega-Foam-
Ply hardboard panel with a Fluoropolymer Kynar 500 finish,
. 040 smooth aluminum interior and exterior bonded to 1/8
in. thick hardboard. Thickness of panels 5/8 in. at clad
windows and 1 in. at removable aluminum windows in
basement . Color shall be white .
J. Wall_ Shutters : Wall shutters to be aluminum wall shutters
by Jenn Fan; size and location in window to match
existing. Install shutters into insulated panels and ship
with replacement window as a finished unit from the
factory.
K. Screen Retainer Cable : Screen retainer cable shall be
made from all stainless steel parts . Cable shall be #14
aircraft cable, 3 in. long, with electrical stack-ons
crimped to each end. Anchor to window jamb at head with
tork pin and also to screen. Note : window manufacturer
to see sample at Smith College . This item shall be
factory installed on all windows and attached to screens
when they are installed:
2 . 03 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate windows to accommodate the xigting oa nine
tolerances :
1 . vertical dimensions between high and low points : plus
1/4 in. or minus 0 in.
2 . Width dimensions : plus 1/4 in. or minus 0 in.
3 . Building columns or masonry openings : plus or minus
1/4 in. from plumb.
4 . All sash shall be custom fabricated to match existing
windows in size and appearance.
S . Minimal blocking or shims shall be used when
installing new windows .
B . Windows shall meet the following 8erformanc e r airements :
1 . Window units shall meet Class A "Improved"
Specifications in accordance with NWMA IS2 , except
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WOOD WINDOWS low,
(METAL CLAD)
08610
6
B. Sash: Western Pine, water repellant preservative treated
in accordance with NWWDA Standard IS4 , primed on interior
surfaces and edges and clad with aluminum, lap-jointed and
sealed. Corners mortised and tenoned, glued, and secured
with metal fasteners . Sash thickness : 1-3/4 in. (44 mm) .
C. Glazina:
1 . 5/8 in. thick overall insulated Low E argon gas filled
clear glass and shall consist of quality float glass,
complying with ASTM C 1036, exterior lite clear,
interior lite low E coated clear, double-light, sealed
insulating glass, wet glazed, with interior removable
stops .
2 . 5/8 in. thick overall quality float glass, exterior
lite clear, interior light in pattern no. P62, double
light, sealed insulating glass, argon gas filled.
3 . 5/8 in. thick overall quality glass, exterior light
clear tempered safety glass, interior lite Low E
coated clear tempered safety glass, double light,
argon gas filled, sealed insulating glass .
D. WeatherstrinDincr: Foam with 3 mil vinyl skin to engage
aluminum frame lip at head and waterstop batt at sill; set
into upper sash for tight contact at checkrail and into
sash stiles to seal at vinyl jamb liners .
E. Screens :
1 . Full-size with aluminum screen color charcoal set in
aluminum frame, fitted to outside of window, supplied
complete with all necessary hardware .
2 . All screens shall be shipped separate from windows
with numbering system to identify which window they
fit into and shall be installed at the end of the
project after final inspection. Handling and storage
is the Contractor' s responsibility.
F. Frame Expanders : Frame expanders shall be extruded
aluminum to snap into windows and custom cut to fit
existing opening and shall be by window manufacturer.
Color shall be white .
G. Snap Trim: Snap trim shall be extruded aluminum
continuous at all tops and sides of windows or where noted
on the details. Trim shall include all clips for
anchoring. Color shall be white .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WOOD WINDOWS
(METAL CLAD)
08610
5
b. E 331 - Method of Test for Water Penetration of AINK
Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by
Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference .
3 . Grading of lumber of the various species shall conform
to the requirements of Federal Specifications MM-L-763
and MM-B-751-C.
1 . 06 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery:
1 . All manufactured materials shall be delivered to the
site in their original, unopened packaging bearing the
name of the manufacturer and brand on packaging only.
2 . Window manufacturer shall remove or leave off all
brand name stickers and logos from finish product to
be installed.
B . Storage : Store all materials, off the ground, in an
enclosed shelter providing protection from damage and
exposure to the elements and construction activities.
Damaged or deteriorated materials shall be removed from
the site and replaced at the Contractor' s expense .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MANUFACTURED UNITS (Double-Hung)
A. Windows shall be factory-assembled, aluminum clad double-
hung wood windows with sash installed in the frame and
shall be custom fabricated to fit into each individual
existing window opening with minimal wood shimming. The
sizes shown on the Drawings are approximate in size . The
Contractor and window manufacturer shall measure each
existing opening to ensure proper fit . Windows shall have
modern divided lites . Units shall be complete with all
required aluminum frame extensions, sills, trim (standard
or custom) , and accessory items . Windows shall be
"Architect Series" double-hung, where noted, by Eagle . 13Q
substitutions will be avgroved.
2 . 02 MATERIALS
A. Frame : Western Pine, water repellant preservative treated
in accordance with NWWDA Standard IS4 , exterior surfaces
clad with white aluminum. Solid type 6063-T6 extruded
aluminum at sill . Overall frame depth: 5 or 5-1/2 in.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WOOD WINDOWS A"k.
(METAL CLAD)
08610
4
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Oualifications : Products shall be first quality as
manufactured by manufacturers listed herein. Installation
shall be made only by workmen experienced in the
installation of aluminum clad wood windows and authorized
by the manufacturer thereof.
D. Installation Instructions :
1 . Before starting application of specified work, the
Contractor shall arrange a meeting with factory
representatives of the window manufacturer, Owner
representative, and Architect-Engineer. This is to
discuss construction procedures, specification
application, and material storage and protection.
2 . The window manufacturer shall be required to have a
representative demonstrate all phases of window
installation to the Contractor at no extra charge.
3 . The window manufacturer shall have their
representative inspect the project weekly and provide
a final inspection after all windows are installed to
ensure proper application of all new windows .
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. All materials and operations shall meet the requirements
of the latest revision of the standard specifications of
the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and
the National Woodwork Manufacturers Association, Inc .
(NWMA) , including the following specific requirements :
1 . National Woodwork Manufacturer_ Association, Inc . :
a. IS2 - Industry Standard for Wood Window Units .
b. IS4 - Industry Standard for Water-Repellant
Preservative Non-Pressure Treated for Millwork.
2 . American Society for Testinq and Materials (ASTM) :
a. E 283 - Standard Test Method for Rate of Air
Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,
and Doors .
AOW 2292 (SC-TENNEY) WOOD WINDOWS
(METAL CLAD)
08610
3
B . Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed by others under the
designated Sections :
1 . SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY.
a. New treated wood sill inserts .
2 . SECTION 07100 - WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING, AND
CAULKING.
a. Caulking at perimeter of all window frames and
where noted on the details .
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site .
B. Shop Drawings : Submit detail shop drawings for all
windows showing all components, elevations, and full size
sections of every condition.
C. Samples : Submit samples of hardware, screen, and one (1)
full size venting window unit . low
D. Product Data:
1 . Two (2) copies of certified test lab reports (if
necessary to shown compliance with requirements) ,
manufacturer' s literature, and installation
instruction sheets .
2 . List of at least three (3) projects of a similar
nature by window installer which have been installed
during the last three (3) years, identified with
project name, location, and date .
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSTRANCF
A. Fgua i y of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B . Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WOOD WINDOWS AW.
(METAL CLAD)
08610
2
SECTION 08610
WOOD WINDOW, (METAL—CLAD)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included : Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Replacement of existing windows with new aluminum clad
wood windows, as indicated on the Drawings, including
glazing, weatherstripping, and associated hardware at
each sash. All mullions, muntins, sash, and dividers
shall be configured to match configuration of existing
windows and shall be modern divided lites at interior
and exterior.
2 . Removal and legal disposal of existing windows shown
to be removed on the Contract Drawings . Note :
Windows to be relocated.
3 . Full screens at all window units .
4 . Sills, aluminum.
5 . Covers, closures, and other aluminum trim.
6 . Extruded aluminum exterior window trim and accessory
items .
7 . Trim and cut all interior and exterior wood trim and
reinstall as detailed. Install new fiberglass batt
insulation at all existing weight pockets.
8 . Provide and install hopper style aluminum replacement
windows at all existing basement window locations .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WOOD WINDOWS
(METAL CLAD)
08610
1
SECTION 08610
WOOD WINDOWS (METAL CT,An)
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAT,
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 2
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 3
1 . 06 Product Handling 4
PART 2 - PRODUC'T'S
2 . 01 Manufactured Units (Double-Hung) 4
2 . 02 Materials 4
2 . 03 Fabrication 6
2 . 04 Hardware 8
2 . 05 Aluminum Windows 8
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Inspection_ 9
3 . 02 Installation 9
3 . 03 Final Cleaning 10
3 . 04 Final Inspection 10
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WOOD WINDOWS (METAL CLAD)
08610
0
4 . Installation of door hardware and wood doors is
specified under SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY.
5 . See floor plans for sub-script where specific
clearance is required.
3 . 04 RUBBISH REMOVAL
A. This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the
work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WOOD DOORS
08210
7
S . Panels : Panels shall be full thickness, floating
three (3) ply construction consisting of two (2) '"
outside hardwood laminations bonded to an inner low
density core .
6 . Panel Seal : End grain on all panels shall be sealed
prior to assembly.
7 . Exterior Pre-Hung: Door shall be mounted to a two (2)
member solid jamb with 1-1/2 pair of butt hinges .
Unit shall be completely weatherstripped using Q-Lon
compression door seal and an interlocking solid brass
saddle .
8 . Standard: Doors shall conform with AWI Standard No.
1400 .
9 . Warpage : Doors shall not exceed 1/4 in. beyond plane
of door as per AWI Standard No. 1300 T-3 and shall
bear manufacturer' s complete warranty certificate .
2 . 02 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate all wood doors in strict accordance with the
referenced standards specified herein.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
--- AMK
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Openings shall be properly formed and frames properly
installed. Check to see that openings are level, plumb,
square, and the correct dimensions .
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. Doors shall be conditioned to the average prevailing local
humidity before hanging.
3 . 03 PRE-FITTING
A. Wood Doors : Fit to the following tolerances :
1 . 1/16 in. at head and jambs .
2 . 3/16 in. at thresholds.
3 . Allow for finished floor material on openings without
thresholds .
Aw
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WOOD DOORS
08210
6
2 . Crossbands shall be thoroughly dried hardwood, 1/16
in. minimum thickness, extending full width of door.
3 . Core shall be gypsum type mineral substance with
minimum density of 26 lbs . per cu. ft .
4 . Stiles shall be 1-3/8 in. minimum hardwood and shall
match face veneers in species and color. Top and
bottom rails to be minimum 2-1/2 in. hardwood.
5 . Lock blocks shall be 3-13/16 in. by 36 in. on both
sides .
6 . Adhesives Type I, as per Commercial Standard CS-35,
shall be used to laminate the crossbands and face
veneers in the door by the hot plate process .
7 . Doors shall be flush solid core, with glazing or
panels, as indicated on the Contract Drawings .
8 . Moulding: FAS premium grade hardwood, same species as
face veneer. Pattern shall be raised. Duranson total
glazing system with raised moulding trim for glazed
doors.
9 . Adhesive : Type I fully waterproof, cross-link PVA.
10 . Warranty: Life of installation.
D. Exterior Wood Doors : Exterior doors shall be as
manufactured by Enjo, of stile and rail construction with
glazing and/or panels, as indicated on the Contract
Drawings . Doors shall be as manufactured by Enjo, or
approved equal, and have the following attributes :
1 . Wood: Mahogany, paint grade, moisture content 6-8
percent .
2 . Assembly: All connecting joints between stiles,
rails, and mullions shall be coped, doweled, and glued
under pressure until dry using Type I exterior glue on
exterior units .
3 . Stiles : Plain sawn hardwood faces, 5/16 in. thick,
bonded to a low density, glued up reversed grain white
pine core with matching hardwood edges .
4 . Rails : Mullions shall be solid lumber, one (1) ply
for 1-3/4 in. doors and three (3) ply for thicker
doors .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WOOD DOORS
08210
5
in writing, shall be pre-hung by the manufacturer and
shall be products of the following manufacturers :
1 . Interior: Weyerhauser, Eggers, Graham, or approved
equal .
2 . Exterior: Enjo, or approved equal .
B . Interior Wood Doors (Non-Rated) : Doors shall be
prefinished, flush veneer, hot press construction, five
(5) ply, solid core, with lifetime guarantee and of size,
design, and thickness indicated on the Drawings .
1 . Face veneers shall be plain sliced, natural finish,
premium grade, suitable for painting.
2 . Crossbands shall be thoroughly dried hardwood, 1/16
in. minimum thickness, extending full width of door.
3 . Core shall be Type 1, 32 lb. per cu. ft . density, five
(5) ply, Class 1 particle board, as per Commercial
Standard CS-236 or ANSI A 208 1-LD-2 .
4 . Stiles shall be 1-3/8 in. minimum hardwood and shall
match face veneers in species and color. Top and
bottom rails to be minimum 2-1/2 in. hardwood.
5 . Lock blocks shall be 3-13/16 in. by 36 in. on both
sides .
6 . Adhesives Type I, as per Commercial Standard CS-35,
shall be used to laminate the crossbands and face
veneers in the door by the hot plate process .
7 . Doors shall be flush solid core, with glazing or
panels, as indicated on the Contract Drawings .
8 . Moulding: FAS premium grade hardwood, same species as
face veneer. Pattern shall be raised as shown on the
Drawings .
9 . Warranty: Life of installation.
C. Interior Fire-Rated Wood Doors : Interior fire-rated doors
shall be 1-3/4 in. thick, 45 minute fire-rated flush wood
mineral core doors . Glazed 45 minute doors_ shall have 1/4
in. clear wired safety glass . Doors shall have the
following attributes :
1 . Face veneers shall be plain sliced, natural finish,
premium grade, suitable for painting.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WOOD DOORS
08210
4
area and cover all edges with opaque material to prevent
veneer discoloration. Do not remove doors from packaging
until all painting and interior finish work have been
completed in areas to receive doors . All doors should be
stored and hung in buildings that maintain a humidity
range of between 30 and 60 percent . Do not store or
install any wood doors until masonry and plaster work is
dry.
1 . 07 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY
A. All work in this Section shall be guaranteed for the life
of original installation after the date of Substantial
Completion against defects in materials and workmanship,
including the following:
1 . Delamination in any degree.
2 . Warp or twist of 1/4 in. or more.
3 . Telegraphing of any part of core unit through face to
cause surface variation of 1/100 in. or more in any 3
in. span.
4 . Any defect which may, in any way, impair or affect
performance of door- in purpose for which it is
intended. Replacement under this guarantee shall
include hanging, installation of hardware, and
finishing.
B. Upon delivery of the doors of this Section to the job
site, and as a condition of their acceptance, deliver, to
the Architect-Engineer, two (2) copies of an agreement
written on the door manufacturer' s standard form, signed
by the door manufacturer and the Contractor. Any
provision for refunding the price received by the door
manufacturer for any defective door shall not apply.
1 . 08 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of bid items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers : Contingent upon meeting specified
requirements, all wood doors, unless otherwise indicated
herein or specifically approved by the Architect-Engineer,
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WOOD DOORS
08210
3
B. Shop Drawinas : Submit shop drawings and schedules showing AMk
amount, size, thickness, cutouts, transoms, and undercuts
of all wood doors .
C. Samples : Submit sample of rail-mullion-panel
intersection.
D. Product Data: Submit the following:
1 . Complete specifications of door construction and
manufacturer' s literature for each type of door
proposed for use on this project .
2 . The manufacturer' s specifications, including complete
range of standard colors for louvers .
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. Aw
C. Qualifications : All wood doors shall bear the NWMA seal
of approval .
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Doors shall conform to either AWI Quality Standards, NWMA
Industry Standard IS-1-78 or Commercial Standard CS 171-58
Premium Grade, and to the American Society for Testing and
Materials (ASTM) . Type I glue for exterior and interior
doors and additional minimum requirements as specified
hereinafter for specific door types .
1 . 06 DELIVERY. STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Use all means necessary to protect door materials from
damage prior to, during, and after installation and to
protect the installed work and materials of other trades .
All damages shall be repaired or replaced at no cost to
the Owner.
B . Manufacturer shall individually package doors in
protective packaging which will completely protect doors
during shipping and handling. Store doors flat in a dry
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WOOD DOORS
08210
2
SECTION 08210
WOOD DOnRE
PART 1 - NFRAT
- .a
1 . 01 GENERAr, pROVTgTONTO
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRT TTONT OF WO K
A. Work In _luded: provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Furnishing and pre-fitting of interior and exterior
wood doors and frames .
B. Related Work : The following items are not included in
this Section will be performed under the designated
Sections :
1 . SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY.
a. Installation of hardware .
b. Wood frames for wood doors.
2 . SECTION 08100 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES.
a. Metal frames for wood doors .
3 . SECTION 08700 - FINISH HARDWARE.
a. Furnishing of hardware for wood doors .
4 . SECTION 08800 - GLASS AND GLAZING.
a. Glass and Glazing of wood doors .
1 . 03 SUBMTTT T,S
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WOOD DOORS
08210
1
SECTION 08210
WOOD DOORS
PARAGRAPH TITLE
PAGE
PART 1 - ,F.NF.RA
1 . 01 General Provisions
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 1
1 . 05 Reference Standards 2
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
1 . 07 Guarantee/Warranty
1 . 08 Alternates 3
3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials
2 . 02 Fabrication 3
6
PART 3 - EX .CUTTON
3 . 01 Inspection
3 . 02 Preparation 6
3 . 03 Pre-Fitting 6
6
3 . 04 Rubbish Removal
7
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WOOD DOORS
08210
0
AW installed in the rough opening after the wallboard is
applied by means of aligning slot and tabs, anchors
and sill anchors . The aligning slot and tabs shall
insure proper positioning of the header to the jambs .
Each jamb shall be equipped with a pressure anchor.
The anchor shall keep the frame rigid in the opening.
Each jamb shall be equipped with two sill anchors,
prepunched for secure nailing or screwing to the wall
at the sill .
C. Metal 1n01Lr_e : Furnish and install miscellaneous metal
closures, stiffeners, and knees as required in all areas
where specifically called for or as detailed, and also at
joints where corridor frames meet corridor walls to allow
for passage of existing piping and conduit .
3 . 03 ADJUSTING AND TFANTNQ
A. Adjusting: Check and readjust operating finish hardware
items in hollow metal work just prior to final inspection.
Leave work in complete and proper operating condition.
Remove and replace defective work, including doors or
frames which are warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable .
B . Patching: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any
rusted or damaged areas- of prime coat and apply touch-up
compatible air-drying primer.
3 . 04 RUBBISH
A. This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the
work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
11
PART 3 - EXECUTION AWA
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Examine the substrate and conditions under which hollow
metal work is to be installed and notify the Contractor in
writing of any conditions detrimental to the proper and
timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the
work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected
in a manner acceptable to the Installer.
B . Prior to installation all frames must be checked and
corrected for size, swing, squareness, alignment, twist,
and plumbness . Permissible installation tolerances shall
not exceed the following:
1 . Squareness plus or minus 1/16 in. : Measured on a
line, 90 degrees from one jamb, at the upper corner of
the frame at the other jamb.
2 . Alignment plus or minus 1/16 in. : Measured on jambs
on a horizontal line parallel to the plane of the
wall .
3 . Twist plus or minus 1/16 in. : Measured at face
corners of jambs on- parallel lines perpendicular to
the plane of the wall .
4 . Plumbness plus or minus 1/16 in. : Measured on the
jamb at the floor.
3 . 02 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. General : Set frames accurately, plumb, true, and in exact
position designated. Brace them until enclosed in
masonry, until mortar of such masonry has set, or, if
enclosed in plaster walls, until plaster is complete and
dry. Set knee anchors in cement mortar with nails,
dowels, or expansion bolts let through angles for
fastening in position. Inspect frames periodically as
they are being built-in; maintain in proper position. All
connecting and reinforcing members shall be provided for
proper anchorage and support of all work.
B . Knock-Down Frames :
1 . Knock-down frames shall be formed to the
manufacturer' s profile with double return back bends
to prevent marring wall surface .
2 . Frames shall be knocked-down design and be securely
AMW
2292 (SC-TENNEY) METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
10
Rabbet : Plus or minus 1/64 in.
Depth: Plus or minus 1/32 in.
Throat : Plus or minus 1/16 in. Frames
overlapping walls to have throat dimension 1/8 in.
greater than dimensioned wall thickness to
accommodate irregularities in wall construction.
Hardware cutout dimensions : Template dimensions -
plus 0 . 015 in. , minus 0 in.
6 . Wall Anchors :
a. Masonry and Con .rata Construct;nn x; Gr; nrr)
Provide three (3) wall anchors at each jamb
fabricated of 10 gauge steel spacer hats spot
welded to inside of jambs, through which 3/8 in.
flat head machine screws (FHMS) shall be installed
to extend well into anchors in existing masonry or
concrete . Screw holes at frames shall be punched
and swaged so that the face of the fully tightened
FHMS is recessed 1/32 in. into frame. Fill recess
flush with epoxy filler and grind smooth.
7 . Knee Anchnrs, Spreaders . For frame and mullion
bottoms extending to floor, use knee angle anchors 2
in. by 2 in. by 4 in. lon g spot
Provide two 3/8 in. holesinhorizontaloleg. Provide
spreaders for frames of two 2 in. by 3/4 in. steel
channels; tack weld to jambs and mullions .
8 . Silencers : Drill stops to receive silencers specified
under Finish Hardware .
D. Finish.
1 . After fabrication, all tool marks and surface
imperfections shall be dressed, filled, and sanded as
required to make all faces and vertical edges smooth,
level, and free of all irregularities .
2 . Clean all metal thoroughly. Remove rust and scale by
sandblast or other approved method. Wash with benzine
until oil, grease, sand, dirt, and other foreign
substances are removed.
3 . Give exposed and unexposed surfaces rust-inhibiting
priming coat .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
9
butts to be 8 in. longer than butt; for other butts to
be in 4 in. longer than butt . Protect back of Oak
hardware cutouts and tapped reinforcement with metal
plaster guards (26 gauge minimum) ; weld to frame back.
a . Frames shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled, and
tapped at the factory for fully templated and
mortised hardware only, in accord with approved
hardware schedule and templated provided by the
hardware contractor. Where surface-mounted
hardware is to be applied, frames shall have
reinforcing plates only; all drilling and tapping
shall be done by others . Make mortises with metal
neatly cut, rolled into core so that no exposed
edges show on finished work.
b. Minimum thickness of hardware reinforcing plates
shall be as follows :
Hinge and pivot reinforcements : 1/4 in. plate
full width of frame by 10 in.
Strike reinforcements : 7 gauge .
Flush bolt reinforcements : 7 gauge .
Closer reinforcements : 7 gauge.
AWk
Reinforcements for: surface-mounted hardware - 7
gauge. hold-open arms - 7 gauge. surface panic
devices - 7 gauge.
5 . Frame tolerance shall be maintained within the
following 1 m, tg :
a. Frames for single door or pair of doors :
Width, measured between rabbets at the head:
Nominal opening width: Plus 1/16 in. , minus 1/32
in.
Height (total length of jamb rabbet) :
Nominal opening height : Plus or minus 3/64 in.
Cross sectional profile dimensions :
Face : Plus or minus 1/32 in.
Stop: Plus or minus 1/32 in.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
8
13 . Transom panels shall match gauge, thickness, and
flow construction of hollow metal doors .
C. Combination Bucks and Frames :
1 . General : All combination bucks and frames, where
indicated or referred to, shall be combination steel
frames, bucks, jamb, and trim. See Room Finish
Schedule for location of knocked-down frames .
Fabricate frames for doors, transoms, partitions,
sash, and other items as per details of various types
required. Vary forming from that indicated where
special conditions necessitate changes from these
details . Make profiles true to design. Frames for
wall openings that do not extend to floor level shall
entirely surround openings . Unless otherwise
indicated, extend other frames below finished floor
levels . Form combination bucks and frames, unless
otherwise indicated, from single sheet of metal . At
corners, miter jambs, fully weld solidly, grind and
sand smooth. All frames shall be double rabbetted
unless otherwise indicated.
2 . Mullions and Transom Bars : Provide mullions and
transom bars where required. Unless otherwise
required, use tubular section with rebates for doors,
glass, transom sash. Conceal longitudinal seams in
finished work or weld continuously. Fasten mullion
and transom bars at crossings to jambs by
interlocking, welding, or concealed clip angles and
bolts, if approved.
3 . Glazing Moldings : Unless otherwise indicated, secure
glass in interior masonry partitions in place with
glazing molding on room side. Assemble mouldings as
per frames, with welded corners . Fasten with
countersunk oval-head machine screws about 16 in.
apart . Reduce spacing if required to hold member in
close contact with adjoining work.
4 . Reinforcement : Provide lateral reinforcement in
openings over 42 in. wide of either borrowed lights,
doors, or combination of both where structural steel
is not provided in heads . Reinforcement shall be
channels formed of 12 gauge steel or stainless steel
fully filling the cross section of the frame head and
spot welded thereto at frequent intervals. Where
structural steel is provided in heads of frames under
another section, furnish blocking or other supports
for hollow metal work; anchor to adjacent masonry;
install under this Section. Reinforcement for door
2292 (SC-TENNEY) METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
7
b. Fixed mouldings shall be securely and continuously
welded to the door on the security side . All such
welds shall be ground, filled, and dressed smooth
to make them invisible and provide a smooth flush
surface .
C . Loose stops shall be not less than 20 gauge steel,
with butt or mitered corner joints, secured to the
framed opening by cadmium or zinc-coated
countersunk screws . Snap-on attachments will not
be permitted.
10 . Louvers shall be of the welded blade type of
construction. Louver pierced into the face sheets
will not be permitted. Normal louvers shall be
sightproof stationary.
11 . Clearances :
a. Edge clearances shall be provided as follows :
(1) Between doors and frames, at head and jambs
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/8 in.
(2) At door sills : Where no threshold is used
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/8 in.
maximum.
(3) Where threshold is used . . . . . . . . . . 1/8 in.
maximum.
(4) Between meeting edges of pairs of doors
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/8 in.
Verify floor plans for sub-script for specific
clearance required at certain doors .
12 . Door Tolerances shall be ma'ntainer3 Within the
following limits :
Width: Plus or minus 3/64 in.
Height : Plus or minus 3/64 in.
Thickness : Plus or minus 1/16 in.
Hardware Cutout Dimensions : Template dimensions plus
0 . 015 in. , minus 0 in.
Hardware Location: Plus or minus 2/32 in.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
6
welded to both faces . Exterior doors shall have an
_A"k additional flush closing channel at their top edges,
and where required for attachment of weatherstripping,
a flush closure also at their bottom edges . Openings
shall be provided in the bottom closure of exterior
doors to permit the escape of entrapped moisture .
6 . Edge profiles shall be provided by both vertical edges
of doors as follows :
Single-acting swinging doors - beveled 1/8 in. in 2
in.
Double-acting swinging doors - rounded on 2-1/8 in.
radius .
7 . All hardware furnished by the Hardware Supplier for
single-acting doors shall be designed for beveled
edges as specified in sub-paragraph 6 . above .
8 . Hardware Reinforcements:
a. Doors shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled, and
tapped at the factory for fully templated hardware
only, in accord with the approved hardware
schedule and templates provided by the Hardware
Supplier. Where surface-mounted hardware is to be
w applied, door shall have reinforcing plates only;
all drilling and tapping shall be done by others .
Make mortise with metal neatly cut, rolled into
core so that no exposed edges show on finished
work.
b. Minimum gauge for hardware reinforcing plates
shall be as follows :
Hinge and pivot reinforcements . . . . . . . . . 7 gauge
Reinforcements for lock fronts, flush bolts,
concealed holders, concealed or
surface-mounted closers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 gauge
Reinforcements for all other surface-mounted
hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 gauge
9 . Glass Mouldings and Stops :
a. Where specified or scheduled, doors shall be
provided with hollow metal mouldings to secure
glazing by others in accordance with glass opening
sizes shown on approved shop drawings .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
5
2 . 02 FABRICATION
A. Measurements :
1 . The Contractor shall determine all necessary
measurements from the Contract Drawings and verify all
measurements at the building. He shall be responsible
for field dimensions, fittings, and the proper
attachment of all work under this Section to other
work directly connected with it .
2 . Attention is directed to SECTION 08700 - HARDWARE of
these Specifications for "backset" requirements which
also must be coordinated with exit devices . See
hardware schedule for various types of butts, pulls,
plates, closers, and other accessories .
B . Hollow Metal Doors :
1 . All doors shall be custom made, of the types and sizes
shown on approved shop drawings, and shall be fully
welded seamless construction with no visible seams or
joints on their faces or vertical edges. Minimum door
thickness shall be 1-3/4 in. All metal doors are to
be flush, glazed as shown.
2 . All doors shall be strong, rigid, and neat in ••%,
appearance, free from warpage or buckle. Corner bends
shall be true and straight and of minimum radius for
the gauge of metal used.
3 . Face sheets shall be stiffened by continuous vertical
formed steel sections occupying the full thickness of
the interior space between door faces . These
stiffeners shall be not less than 22 gauge, spaced not
more than 6 in. apart, and securely attached to both
face sheets by spot welds not more than 4 in. o. c.
Spaces between stiffeners shall be sound deadened and
insulated the full height of the door with an
inorganic non-combustible batt-type material . Fill
all voids the full thickness of the door.
4 . Door faces shall be joined at their vertical edge by a
continuous weld extending the full height of the door.
All such welds shall be ground, filled, and dressed
smooth to make them invisible and provide a smooth
flush surface .
S . Top and bottom edges of all doors shall be closed with
a continuous recessed steel channel not less than 16
gauge, extending the full width of the door and spot
2292 (SC-TENNEY) METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
4
PART -2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIAL,9
A. General :
1 . Steel for hollow metal work shall be best quality
open-hearth sheet steel, furniture stock, full
pickled, full cold-rolled, double annealed, patent
leveled, free from scale, pitting, rust, surface and
internal defects and conforming to ASTM A 366, ASTM A
568, ASTM A 569, and ASTM A 525 . Frames shall be
mitered designed. See Room Finish Schedule for
locations of welded and knocked-down frames .
2 . Gauges herein referred to in connection with steel
sheets are United States standard.
B. Gauges : Hollow metal door:
1 . Interior door face sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 gauge
2 . Louvers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 gauge
C. Gauges : Combination bucks and frames, sidelights,
transoms :
1 . Welded combination frames, etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 gauge
2 . Knocked-Down frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 gauge
3 . Interior angle floor knees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 gauge
4 . Interior adjustable anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 gauge
5 . Interior slides for adjustable anchors . . . . . . 14 gauge
6 . Interior channel spreaders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 gauge
7 . Fillers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 gauge
8 . Reinforcements for hardware butts, strikes, overhead
door checks, holders, and brackets . . . . . . . . . . 3/16 in.
thick.
D. Paint shall be Rust-Oleum' s "quick-drying red primer, "
Pratt and Lambert ' s "oxide red lead primer,-" Baer Brothers
"red chromite, " "zinc chromite" by Pittsburgh or DuPont,
or approved equal .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
3
C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer' s data showing
compliance with Specifications . "'
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests shall be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Oualifications : Doors, frames, trim, and other hollow
metal items shall be the products of a recognized
manufacturer with a history of successful production of
similar items and acceptable to the Architect-Engineer.
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. All materials and operations shall meet the requirements
of the latest revision of the standard specifications of
the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .
B. All steel doors and frames shall be constructed to conform
with Steel Door Institute Standard SDI-100, and as
specified herein.
1 . 06 DELIVERY. STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. It shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor
to see that any scratches or disfigurement caused by
shipping or handling are properly cleaned and touched-up
with a rust-inhibitive primer, and that materials are
properly stored on planks or dunnage, out of water, and
covered to protect them from damage due to any cause.
Doors shall have their wrappings or coverings removed upon
arrival at the building site and shall be stored in a
vertical position, spaced by blocking to permit air
circulation between them. Protective lamination on
stainless steel doors shall be removed only after
installation.
1 . 07 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of bid items .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
2
SECTION 08100
METAL DOORS AND FgAMgs
PART 1 - GENERAT,
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included : Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . All interior metal doors, frames, sidelights, and
louvers .
2 . Miscellaneous metal closures, stiffeners, and knees .
3 . General : See door schedule on Drawings for locations,
types, and sizes of- all metal doors. NOTE: All
hollow metal frames are numbered to identify openings
and locations of hardware.
B . Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections :
1 . SECTION 08700 - HARDWARE.
2 . SECTION 08800 - GLASS AND GLAZING.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site .
B. Shop Drawings : Submit shop drawings showing details of
each frame, elevations of each door design type, details
of all openings, construction, and installation. Verify
and coordinate all door and frame dimensions prior to
fabrication.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
1
S TTON OSinO
METAL DOORS AND FRAM R,9
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 2
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
1 . 07 Alternates 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 3
2 . 02 Fabrication 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Inspection 10
3 . 02 Installation/Application/Erection 10
3 . 03 Adjusting and Cleaning 11
3 . 04 Rubbish Removal 11
2292 (SC-TENNEY) METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
0
4 . Apply sealant in sufficient thickness to achieve
required rating.
B . Locations :
1 . Provide fire safing to seal all penetrations at pipes,
ducts, conduits, etc . in corridor walls, in all floors
and ceiling, at new fan coil units, and, in addition,
where indicated on the Drawings .
3 . 04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Surfaces :
1 . All surfaces adjoining areas sealed should be cleaned
of all compounds used.
B . Removal of Rubbish:
1 . This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the
work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FIRESTOPPING
07270
4
PART 2 - PRODt7rTg
Ow
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Fire Safina:
1 . Fire safing shall be Firecode Compound as manufactured
by United States Gypsum Co. , or approved equal .
2 . Fire safing back-up insulation shall be THERMAFIBER
as manufactured by United States Gypsum Co. , or
approved equal .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Examine areas to receive fire safing and coordinate with
the affected trades .
B. Begin work when penetration is complete and when
conditions are satisfactory for proper installation of the
work.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. At all new and existing locations, prepare all
APK penetrations for ducts, pipes, fire damper perimeters, and
all "poke-through" openings.
B . At all holes, joints, cracks, openings, etc. , all oil,
grease, dirt, chalk, loose mortar, dust, loose rust, or
any other foreign substance shall be removed.
3 . 03 INST L ATION/APP ICATION
A. Application:
1 . Where required by size of opening, install approved
fire safing insulation of proper size to back-up
fireproofing sealant, leaving no voids . Compress and
friction fit fire safing and use attachment clips
where necessary.
2 . Seal completely around all "poke-through" openings and
over the fire safing insulation with fireproofing
sealant .
3 . Apply sealant in strict accordance with manufacturer' s
instructions .
Ook
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FIRESTOPPING
07270
3
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
AM&.
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B . Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests shall be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Oualifications : All materials, unless otherwise
indicated, shall be the products of a recognized
manufacturer with a history of successful production and
proof of continual performance to the Architect-Engineer.
Products shall be as manufactured by 3M, Carborundum Co. ,
Dow Corning, USG Interiors, Inc . , or approved equal .
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. All materials and operations shall meet the requirements
of the latest revision of the standard specifications of
the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM
E 119 and ASTM E 814 .
1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE. AND HANDLING
AW
A. Minimize the storage time of the fire safing products on
the site .
B . Deliver materials to the site in sealed, unopened
containers bearing the name of the manufacturer and brand
and date of manufacture.
1 . 07 ENVIRONMENTAL,, CONDITIONS
A. Maintain sealant at a minimum of 70 degrees F. during
installation.
B . Do not apply sealants when temperature of substrate and
surrounding air is below 40 degrees F.
1 . 08 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of Bid Items .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FIRESTOPPING
07270
2
SECTION 07270
OOW FIRESTOP TNG
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVIS ONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Fire safing at all penetrations through floors, walls,
and ceilings on building interior and at thru-wall
penetrations in exterior walls .
B. Related Work: The following item is not included in this
Section and will be performed under the designated
Section:
1 . SECTION 07100 - WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING, AND
CAULKING.
a. Caulking.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site .
B . Samples : One (1) sample each of materials to be
installed.
C. Test Reports : Submit certified laboratory test reports as
necessary to show compliance with requirements .
D. Product Data: Submit manufacturer' s data showing
compliance with Specifications .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FIRESTOPPING
07270
1
SECTION 072��
FIRES TOPPING
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENE
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 2
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
1 . 07 Environmental Conditions 2
1 . 08 Alternates 2
PART 2 - PROD 7C'T.9
2 . 01 Materials 3
PART -3 - EX •C'TTTTnN
3 . 01 Inspection 3
3 . 02 Preparation 3
3 . 03 Installation/Application 3
3 .04 Adjusting and Cleaning 4
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FIRESTOPPING
07270
0
3 . 08 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire Extinguishers : This Contractor shall provide and
maintain, at all times, four (4) readily accessible 10 lb.
(dry chemical) extinguishers for the use of his workmen.
Extinguishers shall be fully charged and located on the
roof section where work is being performed.
B . Conditions :
1 . No ladder or staging shall be left as access to roof
when workmen are not on the job. They shall be
chained and locked to an immovable object .
2 . Any damage done to grass, trees, shrubs, or paved
areas shall be repaired by the General Contractor, to
the satisfaction of the Owner.
3 . The premises shall be kept reasonably clean at all
times . At the end of each day, materials shall be
neatly stacked.
C. Construction Documents at Site : This Contractor shall
maintain and have available on the roof, where work is
being performed under this Contract, two (2) complete sets
of the Architect-Engineer' s Construction Drawings and
Specifications, including Addenda (if any) for this
l"* project, for the use by the roofing foreman.
D. Standards :
1 . Roofing and related work shall be installed in strict
accordance with these and the industry' s standards
for slate and copper roofing.
3 . 09 ADJUSTING AND CL .ANTNG
A. Removal of Leaking Areas : The Contractor shall remove any
and all wet insulation in the event of a roof leak before
the warranty is issued, and new roofing and insulation
shall be installed at his expense to match that which was
removed.
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
15
flashing in valleys as detailed before installing ANW
slate. Form open valleys, concealing edge of copper
valley flashing. Maintain coursing and alignment
through valley.
7 . Ridges with Exposed Sheet Metal CADS : For existing
ridges with exposed sheet metal caps, remove existing
and provide new 20 oz . cold-rolled copper caps and
clips; fabricate and install as detailed.
8 . Contractor, when mitering slate, shall provide widest
piece possible . Small corner slate is not allowable .
Use 12 by 16 slate to miter.
3 . 06 FLAT SEAM COPPER ROOFING INSTALLATION
A. Provide 100 percent coverage of ice dam protection as
specified, over all decking under copper roofing.
1 . Slip Sheet : Provide slip sheet of rosin paper over
all ice dam protection to prevent sheet metal roof
from bonding to asphalt containing substrate .
2 . Clips and Cleats : Securely nail attachment cleats
and clips through roof decking and sheathing, and
space attachments not more than 16 inches o.c .
3 . Seams : Form flat double locked seams and fold in
directions to best shed water. Solder all seams which
are not needed to be moving for expansion. Accurately
align horizontal joints truly level, and stagger joints
from row to row in a "running bond" pattern.
4 . Expansion: Allow for expansion and contraction of
all work with movement being taken up at natural
breaks such as the vertical seams .
3 . 07 WALK MAT INSTALLATION
A. At perimeter of sloped roofs, where indicated, install one
(1) strip of walk mat .
1 . Clean entire surface of EPDM roof membrane with an
approved cleaning agent where mats are to be
installed.
2 . Provide full adhesion of walk mats to surface of EPDM
membrane with bonding adhesive .
3 . Along top and sides of walk mat, run a continuous
bead of lap sealant .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
14
B . Install two (2) rows of ice and water dam at all eaves and
one (1) row at all rakes and valleys . Remove starter
paper and roll out ice and water dam. Press product fully
onto deck insuring that full adhesion is achieved. Lap
all ends 6 in. Apply second layer lapping over first
layer 4 in. and all end joints 6 in.
C. Ice and water dam shall not be exposed to direct sunlight
for more than two days before being covered with new
slate .
D. Any ice and water dam, which puckers or delaminates from
the deck, shall be removed and replaced with new.
E. Over the remainder of the roof, the Contractor shall
install a new 30 lb. asphalt felt lapping ends 6 in. and
head laps 4 in. Lap over in downward direction. Nail
felt to deck with nails and metal tins to hold in place .
3 . 05 ST ATE. SHINGLE INQTAT T ATION
A. Provide the highest quality installation possible .
1 . Layout : Provide grid of chalk lines to ensure
accurate and straight coursing. Layout work to match
coursing, pattern, and exposure of existing slate.
2 . Mix Stock: Blend and mix shingles to create a
uniform appearance with no noticeable unintended
pattern of color variation.
3 . General_ Recr iremenrs : Securely anchor each slate
member with at least two (2) nails . Do not drive
nails tight . Do not stress slates with nails .
Conceal all nails from view and from exposure to
weather, except for highest courses . Cover all nails
with plastic roof cement color match to slate color.
Avoid penetrating sheet metal flashing with slate
attachment nails. Provide minimum of 3 inch side
lap. Provide centered side lap.
4 . Changes of Plane -and P n tratinna: Cut and fit slate
accurately and closely.
5 . Roof Edge : Project slate 2 inches at eaves and 1
inch at gables . Provide double course -of slates at
eave and provide a bevel cut pressure treated wood
starter strip.
6 . Valleys : Provide 24 oz . cold-rolled copper valley
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
13
both flashing and surface to which it is being ..W
bonded at a rate covering approximately 60 sq. ft .
of finished surface . After the bonding adhesive
has dried to the point where it does not string or
stick to a dry finger touch, roll the flashing
into the adhesive. Care must be taken to assure
that the flashing does not bridge where there is
any change or direction. Nail installed flashing
at top of flashing every 12 in. o.c . maximum under
metal counterflashing or cap flashing.
c . Flash all penetrants (pipes, conduits, etc . )
passing through the membrane . Flash pipe with
molded pipe flashings where installation is
possible. Where molded pipe flashings cannot be
installed, use field fabricated pipe seals .
4 . Splicing: Fold top sheet back about 12 in. ; clean
both mating surfaces at splice area using clean rags
with Heptane, unlead or white gas . Apply splicing
cement to both mating surfaces using a 3 or 4 in. by
1/2 in. thick paint brush at a rate of approximately
175 lineal feet of 3 in. splice area per gallon.
Brush cement on smooth in a circular motion obtaining
100 percent coverage. Do not allow to glob or
puddle . Allow cement to dry until tacky, but not
string or stick to a dry finger touch. Roll top to
sheet toward splice area until the cemented area is
nearly touching cement on bottom sheet along entire
length of splice . Allow top sheet to fall freely
into place avoiding stretching and wrinkling. Roll
splice with a 2 in. wide steel roller, using positive
pressure, with a 2 in. wide steel roller, using
positive pressure, toward the outer edge of splice .
Solvent clean the splice edge, extending at least 1
in. onto top and bottom membranes . Apply bead of lap
sealant completely covering the splice edge . Feather
the lap sealant application on all splices by the end
of each working day.
5 . Seam Lau: Over seam at edge of main walkway, cover
entire seam with 6 in. peal and stick membrane before
covering over w:.th walk pad.
3 . 04 FELT, ICE, AND WATER DAM INSTALLATIO
A. After thorough cleaning of the existing wood roof deck, or
new plywood roof deck, install new ice and water dam in
conjunction with asphalt felt .
Awk
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
12
Joints shall be continuous, short joints shall be
staggered, where insulation is installed on top of
wood deck.
3 . At wood roof deck areas screw fasten insulation to
the deck with one plate and fastener per 2 sq. ft . 4
X 8 board to have 16 fasteners per board.
B . ADnlication of Roofing Membrane : At all roof areas as
indicated on the Drawings, install a fully adhered EPDM
Roofing Membrane .
1 . Preparation: All areas shall be dry, clean, smooth,
and free from dust or oily substances . Immediately
after the application of insulation, thoroughly clean
the surface of dust, debris, and all loose materials .
2 . Membrane : Position roofing membrane over approved
substrate without stretching. Allow membrane to
relax one half hour prior to bonding. Fold sheet
back so one half of underside of sheet is exposed.
Sheet fold shall be smooth, no wrinkles or buckles.
Apply bonding adhesive evenly, no globs or puddles,
with a 9 in. plastic core paint roller. Adhesive
shall be applied to both sheet and substrate . One
gallon of bonding adhesive applied correctly will
cover approximately 60 sq. ft . of finished surface .
Allow adhesive to dry until tacky, but not string or
stick to a dry finger touch. Roll coated membrane
into adhesive, avoid wrinkles . Brush down bonded
half of the sheet with push broom to achieve maximum
contact . Fold back the bonded half of the sheet with
push broom to achieve maximum bonding procedure.
Apply bonding sheet in same manner lapping edges a
minimum of 4 in. Do not apply bonding adhesive to
the splice areas. Note : Field sheet shall be
continuous from door to door with no lapse in area of
main walk pad.
3 . F l a s 1jj1g:
a. Perimeter flashing shall be done using the longest
pieces practicable . All flashings and
terminations shall be done in accordance with the
details .
b. Complete splice between flashing and main roof
sheet before bonding flashing to vertical surface.
Splice shall extend at least 3 in. beyond the
fasteners which attach the membrane to the
horizontal surface . Apply bonding adhesive to
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
11
dry, smooth, free from oily substances, and with nothing
protruding.
C. Conditions : Check the Drawings covering all trades
regrading all equipment and related items requiring roof
openings in all roof areas . The roof plan does not
necessarily show all of the same . However, the
waterproofing of all penetrations shall be the
responsibility of the Roofing Contractor.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. Substrate : The General Contractor shall clean the roof
surface of any chips or other scrap material . Water in any
form (rain, dew, ice, frost, snow) shall not be present on
the roof deck.
B . Existing Roof :
1 . Thoroughly remove by hand, or other suitable
mechanical means, all slate, wood roof shingles, tin
roofs on porches and dormers, flashings, fascias,
gutters, downspouts, and related items to be removed
on the areas to be re-roofed. All loose debris shall
be swept and removed from the roof by the Roofing
Contractor. Standing water shall be removed from the
area to be covered prior to starting roofing work. �...
2 . All roof areas shall be accurately laid out for
proper lap and sequence of application of insulation
and roofing membrane.
3 . Care shall be taken when removing existing roofing to
avoid damage to work to remain. No roofing materials
are to be thrown from the roof .
4 . Smith College will have first rights of refusal on
all existing scrap copper and all other metal items
removed. Smith College' s Project Coordinator will
make the necessary decision.
3 . 03 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. Installation of Insulation:
1 . All areas to receive insulation shall be dry, clean,
smooth, and free from oily substances .
2 . Insulation shall be installed dry and shall be firm
and free from defects or loose materials . Long
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
10
T. Nails for Slate : Provide hard copper slater' s roofing
AVW- nails with 3/8 inch minimum diameter heads and smooth
shanks of sufficient length to completely penetrate
decking/sheating by at least 1/2 inch.
U. Ice Dam Protection: Provide the following:
W.R. Grace "Ice and Water Shield" or "Weatherwatch" by
GAF.
V. Rosin Pa Provide red rosin paper complying with
Federal Specification UUB790 Type 1, Grade A, six pounds
per 100 square feet .
W. Slate Roof Hooke : Slate roof hooks shall be 10 gauge
stainless steel .
X. New Downspout Brackets : New downspout brackets shall be
made from zinc to match downspout size and shall be wood
driven. Provide at 5 ft . 0 in. o.c. or minimum of three
(3) per each section of downspout .
Y. Copper Weights and Usacre •
1 . 20 oz . cold-rolled half-round double bead copper
gutters, 24 oz . flat copper roofing, skirts at
doorways, step flashings at masonry walls and
chimneys .
2 . Copper shapes shall be break formed to prevent oil
canning. Ridge caps, valley flashings, and plumbing
vents shall also be 20 oz . cold-rolled copper.
Z . Walk Pad: Walk mat shall be 5/8 in. thick by 30 in. wide
rubber by Carlisle.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 _INSPECTION
A. Prior to installation of the work, the Roofing
Subcontractor shall examine the work in place to insure
that conditions are satisfactory for the installation of
specified materials . Report in writing to the General
Contractor and the Architect-Engineer any defects or
conditions which may adversely influence completion or
performance of specified work. Absence of such notice
will be construed as acceptance of work in place .
B . New decking where required shall be securely attached to
frame by the General Contractor. Surface shall be clean,
opwk
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
9
F. Lap Sealant : Compatible with materials with which it is „„W
used, shall be trowel or gun consistency, furnished by
membrane manufacturer.
G. Water Cut-Off Mastic : Compatible with materials with
which it is used, furnished by membrane manufacturer.
H. Molded Pipe Flashing: Compatible with materials with
which it is used, furnished by membrane manufacturer.
I . Nite Seal : Compatible with materials with which it is
used, furnished by membrane manufacturer.
J. Pourable Sealer: Compatible with materials with which it
is used, furnished by membrane manufacturer.
K. Insulation: Insulation shall be one layer of 1 in. H. P.
recovery board insulation, 4 ft . by 8 ft . panels where
noted on roof plans and details as manufactured by
Carlisle .
L. Sheet Metal : Sheet metal shall be 20 oz . or 24 oz . cold-
rolled copper for flashings where noted on the Drawings .
M. Nails : Nails used for fastening copper shall be copper of
approved type, with large flat head and needle point,
sufficient length to penetrate into wood nailers 7/8 in. ,,,W
and shall have barbed shanks .
N. Downspouts : Downspouts shall be 4 in. corrugated 16 oz .
copper. Provide all elbows, offsets, and shanks .
0. Gutters :
1 . Gutters shall be 20 oz . cold-rolled copper, half
round double bead. Size and shape as detailed to
match existing.
2 . Hangers and stiffener bars for gutter shall be rod
and nut hanger with stainless steel nut .
P . Solder: Solder shall be half lead and half tin in bars
bearing the manufacturers name and brand.
Q. Flux: Flux shall be non-acid in past form.
R. Slate : See General Provisions 1 . 05-C, Page 4 , of Section
07200 .
S . Roofing Felt : Provide No. 30, non-perforated, asphalt
saturated organic felt complying with ASTM D 226 .
Awk
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
8
low from discovery of such leaks. This warranty does not
include or cover any work on the roof not installed under
this Contract .
This warranty is solely intended to cover any condition
caused by defective material supplied by the manufacturer,
the installation, or ordinary wear and tear thereof . It
shall not include any condition due to lightning, full
gales, hurricanes or similar unusual natural occurrences,
or any condition caused by any deliberate act or
negligence in maintaining said roof . Liabilities
hereunder shall be limited to the cost of repair or
installation of new material by an applicator authorized
by the manufacturer, and there shall be no liability for
damage to other components of the roof or of the building,
nor for any consequential damage.
This warranty will not cover damage due to repairs or
subsequent work on or through the roof performed without
the manufacturer' s written approval of the methods and
materials to be used.
During the term of this warranty, the manufacturer, its
agents or employees, shall have free access to the roof
during business hours .
1 . 07 AL TERNATEG
O
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of bid items .
PART 2 - PRO12UC'TS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. General : Components shall be products of Carlisle Tire
and Rubber Company.
B. Membrane : . 060 in. thick scrim reinforced, maximum 10 ft .
wide length determined by job conditions, EPDM (Ethylene
Propylene Diene Monomer) .
C. Flashing: Elastomeric sheet . 060 in. thick furnished by
membrane manufacturer.
D. Bonding Adhesive : Compatible with materials to which the
membrane is to be bonded, furnished by membrane
manufacturer.
E. Splicing Cements and Inseam Sealant : To be furnished by
membrane manufacturer.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
7
By signing this agreement, the Roofing Contractor
acknowledges all terms of this agreement and also agrees
that if these terms are not adhered to, then Smith College
reserves the right to hire a Contractor to make the
necessary repairs and back charge the Contractor issuing
this warranty for all work incurred for said repairs .
Not covered under this warranty are the following items :
a. Vapor barrier.
b. External metal and gutter work.
c . Products in the roof assembly not recommended by
the system manufacturer.
d. Damage to the roofing or flashing caused by the
improper use of products listed in a. through c .
above .
e . Vandalism or abuse .
f . Significant change in use of building.
This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties expressed
or implied.
Mailing Address :
By:
Authorized Signature of Manufacturer
C. Warranty: EPDM Roofing System:
The General Contractor shall provide the Architect-
Engineer with a manufacturer warranty, in triplicate, for
the roofing system, for the Owner ' s records, warranting,
in writing, the work of this Section of the Contract for a
period of 15 years materials and labor, with an additional
20 years materials only warranty from the date of
acceptance of the work by the Owner. Form of warranty
shall be as follows :
MANUFACTURER' S
Name and Address
Date of Warranty
The manufacturer of the roofing system warrants to
maintain the work, including flashings of the roof at the
Tenney House, Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts,
in a watertight condition at its own expense for a period
of fifteen (15) years from the date of acceptance of the
work by the Owner provided that the Owner gives the
manufacturer written notice of any leaks within 30 days
AAW
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
6
Northampton, Massachusetts, in a watertight condition at
ApW its own expense for a period of five (5) years from the
date of acceptance of the work of the Owner provided that
the Owner gives the Contractor written notice of any leaks
within 30 days from discovery of such leaks . This
warranty does not include or cover any work on the roof
not installed under this Contract .
This warranty is solely intended to cover any condition
caused by defective slate which is cracked, damaged,
loose, missing, or any leaks and the installation of the
slate. It shall not include any condition due to
lightning, full gales, hurricanes or similar unusual
natural occurrences, or any condition caused by any
deliberate act or negligence in maintaining said roof .
Liabilities hereunder shall be limited to the cost of
repair or installation of new material by the Roofing
Contractor, and there shall be no liability for damage to
other components of the roof or of the building, nor for
any consequential damage .
This warranty will not cover damage due to repairs or
subsequent work on, or through, the roof performed without
the roofer' s knowledge.
During the five (5) year term of this warranty, the
Roofing Contractor shall inspect the roofs once in the
Spring, during the month of May, and again in October to
replace any damaged or cracked slate . All loose slate
shall be reattached and any missing slate replaced with
new as supplied by Smith College .
The Contractor shall respond to, and fix, any leaks
through the slate roof whenever a leak occurs .
Not covered under this warranty are the following items :
a. Vandalism or abuse .
b. Change in use of building.
c . Natural disasters as described in previous items .
This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties expressed
or implied.
Name of Corporation or Company
Title of Person Signing
Signature
Date
Corporate Seal Notary Public
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
5
to finish the project because of breakage, removal due
to improper application, or damage due to handling
will be the Contractor' s responsibility at no cost to
the Owner.
2 . All slate pallets shall be removed and disposed of by
the Contractor.
3 . Slate color to be North Country Unfading Black, S1
quality slate, size 10 x 20 .
4 . The Roofing Contractor shall supply an additional two
(2) squares of slate and deliver them to a storage
location as directed by Smith College .
5 . The Contractor shall submit six (6) full samples of
slate for size, quality, and color approval by the
Owner.
6 . The Contractor shall have 10 percent slate, 12 in. by
20 in. for valley cuts .
1 . 06 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY
A. Warranty: Provide written warranty signed by Contractor
and roofing subcontractor agreeing to repair or replace
non-performing work for the specified period. Non- 40W
performing work is defined to be any work which exhibits
evidence of failure or problem such as, without
limitation, water leakage into the building, loose
components, missing components, cracked and damaged
components, and other defects and problems .
1 . Warranty Period: Five (5) years from date of final
completion of final completion and Owner' s acceptance
of phase.
B . Warranty: Slate Roof :
The Roofing Contractor shall provide the Architect-
Engineer with a Contractor' s warranty, in triplicate, for
all the slate roofing (including all slate work at
dormers) , for the Owner' s records, warranting, in writing,
the work of this Section of the Contract for a period of
five (5) years materials and labor, from the date of
acceptance of the work by the Owner. Form of warranty
shall be as follows :
The Roofing Contractor, who installed the slate roofing
system, warrants to maintain the work, including flashings
of the slate roof at Tyler Annex, Smith College,
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
4
5 . Submit literature and samples for all roofing items
under Part 3 . 01 MATERIALS .
C. Product Data : Submit manufacturer' s specifications and
recommendations for all roofing materials .
1 . 04 OUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT. There are to be no substitutions for materials
named.
B . Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Qualifications :
1 . The roofing shall be applied by a Contractor who is
approved by the Owner.
2 . Submit names of the roofing and slate foreman, sheet
metal foreman, and their work experience records for
approval .
1 . 05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: All manufacturer' s materials shall be delivered
in the original packages, containers, and bundles bearing
the name of the manufacturer, the brand, and all UL and FM
approved numbers .
B . Storage : Materials shall be stored off the ground, under
watertight covers, and away from sweating walls and other
damp surfaces until ready for use. Damaged or
deteriorated materials shall be removed from the premises .
C. Slate Delivery and Purchasina:
1 . The Roofing Contractor will be responsible for
determining how much slate he will require for this
project . This slate shall be purchased by the Roofing
Contractor. The Roofing Contractor shall take
delivery of all slate and will be completely
responsible for delivery, handling, storage, and
installation. The Roofing Contractor shall make sure
that the slate order is sufficient to install new
slate on the project . Any additional slate required
AO*
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
3
7 . Provide all step flashings and counter flashings at AOW
all roof-to-wall conditions .
B . Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed by others under the
designated Sections :
1 . SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY.
a . Treated wood blocking, nailers, and insulation of
new plywood deck.
C. General Contractor:
1 . The General Contractor shall be responsible for
protecting and securing all temporary openings
(Exhaust fans, vents, hatches, plumbing holes) .
2 . The removal of all snow, ice, water, mortar, and
debris shall be the responsibility of the General
Contractor.
3 . All surface areas to receive materials, as specified
under this and related Sections, shall be maintained
clean and free of foreign matter.
4 . All exterior staging of the building shall be the ,,W
responsibility of the General Contractor.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the Architect-
Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials
to the site .
B. Samples : Submit samples of the following materials to the
Architect-Engineer for approval :
1 . Two (2) 3 ft . 0 in. long formed samples of the copper
drip edge with clips and a 12 in. sample of copper
reglet .
2 . Two (2) 3 ft . 0 in. long section samples of the gutter
with all components and downspouts .
3 . Fasteners and hooks for slate .
4 . Quality of installed materials shall match approved
samples held by the Architect-Engineer.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
2
00K SECTION 07200
ROOFING AND FLASHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Providing the administration, facilities, equipment,
accessories and materials required, and furnish all
labor with the expertise and degree of skill necessary
to satisfactorily integrate the following items into
the total building system in compliance with the
Specification. The work throughout shall be completed
in a manner to assure that no leakage into the roof
system, insulation, or building occurs .
2 . The removal of all existing slate and wood shingle
roofing, gutters and downspouts, copper flashings, tin
roofs at porches and dormers, and all roof-to-wall
flashings .
3 . The complete installation of all slate and EPDM
roofing, flashings, counter flashings, metal
flashings, metal drip edges, fabrication and
insulation of all flat seam copper roofing, gutters
and downspouts, and ridge and valley copper flashings
as specified herein and as shown on the Drawings .
4 . Flashing of all roof penetrations .
5 . Provide all hoisting and rigging for slate, copper and
EPDM roofing work on the roof as required to install
new roofing systems .
6 . The Roofing Contractor shall perform all roofing and
flashing, along with slate installation, and shall be
a company which is acceptable to the Owner.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
1
�, SECTION 07 .nn
ROO TN = AND F ASHING
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1. 03 Submittals 2
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 3
1. 05 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 3
1 . 06 Guarantee/Warranty 4
1. 07 Alternates 7
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 7
PART 3 - EXECUTTnN
3 . 01 Inspection 9
3 . 02 Preparation 10
3 . 03 Installation/Application/Erection 10
3 . 04 Felt, Ice,- and Water Dam Installation 12
3 . 05 Slate Shingle Installation 13
3 . 06 Flat Seam Copper Roofing Installation 14
3 . 07 Walk Mat Installation 14
3 . 08 Special Requirements 15
3 . 09 Adjusting and Cleaning 15
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
0
3 . 04 CLEANING
A. Surfaces of all materials adjoining dampproofed areas and
caulked joints shall be cleaned of any smears of compound
or other soiling due to the dampproofing and caulking
operations .
B. Removal of RubbiGh : This Contractor shall remove all
rubbish caused by the work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING,
AND CAULKING
07100
5
3 . 03 INSTALLATION
AW
A. Atinlication:
1 . Caulking:
a. All surfaces of joints shall be sealed before
application of caulking materials .
b. Caulking compound shall be applied by gun method
using nozzles of proper sizes to fit the several
widths of joints . The type of gun shall be
subject to the approval of the Architect-Engineer.
C . Caulk joints a minimum of 3/4 in. in depth and 1/4
in. in width, unless otherwise indicated on the
Drawings . All particles of mortar, plaster, dust,
and other foreign matter shall be brushed out and,
just prior to caulking, where a suitable backstop
has not been provided, packed tightly with
polyethylene foam cord.
d. The compound shall be driven into the joint
grooves with sufficient pressure to force out all
air and solidly fill the joint grooves . Caulking,
where exposed, shall be free of wrinkles and shall
be uniformly smooth. Joints in sills and other Aak
wash surfaces shall be filled slightly convex to
obtain a flush joint when dry. Caulking around
all openings in concrete or masonry shall include
the entire perimeter of each opening.
e . Location: Caulk all joints as follows and also as
indicated on the Drawings :
(1) Around new fan coil units .
(2) Perimeter of all openings in exterior walls
and interior walls.
(3) All new joints in plaster, drywall, and
concrete .
(4) All edges of door and window frames installed
under this Contract .
(5) Perimeter of all mechanical equipment
penetrations through exterior and interior
walls and roof, including louvers .
AW
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING,
AND CAULKING
07100
4
1 . 0 7 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of Bid Items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Caulkingr:
1 . Exterior and interior caulking shall be two-part
Polysulfide, GC-5 Synthacalk by Pecora. Compounds
shall remain permanently plastic and shall not stain
masonry or corrode metal . Colors shall be as selected
by the Architect-Engineer from choice of entire range
of manufacturer' s colors .
2 . Closed cell polyethylene foam cord shall be used for
back-up where required and of size required to force-
fill the joints .
3 . Primer for sealants shall be as recommended by the
sealant manufacturer. Primer shall have been tested
for durability with the sealant to be used and on
samples of the surfaces to be sealed.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 ENVIRONMENTAL, CONDITIONS
A. Caulking shall be installed only when the ambient
temperature is 40 degrees F. or above.
B. All exterior work shall be discontinued during rain.
C. Interior caulking work shall be performed only upon
surfaces adequately dried out to receive caulk.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. Caulking: The joint design, shape, and spacing shall be
as indicated. The surfaces of joints to be sealed shall
be dry. Oil, grease, dirt, chalk, particles of mortar,
plaster, laitance, efflorescence, dust, loose rust, loose
mill scale, protective coatings, and other foreign
substances shall be removed from all joint -surfaces to be
sealed. Oil or grease shall be removed with solvent and
surfaces shall be wiped with clean cloths .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING,
AND CAULKING
07100
3
B . Manufacturer' s Data : Submit documentation (brochure) „,"k
showing the physical properties, manufacturer' s
recommendations for application, required environmental
conditions, etc .
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B . Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Oualifications : All materials, unless otherwise indicated
on the Drawings or specified herein or specifically
approved by the Architect-Engineer (in writing) , shall be
products of the following manufacturers : Pecora and
Sonneborn or Architect approved equal .
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Except as otherwise indicated, all materials and
operations shall meet the requirements of the latest ,.
revision of the standard specifications of the American
Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .
1 . 06 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: Materials shall be delivered on the job in the
manufacturer' s original, unopened containers . The
containers shall include the following information on the
label : supplier, name of material, formula or
specification number, lot number, color, date of
manufacture, mixing instructions, shelf life, and curing
time when applicable at the standard conditions for
laboratory tests .
B. Storaae : All materials shall be carefully handled and
stored to prevent inclusion of foreign materials or
exposure to temperatures exceeding 90 degrees F. Caulking
compound or components outdated as indicated by shelf life
shall not be used.
AOK
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING,
AND CAULKING
07100
2
SECITON 07100
WATERPROOFING DAMPPROOFTNG AND CAULKING
PART 1 - GENEEAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Continuous sealant around perimeter of all new door
and window frames, both sides, interior and exterior.
2 . Continuous sealant around all perimeters of new
ductwork, wall penetrations, louvers and registers,
and register blank-off plates.
3 . All interior caulking as indicated on the Drawings .
AOW 4 . Continuous sealant under all exterior thresholds .
S . Continuous sealant at all miscellaneous joints at
facings, soffits, cornices, and overhangs at new stair
addition, new roof dormers, and other areas as
required by the Contract Drawings .
B. Related Work : The following item is not included in this
Section and will be performed under the designated
Section:
1 . SECTION 07270 - FIRESTOPPING.
a. Firesafing.
1 . 03 SUBMTT'T' S
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING,
AND CAULKING
07100
1
SECTION 07100
WATERPROOFING DAMPPR
A7TKTNC'
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - ENERAT
1. 01 General Provisions 1
1. 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals
1.04 1
Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 2
1. 06 Product Handling 2
1 . 07 Alternates 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 3
PART -3 - EXECUTION
UTION
3 . 01 Environmental Conditions 3
3 . 02 Preparation 3
3 . 03 Installation 4
3 . 04 Cleaning 5
2292 (SC-TENNEY) WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING,
AND CAULKING
07100
0
E. Tub/Shower Wall Surround System:
1 . Members shall be manufactured from a sheet of plastic
. 093 and . 060 in. thick.
2 . Paneling system shall be an assembly of pieces which
are customized to meet the specific requirements of
each bathroom.
3 . The standard system shall be custom fit .
4 . Provide plastic trim if required to accommodate
windows .
5 . The paneling system shall extend as shown on the
Drawings .
6 . The wall above the tile shall be furred out if shown
on the Drawings .
F. Accessories : None this Section.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Architect and Awl
Awarding Authority in performing this work.
B. The Contractor shall visit each unit and verify all
dimensions and conditions for the work herein specified.
C. The installation of the panel system shall be completed on
the same day in which it is commenced whenever possible .
D. Any obstructions encountered for the installation of the
PVC panels shall be removed under this Contract .
E. Patch and repair any wallboard or plaster surfaces damaged
or disturbed that are exposed after panel installation.
F. This Contractor shall clean up and remove all debris
caused by work under the scope of this Section.
END OF SECTION
ww+,
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PVC FINISH PANELS
06700
4
4 . Shop drawings will be prepared by qualified drafters
"in house. "
1 . 05 GUARANTEE
A. PVC Finish Panels shall be installed by the manufacturer
and guaranteed for a period of three (3) years from date
of Substantial Completion.
1 . 06 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of bid items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS - GENERAL
A. All materials shall be new, free of defects impairing
their strength, durability, or appearance, and of best
commercial quality for purposes noted.
B. All caulking shall be watertight, mildew resistant,
fungicidal silicone sealant, equal to, or better than, Dow
Corning 786 or GE Sanitary 1700 .
C. All adhesives used shall be fire, water, and mildew
resistant in their cured state.
D. Plastic shall be polyvinyl chloride in sheet form with the
following characteristics :
1 . Thickness as specified for each member with a
tolerance of ten percent (10%) .
2 . Meets or exceeds the requirements of HUD/FHA as stated
in "Materials Bulletin Number 73A" for plastics .
3 . Fire retardant per ASTM D 635 and U.L. listing under
UL-94-V-0.
4 . Retains a modest gloss finish resistant to chipping,
cracking, acids, chemicals, stains, or discolorations .
S . Repairable against unnatural abuse
6 . Of the same color within each installation.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PVC FINISH PANELS
06700
3
2 . All accessories .
3 . Caulking.
4 . Fastening devices .
C. Shoyp Drawings : Submit detailed shop drawings for review
by the Architect . These shop drawings shall show proposed
methods of installation for actual field conditions .
D. Test Installation: Make one (1) complete installation of
panels in the field for review by the Architect .
Remaining work may be done only after written approval
from the Architect . Approved test installation shall be
the standard by which remaining work is judged. Work not
meeting this standard shall be required to be corrected or
redone .
E. Maintenance Information : Furnish one (1) copy of cleaning
instructions and one (1) copy of repair instructions to
the Awarding Authority (Owner) .
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standards : Comply with referenced standards of the
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ,
Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc . (U.L. ) , and the Federal AWW,
Housing Administration of the Department of Housing and
Urban Development (HUD/FHA) .
B. Use skilled workmen who are trained and experienced in the
necessary crafts and familiar with the Specifications and
methods needed to properly perform the work of this
Section.
C. Manufacturer: Universal Bath Systems, Chicopee,
Massachusetts, who shall certify to the Architect that :
1 . The manufacturer (s) has a minimum of five (5) years
continuous experience in the type of fabrication and
installation required by the Drawings and
Specifications .
2 . The manufacturer (s) has successfully completed
comparable work with at least five (5) references .
3 . The manufacturer (s) shop and personnel -have the
facilities and capabilities to fabricate all items
expeditiously and on time.
low
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PVC FINISH PANELS
06700
2
SECTION 06700
PVC FINISH PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Scope : All labor, materials, and equipment necessary to
provide plastic tub/shower wall surrounds as shown on the
Drawings or as specified.
B . Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Field measurements .
2 . Test installation.
3 . Plastic fabrication.
4 . Accessories .
5 . Installation.
6 . Caulking.
7 . Coordination.
8 . Clean-up.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site .
B. Samples : Submit samples, for review by the Architect, as
follows :
1 . Plastic material .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PVC FINISH PANELS
06700
1
SECTION 06700
foll PVC FINI Gu PANELS
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Guarantee 3
1 . 06 Alternates 3
PART 2 - PROD CTra
2 . 01 Materials - General 3
PART EXECUTION
3 . 01 General Requirements 4
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PVC FINISH PANELS
06700
0
2 . Except where otherwise specifically indicated in the
Construction Documents to be furnished by other '"'
trades, furr down ceilings and furr out walls around
ductwork and pipes where required.
H. Bathroom and Laundry Room Tops :
1 . Fabrication and installation shall be in strict
accordance with manufacturer' s instructions .
2 . Tolerances are plus or minus 1/8 in. unless otherwise
shown.
3 . Verify field measurements and check color match before
proceeding with fabrication.
4 . All surfaces to be uniform gloss, all edges to be
eased and sanded smooth.
5 . Upon completion, all surfaces to be cleaned.
3 . 02 CLEANING
A. Removal of Rubbish: This Contractor shall remove all
rubbish caused by the work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
Aaw
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
12
plaster, paint, etc . Remove protective material only
"* upon direction by the Architect-Engineer.
S . Special Note : Carpenter shall not install any
hardware on doors, except for butts, until after first
field coat of paint or sealer is applied.
6 . Install all weatherstripping, of all types, as
specified and where indicated on the Drawings .
E. Wood Handrail . - Interior:
1 . Furnish and install interior wood handrails and
supports at stairs and as otherwise shown on the
Construction Drawings.
2 . Handrails shall be clear Red Oak and shall include B-
720 rails and B-745 quarter turns, at top and bottom,
all as manufactured by Coffman or approved equal .
3 . Rosettes shall be clear Red Oak B-905A as manufactured
by Coffman.
4 . Supports shall be No. CD80-4100 solid brass US 3
finish, 3-5/16 in. deep, as manufactured by Stanley
or approved equal . -
F. Replacement of Damaged Trim - Interior:
1 . Remove all damaged existing interior wood trim,
including wood bases and replace with new wood trim to
match existing size and shape.
G. Furring:
1 . Unless otherwise indicated, miscellaneous furring
shall be 16 in. o. c . Furring shall be secured to
masonry or concrete walls with approved cut nails,
toggles, nailing plugs, or clips set in the masonry or
concrete, or as otherwise detailed, of sizes and
openings indicated. Furring strips shall be provided
around all openings, angles, corners, and for similar
locations. Furring to be 1 in. by 3 in. minimum and
larger where shown. Furring strips shall be erected
plumb and rigid using wood shims wherever necessary.
The face of furring strips shall form a true and even
plane for finish material . Wood furring for offsets
and breaks on walls shall be formed of 1 in. by 4 in.
wood strips spaced 16 in. o. c . following contours .
Furring strips to support built-in items or as back-up
shall be provided.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
11
in place without warping, splitting, or opening of
joints . AOW
3 . Interior millwork finish shall be fabricated and
installed conforming to design and type as approved by
the Architect-Engineer.
4 . As far as possible, conceal fastenings . Where not
possible, locate them in inconspicuous places . Where
nailing is permitted through wood work face, conceal
nail heads . Do not nail adjacent woodwork to
paneling.
S . Miter external corners of flat and molded horizontal
members, cope internal corners . Glue the mitered
corners and secure with corrugated metal fasteners .
6 . All exposed finish plywood to have grain run
vertically. All panels to be one piece with no
joints .
C. Plastic Laminate :
1 . Furnish and install all plastic laminate tops and
backs . To be shop-coated to 3/4 in. Georgia Pacific ' s
flakeboard or U. S . Plywood' s Nova-ply core stock and
to be balanced construction with . 020 in. thick
phenolic back sheet . low
D. Application of Finish Hardware :
1 . Receive, store, and be responsible for builders
hardware . Properly tag, index, and deliver all keys
to the Owner at completion of the work.
2 . Fit accurately, apply securely, and adjust carefully
all builders hardware . (See SECTION 08700 -
HARDWARE. ) Exercise care not to mar or damage work
when applying hardware.
3 . All hardware shall be left clean, in perfect
condition, and in perfect working order at completion
of the building when all keys shall be delivered,
properly labeled, where directed by the
Architect-Engineer.
4 . After installation, protect all exposed hardware such
as knobs, escutcheons, panic devices, push and pull
plates, door closers, etc . with fabric or suitable
heavy material so that finish will not be damaged by
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
10
PART 3 - EXECUTTON
3 . 01 INSTALLATION
A. General :
1 . Carefully lay out, cut, fit, and erect all items of
finish carpentry. All built-up sections will have
continuous wood members of the sizes shown.
2 . Furnish and install all wood trim, balustrades,
panels, handrails, stairs, bases, frames, ceilings,
capitals, plinths, posts, friezes, corbels, fascias,
and similar items, as per details and as required for
both exterior and interior work.
3 . Do such work as is necessary to cover and protect all
carpentry work, door frames, and all other materials
from damage of any character.
4 . Furnish and install all miscellaneous built-in
millwork cabinet work throughout the entire building.
Except as otherwise specified, all members shall be
properly seasoned clear species as indicated in the
wood schedule. Exposed finish plywood shall have
grain run vertically and shall be selected plain
sliced species as indicated in the wood schedule . All
adjacent components, i .e . drawers, panels in
individual cabinet units, shall be faced with the
specified veneer material cut from one (1) sheet so as
to match in color, grain, and pattern.
B . Interior Finish ;
1 . Interior finish shall be manufactured of the wood
specified. Wood to be stained or finished natural
shall be uniform in color. Interior finish shall be
milled, fabricated, and erected as shown on the
Drawings . Machine sand at the mill and sandpaper
smooth at the building when necessary. All interior
trim shall be standard stock moldings and members
conforming to design and type approved by the
Architect-Engineer. Nails shall be set for putty
stopping. Wood finish shall be set straight, plumb,
level and square in perfect alignment, and closely
fitted. Trim shall be in long lengths .
2 . All millwork shall be accurately milled to detail with
clean cut moldings, profiles, and lines; scraped and
sand smooth. Mortise and tenon or spline all joints
to minimize shrinkage and insure that the work remains
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
9
Timberline CB-180 for 3/4 in. with lock
washer A
(4) Adjustable Shelf Supports :
4 each shelf supports at all stainless steel
shelves as shown
Hafele 282 . 04 . 711
(5) Pantry Pullout Unit - H ;g Adj st'ahlP Full
Extension at Each Pantry Unit:
Capacity: 220 lbs .
Pantry frame to include front frame, front
frame fixing brackets, and counter frame
1 each Hafele pantry frame 546 . 77 . 220 or
Hafele pantry frame 546 . 77 .250, as required
1 each Hafele full extension runner
546 . 71 . 297
Basket Holder: 545 . 84 .280, as required by
manufacturer or approved equal
Stabilizer Bar: 546 . 76 . 201, as required by
manufacturer or approved equal
Storage Baskets : Provide minimum of four (4)
baskets each at 56 in. high units and six (6)
baskets each at 74 in. high units
Basket : Hafele Model 546 . 75 . 204 chrome
plated
Basket Storage Shelf : One (1) for each
basket, Model 546 . 75 . 780, white plastic
(6) Drawer Slides :
Narrow drawers (18 in. wide and under) - two
(2) K&V No. 1429 roller drawer slides
Wide drawers (18 in. wide to 30 in. wide) -
two (2) K&V No. 8500 roller drawer slides
(7) Concealed Hangincg 13ardware for Adjustable
Shelving Ur)ri qhts:
Three (3) /upright Hafele modular connectors,
Model 262 .47 . 067
Three (3) /upright Hafele modular connecting
fittings, Model 262 .47 . 898
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
8
7 . All exterior metal fasteners, anchorages, and other
,Opk millwork accessory items shall be hot-dipped
galvanized.
8 . Bulletin Board Cork: Bulletin board cork shall be 1/4
in. thick resilient linoleum tackable surface as
manufactured by Forbo Industries, Inc . Color shall be
as selected by the Architect from the manufacturer' s
full range of colors . Bulletin board shall be
installed in strict accordance with all manufacturer' s
requirements .
C. Hardware :
1 . Hardware for millwork and cabinetry shall be as
manufactured by Hafele, Blum, Epco, Grass, Knape &
Vogt, Stanley, or Architect/Engineer approved equal .
2 . Cabinet Hardware : Furnish and install for
miscellaneous cabinet, cupboard, and counter doors and
drawer hardware as follows :
a. For all flush ush cabi_n_et doors as detailed 1 e on the
Drawings
(1) Single doors under 36 in high each door to
have :
1 magnetic catch, Stanley SP41
1 pull, Hafele 117. 05 . 620 stainless steel
1 pr. hinges, Blum Clip 125
1 cabinet lock, Timberline CB-180 with lock
washer
(2) Single doors over 36 in high each door to
have
1-1/2 pr. hinges, Blum Clip 125
1 magnetic catch, Stanley S245
1 pull, Hafele 117 . 05 . 620 stainless steel
1 cabinet lock, Timberline CB-180 with lock
washer
(3) Pair doors under 36 in high to have :
2 pr. hinges, Blum Clip 125
2 elbow catches, Ives No. 2
1 magnetic catch, Stanley SP41
1 pull, Hafele 117 . 05 . 620 stainless steel and
where called to be locked: 1 cabinet lock,
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
7
3 . Corian Surfaces :
AMW
a. Surface shall be Corian (methyl methacrylate
binder) as manufactured by DuPont or approved
equal .
b. Thickness (3/4 in. ) and color as specified by the
Architect .
C . Corian will be bonded to Corian using DuPont Joint
Adhesive; for caulk joints, use Silicone Sealant .
d. Vanity Tops and Bowls : Bathroom Window Sills
(1) Vanity top and bowl or lavatory shall be
Corian (methyl methacrylate binder) as
manufactured by DuPont .
(2) Dimension, color, bowl position, and faucet
holes to be specified by the Architect .
(3) Standard 1/2 in. by 6 in. backsplash included
with vanity top and bowl . Sidesplashes shall
match backsplash.
(4) 3/4 in. x width of window plus window casing,
with Corian skirt below sill . look
B . Materials Other Than Lumber:
1 . Bolts and nuts shall conform to requirements of ANSI
B18 . 2 . 2 .
2 . Clamps, expansion bolts, expansion screws, joist
hangers, toggle bolts, washers, and anchors shall be
of steel and iron and of standard type and
manufacture .
3 . Lag screws shall conform to the requirements of ANSI
B18 . 2 . 1 .
4 . Nails shall conform to the requirements of Federal
Specifications FF-N-101, FF-B-561, or may be the
drive-screw or special type of standard manufacture .
5 . Wood screws shall conform to the requirements of ANSI
B18 . 6 . 1 .
6 . Plastic laminate shall be Wilson Art, Nevamar, or
Formica.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
6
speaker enclosures, etc . , other than exposed
OW finished trim and acoustic battens (finish only) ,
shall be fire treated with Wolman, Dricon, FRT, or
approved equal in accordance with AWPA C-20 and
C-27, interior, Type A.
e . Wood Treated Against Decay: All lumber used in
connection with roofing, porch, ramp, or in
contact with concrete or masonry, shall be
pressure-treated against decay. Pressure-treated
wood shall contain .40 lbs . per cu. ft . of
preservative as per AWPA Standard C22 (Ground
Contact) ; preservative shall be Osmose K-33 ,
Wolman CCA, or approved equal .
2 . Wood Schedule : At the Contractor' s option, lumber for
the various uses shall be one of the species listed
below for the purpose and of the grade indicated:
Ulu QRAT)Fi SPECIEG
a. Interior trim. "A" finish Poplar.
clear
b. Interior moldings "A" finish Poplar.
and other
interior trim.
*"* Miscellaneous
interior wood
frame and trim.
C . Cabinet stock "A" finish Veneer
and trim. clear plywood
(Cherry) .
d. Exterior siding, "A" finish Cedar.
clapboards, and clear
vertical board
siding.
e . Exterior plywood. A-C Exterior Yellow Pine
Grade, Clear (Treated) .
f . Exterior door "A" finish Mahogany.
frames and trim. clear
g. Rear porch "A" finish Mahogany.
columns, lattice, clear
mouldings, and
trim.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
5
1 . 07 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of bid items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Lumber and Millwork:
1 . General :
a. Sizes and Patterns : Lumber shall be surfaced four
sides, and the dressed sizes of yard and
structural lumber shall conform to the
requirements of the Department of Commerce
Simplified Practice Recommendation R16-39 . Lumber
shall be worked to such patterns as are indicated
on the Drawings or specified herein. Worked
materials, except as otherwise indicated on the
Drawings, shall conform to the standard patterns
of the Department of Commerce Simplified Practice
Recommendation R16-39 .
b. Moisture Content : Unless otherwise specified,
lumber shall be either air-dried or kiln-dried, low
and the moisture content shall not exceed 19
percent . Exterior and interior finishing lumber
shall be kiln-dried, and at the time of delivery
to the building site, the moisture content shall
not exceed 12 percent for material 1 in. or less
in thickness and shall not exceed 14 percent for
materials over 1 in. in thickness . Millwork which
is assembled or built-up of more than one piece at
the time, except doors, shall not have a greater
moisture content than 12 percent .
C . Grade and Species : Lumber and plywood shall be
identified by the official grade-mark, except
where grade-mark will interfere with natural
finish.
d. Fire Retardant Treated Wood: Lumber, plywood, and
millwork required to be fire retardant treated
under State and Local Building codes shall bear
the identification of an accredited authoritative
testing or inspection agency showing the
performance rating thereof . Included is all
applicable blocking, furring, framing, and other
non-trim wood components . All framing, furring,
look
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
4
3 . Corian, full range of colors .
4 . Cedar clapboards and vertical siding.
1 . 04 OUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Eauality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B . Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Oualifications : The materials or products specified
herein and indicated on the Drawings by trade name,
manufacturer' s name, or catalog number shall be provided
as specified. Except as otherwise approved by the
Architect-Engineer, in writing, all materials shall be
products of the following manufacturers : U.S . Plywood and
Stanley Hardware .
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. All materials and operations shall meet the requirements
of the latest revision of the standard Specifications of
the organizations cited in Section 2 . 01 A. "Materials" and
including the following: The Architectural Woodwork
Institute (AWI) , Douglas Fir Plywood Association (DFPA) ,
American Plywood Associates (APA) , National Forest
Products Association (NFPA) , American Wood Preserves
Bureau (AWPB) , Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers Association
(HPMA) .
B . Grading of lumber of the various species shall conform to
the requirements of ASTM D 2555 and ASTM D 245 .
1 . 06 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Stack framing lumber to ensure proper ventilation and
drainage, and protect lumber from the elements. Protect
all millwork materials, paneling, and prefinished items
against dampness during and after delivery. Store under
cover and where not exposed to extreme changes of
temperature or humidity. Do not store or install millwork
or prefinished items in any part of the building until
masonry work and plastering are dry, except as approved by
the Architect-Engineer.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
3
boards at new Third Floor stairway enclosure and
new roof dormers . Aw
M. New cedar clapboard siding to match existing at
all areas of infill .
n. Ornamental wood treatments as indicated on the
Contract Drawings .
o. Bulletin Board cork surface as indicated on the
Contract Drawings.
2 . SECTION 08700 - HARDWARE.
a. Installation of all hardware.
B . Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections :
1 . SECTION 08210 - WOOD DOORS.
a. Wood doors .
2 . SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM DRYWALL.
a. Gypsum board. Awk
3 . SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND WALL COVERING.
a. Surface priming.
b. Finishing.
4 . SECTION 10010 - MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES.
1 . 03 SUBMITTAJ,g
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B. Shop Drawings : Submit shop drawings on all millwork and
cabinetry.
C. 3_dMP1 @: Submit samples of the following:
1 . Door and window trim.
2 . Plastic laminate, full range of colors .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
2
SECTION 06200
FINISH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . All finish carpentry.
a. All millwork and kitchen cabinetry.
b. All wood handrails and related hardware.
c . All new stairs, - landing, railings, and trim.
d. All repair and replacement of existing millwork,
as called for in the Construction Documents, or as
otherwise made necessary to match existing due to
work of all trades .
e . Repair of damaged wood ceilings and trim.
f . Wood ceiling trim (picture rails) .
g. Miscellaneous interior wood trim at windows and
doors as required.
h. Wood baseboards .
i . Replacement of all damaged interior wood trim as
indicated on the Contract Drawings and required by
work of other trades .
j . Countertops - Corian and plastic laminate .
k. Bathroom window sills - Corian.
1 . Trimming of wood corner and overhangs and trim
Owk
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
1
SECTION 06200
FINISH C -PENTRY
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 2
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 3
1 . 05 Reference Standards 3
1 . 06 Product Handling 3
1 . 07 Alternates 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .01 Installation 9
3 . 02 Cleaning 12
2292 (SC-TENNEY) FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
0
3 . 02 CLEANING
A. Removal of Rubbish : This Contractor shall remove all
rubbish caused by the work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
AW
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100
8
C. Wood Preservatives :
OOW
1 . Pressure-treat against decay, with specified wood
preservative, all new plates, sills, nailing strips,
and any wood in contact with concrete and masonry.
Pressure-treat all wood furring, blockings, screeds,
etc. , as well as all wood framing and flooring at ramp
and porch.
D. Anchors :
1 . Anchors shall be installed where specified or shown on
the Drawings to anchor carpentry to masonry or
concrete . Anchors shall extend not less than 8 in.
into brick and concrete . Anchors for plates shall be
as shown spaced approximately 4 ft . o.c. and provided
with washers .
2 . Fasten wood grounds, furring, and other engaging wood
work to concrete and masonry with approved metal types
of ties or inserts spaced to suit conditions.
3 . Nails, spikes, screws, toggles, and similar items
shall be of approved materials, sizes, and types
sufficient to draw and rigidly secure members in
place .
E . Rough Hardware : Provide and install all rough hardware
and other items, as well as all metal fastening of any
nature for proper installation of carpentry and millwork.
F. Furrina: Unless otherwise indicated, miscellaneous
furring shall be 16 in. o. c . Furring shall be secured to
masonry or concrete walls with approved cut nails,
toggles, nailing plugs, or clips set in the masonry or
concrete, or as otherwise detailed, of sizes and opening
indicated. Furring strips shall be provided around all
openings, angles, corners, and for other similar
locations . Furring to be 1 in. by 3 in. minimum and
larger where shown. Furring strips shall be erected plumb
and rigid using wood shims wherever necessary. The face
of furring strips shall form a true and even plane for
finish material . Wood furring for offsets and breaks on
walls shall be formed of 1 in. by 4 in. wood strips spaced
16 in. o.c. following contours . Furring strips to support
built-in items or as back-up shall be provided.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100
7
3 . Brace, plumb, level, and square all members and secure
with sufficient nails, spikes, and bolts to insure
rigidity. Anchor with toggle bolts into concrete
blocks .
4 . Nailing: Unless otherwise specified, nailing shall be
done according to recommendation of NFPA and the State
Building code .
5 . Frame as required for installation and support of
items to be concealed, recessed, or partly recessed.
6 . Miscellaneous wood blocking between metal studs and
all other wood blocking required for other materials
are in this scope of work.
7 . Do such work as is necessary to cover and protect all
carpentry work, sash, door frames, and all other
materials from damage of any character.
8 . Furnish, set, and maintain runways or ladders as
required for general use of all workmen.
9 . Provide and maintain all temporary bracing required
for window and door frames, etc. Provide and maintain
all shoring, bracing, etc. required and be fully
responsible for same, and all shoring shall be
maintained until permanent work is in place and is '" `
suitable to receive the loads and then removed.
10 . Temporary batten doors, complete with hinges and
padlocks, shall be provided on exterior door openings .
Before plastering, window openings shall be closed
with nylon reinforced polyethylene on wood frames .
11 . Cut, patch, and frame all rough and finish lumber and
all blockings as required or directed for this work
and the work of other trades, for the completion of
the work of other trades, ready for installation of
finished surfaces .
12 . Protect all window and other openings throughout the
building as required and approved by the
Architect-Engineer.
B. Roof Items :
1 . Install wood blocking at all roof edges, flashings and
similar areas, as detailed. All wood installed in
connection with roofing work shall be pressure
preservative treated against decay.
AW*.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100
6
B . Materials Other Than Lu b=:
1 . Bolts and nuts shall conform to requirements of ANSI
B18 . 2 . 2 .
2 . Clamps, expansion bolts, expansion screws, joist
hangers, toggle bolts, washers, and anchors shall be
of steel and iron and of standard type and
manufacture .
3 . Lag screws shall conform to the requirements of ANSI
B18 . 2 . 1 .
4 . Nails shall conform to the requirements of Federal
Specifications FF-B-101, FF-B-561, or may be the
drive-screw or special type of standard manufacture .
5 . Wood screws shall conform to the requirements of ANSI
B18 . 6 . 1 .
6 . Framing anchors, hangers, tie straps, plates, and
other framing fasteners shall be by Simpson, Teco, or
approved equal and shall be galvanized.
7 . All metal materials, including bolts, nuts, washers,
anchors, screws, nails, etc . , at porch, ramp, and
other exterior application, shall be hot-dipped
galvanized.
8 . 1 in. by 2 in. by 12 . 5 gauge galvanized welded wire
fencing at trunk room partitions.
9 . Simpson Strong-Tie Connection LCB44 column base, hot-
dip galvanized.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSTALLATION
A. General :
1 . Carefully lay out, cut, fit, and erect all framing,
bridging, furring, strapping, blocking, and all other
items of carpentry. All built-up sections will have
continuous wood members of the sizes shown.
2 . Build in all plates, ledgers, studs, beams, joists,
nailers, shims, blocking, connectors, and other
framing members, properly nailed, anchored, and
braced.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100
5
d. Fire Retardant Treated Wood: Lumber, plywood, and
millwork required to be fire retardant treated
under local or state building codes shall bear the
identification of an accredited authoritative
testing or inspection agency showing the
performance rating thereof . Included is all
applicable blocking, furring, framing, and other
non-trim wood components, which shall be fire
treated with Wolman, Dricon, FRT, or approved
equal in accordance with AWPA C-20 and C-27,
interior, Type A.
e . Wood Treated against Decav: All lumber used in
connection with roofing, new porch and ramp, and
other exterior exposures, or in contact with
concrete or masonry, shall be preservative
pressure-treated against decay. Pressure-treated
wood shall contain . 40 lbs . per cubic foot of
preservative as per AWPA Standard C22 (Ground
Contact) ; preservative shall be Osmose K-33 ,
Wolman CCA, or approved equal .
2 . Wood Schedule : At the Contractor' s option, lumber for
the various uses shall be one of the species listed
below for the purpose and of the grade indicated.
Uu. GRADE SPECIES
Aak.
a. Plates, cants, Douglas Fir;
nailers, No. 1 West Coast
sleepers . dimension Hemlock;
Canadian Hemlock;
Pine; Hem-Fir.
b. Bracing, No. 1 Douglas Fir-Coast
furring. boards Region; Hemlock-
Eastern and West
Coast ; Spruce;
Eastern Pine .
C . Roof deck, APA Rated C-D Int-APA
sheathing Exterior (Exterior Glue) .
and substrates . Grade
Plywood
(Treated)
d. Underlayment . APA Rated C-D- Int-APA
Exterior (Exterior Glue) .
Glue
Underlayment
AOk
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100
4
the organizations cited in Section 2 . 01 A. "Materials" and
'* including the following: The Architectural Woodwork
Institute (AWI) , Douglas Fir Plywood Association (DFPA) ,
American Plywood Associates (APA) , National Forest
Products Association (NFPA) , American Wood Preserves
Bureau (AWPB) , and Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers
Association (HPMA) .
B . Grading of lumber of the various species shall conform to
the requirements of ASTM D 2555 and ASTM D 245 .
1 . 06 PRODUCT HANDLINQ
A. Stack framing lumber to ensure proper ventilation and
drainage, and protect lumber from the elements . Store off
the ground and under cover and where not exposed to
extreme changes of temperature or humidity.
1 . 07 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of bid items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Lumber:
1 . General :
a. Sizes and Patterns : Lumber shall be surfaced four
sides, and the dressed sizes of yard and
structural lumber shall conform to the
requirements of the Department of Commerce
Simplified Practice Recommendation R16-39 . Lumber
shall be worked to such patterns as are indicated
on the Drawings or specified herein. Worked
materials, except as otherwise indicated on the
Drawings, shall conform to the standard patterns
of the Department of Commerce Simplified Practice
Recommendation R16-39 .
b. Moisture Content : Unless otherwise specified,
lumber shall be either air-dried or kiln-dried,
and the moisture content shall not exceed 19
percent .
C . Grade and Species : Lumber and plywood shall be
identified by the official grade-mark.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100
3
12 . Installation of 15 lb. asphalt impregnated felt at all
new window and door openings and building corners .
B . Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections :
1 . SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY.
a. Millwork.
b. Finished carpentry.
2 . SECTION 08210 - WOOD DOORS.
a. Wood doors .
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B. Samples : Provide samples of framing anchors, hangers, tie
straps, and other framing fasteners .
1 . 04 DUALITY AS TRANCE low
A. Eauality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B . Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Oualifications : The materials or products specified
herein and indicated on the Drawings by trade name,
manufacturer' s name, or catalog number shall be provided
as specified. Except as otherwise approved by the
Architect-Engineer, in writing, all materials shall be
products of the following manufacturers : U.S . Plywood,
Teco, or Stanley Hardware .
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. All materials and operations shall meet the requirements
of the latest revision of the standard specifications of
Aftk
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100
2
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . All rough carpentry.
2 . All temporary enclosures, supports, opening
protectives, barricades, runways, ladders, etc .
3 . All wood substrates and underlayments . Provide new
1/4 in. underlayment at all areas of new flooring.
4 . All wood roof framing and decking at new stairway
enclosure and roof dormers .
5 . All wood stud framing and sheathing at the new Third
Floor stairway enclosure and roof dormers .
6 . All wood stud partitions and infills.
7 . All wood stud framing and wire mesh partitions at
basement trunk rooms, mechanical areas, and storage
areas .
8 . All wood blocking as required at new doors and
windows .
9 . Plywood backboards at new and existing Mechanical and
Electrical Rooms .
10 . Replacement and/or reestablishment of existing attic
insulation removed and/or disturbed during
construction.
11 . Installation of air infiltration wrap at all new
exterior walls .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100
1
SECTION 06in�
ROUGH—CARPENTRY
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 2
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 2
1 . 06 Product Handling 3
1 . 07 Alternates 3
PART 2 - PROD 7CTS
2 . 01 Materials 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Installation 5
3 . 02 Cleaning 8
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100
0
3 . 03 INSTALLATION
A. Angle Framing:
1 . Furnish all steel of channel, angle, or other shapes
and miscellaneous light steel framing as indicated or
required by mechanical trades . (Access panels
furnished under SECTION 15500 - HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING) .
2 . Except where specified to be furnished under other
Sections or in Specifications for mechanical trades,
install required anchors, guards, supports, and
structural steel shapes, as indicated and required,
for support of equipment and miscellaneous items .
B. Miscellaneous : Where, as shown, and as indicated on the
Drawings, and as specified, furnish and, if required,
install the following:
1 . The Contractor shall furnish all dowels, bolts, rods,
machine screws, wall ties, anchors, expansion bolts,
etc . as required or as otherwise specified.
2 . Build all miscellaneous steel frames for supporting
items shown on the Drawings requiring beam, angle,
channel, or other framing and anchorage.
3 . Furnish and install complete assemblies and anchorages
for supports of all items of Mechanical equipment .
Check Mechanical Drawings for size and locations of
required equipment .
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MISCELLANEOUS AND
ORNAMENTAL IRON
05100
6
2 . Be wash primed for painting, if required on the
AP* Drawings or Specifications, by use of trisodium
phosphate, 2 . 5 ounces per gallon, followed by clear
rinse .
3 . Be painted by others, SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND
WALL COVERING, unless otherwise indicated herein.
2 . 04 CONSTRUCTION
A. Steel and wrought iron shall be well formed to shape and
size with sharp lines or angles . Shearing and punching
shall leave clean, true lines and surfaces . Weld or rivet
permanent conditions. Do not use screws or bolts where
they can be avoided. Where used, heads shall be
countersunk, screwed up tight, and threads nicked to
prevent loosening.
B. Castings shall be sound and free from warp, holes, and
other defects that impair their strength and appearance .
Exposed surfaces shall have a smooth finish and sharp,
well defined lines and raises; machine joints, where
required, shall be milled to a close fit . Provide
necessary rabbets, lugs, and brackets so that work can be
assembled in a neat and substantial manner.
C. Fastenings shall be concealed where practicable.
Thickness of metal and details of assembly and supports
shall give ample strength and thickness . Joints exposed
to the weather shall be formed to exclude water.
D. Exposed fastenings for sheet metal shall be oval head.
E. Building-In: At the proper time, deliver and set in place
items of metal work to be built into adjoining
construction.
PART . 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Erector must examine the areas and conditions under which
structural work is to be installed and notify the
Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the
proper and timely completion of the work.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. Verify all measurements in the field, as required, for the
work fabricated to fit the job conditions .
AOW 2292 (SC-TENNEY) MISCELLANEOUS AND
ORNAMENTAL IRON
05100
5
G. Connections : Make up threaded connections tightly so that
threads will be entirely concealed by fitting.
H. Anchorage : Work shall be fabricated and formed as
required for anchorage and be provided with suitable
anchors, sheet metal fasteners, expansion shields, etc . as
required for proper anchorage .
I . Supports : Install all supporting members, fastenings,
framing and hangers, bracing, brackets, straps, bolts,
anchors, and the like required to set and connect work
rigidly and properly to structural steel, masonry, or
other construction.
J. Attached Work: Except where otherwise specified for
particular work item, or where work is required to be
built ln, secure to masonry with expansion or toggle
bolts . Fastening to wood plugs in masonry is not
permitted.
2 . 03 PAINTING PROTECTIVE COATING AND GALVANIZING
A. Priming and Painting: All ferrous metal items, unless
otherwise noted, shall be shop primed and painted as
follows :
1 . Clean all metal thoroughly. Remove rust and scale by
sand blast or other approved method. Wash with
benzine until all oil, grease, sand, dirt, and other
foreign substances are removed.
2 . Apply, by brush, or spray, one liberal coat of rust
inhibitive paint to channels and angles .
3 . Anchors that are in contact with masonry or concrete
shall be coated with asphalt paint, unless specified
to be galvanized.
4 . Where zinc-coated metal is required, it shall not be
shop primed unless specifically called for, but all
abraded places and welding shall be touched-up with
ferraloy, galvalcy, or tineasy fluid.
B . Galvanizing: All exterior ferrous metals shall be
galvanized. These exterior items and other ferrous metal
objects shown or specified to be galvanized shall :
1 . Be hot-dip galvanized to meet process Specifications
ASTM A 123-68, ASTM A 153 , latest edition, and ASTM A
386, latest edition.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MISCELLANEOUS AND
ORNAMENTAL IRON
05100
4
D. 3-1/2 in. diameter extra heavy wall ( . 300) concrete filled
steel pipe column.
2 . 02 FABRICATION
A. General :
1 . Make work in ample time not to delay job progress;
deliver to job at such time as required for proper
coordination. Fabricate and erect all work in a
thorough, workmanlike manner.
2 . Verify measurements in the field as required for work
fabricated to fit job conditions .
3 . This Contractor shall consult with all Contractors
whose work adjoins his work and shall be held
responsible for the proper working out and fitting of
all details .
B. Construction: Form work true to details with clean,
straight, sharply defined profiles . Metal shall have
smooth finished surfaces .
C. Joints : Make joints of such character and assembly to be
strong and rigid as adjoining section. Welded joints
shall be continuously welded or spot welded as specified.
►, Dress face of welds flush and smooth. Exposed joints
shall be close fitting. Make jointing where least
conspicuous .
D. Connections and Accessories : Weights of connections and
accessories shall be adequate to safely sustain and
withstand stresses and strains to which they will be
normally subjected.
E . Cutting and Drilling: Do cutting, punching, drilling, and
tapping required for attachment of other work coming in
contact with miscellaneous metal work and necessary
cutting, drilling, and fitting required for the
installation of miscellaneous metal work. When required,
fit work at job before finishing.
F. Bolting and Screwina: Unless otherwise specified, rivet,
bolt, and screw heads shall be flat and countersunk in
exposed faces of work of an ornamental or finish character
and elsewhere as required. Cut off exposed ends of bolts,
screws, etc . flush with nuts or other adjacent metal .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MISCELLANEOUS AND
ORNAMENTAL IRON
05100
3
1 . 04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Standards : All materials and operations shall meet the
requirements of the latest revision of the standard
Specifications of the American Society for Testing and
Materials (ASTM) , the American Institute of Steel
Construction (AISC) , and the American Welding Society
(AWS) .
1 . The design, construction, and installation of all work
shall meet or exceed the current minimum requirements
of the Massachusetts Department of Public Safety.
1 . 05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect materials
of this Section before, during, and after installation and
to protect installed work and materials of all other
trades .
B . Replacements : In the event of damage, immediately make
all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of
the Architect-Engineer and at no additional cost to the
Owner.
1 . 06 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for Aw
description of Bid Items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Metals shall be free from defects impairing strength,
durability, and appearance; shall be best commercial
quality for purposes specified, made with structural
properties to withstand safely the strains and stresses to
which they will be normally subjected. Protect metals
from injury at the shop and in transit to the job, until
erected in place, complete, inspected, and accepted.
B . Wire shall be cold drawn steel .
C. Paint shall be rust-inhibiting zinc chromate red by Baer
Brothers, Sherwin Williams, or No. 99 green metal primer
by TNEMEC, Cheeseman Elliot Primax Zinc Chromate, or
equal .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MISCELLANEOUS AND low
ORNAMENTAL IRON
05100
2
SECTION 05100
MISCELLANEOUS 2M ORNAMENTAL IRON
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Miscellaneous lintels, brackets, anchors, and
supports .
2 . Concrete filled steel pipe columns and plates .
B . Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections :
1 . SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND WALL COVERING.
a. Providing matching paint finish on all exposed
metal .
2 . SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING.
a. Water heater supports.
3 . SECTION 15500 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR
CONDITIONING.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site .
B. Submit shop drawings showing all material sizes,
dimensions, and fabrication details .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MISCELLANEOUS AND
ORNAMENTAL IRON
05100
1
SECTION 0910n
mUcELLMEOUS -AND O N MR.NTAT IRON
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1. 04 Reference Standards 2
1. 05 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
1. 06 Alternates 2
PART 2 - PROD TCTS
2 . 01 Materials 2
2 . 02 Fabrication 3
2 . 03 Painting, Protective Coatings,
and Galvanizing 4
2 . 04 Construction 5
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Inspection- 5
3 . 02 Preparation 5
3 . 03 Installation 6
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MISCELLANEOUS AND
ORNAMENTAL IRON
05100
0
B. Except as otherwise specified, all new brick masonry shall
"" be washed down thoroughly using stiff fiber brushes . A
solution of 101 Lime Solvent shall be applied to the brick
masonry, excess mortar shall be scraped off, and an
additional solution of solvent shall be applied, all as
recommended by the manufacturer. Wet the wall before
applying solution and protect immediately after cleaning,
leave surfaces free from mortar stains and other
imperfections at completion of the work. Cleaning of
masonry shall be completed prior to installation of metal
windows .
C. Remove equipment used and all debris, refuse, and surplus
masonry materials caused by the work of this Section.
3 . 06 SEALING MASONRY - NOT REQUIRED
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MASONRY
04100
9
story rod, with the better face of the brick exposed
and, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, shall be
laid in running bond and solder course brick shall be
laid in stack bond. Brick shall be reinforced and
tied to the back-up wall with horizontal truss type
reinforcing with three (3) horizontal wires, spaced 16
in. o. c . vertically. Filler bricks shall be not less
than 2 in. in width and shall be arranged symmetrical
to openings . Where both faces of a brick appear
unsatisfactory for face work, the brick shall be laid
aside for later use in back-up or other unexposed
portions . All joints in brick work and joints between
brick and other materials shall be filled with mortar
as each course if laid up, except for the space in
cavity walls . Face brick shall not be laid overhand.
2 . Joints : Make joints in. masonry uniform. Three (3)
courses of brick and mortar shall lay up to a 8 in.
height . After becoming "thumb-print" hard, exposed
joints shall be tooled concave with a round or other
suitable jointer that is slightly larger than the
width of the mortar joint so as to produce a smooth,
dense, watertight joint . Close all cracks and
crevices . The joints shall be tooled in such a manner
as to squeeze the mortar back into joints . No tooling
shall be done until- after the mortar has taken its
initial set .
•mow►
3 . 04 PATCHING OF NRW BRICK MASONRY
A. Clean and fill, with mortar, all holes and cracks in
mortar joints of exposed work. Cut out defective mortar
joints, refill solidly with mortar, and tool as specified.
Replace broken brick masonry.
B . Within the one year guarantee period, return to do touch-
up patching of any cracks that may appear in masonry
walls . Restore to match originally specified surfaces .
3 . 05 C EANING OF NEW BRICK MASONRY
A. All new brick work shall be kept as clean as possible
during construction. Splashing at staging levels shall be
avoided by covering the courses at these levels, or by
cleaning the face brick so spattered while the mortar is
still fresh. Masonry walls shall be dry brushed at the
end of each day' s work and also after final pointing and
shall be left clean and free from mortar spots and
droppings .
2 2 9 2 (S C-TENNEY) MASONRY
04100
8
for not less than 48 hours after installation. Do not
Awk build on walls that are frozen or which contain frost .
3 . 03 INSTALLATION
A. General : All brick masonry shall be laid plumb, true to
line, with level and accurately spaced courses and with
each course breaking joints with the courses below at
common bond. Where common bond is required, vertical
joints shall be kept plumb throughout . Courses shall be
plumb and true . Courses shall be so spaced that backing
masonry will level off flush with the face work at all
bonding courses and at joints where metal ties are used.
1 . Chases, grooves, reglet blocks, and raked-out joints
shall be kept free of mortar or other debris .
2 . New masonry installed as in-fill in existing masonry
walls shall be "toothed" in to match existing
coursing.
B . Masonry Work - General :
1 . All exterior masonry work shall be as shown on the
Drawings and on typical details .
C. Building-In: This Contractor shall cooperate with all
" trades and Contractors whose work is to be built into, or
set in conjunction with, all masonry. Included herein is
the building in of all flashing, reinforcements, ties,
fixtures, the construction of recesses, corbels,
rustications, the cutting of slots, and patching required
due to this work.
D. Brick: All brick work shall be as specified. All brick
shall be dry when laid, except as noted above. Brick
shall be shoved into place, not laid, in a full bed when
and as laid. Vertical joints shall be all of the same
widths, except for inconspicuous variations required to
maintain the bond. Back joints against other units shall
be slushed, grouted, or shoved full as the course is laid.
All exposed exterior brick work shall be face brick as
specified above .
1 . Exposed or Face Work: Exposed exterior brick work
shall conform to sample panel approved by the
Architect-Engineer. Unless otherwise specified and
restricted by the range of approved samples, face work
of brick shall include the full range of natural
colors of the well-burned approved brick. Face work
shall be laid in courses accurately spaced with a
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MASONRY
04100
7
and wet it lightly so as to obtain the best possible bond
with the new work. Remove all loose brick and mortar. '
B. Mixing Mortar: Mortar shall be machine-mixed in an
approved type of mixer in which the quantity of water can
be accurately and uniformly controlled. However, the work
requiring only small batches of mortar or grout, or when
specifically approved, may be mixed by hand. The machine
mixing time shall not be less than five (5) minutes,
approximately two (2) minutes of which shall be for mixing
dry materials and not less than three (3) minutes for
continuing the mixing after the water has been added. The
proportions shall be as listed under Paragraph 2 . 02 -
"MIXES . " When hydrated lime is used for mortars with a
lime content, this Contractor will have the option of
using the dry-mix method or first converting hydrated lime
into a putty. Hand-mixing shall be done in a tight mortar
mixing box. The materials for each batch shall be well
raked and turned over until the even color of the mixed
materials indicates that the cementitious materials have
been thoroughly distributed throughout the mass, after
which the water shall be gradually added until well mixed
mortar of the required plasticity is obtained. If the
mortar begins to stiffen from evaporation or from
absorption of a part of the mixing water, retemper the
mortar immediately by adding water, and remix the mortar.
All mortar shall be used within 2-1/2 hours of the initial ,
mixing. It shall not be used after it has begun to set .
Colored mortar for exterior brick work shall be mixed
according to manufacturer' s recommendations . Color of
mortar shall be consistent throughout the job. Noticeable
variations in the color of the mortar shall be sufficient
reason to have such brick taken down and rebuilt to the
satisfaction of the Architect-Engineer.
C. Wall Brick: Having an initial rate of absorption in
excess of 0 . 7 oz . per minute, determined in accordance
with ASTM Standard C 67, shall be suitably wetted before
laying.
3 . 02 ENVIRONMENTAL, CONDITIONa
A. Do not lay masonry below 36 degrees F. on falling
temperatures or below 32 degrees F. on rising
temperatures, except by written permission of the
Architect-Engineer. Furthermore, do not lay masonry when
the ambient temperature is below 40 _degrees F. unless
suitable means, approved by the Architect-Engineer, are
provided to heat materials, protect the work from cold and
frost, and ensure that mortar will set without freezing
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MASONRY
04100
6
length as noted or required on the Drawings. Ties
shall be mill galvanized.
a. Finishes : All anchors used in exterior wall
applications, or in walls having direct contact
with moisture, shall be hot-dip galvanized after
fabrication conforming to the requirements of ASTM
A 153 , Class B-2 .
H. Masonry cleaner shall be "Sure Klean 101 Lime Solvent" by
ProSoCo, or approved equal, at new masonry and Sure Klean
Restoration Cleaner at existing masonry.
I . Joint filler shall be block closed cell expanded neoprene .
J. Masonry Sealer, Clean: Sealer shall be clear penetrating,
siloxane type repellent and shall be Thorosilane by
Thoroseal, Sikagard 70 by Sika Corp. , or approved equal .
2 . 02 MIXES
A. Mortar for unit masonry shall be mixed in the following
proportions :
Mortar Sand in
Cement Hydrated Lime Damp Loose
Condition
1 Masonry Cement ------------- 2-1/4 to 3
1 Portland Cement
(all exterior
masonry) 1/2 to 1 4-6
B . Mortar Grout : Mortar for grouting and pouring fills shall
have the quantity of water and Portland Cement increased
to produce the consistency required for pouring and shall
be continuously stirred to prevent the segregation of the
aggregate.
C. Concrete for vertical block reinforcement shall conform to
Type A as specified under SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE, with maximum size of aggregate to be 3/4 in.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 PREPARATION
A. Adjacent Masonry Work: Where fresh masonry joins
previously erected masonry that is partially set or
totally set, clean the exposed surface of the set masonry
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MASONRY
04100
5
D. Lime : Hydrated lime shall conform to ASTM C 207, Type N. Awk
All lime shall be a fresh, fine hydrated lime as
manufactured by Lee Lime Company, or approved equal .
E . Aggreaate : Sand shall conform to ASTM C 144 and shall be
clean, sharp, well graded, and free from injurious amounts
of dust, lumps, shale, alkali, surface coatings, and
organic matter. Sand shall be graded from fine to coarse
within the following limits :
Sieve Number Percent of Sand Retained (By Weight)
Maximum Minimum
4 0 0
8 10 0
16 40 15
30 65 35
50 85 75
100 98 95
F. Water: Mixing water shall be clean and free from
injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, salts, and
organic materials . Potable water will normally be
acceptable.
G. Anchors and Rei nfnrci nrr.
1 • Horizontal 1 of nr r i nforni rig Shal 1 },a a follows :
ows
a. For single wythe walls, provide Dur-O-Wal truss,
as manufactured by Dur-O-Wal, Inc. , or truss mesh,
as manufactured by Hohmann & Barnard, Inc . , or
approved equal .
b. FinisheG :
(1) All joint reinforcing used in exterior wall
applications or at walls having direct
contact with moisture shall be hot-dip
galvanized after fabrication conforming to
the requirements of ASTM A 153 , Class B-2 .
(2) All other joint reinforcing shall be mill
galvanized conforming to the requirements of
ASTM A 641 .
2 . Corrugated veneer ties shall be No. 187 by Heckmann
Building Products, Inc . , or equal . Ties shall be 16
gauge by 1-1/4 in. wide by 3-1/2 in. long, or by
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MASONRY
04100
4
1 . 07 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of bid items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Brick
1 . Face Brick: All exposed face brick shall conform to
ASTM C 216, Type FBS, Grade SW. Brick shall match
existing in size, shape, color, and texture. Faces
and exposed ends shall be uniformly straight, true,
free from chips and spalls, and shall conform to
approved samples for color and texture . All exposed
exterior face brick shall be "Red Colonial" as
manufactured by The Stiles & Hart Brick Co. of
Bridgewater, Massachusetts . No substitutions will be
allowed.
a. Note : Where solid brick is required wherever
normal bed face of brick is exposed to view,
including corners of row lock and solder courses,
provide uncured brick with all exposed surfaces
finished.
b. All face brick and special shapes shall match
those of existing building in color and texture .
B . Portland Cement : Cement shall conform to ASTM C 150, Type
1, or to Air-Entraining Portland Cement, ASTM C 150, Type
1A. Exterior mortar shall be "H" Series as formulated by
SolomonGrind-Chem Service, Inc . of Springfield, Illinois,
or approved equal . Pigments or colored mortar shall be
from one (1) batch or strictly controlled batches.
Manufacturer' s formulated pigment shall be supplied to the
jobsite in pre-mixed sealed-unit bags sized for
predetermined and controlled batch size . No variations in
the color shall be allowed. Color to be selected by the
Architect-Engineer for exterior masonry. All cement for
interior block walls to be painted shall be light .
C. Masonry Cement : (In lieu of Portland Cement - for
interior construction only) : Cement shall conform to ASTM
C 91, color to be selected by the Architect-Engineer from
Type I or II . Masonry cement shall be Lone Star,
Universal, Atlas, or approved equal .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MASONRY
04100
3
mortar grout mixes, finishing, surface cleaners, sealers,
and other components of the work.
D. Test Reports : Submit certified laboratory test reports as
necessary to show compliance with requirements .
1 . 04 QUALITY A SURANC R
A. Eauali : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B . Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS of THE CONTRACT.
C. Qualifications : Exposed masonry units shall be the
products of a single manufacturer capable of showing prior
successful production of units similar to those required.
1 . 05 REFEREI`TCE STANDARDS
A. Except as otherwise indicated, requirements for, and
terminology standards of, performance and fabrication
workmanship are those specified and recommended in an
applicable pp general recommendation published by The Brick
Institute of America and The National Concrete Masonry
Association.
1 . 06 DELTVERY STORAGE, AND HAND11M
A. Manufactured materials shall be delivered to the site in
their original, unopened containers bearing the name of
the manufacturer and brand.
B . Cement, lime, and mortar shall be stored in a watertight
structure with the floor raised free of the ground.
Cement that has hardened or partially set shall be removed
from the site and not used. Material in broken containers
or packages showing water marks or other evidence of
damage shall be wholly rejected. The brand used at the
start of the job shall be used throughout .
C. Face brick shall be stored on planks, out of contact with
mud, and shall be protected from rain and snow during
freezing weather. Handle in such a manner to prevent
undue breakage and chipping.
ASW
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MASONRY
04100
2
SECTION 04100
MASONRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . All exterior brick masonry work as indicated on the
Contract Drawings .
2 . Reconstruction of existing chimneys as indicated on
the Contract Drawings .
3 . Cleaning of all new-masonry as indicated on the
Contract Drawings .
4 . Miscellaneous cutting and patching of existing masonry
as required for work of other trades .
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B. Samples : Samples of the following shall be submitted to
the Architect-Engineer for approval :
1 . Face Brick: One (1) strap of each brick type used,
consisting of six (6) individual samples showing the
extreme variations in color and texture to be expected
in the final brick installation.
2 . Mortar color samples .
C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer' s specification,
recommendations, and standard details for masonry units,
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MASONRY
04100
1
MW
SECTION 04100
MASONRY
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 2
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
1 . 07 Alternates 3
PART 2 —PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 3
2 . 02 Mixes 5
PART 3 - EXECiTTION
3 . 01 Preparation 5
3 . 02 Environmental Conditions 6
3 . 03 Installation 7
3 . 04 Patching of New Brick Masonry 8
3 . 05 Cleaning of New Brick Masonry 8
3 . 06 Sealing Masonry 9
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MASONRY
04100
0
Practice for Concrete Formwork" for detailed .4"k
discussion of form removal .
3 . 06 TESTING
A. A testing agency will be selected by the Owner and will be
paid by the Owner. The frequency and degree of testing
will be determined by the Architect-Engineer.
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300
10
least 3/4 in. wide all around the steel to afford proper
ultimate bond thereto.
B . All concrete exposed surfaces shall receive a "smooth
finish. " Repairs, if necessary, shall be done prior to
performing "smooth" finish work.
1 . Mortar for patching shall be the same mix as above,
except all aggregate shall pass a No. 4 sieve .
2 . For all concrete to receive a "smooth" finish, remove
all formwork fins by grinding, and clean entire
surface of all grease, form oil, laitance, dust, and
other foreign matter.
3 . "Smooth" finish shall consist of having all fins
removed, joint marks smoothed off, blemishes removed,
and surfaces left smooth and unmarred. Surfaces shall
have no fins or offsets exceeding 1/16 in. or voids in
surface greater than 1/8 in. in any dimension.
4 . Before finishing operations as soon as practicable
after removal of forms, continue with curing
operations after finishing is completed.
C. Patches which become crazed, cracked, or sound hollow upon
tapping shall be removed and replaced with new material at
no expense to the Owner.
3 . 05 PROTECTION
A. When concrete is placed at or below ambient air
temperature of 40 degrees F. or whenever, in the opinion
of the Architect-Engineer, such lower temperatures are
likely to occur within 24 hours after placement of
concrete, cold weather concreting procedures, according to
ACI 306 and as specified herein, shall be followed.
Concrete shall be maintained at above 50 degrees F. for a
period of at least six (6) days after placement unless
more stringent requirements are called for. To this end,
the entire area shall be protected by adequate housing or
covering and heating. No chemicals or other materials
shall be used in the mix to lower the freezing point of
the concrete .
1 . Forms shall be removed only after concrete has
attained sufficient strength to support its own
weight, construction live loads placed thereon, and
lateral loads, all without excessive deflection or
damage to the structures . See ACI 347 "Recommended
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CAST-tN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300
9
B. Placing R in orcement •
1 . Reinforcement shall be accurately placed in accordance
with Contract Documents and shall be firmly secured
and positioned by templates, wire ties of adequate
gauge, and reinforcement accessories, each of a type
approved by the Architect-Engineer.
2 . At the time concrete is placed, reinforcement shall be
free of excessive rust scale or other coatings that
will destroy or reduce bond requirements .
3 . Splicing of reinforcement shall be avoided. Splices
shall be lapped as shown on the Drawings or a minimum
of 30 bar diameters, placed in contact and wired
security together. Welded wire fabric shall be lapped
6 in. or one (1) wire space plus 2 in. , whichever is
larger, and shall be securely wired together at 18 in.
intervals .
4 . All splices shall be made so that the bars being
joined are parallel and not offset more than 1/8 in.
nor out of straight alignment more than 1/4 in. in 10
ft .
C. Placing Concrete :
1 . Transport concrete from mixer to place of final
deposit as rapidly as practical by methods which
prevent separation of the ingredients and displacement
of the reinforcement, and avoid rehandling. Concrete
shall not be allowed to flow horizontally over a
distance exceeding 5 ft .
3 . 03 FIELD OUAT,TJy CONTgOL
A. Slump tests, air tests, fabrication of cylinders, and all
other recognized tests, which are deemed applicable for
the specific requirements of this project, shall be
carried out in the field as required by the
Architect-Engineer.
3 . 04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Defective concrete and honeycombed areas shall not be
patched unless examined and approval is given by the
Architect-Engineer. If such approval i's received by the
Contractor, areas involved shall be chipped down square
and at least 1 in. deep to sound concrete by means of cold
chisels or pneumatic chipped hammers . If honeycomb exists
around reinforcement, chip to provide a clear space at
look
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300
8
FIBERMESH REINFORCEMENT
POUNDS PER CUBIC YARD
OF CONCRETE - -
PORTION OF STRUCTURE 9 (See Below)
A. Footings, piers, concrete walls .
B . Slabs on grade, walks .
* 7 days when high early strength cement is used.
** Including water content in aggregates .
*** May be modified, as approved by the
Architect-Engineer, when high-frequency mechanical
vibration is used.
2 . 03 FABRICATION
A. Fabrication of Reinforcing Steel : Reinforcing bars shall
be detailed in accordance with requirements of standard
practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures ACI
315 .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Assure that formwork is completed and that ice and excess
water are removed.
B. Check that reinforcement is secure in place.
3 . 02 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. Erection of Formwork:
1 . Forms shall be used for concrete, including footings .
2 . Forms shall be so designed by the Contractor to
withstand all dead and live loads, including
construction live loads, both vertical and lateral,
imposed upon them during construction, concreting, and
curing periods . Bracing shall be such that forms do
not move out of specified tolerances for line and
elevation.
3 . The Contractor shall provide sufficient forms, built
mortar-tight and edges sealed to prevent loss of
concrete matrix.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300
7
2 . The water content and cement content of the concrete
to be used in the work shall be based on a curve
showing the relation between water content, cement
content, and the 28-day compressive strengths of
concrete made using the proposed materials .
F. Mix Consistency: The consistency of the concrete at time
of deposit, as measured by ASTM C 143 , "Standard Method of
Test for Slump of Portland Cement-Concrete, " shall be as
follows :
1 . In all cases, the concrete, as delivered, shall be of
such consistency and mix composition that it can be
worked readily into the corners and angles of the
forms and around the reinforcement and concrete
inserts without permitting the materials to segregate
or free water to collect on the surface .
2 . The retempering of concrete which has partially
hardened, that is, mixing with or without additional
cement, aggregates, or water, will not be permitted.
TABLE A
STRENGTH, -CEMENT, WATER,
CONSISTENCY REQUIREMENTS FOR CONCRETE
CLASS 1 A
APPROXIMATE PROPORTIONS
BY VOLUME 2 1-2-3
MINIMUM ALLOWABLE
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTHS
LBS . PER SQ. INCH AT 3 2200/
SEVEN (7) DAYS/28 DAYS* 4 3000
MINIMUM CEMENT CONTENT
BAGS PER CUBIC YARD OF
CONCRETE 5 6
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE NET
WATER CONTENT ** PER
BAG OF CEMENT GALS . 6 6-1/4
CONSISTENCY RANGE *** -
IN SLUMP INCHES 7 2-4
MAXIMUM SIZE OF AGGREGATE
INCHES 8 1
A
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300
6
F. Reinforcing and Accessories:
Oft
1 . Reinforcing steel bars shall be newly rolled billet
steel conforming to ASTM A 615 . Steel grade as shown
on the Drawings . Bars shall be bent cold.
2 . Welded wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A 185, sizes
as shown on the Drawings . All walks shall be
reinforced with 6 by 6 by W2 . 9 by W2 . 9 welded wire
fabric .
3 . Reinforcement supports shall include all spacers,
ties, clips, and other devices for properly
assembling, placing, spacing, supporting, and
fastening the reinforcement . Tie wire shall be
annealed wire of sufficient strength for the intended
purpose, but not less than No. 19 gauge .
2 . 02 MIXES
A. All concrete shall be ready-mixed produced by a plant
acceptable to the Architect-Engineer.
B . Materials shall be measured by weighing. The apparatus
provided for weighing the aggregates and cements shall be
certified by the local Sealer of Weights and Measures
within one (1) year of use. Each size of aggregate and
Opp* cement shall be weighed separately. Cement in standard
packages (sack) need not be weighed. The mixing water
shall be measured by volume or by weight . Admixtures
shall be mixed, dispensed, and used in accordance with the
specific manufacturer' s detailed specifications.
C. Cooled or heated water shall be used in accordance with
ACI 306 and 605 .
D. Central mixed concrete shall be mixed a minimum of five
(5) minutes . Agitation shall begin immediately after the
premixed concrete is placed in the truck and shall
continue without interruption until discharged.
E. Proportioning of concrete mixtures shall be carried out in
accordance with Chapter 3 - Proportioning of ACI 301,
"Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings, "
and as specified herein.
1 . The approved water reducing agent shall be added to
all concrete . All concrete shall contain 4 . 5 percent
to 5 . 5 percent total entrapped plus entrained air.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300
5
D. Admixtures :
Awk
1 . A water reducing agent, such as "WRDA" as manufactured
by W. R. Grace & Company, 11PDA25" - Protex Industries,
Inc . , or Plastocrete 161, Sika Corporation, and
conforming to ASTM C 494, or approved equal, shall be
used in all concrete.
2 . An air-entraining agent, such as DAREX AEA or PROTEX
AEA, as approved by the Architect-Engineer, shall be
used in all concrete exposed to the elements as a
supplement to the water reducing agent (as required)
to produce a total of entraining air plus entrapped
air of 4 . 5 percent to 5 . 5 percent . Air-entraining
admixture shall conform to ASTM C 260 .
3 . Admixtures retarding setting of cement in concrete
shall be used if permitted by the Architect-Engineer.
4 . Admixtures causing accelerated setting of cement in
concrete will not be used without written approval of
the Architect-Engineer. Calcium chloride will not be
used.
5 . Admixtures shall be premixed in solution form and
dispensed as recommended by the manufacturer. The
water in the solution shall be included in the AW
computation of water-cement ratio.
E. Form Materials.: Forms shall be made of wood or metal .
1 . Concrete surfaces not exposed to view shall be Class 1
B-B Plyform, exterior grade, not less than five (5)
ply nor less than 5/8 in. thick conforming to U.S .
Product Standard PS-1-83 .
2 . Exposed Concrete Surfaces : Forms for exposed concrete
surfaces shall be Class 1 A-B High Density Overlay
plyform, exterior grade, not less than five (5) ply
nor less than 5/8 in. thick conforming to U.S . Product
Standard PS-1-83 .
3 . Form ties and spreaders shall be-commercial brands,
subject to the Architect-Engineer' s approval .
4 . Form release agent shall be an approved, non-staining,
non-emulsifiable type for all concrete to be left
exposed.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300
4
150 for Type I, light cement . Type III Portland
cement shall not be used unless permission is
received from the Architect-Engineer in writing.
2 . Fine Aggregate (Normal Weight) shall consist of washed
inert natural sand conforming to ASTM C 33 and the
following additional requirements :
Sieve Retained
No. 4 0 - 5
No. 16 25-40
No. 50 70 - 87
No. 100 93 - 97
F. M. 2 . 80 (plus 0 . 20)
Organic Plate 2 Maximum
Silt 2 percent maximum
Mortar Strength 100 percent minimum
compression ratio, 10
percent maximum loss,
magnesium sulfate 5 cycles.
3 . Coarse Aggregate (Normal Weight) shall consist of well
graded crushed stone or washed grade conforming to
ASTM C 33 and the following additional requirements :
Designated Size 1-1/2 in. 1 in. 3/4 in. 1/2 in.
AOW F. M. (plus 0 .20) 7 . 20 6 . 95 6 . 70 6 . 10
Organic Plate 1 Maximum
Silt 1 . 0 maximum
Soundness 10 percent maximum loss, magnesium
sulfate
5 cycles
B . Maximum designated sizes of natural acraregate shall be
used as follows :
1 . 1 in. for sections 8 in. to 10 in. in thickness .
2 . 3/4 in. for all reinforced concrete sections 3 in. to
8 in. in thickness.
3 . 1/2 in. for all topping, granolithic surfaces, and
sections 1-1/2 in. to 3 in. in thickness .
4 . Pea Gravel : 3/8 in. for sections less than 1-1/2 in.
in thickness .
C. Water shall be potable and from a domestic supply.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300
3
3 . Submit reinforcement shop drawings showing detailed
layouts, including materials, dimensions, spacing,
etc .
C. Design Mix:
1 . Submit, to the Architect-Engineer, concrete design mix
for approval .
1 . 04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Concrete Institute (ACT)
B. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute ( RST)
1 . 05 DELIVERY, STO ACF AND HANDLINr,
A. Delivery of Materials :
1 . All central plant and rolling stock equipment and
methods shall conform with Truck Mixer and Agitator
Standard of the Truck Mixer Manufacturer' s Bureau of
the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association and ASTM
C 94 "Specifications for Ready-Mixed Concrete . "
B . Storage of Materials : No materials frozen or containing
ice shall be used. All improper and rejected materials AMW
shall be immediately removed from the point of use .
Materials, including steel reinforcement and accessories,
shall be covered during the construction period. Concrete
constituents shall be handled and stored separately in
such a manner as to prevent intrusion of foreign matter,
segregation, or deterioration.
1 . 06 ALT AT .S
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of bid items .
PART 2 - P ODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Concrete Materials .
1 . Cement :
a. American made Portland cement, free from water
soluble salts or alkalies, which will cause
efflorescence on exposed surfaces conforming to
all chemical and physical requirements of ASTM C
AW
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300
2
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . All plain and reinforced concrete for footings, piers,
walls, slabs, and similar items, including formwork
and reinforcement .
2 . All other items of concrete, cement finish, and
related work indicated on the Drawings, specified or
obviously needed to, make the work of this Section
complete.
3 . All cutting, removal, replacement, and repairing of
existing concrete as required or as shown on the
Drawings .
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B . Shop Drawings:
1 . The Contractor shall submit, to the Architect-Engineer
for review, one (1) checked print and one (1)
reproducible of all shop drawings until approved.
2 . The examination and approval of shop drawings by the
Architect-Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor
from any obligation to perform the work strictly in
accordance with the Drawings and Specifications . The
responsibility for errors in shop drawings shall
remain with the Contractor.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300
1
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACR CONCRETE
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAT,
1. 01 General - Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1. 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Reference Standards 2
1. 05 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
1 . 06 Alternates 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 2
2 . 02 Mixes 5
2 . 03 Fabrication 7
PART 3 - EXECU'T'TON
3 . 01 Inspection 7
3 . 02 Installation/Application/Erection 7
3 . 03 Field Quality Control g
3 . 04 Adjusting and Cleaning g
3 . 05 Protection 9
3 . 06 Testing 10
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300
0
Disc objects from the topsoil that will interfere with
finish after grading and leave some ready for finish ''
grading of areas to be seeded or sodded.
No topsoil shall be handled when same is too "wet" to
properly spread same in the opinion of the Architect .
D. Excess topsoil, if any, shall be stockpiled on site where
directed. NO TOPSOIL SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE.
3 . 05 SOIL TREATMENT
A. All topsoil areas, after rototilling and regrading, shall
be treated with fertilizer and limestone as recommended by
the Owner.
3 . 06 SEEDING
A. All seed shall be supplied by the Owner.
B. All seed shall be spread at the rate of 4 lbs . per 1, 000
sq. ft . by the Contractor as part of the work of this
Contract .
C. All newly seeded areas shall be raked and lightly rolled.
D. Organic stabilizing material shall be evenly distributed
on all newly seeded lawn areas with a slope of greater ""
than 4 percent . All stabilizing material shall be non-
seed bearing, i .e . straw.
3 . 07 CLEAN-UP
A. All areas, within the project, shall be raked clean of all
trash, wood forms, and other debris upon completion of the
work specified herein, spoil piles leveled, and excess
materials disposed of as directed by the Architect .
B . Any soil or similar materials, which has been brought onto
paved areas by hauling operations or otherwise, shall be
removed promptly, keeping these areas clean at all times .
C. This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the
work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) LANDSCAPING
02900
4
less than the percentages of weight of ingredients
as follows or as recommended by the soil analysis :
Nitrogen Phosphorus Potash
Starter Fert . 14% 281; 14%
Maint . Fert . 10, 6% 4%
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive
work of this Section, and correct, as part of the work of
this Contract, any defects affecting installation.
Commencement of work will be construed as complete
acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements .
3 . 02 RESTRICTIONS
A. Proceed with, and complete, all work herein as rapidly as
approved portions of site become available.
3 . 03 LAWN RESTORATION
A. All existing grassed lawn areas damaged as a result of
vehicular and/or foot traffic shall be rototilled or
similarly loosened to a maximum depth of 6 in.
B. All existing lawn areas covered by protective bark mulch
shall be aerated to a maximum depth of 3 in. in
preparation for new seeding.
3 . 04 TOPSOIL SPREADING./LOAM PLACEMENT
A. When construction work is finished, and after rough
grading has settled and been approved, and immediately
prior to finished grading, any sticks, stones, or foreign
material, 3 in. or greater, shall be removed from the
subgrade, and the surface shall be rototilled or otherwise
loosened to a depth of 6 in. Large stones and/or boulders
shall be buried 18 in. below finished grade .
B. Material shall be placed so that after natural settlement
it will be a minimum of 6 in. deep.
C. Spreading shall consist of loading, hauling, placing,
spreading over areas to be seeded, sodded or otherwise so
treated.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) LANDSCAPING
02900
3
B . Samples of each material proposed for use in the project
along with laboratory analysis of each as may be required
by the Owner.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Requirements given herein may be affected by other related
requirements of the project Specifications . Coordination
of the Contract requirements is the responsibility of the
Contractor.
B . Materials and labor required for execution of work herein
shall generally be governed by the standards as specified
in Part 2 .
1 . 05 DELIVERY. STORAQR_ AND HANDLING
A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight,
analysis, and name of manufacturer.
B. Protect all materials from deterioration during delivery
and while stored at the site .
1 . 06 ALTEMATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of bid items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 TOPSOIL
A. Topsoil shall be of uniform quality, of comparable
condition as existing topsoil, and approved for use by the
Owner.
B . Soil Treatment Materials :
1 . Lawn Fertilizers :
a. Commercial fertilizers shall be products complying
with Massachusetts and United States fertilizer
laws. Deliver to the site in the original
unopened containers which shall bear the
manufacturer' s certificate of compliance covering
analysis which shall be furnished to the Engineer.
At least 50 percent by weight of the nitrogen
content of all fertilizers shall be derived from
organic materials . Fertilizers shall contain not
2292 (SC-TENNEY) LANDSCAPING
02900
2
SECTION 02900
A
7_AND S CAP I NG
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide all materials, labor, and
equipment necessary and/or required for the complete
preparation and restoration of all disturbed and regraded
areas to receive landscaninca and plant nq work performers
by the Owner. The work, as required by the schedules,
keynotes, and Drawings, shall include, but not be limited
to, the following:
1 . Restoration of all lawn areas within the Contract
limits damaged or utilized during conduct of the work.
2 . Removal of protective bark mulch required under the work of SECTION 02100 - SITE PREPARATION.
3 . Restoration of lawn areas covered by protective bark
mulch.
4 . Removal of protective fencing at trees, shrubs, and
plantings required under the work of SECTION 02100 -
SITE PREPARATION.
S . Seeding of restored lawn areas .
B . Related Work Specified Elsewhere :
1 . SECTION 02500 - PAVING AND SURFACING.
2 . SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
3 . SECTION 16100 - ELECTRICAL WORK.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit pint size samples of existing topsoil material and,
if required, additional topsoil material proposed for use .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) LANDSCAPING
02900
1
SECTION 02 00
T,AIVDSCAPTNG
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENE,RAT,
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
1 . 06 Alternates 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Topsoil 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Inspection and Acceptance 3
3 . 02 Restrictions 3
3 . 03 Lawn Restoration 3
3 . 04 Topsoil Spreading/Loam Placement 3
3 . 05 Soil Treatment 4
3 . 06 Seeding 4
3 .07 Clean-Up 4
roll 2292 (SC-TENNEY) LANDSCAPING
02900
0
3 . 02 PATCHING
flow
A. Wherever sidewalks and/or streets have been entered for
utility lines in connection with this project, excavation,
backfill, compaction shall be as specified herein, paving
shall be installed to match existing original surface and
all substrates, and conform to local regulations .
B . The patching of all existing paving curbs and walks shall
be conducted as specified herein for each type of pavement
altered.
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAVING AND SURFACING
02500
5
B . Installation of Paving:
1 . After paving mixtures have been properly installed and
spread, each shall be thoroughly and uniformly
compacted by rolling with power rollers . Each roller
shall be in the charge of a competent, experienced
roller operator while the work is underway. The
pavement shall be rolled longitudinally, diagonally,
and transversely as directed. Along forms, curbs,
similar structures, and all places not accessible with
a roller, the mixture shall be thoroughly compacted
with tampers . Such tampers shall weigh not less than
25 lbs . and shall have tamping face areas of not more
than 50 sq. in. Surface of the mixture after
compression shall be smooth, dense, and true to the
established crown and grade .
2 . Edges of the asphalt mixture adjacent to rigid curb
lines, around manholes or other solid fixtures, or
where no shoulder is obstructed, shall be hand tamped
before being rolled.
3 . After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic
on pavement until it has cooled and hardened and in no
case sooner than six hours.
4 . After installation of paving and compaction of same, AMW
core samples are to be taken to ascertain thickness
installed versus that specified. The thickness shall
be at least that specified.
5 . Satisfactory forms may be installed to assist in
securing proper alignment and adequate compaction of
the course. See typical section on Drawings for
method without use of forms . Any alternate must be
approved by the Architect-Engineer.
6 . when tested with a 10 ft . straightedge placed parallel
to the center line of the surface course, there shall
be no deviation from a true surface in excess of 1/4
of an inch.
7 . If, at any time before acceptance of the work, any
soft or imperfect places or spots shall develop in the
surface, all such places shall be removed and replaced
with new material, then rolled until the edges at
which the new work connects with the old becomes
invisible . All such removal and replacement of
unsatisfactory surfacing shall be done by the
Contractor without additional compensation.
AW
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAVING AND SURFACING
02500
4
3 . Bituminous Sealant : Coal tar pitch emulsion, Federal
Specification R-P-3SS .
C. Concrete walks and pads shall be 4 , 000 psi as specified in
SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSTALLATION
A. Placing of Gravel and Compactincr:
1 . The placing of gravel base course and processed gravel
finish course in layers and compaction thereof shall
be as follows with compaction densities as specified
herein below. See Drawings for depths of gravel
required for paved areas .
2 . Areas Paved: Each layer of all fills in paved areas,
except the upper layer forming the subgrade for
pavements, shall be compacted by rolling with an
approved tamping roller or three-wheel power roller to
at least 90 percent of maximum dry density at optimum
moisture content, as determined by the method given
above . The upper gravel base course of all fills or
embankments within these areas shall be compacted by
rolling at least 95 percent of maximum dry density at
optimum moisture content, as determined by the method
given above .
3 . Spreading and Compaction : The gravel shall be spread
from self-spreading vehicles or other power graders of
approved type, or by hand upon the prepared subgrade .
Care shall be taken while spreading gravel to rake
forward and distribute the largest stones so that they
will be at the bottom of the gravel course and be
evenly distributed. Gravel so placed shall be
thoroughly watered and rolled true to the lines and
grades, as directed, with a self-propelled roller
weighing not less than 12 tons . Any depressions that
appear during or after the rolling shall be filled
with gravel and re-rolled until the surface is true
and even.
4 . Unless otherwise shown, the final compacted gravel
base for all paved pads, ramps, and walks, either
bituminous or concrete, shall consist of 4 in. of
processed gravel over 8 in. of gravel base course
material .
low
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAVING AND SURFACING
02500
3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Gravel Base Course : The gravel base course for all paved
walks, ramps, and pads shall be as specified. The depth
of the gravel base course after rolling shall be 8 in. or
12 in. where shown on the Drawings .
1 . Gravel Base Course : Material for compacted gravel
fill shall be as specified in SECTION 02200 -
EARTHWORK, for Gravel Base Course, provided under this
Section.
2 . All material is subject to prior approval by the
Architect-Engineer.
3 . Processed gravel shall be well graded within the
following limits :
Sieve Size Percent Passing By Weight
3 in. 100
1-1/2 in. 70-100
3/4 in. 50-85
No. 4 30-55
No. 50 8-24
No. 200
0-12 (Based on fraction
passing No. 4)
B . Bituminous Paving:
1 . Pavement shall be composed of mineral aggregate,
mineral filler and bituminous material, plant mixed
and laid hot . The sidewalks shall be paved with
1-1/2 in. finish course on 1-1/2 in. base course .
Drives shall be paved with 1-1/2 in. finish course on
1-1/2 in. base course as indicated on the Contract
Drawings .
2 . Bituminous concrete material and installation shall be
in accordance with Type I-1 of the Massachusetts
Department of Public Works, Standard Specifications
for Highways and Bridges, 1973 and later revisions,
Section 460 and M3 . 11 . 00 .
a. Base Course : Binder Course
b. Finish Course : Type I-1 Dense Mix
AW
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAVING AND SURFACING
02500
2
SECTION 02500
AOW PAVING AND SURFACING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Incl>>ded: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . New bituminous sidewalks .
2 . Repair to bituminous driveway and sidewalk.
3 . Gravel base for all of the above.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures. Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSIMANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the provisions of the
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
B . Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
1 . 05 ALTEMA_TFS
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of bid items .
look
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAVING AND SURFACING
02500
1
SECTION 02500
PAVING AND SURFACING,
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 General Provisions 1
1. 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1. 04 Quality Assurance 1
1. 05 Alternates 1
PART 2 - RbDUCTG
2 . 01 Materials 2
PART 3 - EXECUTIO
3 . 01 Installation 3
3 . 02 Patching 5
2292 (SC-TENNEY) PAVING AND SURFACING
02500
0
'I .
l;
j� attained if fill is not to support a structure. Storage yard and
traffic areas for construction activity is to be well outside drip
lines of trees. Protect soil surface from traffic compaction with
8" layer of bark mulch or wood chips. In extremely sensitive areas
use double, overlapping, one-half inch plywood sheets with minimum
6" bark mulch or wood chip covering. Following construction,
vertical mulch. -compacted areay. The Director of the Botanic.Gander
will define areas requiring mulches, plywood and vertical mulching.
The Contractor will properly prepare site as directed prior to
staging of equipment or materials. The Contractor is responsible
for all expenses associated with compacted soils resulting from his
construction operations.
5 . 3 . Future planting areas outside fence-protected areas that may
be subject to construction traffic, material storage and equipment
parking, should be mulched to a minimum depth of 6" , with bark
mulch or wood chips.
I' S .4 . Piers, pilings, and posts: use posts to hold retaining walls
upright , and construct walks, porches and buildings on piers where
possible to protect root systems. Care must be taken to minimize
root compaction between piers .
S .5. Dumping and°`dI4156641 of waste (paint, oil, fuel, etc. )- is
prohibited around all trees and shrubs. All construction debris is
to be removed from the site and disposed of properly. -No debris is
to be buried on site.
;i 5 . 6 . Run-off from building materials, vehicle cleaning, petroleum.
products, lame, mortar, calcium chloride, etc. , are to be
j eliminated in areas of tree and shrub root systems.
5 . 7 . No herbicides (soil sterilants, etc. ) are to be used on the
!: campus without authorization by the Director of the Botanic Garden.
6 . INSPECTIONS
6 . 1 . Trees and shrubs to remain, protected areas, and future
planting areas are to be inspected weekly by the Director of the
(I
Botanic Garden or his/her representative. The Contractor is
I
responsible for immediate correction or any deficiencies and
responsible for all associated costs.
7. PENALTIES
I
I
7 . 1. The Contractor shall be held liable for all violations of the
aforementioned specifications and standards and shall, When
�i necessary, repair or replace, as appropriate, all plants to be
preserved and to correct all other deficiencies- as determined by
�. the Project Manager and the Director of the Botanic Garden.
look
I
li
- 6
END OF ATTACHMENT
i
I°
�I
I�
�I
i chart specifications (Toronto specifications-see Harris, 1983) is
II reached, whichever is less . Tunnelling should continue under the
central root system to reach the trench at the other side. Depth
of the tunnel will vary but should be below the mayor zone of
absorbing roots (to be determined when digging the trench by hand)
4 .4 . Excavation should be filled immediately after installation of
utility lines, leaving no air pockets. Exposed roots should be
j covered and kept moist .
4 . 5 . After serious root injury, the contractor shall be
responsible for a watering schedule determined in ccnsultation with
the Director of the Botanic Garden.
4 . 6 . Where paving is to extend within the drip lines of high value
trees to be reserved, or the
p grade over their root systems is to
i! be raised with non load-bearing soil , aeration systems must be
installed following consultation with Botanic Garden staff.
I' 4 . 7 . Lowering soil level and excavating for large buildings and
basements:, in areas where trees are to be preserved and soil level
is to be lowered, retaining walls approved by the Director of the
Botanic Garden, must be installed, rather than grading. Excavation
towards the tree must stop when 2" diameter roots are encountered.
walls are to be no closer that halfway between the drip line and
the trunk . Keep soil and roots moist and shade soil with mulch.
Drainage along foundations should be provided to handle seepage.
,omit, 'I Prune and tie back branches to height requirements of construction
equipment and emergency vehicles prior% to construction_ All
�! pruning to be performed by an arborist according to guidelines in
Section 2 . 5 .
4 .8 . If roots are to be cut for a project they should not be cut
I during bud break or leafing out . If at all possible, roots should
I; be cut in early spring or late summer.
it
4 . 9. New drainage patterns created by berms, banks, or grade
changes must be approved by the Director of the Botanic Garden and
ll the Foreman of Grounds.
i .
11 4 . 10 . Topsoil that is to be reinstalled shall be installed to a
minimum depth of 6" for lawn areas and 110" for all planting areas .
it
i
5. SITE STORAGE, TRAFFIC FLOW, AND PARKING
II
j 5. 1 . Areas requiring authorization by the Director of the Botanic
j� Garden include field office placement, construction parking, soil
stockpiling (in consultation with Foreman of Grounds) , haul roads,
i, material storage, chemical and fuel storage, and concrete washout
areas .
:I
5 . 2 . In areas of engineered fills, minimum compact J.on is tc be
-
i
l
3 . STRIPPING A24D STOCKPILING SOIL '.w
I� 3 . 1 . Prior to the start of general excavation, strip all topsoil ,
peat, and organic silt from within areas to be occupied by
structures, paving, and lawns, as well as other areas to be
regraded in this contract, and stockpile. Do no stripping until
final approval of work area limit lines detailed in Section 1 . 2 has_
been reconfirmed by the Project Manager and the Director of the
Botanic Garden or his/her designate .
3 .2 . All topsoil, peat and organic silt_ encountered during the
stripping operations, regardless of depth, shall be removed, and
stockpiled at a site designated by the Foreman of Grounds of the
Physical Plant department . No topsoil is to be removed from the
campus without the approval of the Foreman of Grounds. Topsoil
shall not be piled over Groot systems of existing trees and shrubs .
Areas having greater depths of topsoil, peat or organic silt than
indicated on boring and test pit data sheets or reasonably
anticipated shall be stripped of all such material and fill shall
be used to bring such areas to the rough grade level . Sticks,
stones, and roots over 2 inches in any dimension shall be removed
from topsoil before stockpiling. All other stripped soil which can
be classified as fill as defined herein shall be used or stockpiled
for re-use in rougft- The Foreman of Grounds shall define
the storage area prior to piling.
3 . 3 . Piles of topsoil shall be located s7 that the material can be
it
used readily for the finish surface grading but not where root
systems of trees and shrubs to be preserved can be compacted by
storage piles or equipment . Topsoil shall be protected and
j: maintained during the construction period.
3 . 4 . All unsuitable maternal as well as logs . stumps, roots,
brush, and other refuse from the clearing and grubbing operations
shall be removed from the site and legally disposed of by the
I Contractor as soon as practicable following the cutting, clearing,
or grubbing thereof.
i
4 . GRADE CHANGES AND EXCAVATIONS
4 . 1 . The Director of the Botanic Garden must approve the location
j of all utility and irrigation lines prior to bidding and again
prior to installation.
i 4 . 2 . The Contractor shall coordinate utility trench locations with
installation contractors . Consolidate utility trenches whenever
possible . Excavate trenches by hand in areas with roots larger
than 111 . Tunnel under plant roots larger than 2" diameter .
4 . 3 . A trench can be mechanically dug toward a tree to its drip
line or one-third of the tree's height from the trunk, whichever is
greater. The trench should be continued by ha:ld until
significantly large roots (determined ty Botani.- Garden
representative) are encountered or a distance indi:;atsd by t..".N
A
.�. _. 4...- .. .
"* I barricades/fencing shall be removed wher. no longer needed as
determined by the Project Manager and the Director of the Botanic
i
Carden.
I '
2 .2 . Trees to remain shall not be used for crane stays, guys, or
i other fastenings. vehicles shall not be parked within the areas
inside the drip line of trees or where damage may result to such
trees . Do not stockpile fill, equipment, or building supplies with
the areas inside the drip line of trees or within 5' of shrubs.
2 . 3 . Damage no plant by burning, by pumping of water, by cutting
of live roots or branches, by operating internal combustion engines
beneath branches, or by any other means. If, in order to perform
excavation work, it becomes necessary to cut roots of plants to be
saved, such roots must be neatly cut by Botanic Garden staff or by
a professional Arborist who shall be notified in advance of the
excavation.
2.-4 . The Contractor is responsible for all costs of establishing
and carrying out a maintenance program for plants to be saved
throughout the time of construction. The program shall include
regular feeding, watering, spraying, and cabling, and pruning of
all dead or broken branches. Submit a schedule of the maintenance.
to the Project Manager at the beginning of the job. Schedule and
procedures must be approved by the Director, or the Botanic Garden.
2. 5 . Pruning shall be done in a manner which does not change the
natural appearance of the plant. Broken or badly bruised branches
shall be removed with a clean cut. All, pruning shall be done by
skilled professionals in accordance with specifications and
standards set by the International Society of Arboriculture and the
National Arborist Association appropriate to the type of plant and
to its special or individual requirements. The Contractor shall
meet with the Director of the Botanic Garden or his/her designate
before commencing the work of pruning.
2.6 . Carefully remove branches of any tree to be saved which
endanger life or property. Remove dead branches of all trees to be
barricaded with the Contract Limit Line, and with the approval of
I the Director of the Botanic Garden or his/her designate, desirable
branches which may interfere with construction or be damaged during
construction must be properly tied out of the way where possible,
rather than removed. Prune and tie back branches to height
requirements of construction equipment and emergency vehicles prior
to construction. All pruning to be performed by an Arborist
according to guidelines in Section 2.5.
i
2.7 . Any existing plant scheduled to be protected and preserved,
that is injured or destrovea shall be replanted at the Contractor' s
j expense as detailed in Section 1 .4 . Report all damage promptly to
j; the Director of the Botanic Garden so an Arborist can treat the
is damaged plants quickly and appropriately.
ij
I
shall be performed only under the direction of the Project Manager,
with the approval of the Director of the Botanic Garden unless
otherwise directed. Existing trees to be saved, which have, in the
opinion of the Project Manager and the Director of the Botanic
Garden, become damaged, shall be replaced with trees of similar
size and species. Replacement trees to be tagged in the field or
sales yard by the Director of the Botanic Garden or his/her
representative . Planting specifications for all replacement
plantings will be provided by the Director of the Botanic Garden.
All expenses incurred shall be paid by the Contractor. If the tree
or shrub cannot be replaced because of size 'or peculiarity of
species, the College shall be reimbursed in accordance with the
Tree Evaluation Formula as described in "Guide for Plant Appraisal"
and "Manual for Plant Appraisers" (latest editions) as published by
the Council of Tree and Landscape Appraisers.
i . 5 . Exercise extreme care during grubbing and stripping
operations to prevent damage to surface roots of trees to be
preserved. Stripping of topsoil around trees to be saved will be
restricted to areas designated by the Director of the Botanic
Garden. woody vegetation located near remaining trees is to be cut
to ground level and left, or ground below grade (not pulled out) ,
in order to reduce root injury to remaining trees. When lowering
grade, scarifying and preparing sub grade for fills and structures
within drip lines of trees to be saved, use retaining walls with
discontinuous footings to maintain natural grade as far as
possible . Excavated finish grade by hand and prune exposed roots
in accordance with Section 2 . 3 . Soil beyond cut face can be
removed by equipment sitting outside theldrip line of the tree.
1 . 6 . Remove stumps and roots to a clear depth of not less that
1100 below subgrade. level except in areas where the Director of the
Botanic Garden has called for woody growth to be cut to ground
level . At lawns• only, depth shall be 6" below finis: grade. All
depressions excavated below the original ground surface for or by
the removal of stumps or roots shall be refilled with suitable
material compacted to the density, grade, and contour of the
surrounding earth.
' 2 . TREE/SHRUB PROTECTION
! 2 . 1 . Plant materials selected to remain shall be protected by
sturdy, temporary barriers erected prior to any construction or
excavation work on the site. These barricades shall be maintained
in good condition during the entire period of construction work on
the site . Unless otherwise specifically approved by -the Project
Manager and the Director of the Botanic Garden, use only new and
solid lumber of utility grade or better to construct temporary
barricades around plants designated to remain. Barricades shall be
' 4"x4" wood corner posts with 34D 2"x4" rails 0 2'0" intervals to
6' 0" height for trees and 20 2"x4" rails a 210" intervals to 4' 0"
height for shrubs . Barricades shall be set at the outer drip line
for shrubs, unless otherwise authorized by the Director cf the
Botanic Garden, taking special care not to damage large routs . All
I� = 2 -
f
'the 11(tame(-aftlen of smith(.:allege
Nunhamr on,Mueaehusem 01063
U.S.A.
(415)5115-Z74R
TREE AND SHRUB PRESERVATION
SPECIFICATIONS
Foreword. Due to the high expense of follow-up care necessary to
offset construction damage to trees, shrubs, and soils, and the
importance of our tree and shrub collections to the overall quality
of life on our campus, it is -expected that every effort will be
made to eliminate construction damage.
1. CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND REHOVAL
1.1. All trees and shrubs, unless noted to remain, shall be cut
and removed in their entirety. All stumps, brush, vegetation,
rubbish and other perishable or objectionable matter shall be
cleared from the site . No on-site burning will be permitted. This
debris shall fie'- Qileesd-ef bye -the Contractor is an, approved
dumping site in _ com0liance with local codes and the wetlands
Protection Act .
1. 2 . 'Prior to starting site clearing operations or any other
construction work, stake out all limits of cut and fill; and groups
of trees and shrubs to be saved. Promptly upon completion of
layout work and before any clearing or other construction work is
begun on the site, the Contractor shall arrange a conference on the
site with the Project Manager and the Director of the Botanic
Garden or his/her designate to identify and mark trees and areas of
trees and shrubs which are to remain. After the conference, the
Contractor shall erect sturdy, temporary fencing along the work
area limits, separating it from protected areas. Minimum distances
from protected trees shall be to the outer drip lines around each
tree or group of trees and shrubs. Sensitive species may require
fencing at even greater distances from the main trunk. Do no
clearing without a clear understanding of existing conditions to be
preserved.
1 .3 . Limits of clearing shall be those areas defined by the limits
Of cut and fill. Removal of trees, shrubs, and herbaceous
perennials outside those areas shall be done only as noted on the
drawings and as approved by the Project Manager and the Director of
the Botanic Garden .
1 . 4 . Fell trees in such a way as to not injure trees to be saved.
A representative of the Botanic Garden shall designate trees that
j; are to be carefully topped rather than felled. No trees shall be
removed until authorized by the Botanic Garden representative .
saved
Excavation or Grading with the branch spread of trees to be
2 . During construction operations, the trunks of the
449"` trees shall be effectively protected by timbers placed
as protective housing. Particular care shall be taken
in the use of heavy machinery during excavation
operations to prevent injury to roots and branches .
E. Any damage done to existing tree crowns or root systems,
including compensatory pruning for root loss, shall be
repaired immediately by an approved tree surgeon at the
direction of the Owner at no cost to the Owner.
3 . 02 CLEAN-UP
A. All areas within the project site shall be raked clean of
all trash, wood forms, and other debris upon completion of
the work specified herein, soil piles leveled and excess
materials disposed of as directed by the Architect .
B. Any soil or similar materials, which has been brought onto
paved areas by hauling operations or otherwise, shall be
removed promptly, keeping these areas clean at all times .
C. Remove all rubbish caused by the work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
A
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SITE PREPARATION
02100
5
1 . 06 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of bid items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 GENERAL
A. All materials shall be governed by the applicable portions
of the REFERENCE STANDARDS set forth in Part I above .
1 . All protection fencing as described and required in
Paragraph 2 . 1 of the attached tree and shrub
preservation specification or as directed by the
designated representative of the Botanical Gardens .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 DEFINITIONS
A. Any accidental injuries to the bark, trunk, and branches
shall be repaired immediately following consultation with
the Owner. Any branches which require removal to
eliminate obstructions shall be pruned by the Owner at the
request of the Contractor.
B. Permanent tree-root protection shall be provided. The
area of tree-root protection shall be considered as that
of the outermost spread of the branches .
C. The Contractor shall slope or warp the grade around
existing trees to remain where required. Grades shall be
sloped from the edge of the branch spread to the
surrounding grade without any abrupt changes or
disturbances of the tree roots . Within the branch spread
of the tree, the Contractor will not cut or fill more than
6 in. unless directed to do so by the Owner.
D. All trees on the property, and all trees adjacent to the
property, shall be protected against damage during
construction operations by boxing or planking. No
material shall be stored, or construction operations
carried on, within drip line of any tree that is to be
saved.
1 . At the option of the Architect and/or Owner, the
Contractor may be directed to surround any saved tree
with snow fence along the perimeter of the dripline in
addition to, or in lieu of, boxing as described above .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SITE PREPARATION
02100
4
B ."''� Requirements given herein may be affected by other related
requirements of the project Specification. Coordination
of Contract requirements is the responsibility of the
Contractor.
C. Reauirements of R g u1 atgrY_Aaenci es .
1 . Comply with all municipal, state and federal laws,
ordinances, rules, orders and regulations pertaining
to the work, specifically including applicable
portions of reference Standard Specifications referred
to 1 . 03 A above .
D. The Contractor shall notify the local "Digsafe" clearing
house prior to beginning operations .
1 . 05 JOB CONDTTTnNS
A. All protection work and general conditions shall be
governed by the requirements of OSHA, as most recently
amended, as well as by Local and State environmental
requirements .
B. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to visit the
site and to verify all existing conditions.
C. The Contractor shall take proper precautions not to damage
any existing site conditions specifically excluded or
excepted from the Contract and will be held solely
responsible for any damage occurring during the course of
the work under construction. The Contractor shall, at his
own expense, make any and all repairs as required to
restore, to the original condition, any area or item so
damaged or disturbed due to work required by this
Contract .
D. During the construction period, the Contractor shall take
special measures, including, but not limited to, wetting
down, applying approved dust palliatives, etc. to control
dust on site, in order to prevent annoyance and/or damage
to adjacent property, whether public or private .
E. The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to keep
streets, over which equipment and service for project
travel, clean and free from dirt, dust, mud, and debris
resulting from construction operations .
F. The Drawings show the Project Property and Contract Limit
Lines for the sole purpose of identification. Not all
Contract work is necessarily confined within these lines .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SITE PREPARATION
02100
3
3 . Perform required site demolition operations as A"k
necessary to accomplish the project work.
4 . Provide required erosion, sedimentation, and
environmental controls necessitated by site and
governing codes .
S . Secure required permits and approvals from
municipality, utility companies, and other governing
bodies having jurisdiction.
6 . Provide all site protection, enclosures, and other
temporary construction and protection required by
conditions, ordinances, etc. , including all fences,
barricades, guard rails, warning lights, and other
items as necessary and required by life safety codes,
or as indicated on the Contract Drawings .
7 . Perform clean-up and maintenance of site and
surrounding accessways during entire project
operations .
8 . Protective 6 in. layer of bark mulch around all
existing trees in a diameter equal to the drip edge of
existing branches . Refer to Sections 5 .2 and 5 . 3 of
attachment, "Tree and Shrub Specifications" by Owner.
B . Related Work Specified Elsewhere :
1 . SECTION 02050 - DEMOLITION.
2 . SECTION 02500 - PAVING AND SURFACING.
3 . SECTION 02900 - LANDSCAPING.
4 . SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
5 . SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING.
6 . SECTION 16100 - ELECTRICAL WORK.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS - NONE REQUIRED.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Reference Standards : All work herein shall be governed by
the requirements set forth in Standard Specifications for
Highways and Bridges, as published by the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts, Department of Public Work, 1988 Edition,
including all amendments thereto.
Awok
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SITE PREPARATION
02100
2
SECTION 0 inn
SITE PREPARATTnN
PART - G NFRAT
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included : Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary and/or required for the complete execution of
all site preparation and protection work for this project
as required by the schedule, keynotes, and Drawings,
including, but not limited to, the following:
1 . Protect existing features, trees, and other items
designated to remain.
The Contractor is responsible for protection of all
existing on-site trees, shrubs, plantings, and built
environments which are not indicated to be removed.
The Contractor shall replace plantings "in kind" and
in matching size for any tree or plant which is
removed erroneously or damaged beyond satisfactory
repair, if in the event that tree or plant is damaged.
Botanical Gardens shall be the sole authority in
determining the extent of damage .
NOTE : Attention is directed to the attachment
entitled "Tree and Shrub Preservation Specifications"
prepared by the Botanic Garden of Smith College for
means, methods, and the like directed to protective
measures required by the Contract .
2 . Excavations for utilities, etc. occurring in or across
streets or sidewalks shall be backfilled as soon as
Possible after work is completed. Temporary paving or
surfacing, such as stabilized crushed stone, shall be
provided so that traffic may be restored as soon as
Possible after completion of utility work. Temporary
paving or surfacing shall be maintained in a condition
acceptable to the Architect until permanent pavement
can be installed.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SITE PREPARATION
02100
1
SECTION 02.100
SITE PRE RATT[�RT
PARAGRAPH TITLE
PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 2
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Job Conditions 3
1 . 06 Alternates 4
PART 2 - Pgopm=s
2 . 01 General 4
PART 3 - EX .CiTTI0N
3 .01 Definitions 4
3 . 02 Clean-Up 5
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SITE PREPARATION
02100
0
12 . Perform all other demolition work not specifically
described above or in other Sections of the
Specifications or Construction Drawings required to
provide a free, open and safe building envelope,
capable of receiving all new construction work
described in the Contract Documents .
13 . Removal of all bituminous driveways and sidewalks as
indicated in the Contract Documents .
14 . The term "New Construction" shall include alterations
within the existing building by other trades .
15 . The term "Remove" shall include the legal, off-site,
disposal of all removed items, except as otherwise
specifically noted to remain property of the Owner.
3 . 06 CLEANING
A. Upon completion of the work, remove all tools, materials,
plants, apparatus, temporary toilets, rubbish, and debris
of every sort .
B . Leave premises clean, neat, orderly, and ready to accept
the work of other trades .
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) DEMOLITION
02050
6
flooring, concrete flooring, exterior walls, and all
,40*- other existing materials made obsolete by new
construction, as shown, or as otherwise required to
complete the work described in the Contract Documents .
2 . Remove all doors, door frames, and hardware, where
noted on the Construction Drawings .
3 . Remove all existing built-in equipment, including, but
not limited to, cabinets, storage units, counter tops,
shelving, appliances, fire extinguishing equipment,
and all other materials shown dotted or otherwise
required to complete the project .
4 . Provide all new openings through existing foundations,
floors, walls, and roof as required by the new
construction, unless otherwise specifically called for
to be provided by other trades elsewhere in the
Specifications .
5 . Remove all existing windows, counterweights, and trim
as indicated on the Construction Drawings .
6 . Remove all existing plumbing fixtures, metal toilet
partitions, mirrors, accessories, all associated
supply, waste and vent piping, insulation, and all
other related materials, where noted in the Contract
Documents .
7 . Remove all existing fire alarms and all other related
materials, where noted in the Contract Documents .
8 . Remove all existing heating and cooling equipment,
ductwork, radiation, grilles, louvers, piping
controls, and all other related materials, where noted
in the Contract Documents .
9 . Remove all existing electrical equipment, panels,
feeders, conduits, boxes, receptacles, fixtures, and
all other related materials, where noted in the
Contract Documents.
10 . Remove all miscellaneous telephone, alarm and cable
television, equipment, boxes, conduit, wiring, and all
other related materials, where noted in the Contract
Documents .
11 . Remove all adhesives and other floor finish materials
on existing floors scheduled to receive new flooring.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) DEMOLITION
02050
5
2 . During demolition operations, the Contractor shall
provide temporary safety barricades and drop cloths
and enclosures to prevent dust, dirt, and debris from
contaminating adjacent areas . All debris shall be
promptly placed in containers and removed from the
building site .
3 . All demolition and removal operations shall be
coordinated with asbestos and lead removal work being
performed by the Owner.
4 . Included in the scope of work of this Section is the
demolition, removal, and legal disposal of all
site-related items called for to be removed in the
Construction Documents, or otherwise required to
accommodate new construction and sitework.
B. Removal of Rubbish:
1 . work under this Section shall include all labor,
materials, and services necessary for, and reasonably
incidental to, the removal and legal off-site disposal
of construction debris from the property. All chutes,
tracks, ramps, slides, lifts, pulley systems, loading
devices, and so forth, as necessary for the demolition
and removal of all rubbish and materials, shall be
included the scope of work of this Section.
2 . All construction and other debris, clean and
otherwise, resulting from the demolition shall be
removed from the site and disposed of .
3 . Remove and dispose of, as it accumulates, all
construction related debris, except as otherwise
specified, resulting from the demolition operations .
Do not store or permit debris to accumulate on site.
If the Contractor fails to remove the debris promptly,
the Owner reserves the right to cause same to be
removed at the Contractor' s expense .
3 . 05 GENERAL
A. Included under the scope of work of this Section but not
limited thereto, are the following items :
1 . Remove all existing building components, including,
but not limited to, partitions (shown dotted) , wood
and metal framing, lintels, blocking, insulation,
concrete and brick masonry, drywall, plaster,
mouldings, trim, mirrors, paneling, wainscoting,
cornices, valances, hardware, structural members, wood
AW
2292 (SC-TENNEY) DEMOLITION
02050
4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
OW
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. The Contractor shall accept the premises as found. The
Awarding Authority assumes no responsibility for the
condition of the buildings on the site, nor the conditions
existing at the time of the signing of the Contract .
3 . 02 PREPARATTON
A. Maintaining Traffic ;
1 . Do not close or obstruct streets, sidewalks, alleys,
or passageways. Do not place or store material in
streets, alleys, driveways, or passageways .
2 . Conduct operations with no interference with roads,
streets, driveways, alleys, sidewalks, and facilities .
3 . Provide, erect, and maintain lights, barriers,
barricades, and the like required by City of
Northampton and Smith College Physical Plant
regulations .
3 . 03 PROTECTION
A. Execute all demolition work in a manner as required to
protect adjacent areas against damage which might occur
from falling debris or other cause; do not interfere with
access to the buildings . Maintain free and safe passage
to, from, and within the buildings at all times .
B . Repair damage done to building property or the property of
any other person or persons on or off premises by reason
of required work.
C. Provide all temporary measures not otherwise specifically
called for under other Sections of the Specifications,
required to protect, preserve, stabilize, and support
existing construction, the structural integrity of which
could be affected by work under this Section.
3 . 04 PERFORMAAN,CE
A. Demolition for Alterations -and New Construction
1 . The Contractor shall demolish and remove existing work
wherever necessary for alterations and for
installation of new work, as well as indicated on the
Drawings .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) DEMOLITION
02050
3
8 . Removal, storage, and reinstallation, as required, of „Ow*
existing building components indicated to remain.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections :
1 . SECTION 15300 - FIRE PROTECTION.
2 . SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING.
3 . SECTION 15500 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR
CONDITIONING.
4 . SECTION 16100 - ELECTRICAL WORK.
1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies :
1 . All work shall conform to the Drawings and
Specifications and shall comply with applicable codes
and regulations .
2 . The Contractor shall comply with all rules,
regulations, laws, and ordinances of the City of
Northampton, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and
all other authorities having jurisdiction. All labor,
materials, equipment, and services necessary to make
the work comply with such requirements shall be
provided without additional cost to the Owner.
3 . The Contractor shall procure and pay for all permits
and licenses required for the complete work specified
herein and shown on the Drawings .
1 . 04 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor shall assume all risks regarding damage or
loss, whether by reason of fire, theft, or other casualty
or happening to specified buildings from and after
Contract signing, and no such damage or loss shall relieve
the Contractor from his contractual obligation to complete
the entire demolition work.
1 . 05 ALTEE TES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS for
description of bid items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED
2292 (SC-TENNEY) DEMOLITION
02050
2
40Nk SECTION 0205
DEMOLITION
PART GENERAT,
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION O WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . The demolition, removal, hauling, and legal disposal
of building and site components, equipment, finishes,
etc. , as indicated on the Drawings or as otherwise
required to produce the results shown thereon.
2 . All temporary structural stabilization and support
required to preserve structural integrity of existing
construction which could be affected by demolition
operations .
3 . Removal of all posters, stickers, and other materials
applied, or attached, to all surfaces receiving new
finishes within the scope of work of this project .
4 . Careful removal and legal disposal of all existing
wall and floor coverings at all surfaces scheduled to
receive new finishes under the scope of work of this
project . These items include, but are not limited to,
existing vinyl and paper wall coverings, existing
carpeting, existing resilient flooring, existing stair
tread coverings, existing stair nosing coverings, etc .
5 . Removal and delivery, to the Owner, of all room number
plaques on doors or other locations .
6 . Removal, storage, and re-installation of all existing
tackboards, bulletin boards in corridors and other
areas .
7 . Removal of existing bituminous driveways and
sidewalks .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) DEMOLITION
02050
1
SECTION 02050
DF.MOT.TTTON
PARAGRAPH TITLE
PAGE
PART 1 - G .NRRAT.
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 04 Project Conditions 2
1 . 05 Alternates 2
PART 2 - PRO UCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
UTION
3 . 01 Inspection 3
3 . 02 Preparation 3
3 . 03 Protection 3
3 . 04 Performance 3
3 . 05 General 4
3 . 06 Cleaning 6
2292 (SC-TENNEY)
DEMOLITION
02050
0
2 . Submission to the Architect-Engineer of a certificate
A of compliance to this requirement, signed by the
Subcontractor and the Owners representative, shall be
a condition precedent to final payment .
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700
5
3 . At the completion of the job, these prints shall be ,,,,,,,
submitted to the Architect-Engineer for final
inspection and comment . The prints will be returned
with appropriate comments and recommendations, and
then this Subcontractor shall, at his own expense,
prepare a complete set of record tracings by having
the corresponding revisions made on mylar
reproducibles of the original tracings .
4 . When this procedure has been accomplished to the
satisfaction of the Architect-Engineer, this
Subcontractor shall furnish to the Architect-Engineer,
for transmission to the Owner, two complete sets of
white prints on heavy paper, every print marked with
the legend "Record Drawings" and the date when
printed. The original shall also be furnished to the
Architect-Engineer for transmission to the Owner.
1 . 06 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
A. Instructions :
1 . Subcontractors, installers, and suppliers shall
furnish the Contractor with three sets of operating,
maintenance, and repair instructions of all
mechanical, electrical, and manually operated
equipment furnished or installed by them. Mechanical ,
and Electrical Subcontractors shall furnish
instructions as specified in their respective
Sections .
2 . The Contractor shall collect all of the above
instructions, bind them into three complete sets, and
submit them to the Architect-Engineer.
3 . Submission of operating and maintenance instructions
shall be a condition precedent to final payment .
B . Instructions of Owner' s Personnel :
1 . Where specified in the individual Sections of the
Specifications, the Subcontractor shall instruct the
Owner' s personnel at the site in the use and
maintenance of equipment installed by them under the
Contract .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700
4
finishes caused by cleaning operations shall be repaired
"l"""- by the Contractor at his own expense .
L. Broom clean exposed concrete surfaces and paved surfaces .
Rake clean other surfaces of grounds .
M. Repair, to match existing, all areas of lawn, plantings,
and paving damaged in connection with work on this
project .
N. Wash, inside and out, all new and existing windows .
0. Owner' s responsibility for cleaning commences at the time
designated on the Certificate of Substantial Completion.
1 . 05 RECORD D AwrNr�
A. In order that the final record set of Drawings may be
produced with minimum of time and expense to all
concerned, the following instructions are to be carefully
followed:
1 . The Contractor shall maintain at the job, at all
times, a complete set of prints of the Mechanical
Drawings of this trade on which he shall mark clearly,
neatly, accurately, - and promptly as the work
progresses :
a. Changes to be made where resulting from formal
Change Orders or other instructions issued by the
Architect-Engineer.
b. The Contractor' s daily progress, by coloring in
the various pipes, fixtures, apparatus, and
associated appurtenances exactly as they are
erected.
This progress shall incorporate both the changes noted
above and all other deviations from the original
Drawings, whether resulting from job conditions
encountered or from any other cause. Principal
dimensions of concealed work shall be recorded and,
for piping installation, valve numbers shall be added
as soon as established.
2 . These marked-up and colored-in prints will be used as
a guide for determining the progress of the work
installed. They will be inspected monthly by the
Architect-Engineer and shall be corrected immediately
if found either inaccurate or incomplete .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700
3
G. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other .WA*,
contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall
on wet, newly painted surfaces .
1 . 04 FINAL CLEANING
A. Final cleaning of all areas shall be done by the General
Contractor in addition to cleaning work called for under
the scope of work of other Sections of the Specifications .
B . Employ experienced workmen and professional cleaners for
final cleaning.
C. Use only cleaning materials recommended by the
manufacturer of the surface to be cleaned.
D. In preparation for Substantial Completion, conduct final
inspection of sight-exposed interior and exterior
surfaces .
E . Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints,
and other foreign materials from sight-exposed interior
and exterior surfaces. This includes cleaning of the work
of all finishing trades when needed, whether or not
cleaning by such trades is included in their respective
Specifications .
AOW
F. Repair, patch, and touch up marred surfaces to specified
finish to match adjacent surfaces.
G. Clean and polish interior surfaces of all new and existing
glass on second and third floors, including stairwell
glass . Clean plastic glazing (if any) in accordance with
the manufacturer' s directions .
H. Do the final cleaning of resilient floors and carpeted
floors with professional cleaners.
I . Leave all architectural metals, hardware, and fixtures in
undamaged, clean conditions .
J. Leave pipe and duct spaces, plenums, furred spaces, and
the like clean of debris and decayable materials .
K. In cleaning items with manufacturer' s finish or items
previously finished by a Subcontractor, care shall be
taken not to damage such manufacturer' s or Subcontractor' s
finish. In cleaning glass and finish surfaces, care shall
be taken not to use detergents or other cleaning agents
which may stain adjoining finish surfaces . Any damage to
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700
2
�Opk SFQTION 01700
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
1 . 01 GEN .RAT, PROV N4
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 R ,T,AT .D DOCUMENTS
A. This Section supplements Article 3 . 15 of the General
Conditions .
B . Consult the individual Sections of the Specification for
cleaning of work installed under those Sections.
1 . 03 C`T.FANING D TR TNC' ONGTRTTC Mr^?IT
A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with
local ordinances and anti-pollution laws :
1 . Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on
project site .
2 . Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral
spirits, oil, or paint thinner in storm or sanitary
drains .
3 . Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways .
B. Wet down dry materials and rubbish to lay dust and prevent
blowing dust .
C. Do not allow materials and rubbish to drop free or be
thrown from upper floors, but remove by use of the
material hoist or rubbish chutes .
D. Provide on-site containers for collection of waste
materials and rubbish.
E. At reasonable times during construction, remove waste
materials and rubbish from site and legally dispose of it .
F. Vacuum clean interior building area when ready to receive
finish painting, and continue vacuum cleaning on an
as-needed basis until Substantial Completion.
AOW
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700
1
S�CTrON of inn
CONTR&QZ_CLQaE=
PARAGRAPH TITLE
PAGE
1 . 01 General Provisions
1 . 02 Related Documents 1
1
1 . 03 Cleaning During Construction
1 . 04 Final Cleaning 2
1 . 05 Record Drawings 2
1 . 06 Operating and Maintenance Instructions 4
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700
0
1 . 05 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING AW
A. Refer to CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, and
Specifications ' Sections for requirements pertaining to
transportation and handling of materials and equipment .
B . Transport products by methods to avoid product damage;
deliver in undamaged condition in manufacturer' s unopened
containers or packaging, dry.
C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by
methods to prevent soiling or damage .
D. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply
with requirements, that quantities are correct, and
products are undamaged.
1 . 06 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Refer to CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, and
Specifications ' sections for requirements pertaining to
storage and protection of materials and equipment .
B. Store products in accordance with manufacturer' s
instruction, with seals and labels intact and legible.
Store sensitive products in weather tight enclosures;
maintain within temperature and humidity ranges required AVW
by manufacturer' s instructions .
C. , For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on
sloped supports above ground. Cover products subject to
deterioration with impervious sheet covering; provide
ventilation to avoid condensation.
D. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a
well-drained area; prevent mixing with foreign matter.
E. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection.
Periodically inspect to assure that products are undamaged
and are maintained under required conditions .
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
01600
2
Avolk S T 1Q 016 0 0
MATERIAL L AN EO TT PMFNT
1 . 01 GENERAL, PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 PRODUCTS
A. Products including material, equipment, and systems .
B . Comply with Specifications and referenced standards as
minimum requirements.
C. Components required to be supplied in quantity within a
Specification Section shall be the same and shall be
interchangeable .
D. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing
structures, except as specifically required, or allowed,
by the Contract Documents.
1 . 03 WORKMANSHIP
A. Comply with industry standards, except when more
restricted tolerances or specified requirements indicate
more rigid standards or more precise workmanship.
B . Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship
of specified quality.
C. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices
designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, and
racking.
1 . 04 MANUFACTURER' S INSTRTTC IONS
A. When work is specified to comply with manufacturer' s
instruction, submit copies as specified in SECTION 01300 -
SUBMITTALS, distribute copies to persons involved, and
maintain one (1) set in field office.
B . Perform work in accordance with details of instructions
and specified requirements .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
01600
1
SECTION 0 600
MATERTATJ AND EQUIPMENT
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Products 1
1 . 03 Workmanship 1
1 . 04 Manufacturer' s Instructions 1
1 . 05 Transportation and Handling 2
1 . 06 Storage and Protection 2
2292 (SC-TENNEY) MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
01600
0
General Contractor' s proposed methods for "Weather
AOW Protection. "
C. Installation of weather protection and heating devices
shall comply with all safety regulations, including
provisions for adequate ventilation and fire protection
devices . Heating devices which may cause damage to finish
surfaces shall not be used.
D. The General Contractor shall furnish and install one
accurate Fahrenheit thermometer at each work area as
designated by the Architect-Engineer. However, one
additional accurate Fahrenheit thermometer shall be
provided for every 2, 000 sq. ft . of floor space where the
work area exceeds 2, 000 sq. ft . , located as directed by
the Architect-Engineer in order to determine if specified
temperatures are maintained.
E. The General Contractor may, with the approval of the
Architect-Engineer, elect to utilize the permanent heating
systems for temporary heat after it has been tested and is
ready to operate. However, it shall be the General
Contractor' s responsibility to have all portions of the
permanent heating system that are used for heating during
construction, thoroughly cleaned and restored to first
class condition to the satisfaction of the Architect-
Engineer.
F. The requirements of this paragraph of the Specifications
is supplementary to the requirements of Paragraph 6,
Temporary Heat .
1 . 16 PROJECT SIGN (None Allowed on this Project)
1 . 17 REMOVAL OF ON-STTF BEPUSF AND., CONSTRUCTION DEB TS
A. Unless specifically called for to be provided by other
trades in other Sections of the Specifications, the
General Contractor shall furnish all labor and materials
required to provide ongoing removal and legal off-site
disposal of construction related debris during the entire
course of this project . Included under the scope of work
for this Section is the ongoing, regular, and frequent
cleaning of all areas of the building and site as required
to remove accumulation of construction related debris .
The construction site shall be kept clean, neat, and safe
at all times .
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500
7
9 . Remove all temporary protection upon completion of ..w
construction activities requiring such protection, and
patch or replace, as required, all items of existing
construction or site affected by the presence of such
temporary protection.
B . Roof surfaces and waterproofed surfaces shall not be
subjected to traffic, nor shall they be used for storage
of materials . Where some activity must take place in
order to carry out the work, adequate protection shall be
provided.
C. After the installation of work by any Subcontractor is
properly completed, the Contractor shall be responsible
for its protection and for repairing, replacing, or
cleaning any such work which has been damaged by other
trades or by any other cause so that all work is in
perfect condition at the time of Substantial Completion.
D. Existing planting, including shrubs, grass, plants, and
trees, shall be protected from damage relating to this
project at all times . Carefully remove, heel in, and
replant or relocate, as directed by the Architect-
Engineer, all existing planting as required to facilitate
or accomplish work under this Contract . All existing
plantings, including the above referenced items damaged in
connection with work under this Contract, shall be
laced with new health """
replaced y plantings of like species and
size at the expense of the Contractor.
E . All built facilities, including walks, paving, steps, etc .
damaged in the course of work of this Contract, shall be
replaced with new undamaged components to match undamaged
existing.
1 . 15 WEATHER PROTECTION
A. "Weather Protection" shall mean the temporary protection
of that work adversely affected by moisture, wind, and
cold; by covering, enclosing, and/or heating. The General
Contractor shall furnish and install all "Weather
Protection" material and be responsible for all costs,
including heating, required to maintain a minimum
temperature of 40 degrees F. at the working surface . This
provision does not supersede any specific requirements for
methods of construction and/or curing of materials .
B . Within 30 calendar days after the award of Contract, the
General Contractor shall submit, in writing, to the
Architect-Engineer, for approval, three sets of the
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500
6
1 . 14 TEMPORARY PROTECTION
look
A. The Contractor hall :
1 . Protect building and materials, at all times, from
rain water, ground water, backing-up or leakage of
sewers, drains or other piping, and from water damage
of any origin; provide all pumps, piping, coverings,
and other materials and equipment as required by job
conditions .
2 . Provide temporary weather tight enclosures for
openings in exterior walls and in roof decks when and
as required to protect new work and existing
construction from damage by inclement weather.
Temporary enclosures shall be provided with adequate
means of ventilation to prevent accumulation of
moisture in the building.
3 . Provide temporary wood doors for penthouse openings
and elsewhere as required. Permanent door enclosures
shall not be used as temporary enclosures .
4 . Protect sills, jambs, and heads of openings through
which materials are handled.
5 . Protect decks and slabs to receive work by other
OW trades from soiling which will prevent proper adhesion
of subsequent work. Decks and slabs shall be left
clean and free of all blemishes at the time other
trades begin the application of their work.
6 . Protect all areas of existing finished floors which
could be affected by construction related activities
with 1/4 in. thick membrane covered foam rubber
protective padding. All edges shall be lapped 6 in.
and taped. Tape to wall base with non-marking tape .
Material shall be Class II, Flame Spread of 26-75 .
Install and maintain protection on floors until
Substantial Completion.
7 . Provide all temporary shoring, bracing, underpinning,
needling, etc . required for temporary support during
demolition and construction activities .
S . Provide temporary overhead protection for people,
shrubs, and plantings in areas which might be
potentially subject to injury or damage due to falling
objects relating to demolition and construction
activities.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500
5
1 . 10 FIRE PROTECTION
AW
A. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to
ensure against fire during construction. He shall be
responsible for ensuring that the area within Contract
limits is kept orderly and clean and that combustible
rubbish is promptly removed from the site.
B. Installation of equipment suitable for fire protection
shall be done as soon as possible after commencement of
operations . Fire protection shall be in accordance with
the requirements of Industrial Bulletin No. 12, Division
of Industrial Safety Department of Labor and Industries,
Commonwealth of Massachusetts .
1 . 11 WIND PROTECTION
A. Should high wind warnings be issued by the U.S . Weather
Bureau, the Contractor shall take every precaution to
minimize danger to persons, to the work, and to adjacent
property.
1 . 12 NOISE AND POLLUTION CONTROL
A. All work performed under the Contract shall conform to the
requirements of Ma. G.L_ , Ch. 11, Sec. 31C and 142D and
Rules and Regulations adopted thereto by the Commonwealth
of Massachusetts, Department of Public Health. "'"
1 . 13 TEMPORARY STAGING, STAIRS CHTTRS
A. Except as otherwise specified in the individual trade
Sections of the Specifications, the Contractor shall
furnish, install, maintain in safe condition, and remove
all scaffolds, staging, and planking as required for the
use of all trades for the proper execution of their work.
B . The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and
remove all temporary ramps, stairs, ladders, and similar
items as required for the use of all trades for the proper
execution of their work.
C. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and
remove covered chutes from openings in the exterior walls
of upper floors . Such shall be in convenient locations
and shall permit disposal of rubbish directly into trucks
or disposal units .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500
4
outlets located at convenient points so that extension
00'"* cords of not over 50 ft . in length will reach all work
requiring temporary light and power.
F. The General Contractor shall install and maintain the
wiring and accessories for the office of the General
Contractor and the Owner' s representative .
G. The General Contractor and all Subcontractors,
individually, shall furnish all extension cords, sockets,
lamps, motors, and accessories for their work. They also
shall pay for all temporary wiring of construction offices
and buildings used by them, except as provided in the
preceding paragraph F. immediately above.
H. All temporary wiring and accessories thereto, installed by
the General Contractor, shall be removed by him after it
has served its purpose .
I . All temporary electrical work shall meet the requirements
of the National Electrical Code and the local authorities .
J. The General Contractor is required to perform and pay for
initial lamping-up for temporary lighting.
K. All lamps installed in permanent lighting fixtures and
used as temporary lights during the construction period
shall be removed prior to the date of acceptance of the
work and replaced by the lamps required to be provided
under SECTION 16100 - ELECTRICAL WORK.
1 . 07 TEMPORARY HEAT (None Required this Project)
1 . 08 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FENCE
E
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing
temporary fencing or barricades around the construction as
may be necessary, in the Contractor' s opinion, to assure
the safety of all persons, authorized or unauthorized.
Such protective measures shall be located and constructed
as required by local, state and federal ordinances, laws
or regulations. Any such fencing or barricade shall be
maintained in an orderly condition.
1 . 09 SECURITY
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all
security precautions necessary, in the Contractor' s
opinion, to ensure adequate protection of his and the
Owner' s interest .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500
3
completing the cleaning and other operations called for by AW,
the Contract . The materials resulting from the demolition
of all such items shall become the property of the
Contractor and shall be removed from the site immediately
after demolition.
1 . 04 SANITARY FACILITIES (Not Required this Project)
1 . 05 TEMPORARY WATER
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install any temporary
water connections and lines required for the construction
work and shall remove same when no longer in use .
B. Temporary hose connections shall be under the supervision
of the Contractor. He shall maintain and protect same
against damage .
C. If permanent water lines are laid, they may be used for
this purpose, but the Contractor will be responsible for
the maintenance of same in satisfactory conditions, and at
the completion of the project, any water line found in
unsatisfactory condition must be replaced, including all
costs, by the Contractor.
1 . 06 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY -
A. The General Contractor shall provide temporary electric
feeders of sufficient size for electric light and power
requirements for the construction work.
B . Temporary light shall be based on one 200-watt lamp,
covering each 100 square feet of floor area in the
building. Sufficient wiring and outlets shall be
installed to ensure lighting in all stairwells and
corridors .
C. The General Contractor shall furnish, install, and
maintain temporary lighting of at least three footcandles
over or near all places, in the ways traveled, obstructed,
or made unsafe by the Contractor in doing his work, over
or near all materials for the work placed herein.
D. Temporary power shall include motors up to and including
3/4 HP. Any special requirements in addition to the above
shall be paid for by the Subcontractor requiring same .
E. The General Contractor shall install and maintain a feeder
(or feeders) , of sufficient capacity, for the requirements
of the entire floor and provide a sufficient number of
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500
2
SECTION 01500
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND T mpogAgy CONTR LL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 GENERA? REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and
maintaining all temporary facilities until Substantial
Completion. Removal of such prior to Substantial
Completion must be with the concurrence of the
Architect-Engineer. The Contractor bears full
responsibility for reproviding any facility removed prior
to Substantial Completion if required for the work.
B. Removal of all temporary facilities shall be a condition
precedent to Substantial Completion unless directed
otherwise by the Architect-Engineer or specifically noted
in the Specifications .
C. Note : No parking is available for construction workers at
Aw the site . Any such vehicle parked will be ticketed and
any unpaid tickets will be deducted from the final
Requisition for Payment .
1 . 03 SHEDS AND FIELD OFFICR
A. The Contractor shall provide his own storage sheds and
field office; storage sheds and field office shall be
neatly constructed and shall be easily accessible to all
agents of the Owner and the Architect-Engineer. The
Contractor shall provide a regular work table for easy
reference to Drawings, etc. .
B . Owner' s Representative Office : (Not Required this
Project)
C. The offices shall be set in location approved by the
Architect-Engineer and shall be maintained by the
Contractor in a clean and orderly condition.
D. When instructed by the Architect-Engineer, the Contractor
shall relocate, demolish, or remove the above described
facilities and leave the premises in proper order,
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500
1
SECTION 01500
CONSTRUCTTON-- FACILTTTES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLA
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 General Requirements 1
1 . 03 Sheds and Field Offices 1
1 . 04 Sanitary Facilities 2
1 . 05 Temporary Water 2
1 . 06 Temporary Electricity 2
1 . 07 Temporary Heat 3
1 . 08 Temporary Construction Fence 3
1 . 09 Security 3
1 . 10 Fire Protection 4
1 . 11 Wind Protection 4
1 . 12 Noise and Pollution Control 4
1. 13 Temporary Staging, Stairs, Chutes 4
1 . 14 Temporary Protection 5
1 . 15 Weather Protection 6
1 . 16 Project Sign 7
1 . 17 Removal of On-Site Refuse and
Construction Debris 7
2292 (SC-TENNEY) CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500
0
fraud. The inspection of material and workmanship for
final acceptance as a whole or in part shall be made at 40
the site .
END OF SECTION
AWk
2292 (SC-TENNEY) QUALITY CONTROL
01400
2
SECTION 01400
0 7ALITY CONTROT
1 . 01 GENERATE PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 INSPECTIONS
A. All materials and workmanship (if not otherwise designated
by the Specifications) shall be subject to inspection,
examination, and test by the Owner and the
Architect-Engineer at any and all times during manufacture
and construction and at any and all phases where such
manufacture or construction are carried on. The
Contractor and his Subcontractors shall furnish all
facilities and give such assistance for inspection,
examination, and tests as the Owner may direct or require,
and shall secure for the Owner free access to all parts of
any factories and plants in which any materials are being
manufactured or prepared, and to all parts of the work of
construction and erection. The Contractor shall furnish
to the Owner such advance notice of the preparation or
manufacture of any materials as will enable the Owner to
arrange for inspection at the place of preparation or
manufacture . The Owner shall have the right to reject
defective material and workmanship or require its
correction. Rejected material shall be promptly
segregated and removed from the premises and
satisfactorily replaced with proper material without
charge therefore . If the Contractor fails to proceed at
once with the correction of rejected defective workmanship
or material, the Owner may, by Contract or otherwise, have
the defects remedied or rejected material removed from the
site and charge the cost of the same against any monies
which may be due the Contractor, without prejudice to any
other rights or remedies of the Owner in the premises .
B . The decision of the Owner shall be final, except as
regards (1) latent defects, (2) departures from specific
requirements of the Contract and the Specifications and
Drawings made a part thereof, (3) damage or loss in
transit, or (4) fraud or such gross mistakes as amount to
2292 (SC-TENNEY) QUALITY CONTROL
01400
1
SECTION Diann
AWk QUALITY CONTROL
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Inspections 1
2292 (SC-TENNEY) QUALITY CONTROL
01400
0
necessary to ensure compliance of materials used with
Contract requirements .
H. When a material has been approved, no change in brand or
make will be permitted unless :
1 . The manufacturer cannot make satisfactory delivery, or
2 . The material delivered fails to comply with Contract
requirements .
I . Samples of materials not subject to destruction tests when
approved by the Architect-Engineer will be sent to the
building site or to the Architect-Engineer' s office or as
directed by the Architect-Engineer and kept there until
completion of the work. Samples that are not approved
will be returned to the Contractor only upon his request
and at his expense. If the return of such samples is not
requested within thirty days after rejection or
disapproval, they will be treated as unclaimed material .
The failure of samples to meet Contract requirements will
be sufficient cause for refusal to consider under this
Specification any further samples from manufacturers whose
materials have failed.
J. The Owner shall pay for- all tests and labor and materials
related thereto, except as otherwise specified in any of
the Sections of the Specifications . The Contractor shall
pay for those tests, and labor and materials related
thereto, in which the materials tested are demonstrated to
be defective or inferior to the Specifications . The
Contractor shall also pay for the cost of additional tests
(if any) of materials which fail to meet Contract
requirements .
K. Approval and notations by the Architect-Engineer of shop
drawings and submittals shall not relieve the Contractor
of his responsibility to provide functional and
dimensional compatibility between all building components .
L. The Contractor shall not resubmit alternative or
substitutive products, manufacturers, or shop drawings for
consideration subsequent to approval of the
Architect-Engineer for that/those component (s) .
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUBMITTALS
01300
8
physical and chemical data detailed in (3) will not be
AOW required.
1 . Name and brand of the product, name of manufacturer,
and location of manufacturing establishment .
2 . Name and location of at least two structures on which
substantial quantities of the materials represented by
the same were used.
3 . An outline giving pertinent chemical and physical
data, showing chemical and physical properties of the
material represented by the sample submitted, and
giving the name of the laboratory or testing authority
which obtained the data, with the dates of the tests .
4 . If the statement originates with the producer, the
Contractor shall endorse all claims and submit the
statement in his own name; he shall also guarantee
that all materials furnished for use on the project
shall be in compliance with the samples and certified
statements.
E. Approval of any material shall be general only and shall
not constitute a waiver of the Owner' s right to demand
full compliance with Contract requirements. After actual
deliveries, the Architect-Engineer will make such check
tests as it deems necessary in each instance and may
reject materials and equipment and accessories; such
samples, as may be required for check tests, are to be
furnished by the Contractor without extra charge. If
materials, equipment, or accessories which fail to meet
check tests have been incorporated in the work, the
Architect-Engineer shall have the right to cause their
removal and replacement by proper materials at no
additional cost to the Owner.
F. Wherever materials are required to comply with ASTM
Standards or Federal Specifications, but such
Specifications shall be accepted as establishing the
technical qualities and testing methods, they shall not
govern the number of tests required to be made . The
number of tests required on material delivered for use
shall in all cases be at the discretion of the
Architect-Engineer. They may require laboratory or other
tests on samples submitted for approval or they may
approve materials on the basis of data submitted in
certificates with the samples .
G. Check tests shall be made on materials delivered for use
only as frequently as the Architect-Engineer considers
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUBMITTALS
01300
7
1 . 05 SUBMISSION OF SAMPLES_ CERTIFICATES AND TESTS AW
A. The Contractor shall furnish, for approval, all samples
(and certificates related to them) as stipulated under the
several Sections of the Specifications, as well as all
other samples as requested by the Architect-Engineer.
Samples shall be delivered with all transportation charges
prepaid to a location designated by the Architect-Engineer
and in ample time for proper consideration and action. In
general, 20 days is the minimum time required for making
tests .
1 . No samples shall be submitted with the bid documents
or before the award of the Contract and acceptance of
the Contractor' s bid.
2 . Samples shall be of adequate size to permit proper
evaluation of material . Where variations in color or
in other characteristics are to be expected, samples
shall show the maximum range of variation. Material
exceeding the variation of the approved samples will
not be approved on the work.
3 . The Contractor shall furnish, for selection by the
Architect-Engineer, color samples of all finish
materials, finishes, and components exposed to view.
Color samples shall include the manufacturer' s full ,
range of standard and premium colors. It shall be the
Contractor' s responsibility to submit all color
samples in a prompt and timely fashion. No color
selections shall be made until all color samples are
received.
B . Pack samples so as to reach their destination in good
condition; ship samples in paste or liquid form in tight
metal containers .
C. Label or otherwise properly mark on the container the
material or product represented, the place of origin, the
name of the producer, the name of the Contractor, and the
name of the project for which it is intended.
D. Submit to the Architect-Engineer, in triplicate, a
certificate describing each sample submitted for approval,
certifying that the material, equipment, or accessory
submitted complies with Contract requirements . The
certificate shall include the following information,
except that for materials required and certified to
conform with Federal Specifications or ASTM Standards,
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUBMITTALS
01300
6
functional and dimensional compatibility between all
building components . The fact that a submittal has
been approved or noted by the Architect-Engineer shall
not relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to
produce functional and dimensional compatibility
between all building components .
C. Drawings submitted for Architect-Engineer approval that
have not been checked, stamped "Approved, " and signed by
the General Contractor will be returned to the General
Contractor for checking, stamping, and signing before they
are checked by the Architect-Engineer.
D. When the Contractor calls attention to deviations, he
shall state in his letter to the Architect-Engineer
whether or not such deviations involve any extra cost . If
this is not mentioned, no extra cost will be allowed for
making the change . Letters regarding the work must be
submitted to the Architect-Engineer through the General
Contractor.
E . The Contractor shall maintain one full set of approved
shop drawings at the site.
1 . 04 SUBMISSION OF PRODUCT DATA
A. The Contractor shall submit to the Architect-Engineer six
copies of Product Data. All such data shall be specified
and identification of material or equipment submitted
shall be clearly made in ink. Data of general nature will
not be accepted.
B . Product Data shall be accompanied by transmittal notice.
The Contractor' s stamp of approval shall appear on the
printed information itself, in a location which will not
mar legibility.
C. Product Data returned by the Architect-Engineer with the
stamp "Disapproved" shall be resubmitted in seven copies
until Architect-Engineer' s approval is obtained.
D. When the Product Data are acceptable, the
Architect-Engineer will stamp them "Approved" or "Approved
as Noted, " retain two copies for his own use, and return
four copies to the Contractor. The Contractor shall
provide and distribute such number of additional copies as
required for his own and his Subcontractor' s use.
E . The Contractor shall maintain one full set of approved
Product Data at the site .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUBMITTALS
01300
5
Architect-Engineer and the Contractor. The
Architect-Engineer' s stamp shall contain the following
data:
#1 Approved
#2 Approved as noted, resubmission
not required
#3 Approved as noted, resubmission required
#4 Disapproved
The Architect-Engineer shall insert the date of action
taken and an identification of the person taking the
action.
8 . Shop Drawing Grading:
a. APPROVED: No corrections, no marks .
b. APPROVED AS NOTED: Resubmission not required.
Minor amount of corrections, all items can be
fabricated without further corrections to original
drawing; checking is complete and all corrections
are deemed obvious without ambiguity.
c. APPROVED AS NOTED: Resubmission required.
Moderate amount - of corrections; details of items
noted by checker are to be clarified further
before full approval can be '" '
PP given. Do not
fabricate. Submit new transparencies .
d. DISAPPROVED: Drawing is rejected as not in
accordance with the Contract; too many corrections
or other justifiable reason. When returning
drawing, Architect-Engineer will state reasons for
rejection. Correct and resubmit . Do not
fabricate.
B . Shop drawings and schedules of all trades shall be
submitted only by this Contractor, who shall indicate by a
signed approval stamp on the drawings that he has checked
the shop drawings and that the work shown on them is in
accordance with Contract requirements and has been checked
for dimensions and relationships with the work of all
other trades involved. Under no conditions are shop
drawings to be submitted to the Architect-Engineer by
other than the General Contractor.
1 . All shop drawing approvals and notations by the
Architect-Engineer are subject to the General
Contractor' s ultimate responsibility to provide
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUBMITTALS
01300
4
details, showing illustrated cuts of the items (s) to
** be furnished, scale details, sizes, dimensions,
capacities, performance characteristics, wiring
diagrams, controls, and other pertinent information.
If more than one size or type is shown, indicate
clearly intended items (s) .
a . When approved or disapproved, the
Architect-Engineer will retain three copies .
Submit sufficient copies for all other parties .
No "Disapproved" or "Resubmit" copies shall be
sent to the job site.
2 . For all other shop drawings, submit one reproducible
transparency of each drawing until final approval is
obtained. For reinforcing steel, structural framing
Drawings, and structural details, submit, in addition
to the transparency, a black and white print of each
transparency.
3 . On completion of checking, the Architect-Engineer will
obtain record prints of each transparency, returning
the transparency to the General Contractor.
4 . Immediately upon receipt of transparencies returned
"approved" and/or "approval as noted, resubmission not
required, " as set forth below, the General Contractor
shall obtain and distribute adequate prints for
construction, including one print of each for the
Owner' s project representative, and then return the
transparencies to the Subcontractor or supplier from
whom he originally received them.
5 . Immediately upon receipt of transparencies returned
"resubmit" or "disapproved, " as set forth below, the
General Contractor shall first obtain a record print
and then forward them to source for correction of
original drawings, and resubmission of a new
transparency as above .
6 . Each drawing shall have a title block on the right
hand side containing the following data :
Name of Project
Architect-Engineer
General Contractor
Subcontractor or Supplier
Date of Submission
7 . Each drawing shall have a clear space on the right
hand side for approval stamps of both the
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUBMITTALS
01300
3
transmittal refers, purpose (first submittal,
resubmittal) , description, remarks, distribution
record, signature of transmitter.
The Contractor' s stamp of approval shall include the
name of the General Contractor, the date of approval,
the signature of the approver, and the word "Approved"
and/or "Approved as Noted. " Submittals not bearing
the Contractor' s stamp of approval as described above,
or bearing exculpatory or qualifying statements, shall
be rejected and returned to the General Contractor
without being reviewed by the Architect.
4 . On the transmittal, or on a separate sheet attached to
the transmittal, the Contractor shall direct attention
to any deviations including minor limitations and
variations, from the requirements of the Contract
Documents . Deviations shall be highlighted on the
submittals .
5 . When an item is submitted as an equal substitution for
the specific item, it shall be clearly so stated on
the transmittal .
6 . All costs for printing, preparing, packaging,
submitting, resubmitting, and mailing or delivering '"'"'
submittals specified in this Article shall be included
in the Contract Sum.
7 . No submittals shall contain items involving additions
to the Contract Sum unless previously authorized in
advance by Change Order, signed by the Awarding
Authority.
8 . No building component shall be delivered to the site
prior to the Contractor' s receipt of an approved
submittal from the Architect . All items delivered
prior to such approval shall be immediately removed
from the site by the Contractor at his own expense.
1 . 03 SUBMISSION OF SHOP D AWTNrs
A. Contractor shall furnish the Architect-Engineer with
copies of all shop drawings, product data, catalog cuts,
and schedules for approval .
1 . Standard Manufactured Items - Submit a minimum of six
copies of manufacturer' s data sheets, showing
illustrated cuts of the item (s) to be furnished, scale
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUBMITTALS
01300
2
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTAr,g
1 . 01 GENERA? PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
1 . 02 SHOP DRAWINGS: PRODUCT DATA AND SAM TF�S
A. Related Documents :
1 . This Article supplements Subparagraph 3 . 11 and
Paragraphs 3 . 12 and 3 . 27 of the General Conditions .
2 . Consult the individual Sections of the Specifications
for the specific submittals required under those
Sections and for further details and descriptions of
the requirements .
B. General Procedures For Submi ral -
1 . The Contractor shall transmit each submittal to the
Architect-Engineer sufficiently in advance of performing related work or other applicable
activities, so that the installation will not be
delayed by processing times, including disapproval and
resubmittal (if required) , coordination with other
submittals, testing, purchasing, fabrication,
delivery, and similar sequenced activities . No
extension of time will be authorized because of the
Contractor' s failure to transmit submittals to the
Architect-Engineer sufficiently in advance of the
work.
2 . The Contractor shall transmit each submittal in a
sequence which will not result in the approval having
to be later modified or rescinded by reason of a
subsequent submittal which should have been processed
earlier or concurrently for coordination.
3 . Only submittals received from, and bearing the stamp
of approval of, the Contractor will be considered for
review by the Architect-Engineer. Submittals shall be
accompanied by a transmittal notice stating name of
Project, date of submittal, "To, " "From, " (Contractor,
Subcontractor, Installer, Manufacturer, Supplier) ,
Specification Section or Drawing Number to which the
Aw
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUBMITTALS
01300
1
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and
Samples 1
1 . 03 Submission of Shop Drawings 2
1 . 04 Submission of Product Data 5
1 . 05 Submission of Samples, Certificates,
and Tests 6
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUBMITTALS
01300
0
SECTION 01030
ALTERNATE BID ITEMS
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of Specifications .
1. 02 REQUIREMENTS
A. This Section lists the Alternates which appear in the
Contract Documents . Consult the individual Sections for
detailed requirements of each Alternate.
B. Bid prices for each Alternate shall include overhead,
profit, and all other expenses incidental to the work
under each Alternate .
C. The Contractor and Subcontractors shall be responsible for
examining the scope of each Alternate generally defined
herein and for recognizing modifications to the work
caused by the Alternates and including the cost thereof in
the bid price, which shall be included on the General Bid
Forms .
1 . 03 ALTERNATES : NONE
PART 2 — PRODUCTS — NOT USED
PART 3 — EXECUTION — NOT USED
END OF SECTION
#Vo►,
2292 (SC—TENNEY) ALTERNATE BID ITEMS
01030
1
SECTION 01030
ALTERNATE BITS ITEMS
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Requirements 1
1 . 03 Alternates 1
2292 (SC-TENNEY) ALTERNATE BID ITEMS
01030
0
HEATING AND VENTILATING
Awk
2292-CD-HV-1 H&V Basement and First Floor Plans
2292-CD-HV-2 H&V Second and Third Floor Plans
2292-CD-HV-3 H&V Schedules and Details
2292-CD-HV-4 H&V Details
ELECTRICAL
2292-CD-E-1 Electrical Basement & First Floor Elec . Systems
2292-CD-E-2 Electrical Second and Third Floor Elec . Systems
2292-CD-E-3 Electrical Riser/Site/& Legends
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUMMARY OF THE WORK
01010
3
1 . 03 TIME FOR COMPLF.TrnN
- -- A
A. The work shall be commenced at the time stated in the
Notice to the Contractor to Proceed and shall be
substantially completed no later than August 18 , 2000 .
1 . 04 SETS OF DRAWINGS
A. Prints of the Drawings are bound in one (1) Section. The
complete sets of prints of Drawings and the Specifications
may be seen at the office of the Architect-Engineer.
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
NUMBER TITLE
2292-CD-T-1 Title Sheet
ARCHITECTURAL
2292-CD-A-1 Site Layout and Grading Plan
2292-CD-A-2 Basement and First Floor Demolition Plans
2292-CD-A-3 Second and Third Floor Demolition Plans
2292-CD-A-4 Basement and First Floor Plans
2292-CD-A-5 Second and Third Floor Plans
2292-CD-A-6 Room Finish Schedule/Reflected Ceiling Plans
2292-CD-A-7 Enlarged Bathroom Plans and Elevations Aaw
2292-CD-A-8 Enlarged Kitchen Plan and Elevations
2292-CD-A-9 Millwork Details
2292-CD-A-10 Exterior Elevations No. 1
2292-CD-A-11 Exterior Elevations No. 2
2292-CD-A-12 Building Sections and Details
2292-CD-A-13 Stairway Plans and Sections
2292-CD-A-14 Door Schedule/Door and Window Details
2292-CD-A-15 Roof Plan and Details
2292-CD-A-16 Roof Details
FIRE PROTECTION
2292-CD-FP-1 Fire Protection Basement and First Floor Plans
2292-CD-FP-2 Fire Protection Second and Third Floor Plans
2292-CD-FP-3 Fire Protection Sections and Details
PLUMBING
2292-CD-P-1 Plumbing Basement and First Floor Plans
2292-CD-P-2 Plumbing Second and Third Floor Plans
2292-CD-P-3 Plumbing Floor Plans Schedule and Details
2292-CD-P-4 Plumbing Details and Part Plan
'Oak.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUMMARY OF THE WORK
01010
2
A SECTION 01010
0
SUM?M Y OF THE WORK
1 . 01 CONTRACT REFERENCES
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
B . Equality of materials, articles, assemblies, or systems
other than those named or described in this Section shall
be determined in accordance with the provisions of Article
2 . 6 of the SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS .
1 . 02 GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK
A. The project site of the Alterations and Renovations is the
existing Tenney House located at Smith College in the City
of Northampton, Massachusetts.
B . The work under this Contract consists of all labor,
materials, and equipment for the performance and
completion of all work required for the general
construction of Alterations and Renovations and all other
work, including demolition, removal, architectural,
mechanical, fire protection, electrical, and patching for
the entire project at the above described project site,
all in accordance with the requirements of the Drawings
and the Specifications. In addition to the work within
the project site, the bidder shall include all other work
which may be noted or indicated on the Drawings or
specified, which is outside the project site . The bidder
shall include, in this bid, the cost of all work to be
done by others at the expense of the General Contractor.
C. In addition to work outside the project site, noted or
indicated to be part of the work of this Contract, the
Contractor shall include the cost of the entire
restoration of work damaged or destroyed by encroaching
upon areas adjacent to the work. All restoration work
shall be performed in accordance with applicable Divisions
of the Specifications .
D. The work of providing and removing, where appropriate, all
temporary facilities .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUMMARY OF THE WORK
01010
1
SECTION 01010
SUMMARY OF THE WORK
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
1 . 01 Contract References 1
1 . 02 - General Scope of Work 1
1 . 03 Time for Completion 2
1 . 04 Sets of Drawings 2
Schedules of Drawings 2
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUMMARY OF THE WORK
01010
0
endorsement to the policy or policies . This
insurance shall not be cancelled or lapsed on
account of such partial occupancy or use . Consent
of the Contractor and of the insurance company or
companies to such occupancy or use shall not be
unreasonably withheld.
6 . All insurance shall be paid for by the Contractor
unless specifically stated otherwise .
END OF SECTION
AW
AAW
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 2
6
This insurance shall be in an amount equal to the
full insurable value thereof at all times and
shall be for the benefit of the Owner, the
Contractor, and each Subcontractor as their
interest may respectively appear. This insurance
shall be placed with such company or companies
and, where practicable, re-insured with such other
company or companies as may be acceptable to the
Owner.
4 . In the event that the form of any policy or
certificates of insurance required under this
Contract or the amount thereof, if not especially
specified herein, or the companies writing the
same are not satisfactory to the Owner, the
Contractor shall secure other policies or
certificates in form and amount and with companies
satisfactory to the Owner; the Contractor shall
not cause any policies to be cancelled or permit
them to lapse, and all insurance policies shall
include a clause to the effect that the policy
shall not be cancelled or changed until 30 days
after the Owner, as hereinbefore defined, has
received written notice thereof as evidenced by
return receipt of registered letter. All
certificates of - insurance shall contain true
transcripts from the policy, authenticated by the
proper officer of the insurer, evidencing in
particular those insured, the extent of the
insurance, the location and operations to which
the insurance applies, the expiration date, and
the above mentioned notice of cancellation clause .
Failure to provide and continue in force such
insurance and aforesaid benefits shall be deemed a
material breach of this Contract and shall operate
as an immediate termination thereof at the
election of the Owner. Said insurance shall be
written with such company as may be acceptable to
the Owner for examination. Satisfactory
certificates of said insurance shall be filed with
the Owner in duplicate prior to the commencement
of operations by the Contractor.
5 . If the Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a
portion or portions of the work prior to
Substantial Completion thereof, such occupancy or
use shall not commence prior to a time mutually
agreed to by the Owner and the Contractor and to
which the insurance company or companies providing
the property insurance have consented by
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 2
5
Coverage to include Broad Form Property Damage, A"k
Contractual Liability:
Auto Liability: $1, 000, 000 Combined Single Limit
or
Bodily Injury (per person) : $500 , 000
Bodily Injury (per accident) : $1, 000, 000
Property Damage : $500, 000
Medical Payments : $5, 000
Excess Liability:
Each Occurrence : $2 , 000, 000
Aggregate : $2 , 000, 000
Retention (maximum) : $10, 000
Workers ' Compensation:
Statutory Part A
Employers Liability Part B
$500, 000 - Each Accident
$1, 000, 000 - Disease Policy Limit
$500, 000 - Disease Each Employee
All limits carried in excess of the above amounts
must be shown on the Certificate of Insurance, and Oak
the Owner, et . al . must be added as additional
insured for all limits so carried.
2 . The Contractor will be charged with the
responsibility for similar public liability and
property damage insurance, as required under
Subparagraph 1 . of this Section for all of the
subcontract operations, and in the event that the
Contractor' s policy does not cover each and every
Subcontractor, certificates of insurance issued on
policies by companies that may be acceptable to
the Owner covering each and every Subcontractor,
shall be filed with the Owner prior to the
commencement of such subcontract operations .
3 . The Contractor shall effect and maintain insurance
against physical loss or damage by theft,
vandalism and malicious mischief, fire, lightning,
wind storm, cyclone, tornado, hail, explosion,
riot, riot attending strike, aircraft, vehicle and
smoke damage upon all work not in place, and all
materials stored at the building site, whether or
not covered by partial payments made by the Owner.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 2
4
benefits under Ma. G.L. , Ch. 152 (the Workmen' s
Compensation Law so-called) to all persons to be
employed under this Contract and shall continue
such insurance in full force and effect during the
term of this Contract . Failure to provide and
continue in force such insurance and aforesaid
benefits shall be deemed a material breach of this
Contract and shall operate as an immediate
termination thereof at the election of the Owner.
Said insurance shall be written with such company
as may be acceptable to the Owner and the policy
shall be submitted to the Owner for examination.
Satisfactory certificates of said insurance shall
be filed with the Owner in duplicate prior to the
commencement of operations by the Contractor. The
Contractor will be charged with the responsibility
for proper and adequate workmen' s compensation
coverage for all his subcontract operations under
this bid, and in the event the Contractor' s policy
does not cover each and every Subcontractor,
certificates of insurance issued on policies by
companies that may be acceptable to the Owner,
covering each and every Subcontractor, shall be
filed with the Owner prior to the commencement of
such subcontract operations .
11 . 4 . 12 .2 COMPREHENSIVE INSURANCE:
1 . The Contractor shall carry Comprehensive General
Liability Insurance (including Premises-Operations;
Independent Contractors Protective; Products and
Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage) ,
including Smith College as an additional insured
with respect to the work to be performed under the
contract .
Insurance carried shall be not less than:
General Liability (Occurrence Form)
General Aggregate : $2, 000, 000
Products/Completed Ops . : $1, 000, 000
Personal & Adv. Injury: $1, 000, 000
Occurrence : $1, 000, 000
Fire Damage : $50, 000
Medical Expense : $5, 000
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 2
3
or it ' s authorized representative, acting through its
Department of Physical Plant .
'°
ARTICLE 3 . 6 - TAXER
Add the following:
3 . 6 . 2 Payment of Massachusetts Sales Tax:
1 . Materials to be incorporated into this project are
exempt from the Massachusetts Sales Tax.
2 . The Owner' s certificate of exemption from the
Department of Corporation and Taxation shall be
supplied by the Owner.
ARTICLE 8 - TIME
8 . 1 . 2 Add the following:
Construction work at the project site shall
commence at the basement for project coordination
and layout only on Wednesday, April 26, 2000, with
all other work commencing on Monday, May 22, 2000 .
8 . 2 . 3 Substantial Completion shall be achieved no later
than Friday, August 18, 2000 . All construction
trailers and materials stored on site shall be
removed by the date of Substantial Completion.
ARTICLE 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
PARAGRAPH 9 . 10 Add the following:
9 . 10 . 5 Final completion shall be achieved no later than
Friday, August 25, 2000 . The penalty per day shall
be $200 . 00 for every day over the date of final
completion.
ARTICLE 11 - INs1MANC'R AND BONDS
Following PARAGRAPH 11 .4 . 10 : Add the following which will be
substitutions for corresponding articles in the General
Conditions .
11 . 4 . 11 CONTRACTOR' S INSURANCE AMOUNTS :
1 . Before commencing performance of this Contract, the
Contractor shall provide by insurance for payment
of compensation and the furnishing of other
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 2
2
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 2
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS
GENERAL
Articles set forth under the Supplementary Conditions, Part 2, are
amendments to the General and Supplementary Conditions, Part 1, in
the form of additions, deletions, or substitutions, as required to
suit the particular project under this Contract . Any provision of
the basic Articles not so amended shall remain in effect .
ARTICLE 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS
PARAGRAPH 1 . 1 . 4 : Add the following:
1 . The term "Project" means the "Alterations and
Renovations of Tenney House at Smith College in
Northampton, Massachusetts" for which the construction
work is contemplated in whole under this Contract .
PARAGRAPH 1 . 1 . 5 : Add the following:
1 . The term "Drawings" refer to those listed in the
Schedule of Drawings for the "Alterations and
Renovations of Tenney House at Smith College in the
City of Northampton, Massachusetts" dated
March 20 , 2000, which form part of the Contract .
PARAGRAPH 1 . 1 . 6 : Add the following:
1 . The terms "Specification" and "Specifications" mean the
"Specifications for Alterations and Renovations of
Tenney House at Smith College in the City of
Northampton, Massachusetts" dated March 20, 2000 ,
prepared by Alderman & MacNeish, Architects and
Engineers . The Specification includes the General
Conditions, Part 1 and Part 2 ; Schedule of Drawings;
and Divisions 1 through 16 of the detailed
Specifications .
ARTICLE 2 - OWNER
PARAGRAPH 2 . 1 : Add the following:
2 . 1 . 3 The term "Owner" and "Awarding Authority" mean the
Trustees of Smith College of Northampton, Massachusetts
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 2
1
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 2 --
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS
.TITLE PAGE
General 1
Article 1 - General Provisions 1
Article 2 - Owner 1
Article 3 . 6 - Taxes 2
Article 8 - Time 2
Article 9 - Payments and Completion 2
Article 11 - Insurance and Bonds 2
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 2
0
any materials, equipment, tools, construction
A"* equipment and machinery, including reasonable
profit and damages .
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
19
of the Contractor or Subcontractor submitting the
substitution.
13 . 11 . 5 The Contractor or Subcontractor, as the case may be,
shall assume full responsibility for the proper
performance of any item submitted as "equal" to the
specific or specifics named and assume the costs of
any changes in his own work or in the work of other
trades which may be due to such substitution.
13 . 11 . 6 All materials shall be handled, stored, installed,
cleaned, and protected in accordance with best
practice in the industry and, except where otherwise
specified in the Contract Documents, in accordance
with the manufacturer' s specifications and directions .
13 . 11 . 7 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and the
Architect-Engineer that all materials and equipment
furnished under this Contract will be new, unless
otherwise specified, and that all work will be good
quality, free from faults and defer-:, and in
conformance with the Contract Documents . All work not
conforming to these requirements, including
substitutions not properly approved and authorized,
may be considered defective . If required by the
Architect-Engineer,- the Contractor shall furnish
satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of AOW
materials and equipment . This warranty is not limited
by the provisions of Article 12 .
ARTICLE 14 - TERMINATION OR 21JSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT
14 . 1 TERMINATION BY TH • CONTRACTOR
Delete in its entirety and substitute the following:
14 . 1 If the work is stopped for a period of 30 days
under any order of any court or other public
Authority having jurisdiction, or as a result of
an act of government, such as a declaration of a
national emergency making materials unavailable,
through no act or fault of the Contractor or a
Subcontractor, or their agents or employees, or
any other persons performing any of the Work
under a Contract with the Contractor, then the
Contractor may, upon seven additional days
written notice to the Owner and the
Architect-Engineer, terminate the Contract and
recover from the Owner payment for all work
executed and for any proven loss sustained upon
AMk
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
18
described if (1) it is at least equal in quality,
durability, appearance, strength, and design, (2) it
will perform at least equally the function imposed by
the general design for public work being contracted
for or the material being purchased, and (3) it
conforms substantially, even with deviations, to the
detailed requirements for the item in the said
Specifications .
a. However, the Contractor and the Subcontractors are
required to submit to the Architect-Engineer, for
consideration as to its equality, a written notice
containing the name and full particulars
pertaining to any items other than the specific or
specifics named or described in the Contract
Documents . Such submittal shall in no event be
made later than 120 calendar days prior to the
incorporation of the item into the work, except in
any case in which (1) the period of time specified
in the Contract Documents of Substantial
Completion of the work is less than 120 calendar
days or (2) the item in question is to be
incorporated in the work prior to the expiration
of 120 calendar days from the time of execution of
the Contract . The aforesaid written notice shall
be submitted to the Architect-Engineer immediately
following the execution of the contract .
b. Upon receipt of such written notice, the
Architect-Engineer shall investigate whether the
item in question shall be considered equal to the
item named or described in the Contract Documents .
Upon conclusion of the investigation, the
Architect-Engineer shall, in writing, promptly
advise the Contractor that the item in question
is, or is not, considered the equal of the item
named or described as aforesaid, and that said
item may, or may not, be furnished on the work
accordingly. Such notice must have the
concurrence of the Department to be valid.
c . In no case may an item be furnished on the work
other than the item named or described unless the
Architect-Engineer shall consider the item equal
to the item so named or described, as provided by
law.
13 . 11 .4 The equality of items offered as "equal" to the items
named or described shall be provided to the
satisfaction of the Architect-Engineer at the expense
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
17
project . No person whose age or physical condition is Aw
such as to make his employment dangerous to his health
or safety, or to the health or safety of others, shall
be employed in the development of the project;
provided that this shall not operate against the
employment of physically handicapped persons,
otherwise employable, where such persons may be safely
assigned to work which they can ably perform.
13 . 10 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPO JUNTTY
ANTI-DISCRIMINATION AND AFFTRMATTVE A .TTON PROGRAM
13 . 10 . 1 The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of
Executive Order No. 74, as amended by Executive Order
Nos . 116, 117, and 227, and of Ma. G.L. , Ch. 151B, as
amended, both of which are herein incorporated by
reference and made a part of this Contract .
13 . 10 . 2 The Contract shall include an Equal Employment
Opportunity Anti-Discrimination and Affirmative Action
Program as part of such Contract .
13 . 11 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
13 . 11 . 1 All workmanship, equipment, materials, and articles
incorporated in the work covered by this Contract are
to be of the best grade of their respective kinds for Aaw
the purpose. Where equipment, materials, or articles
are referred to in the Specifications as "equal" to
any particular standard, the Architect-Engineer shall
decide the question of quality. The Contractor shall
furnish to the Architect-Engineer, for his approval,
the name of the manufacturer of machinery, mechanical
and other equipment which he contemplates installing,
together with their respective performance capacities
and other pertinent information. When required by the
Specifications, or when called for by the
Architect-Engineer, the Contractors shall furnish to
the Architect-Engineer, for approval, full information
concerning the materials or articles which he
contemplates incorporating in the work.
13 . 11 . 2 Samples of materials shall be submitted for approval
when and as directed. Machinery, equipment,
materials, and articles installed or used without such
approval shall be at the risk of subsequent rejection
and removal at the Contractor' s expense .
13 . 11 . 3 In accordance with Ma. G.L. , Ch. 30, Sec . 39M, "an
item shall be considered equal to the item so named or
AOW
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
16
PARAGRAPH 11 . 3 . 6 : Add the following at the end of the first
sentence :
The Owner shall have the option of filing certificates of
insurance on each policy, in lieu of copies of the
policies .
PARAGRAPH 11 . 3 . 7 : The first sentence is amended to read as
follows :
The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each
other and any of their Subcontractors, Sub-Subcontractors,
agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the
Architect, Architect ' s consultants, separate Contractors
described in Article 6, if any, and any of their
Subcontractors, Sub-Subcontractors, agents, and employees
for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent
covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this
Article 11 . 3 , or any other property insurance applicable to
the Work, except for deductible amounts which the
Contractor, his Subcontractor, and Sub-Subcontractors is
responsible, as per Article 10 . 1, and except such rights as
they may have to the proceeds of such insurance held by the
Owner as fiduciary.
ARTICLE 13 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
PARAGRAPH 13 : Add the following:
13 . 8 WEEKLY PAYMENTS
13 . 8 . 1 Every employee of the Contractor or Subcontractor
shall be paid in full, less deductions made mandatory
by law, not less often than once every week and in
lawful money of the United States, or check if the
Contractor provides or secures convenient and
satisfactory facilities approved by the Owner for the
cashing of the same without cost or expense to the
employee, in the full amount accrued to each
individual at the time of closing of the payroll,
which shall be at the latest date practicable prior to
the date of payment, and there shall be no deductions
or rebates on account of goods purchased, rent or
other obligations, but such obligations shall be
subject to collection only by legal process.
13 . 9 QUALIFICATIONS FOR EMPLOYMENT
13 . 9 . 1 No person under the age of 16 years and no convict
labor shall be employed in the development of the
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
15
endorsement adding the additional insured status to
the certificate .
PARAGRAPH 11 . 1 . 3 : Insert the following at the end of the second
sentence :
The Contractor, at the Owner' s request, may be required to
file a copy of each policy with the Owner before an
exposure to loss may occur or at any time during the
construction period.
PARAGRAPH 11 . 3 . 1 . 1 : Add the following at the end of the Article :
Notwithstanding the definition of the "Work" in Article
1 . 1 . 3 , and the foregoing wording in this Article 11 . 3 . 1,
the Contractor assumes all responsibility for the safety
and keeping of all tools and equipment and any materials or
products used to complete or perform the Work and which do
not form a permanent part of the Work, including any
temporary structures for the Contractor' s sole use such as
trailers, sheds, bridges, etc. , the capital value of which
is not included in the Work. The Contractor waives all
rights against the Owner and Architect, Architect ' s
consultants, and their employees and agents for any loss or
damage to any such tools, equipment, or any materials or
products used to complete or perform the Work and which do
not form a permanent part of the Work. The Contractor
shall require similar waivers in favor of the Owner and `'
Architect, Architect ' s consultants, and their employees and
agents from all Subcontractors and Sub-Subcontractors,
agents, and employees of any of them.
PARAGRAPH 11 . 3 . 1 . 3 : Delete the last sentence and substitute the
following:
The Owner shall pay costs not covered because of
deductible, except for those losses caused by the
Contractor, Subcontractors, or Sub-Subcontractors, as per
Article 10 . 2 . 5 . , in which case the deductible amount shall
be fully paid by the responsible party.
PARAGRAPH 11 . 3 . 1 .4 : Delete in its entirety and substitute the
following:
The Contractor shall provide insurance coverage for
portions of the Work stored off the project site, after
written approval of the Owner, at the value established in
the approval and also for portions of the Work in transit .
AOW
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
14
PARAGRAPH 10 . 2 . 5 : This Article is amended to read as follows :
The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss to
property at the site, including damage or loss insured
under property insurance required by the Contract
Documents, to property referred to in clauses 10 . 2 . 1 .2 and
10 . 2 . 1 . 3 caused in whole or in part by any act or failure
to act of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-
Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by
any of them, or by anyone whose acts they may be liable and
for which the Contractor is responsible under Subparagraphs
10 . 2 . 1 . 2 and 10 . 2 . 1 . 3, except for damage or loss
attributable solely to acts or omissions of the Owner or
Architect, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may
be liable and not attributable to any fault or negligence
of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the
Contractor are in addition to the Contractor' s obligations
under Paragraph 3 . 18 . However, if the damage or loss is
insured under property insurance required by the Contract
Documents, the Contractor is responsible to remedy the
damage or loss, notwithstanding any part of clause 11 . 3, up
to and including the amount of the policy deductible .
ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE AND BONDS: See Supplementary Conditions,
Part 2, for specific insurance coverage .
PARAGRAPH 11 . 1 . 1 : Add the following:
The clauses are amended to include the following wording:
Insurance companies providing insurance to Contractors,
Subcontractors, or Sub-Subcontractors shall be rated not
less than A- , XI by Best ' s .
The Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub-Subcontractors
shall add Smith College, its trustees, employees, volunteer
workers, and agents as additional insureds to the General
Liability, Auto Liability, Employers Liability, and Excess
Liability policies as their interests may appear. The
certificates of insurance shall indicate the additional
insured status, using the following wording in the "Special
Items" box:
The trustees of Smith College and any present or
former trustee, director, officer, administrator,
employee, volunteer worker, or agent is added as an
additional insured to the General Liability, Auto,
Employers Liability and Excess policies, as their
interests may appear, or by attaching a copy of the
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
13
give notice to the Contractor thereof and such AW
occupancy shall be upon the following terms :
1 . The one-year guarantee period called for by the
General Conditions of the Contract Specifications
shall not begin to run until the final acceptance
of all work under the Contract .
2 . The Contractor shall be relieved of all maintenance
costs on the portion of the project occupied under
this agreement .
3 . The Contractor shall not be responsible for wear
and tear or damage resulting from occupancy.
4 . The Owner shall assume risk or loss with respect to
any portion of the project occupied by it under the
terms of this agreement .
PARAGRAPH 9 . 10 . 1 : Add the following:
Final payment shall be made in accordance with Ma. G.L. ,
Ch. 30, Sec. 39K, quoted in SECTION ITB - INSTRUCTIONS TO
BIDDERS, Article 6, hereinabove, which Section takes
precedence over any contradictory provisions of Paragraph
9 . 10 .
ARTICLE 10 - PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND P C)pFRTY AW
PARAGRAPH 10 . 2 . 2 : Add the following:
1 . All work shall be done in accordance with, and all
machinery, equipment, and all other hazards shall be
guarded in accordance with, the safety provisions of
OSHA and the Manual of Accident Prevention of
Construction published by the Associated General
Contractors of America, to the extent that such
provisions are not in contravention of applicable laws .
2 . The Contractor shall enforce any instructions of the
Owner or the Architect-Engineer regarding signs,
advertising, fire, danger, signals, barricades, and
smoking.
3 . It shall be the duty and responsibility of the
Contractor performing any cutting or welding to comply
with the safety provisions of the National Fire
Protection Association "National Fire Codes" pertaining
to such work and the Contractor shall be responsible
for all damages resulting from a failure to comply.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
12
PARAGRAPH 9 . 3 . 2 : Add the following:
The Owner may approve payment for items stored off-site in
accordance with the Specifications .
In no event may materials or equipment be deemed delivered
and suitably stored at the site (or at some other location
agreed upon in writing) , unless the following requirements
are met :
1 . The materials or equipment are ready for and actually
scheduled for prompt use, as so-called stockpiling is
expressly forbidden, except as otherwise specified or
permitted by the Architect-Engineer.
2 . The materials or equipment meet the requirements of the
Contract Documents and required submittals have been
approved by the Architect-Engineer.
3 . The Contractor can and will adequately protect the
materials of equipment until they are incorporated in
the work.
4 . The Contractor will pay storage charges and related
expense if materials or equipment are stored at some
other location agreed upon in writing.
PARAGRAPH 9 . 3 . 3 : Add the following:
1 . The Contractor shall not be required to warrant good
titles to any materials, supplies, or equipment
required to be installed in the project by or for any
public utility company or corporation or the Owner
whereof to which title remains in the installing body
due to laws, rules, or regulations of such body. He
shall, however, inform the Owner (in writing) as to the
conditions of title and as to location where the
materials, supplies, or equipment are installed in the
work.
PARAGRAPH 9 . 6 .4 : Add the following:
See SECTION ITB - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS for
Subcontractors Payments as required by law.
PARAGRAPH 9 . 9 : Add the following:
9 . 9 .4 The Owner will, prior to any such partial occupancy,
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
11
PARAGRAPH 7 . 1 : Add the following:
7 . 1 . 6 For extra work performed by the General Contractor, the
cost to the Owner may include an allowance for overhead
and profit not to exceed 10 percent of the net cost of
the work as defined and modified below.
1 . "Net Cost, " as used herein, may include all items
listed above in 7 . 1 . 6 . 1 However, no percentage for
overhead and profit shall be allowed on items of
social security, health and welfare, old age and
unemployment insurance, contributions to pension
funds, education and training funds, industry
improvement funds, and similar fringe benefits . If
deductions are ordered, the credit shall be
computed at net cost . Among the items to be
considered as overhead are insurance, other than as
mentioned above, bond or bonds, supervision,
superintendents, supervising, foremen not directly
attributable to the change, timekeepers, clerks,
watchmen, use of small tools, incidental job
burdens and general office expenses, and other
items not included in "cost" as herein defined.
Layout work by field engineer incidental to Change
Orders shall be considered as overhead.
ARTICLE 8 - TIME AAW
PARAGRAPH 8 . 3 . 2 : Delete in its entirety and substitute the
following:
Apart from extension of time for unavoidable delays, no
payment or allowance of any kind shall be made to the
Contractor as compensation for damages because of hindrance
or delay from any cause in the progress of the work,
whether such delays be avoidable or unavoidable . The
Contractor hereby agrees that he shall have no claim for
additional costs or damages of any kind on account of any
delay or suspension of any portion of the work, whether
such delay is caused by the Owner, the Architect-Engineer,
or otherwise.
ARTICLE 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
PARAGRAPH 9 . 3 . 1 : Add the following:
See SECTION ITB - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS for Payments to
Contractors; provisions therein shall govern such payments .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
10
2 . Any notice to, or demand upon, the Contractor shall
be sufficiently given if delivered at the office of
the Contractor specified in the bid (or at such
other office as the Contractor may from time to
time designate to the Owner in writing) or
deposited in the United States mail in a sealed,
postage-prepaid envelope, or is delivered, with
charges prepaid, to any telegraph company for
transmission, in each case addressed to such
office.
3 . All papers, except bid documents required to be
delivered to the Owner, shall, unless otherwise
specified to the contrary, be delivered to the
office of said Owner, or deposited in the United
States mail in a sealed, postage-prepaid envelope,
or delivered, with charges prepaid, to any
telegraph company for transmission, in either of
said last two cases to said Owner at such address,
or to such other representative of the Owner at
such other address as the Owner may subsequently
specify in writing to the Contractor for such
purpose.
4 . Except as otherwise expressly provided, any such
notice shall be- deemed to have been given as of the
time of actual delivery or (in the case of mailing)
when the same should have been received in due
course of post, or (in the case of telegrams) the
time of actual receipt, as the case may be.
ARTICLE 4 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
PARAGRAPH 4 . 1 . 1 : Add the following:
1 . The "Architect" or "Architect-Engineer" is specifically
Alderman & MacNeish, Architects and Engineers, 594
Riverdale Road, West Springfield, Massachusetts 01089,
or its authorized representative .
ARTICLE 7 - CHANGES IN THE WORK
PARAGRAPH 7 . 1 : Add the following:
7 . 1 . 5 Detailed estimates and proposals for changes or extra
work shall be supplied by the Contractor promptly upon
request .
Awk
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
9
share of overhead and profit . The Contractor shall
also furnish a detailed estimate giving a complete
breakdown of the Contract price, periodical itemized
estimates of work done for the purpose of making
partial payments thereon. The values employed in
making up any of these schedules will be used only for
determining the basis of partial payments and will not
be considered as fixing a basis for addition to, or
deduction from, the Contract price .
2 . The Progress Schedule shall show, by bar graph method,
the percentage of completion and the dollar value of
the first day of each month for the work in each
Section of the Specifications and also for the entire
work. The graph shall also show the date that the work
in each Section commenced. A copy of the Progress
Schedule shall be kept in the Contractor' s field office
and be brought up to date each month to show the actual
progress of the work. The Contractor shall provide the
Architect-Engineer with copies of each updated Progress
Schedule on a monthly basis .
PARAGRAPH 3 . 18 . 1 : The first sentence is amended to read as
follows :
To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor
shall indemnify the Owner and their present or former
trustees, directors, officers, administrators, employees,
volunteer workers, agents, the Architect . . .
FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH 3 . 18 : Add the following:
3 . 19 TRAFFIC
1 . The Contractor shall not close or obstruct any
streets, sidewalks, or passageways until he shall
have first secured all necessary municipal or other
permits therefore . No material whatsoever shall be
placed or stored in streets or passageways . The
Contractor shall so conduct his operations as to
interfere as little as possible with the use
ordinarily made of any roads, streets, driveways,
sidewalks, or other facilities near enough to the
work to be affected thereby.
3 . 20 COMMUNICATTON,9
1 . All notices, demands, requests, instructions,
approvals, and claims must be in writing.
AMW
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
8
PARAGRAPH 3 . 7 : Add the following:
Apok 3 . 7 . 5 Wherever any notice is required to be given by the
Owner or the Contractor to any adjoining or adjacent
landowner, or other party before commencement of any
work, notice shall be given by the Contractor. The
Contractor shall indemnify the Owner and save it
harmless from any damages on account of settlement or
the loss of lateral support of adjoining property and
from all damages for which the Owner may become liable
in consequence of such injury or damage to adjoining
and adjacent structures and their premises .
PARAGRAPH 3 . 9 : Add the following:
3 . 9 . 2 At any time during the course of construction, the
Architect-Engineer and Owner may require the Contractor
to replace the Superintendent if they deem it
necessary. The Contractor may not remove or replace
the Superintendent without written consent of the
Architect-Engineer and the Owner.
PARAGRAPH 3 . 10 . 1 : Add the following:
1 . Within five (5) days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal
holidays excluded, after execution and delivery of the
Contract, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a
building Progress Schedule and a Schedule of Values in
form satisfactory to the Owner, showing the proposed
dates of commencement and completion of each of the
various subdivisions of work required under Contract
Documents and the anticipated amount of each monthly
payment that will become due to the Contractor in
accordance with the Progress Schedule. The purpose of
the Progress Schedule is to state the best estimate of
the Contractor for the completion of the work and the
Owner' s acknowledgement of the receipt of such schedule
does not either affirm or deny that the Contractor, by
diligence, can conclude the work within the time
specified. The Schedule of Values shall contain cost
amounts allocated to the various portions of the work,
prepared in such a form and supported by such data to
substantiate its accuracy as the Architect-Engineer may
require . This Schedule, unless objected to by the
Architect-Engineer, shall be used only as a basis for
the Contractor' s Application for Payment . The Schedule
of Values shall contain a separate item for each
Section of these Specifications broken down in such
form as the Architect-Engineer may require . Each item
in the Schedule of Values shall include its proper
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
7
subject to the check and review of the Aft
Architect-Engineer.
3 . 3 . 6 The Contractor is responsible for the coordination of
the work of all trades and parties providing materials
and/or services in connection with the work of this
Contract .
3 . 3 . 7 The Contractor is ultimately responsible for the
dimensional and functional coordination of all
components required in connection with this Contract .
Previous approvals of shop drawings or of other
submittals by the Architect shall not relieve the
Contractor of this responsibility.
3 . 3 . 8 The Contractor is responsible for the delegation of all
work under this Contract, whether the work is called
for in only the Drawings, only the Specifications or
both. The Contractor shall not request that the
Architect or Owner designate which sub-trade is
responsible to perform any item of work or to supply
any item of materials. The Contractor has the ultimate
responsibility to see that all items called for in the
Drawings and all items called for in the Specifications
are provided within the Contract amount .
PARAGRAPH 3 . 5 : Add the following: -
3 . 5 . 2 All guarantees and warranties required in the various
Sections of the Specifications which originate with a
manufacturer must be delivered to the
Architect-Engineer before final payment to the
Contractor may be made for the amount of that phase of
work to which the guarantee or warranty relates .
3 . 5 . 3 The failure to deliver a required guarantee or warranty
shall be held to constitute a failure of the
Subcontractor to fully complete his work in accordance
with the Contract Documents .
3 . 5 . 5 Neither the final Certificate of Payment, nor any
provisions in the Contract Documents for partial or
entire use or occupancy of the premises by the Owner
shall constitute an acceptance of work not done in
accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve the
Contractor or his sureties of liabilities in respect to
any warranties or responsibilities for faulty materials
and workmanship.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
6
ARTICLE 2 - OWNER
PARAGRAPH 2 . 1 . 1 : Add the following:
1 . The term "Owner" and "Awarding Authority" are
interchangeable .
ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACTOR
PARAGRAPH 3 . 1 . 1 : Add the following:
1 . The term "Contractor" means the Contractor for the
entire project . The terms "General Contractor" and
"General Bidder" are interchangeable and mean the
"Contractor. "
2 . Only one Contractor, namely, the General contractor, is
recognized as a party to this Contract . Where the term
"Contractor" is used, the General Contractor or General
Bidder is referred to, except that where the term
"Contractor" is used in those Sections which are
designated in the General Contractor' s Bid Form under
Item 2, the Subcontractor designated in such bid form
is referred to. Such designation or use shall not,
however, create any contractual relation, after the
execution of the general Contract, between the Owner
and such Subcontractor. For convenience, the
Specification has been divided into separate headings
or Sections to cover the various trades represented in
the work, and where such Subcontractors are "Mason
Contractor, " "Carpenter Contractor, " and other possible
Subcontractors are referred to, it has been for
convenience only. Such specified reference shall not
be construed as a determination or indication that the
Owner considers such possible Subcontractors major
Subcontractors .
PARAGRAPH 3 . 3 : Add the following:
3 . 3 . 5 The Contractor shall lay out his own work and he shall
be responsible for all lines, bench marks, elevations,
and measurements of the building, grading, paving, and
other work to be executed by him under the Contract .
He shall provide all templates, stakes, ranges, spikes,
nails, and boards . He must exercise proper precaution
to verify the figures shown on the Drawings before
laying out the work and will be held responsible for
any error resulting from his failure to exercise such
precaution whether or not the figures shown on the
Drawings are correct . The lines or grades shall be
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
5
order, designation, or prescription) of the
Architect-Engineer. "
4 . "Approved, " "acceptable, " "satisfactory, " and
similar words shall mean "approved by (acceptable
or satisfactory to) the Architect-Engineer. "
S . "Necessary, " "reasonable, " "proper, " "correct, " and
similar words shall mean "necessary (reasonable,
proper, or correct) in the judgement of the
Architect-Engineer. "
6 . "Similar" is used in the general sense, and not as
meaning identical, and all details shall be worked
out by the Contractor in relation to their location
and their connection to other parts of the work.
1 . 2 . 10 Words in the singular shall also mean and include the
plural, wherever the context so indicates, and words in
the plural shall mean the singular, wherever the
context so indicates.
FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH 1 . 5 : Add the following:
1 . 6 REFERENCE TO MATERIALS BY NAME:
1 . 6 . 1 Specific reference in the Specifications to any ,,W
article, device, product, material, fixture, form or
type of construction, etc . , by name, make, or catalog
number shall be interpreted as establishing a standard
of quality and shall not be construed as limiting the
competition, and the Contractor, in such cases, may, at
his option, use any article, device, product, material,
fixture, form or type of construction which, in the
judgement of the Architect-Engineer, is equal to that
named and, further provided, approval of any
manufacturer' s product not specifically mentioned is
obtained prior to the close of the interpretations
period as set forth in SECTION ITB, INSTRUCTIONS TO
BIDDERS .
1 . 6 . 2 An item shall be considered equal to the item named or
described if, in the opinion of the Architect-Engineer,
(1) it is at least equal in quality, durability,
appearance, strength, and design; (2) it will perform
at least equally the function imposed by the general
design; and (3) it conforms substantially, even with
deviations, to the detailed requirements for the item
in the Specifications .
AWk
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
4
schedules shown on the Drawings shall be considered
Atok typical for all similar conditions or areas of the
building. Absence of a particular section, elevation,
or detail shall not release the Contractor from his
obligation to provide the labor and materials required
to construct all components necessary to complete the
project using methods and materials of construction
consistent with that called for elsewhere on the
Drawings or in the Specifications .
PARAGRAPH 1 . 2 : Add The following:
1 . 2 . 6 Where used in conjunction with the Architect-Engineer' s
response to submittals, requests, applications,
inquiries, reports, and claims by the Contractor, the
meaning of the term "approved" will be held to the
limitations of the Architect-Engineer' s
responsibilities and duties as specified in the General
and Supplementary Conditions . In no case will
"approval" by the Architect-Engineer be interpreted as
an assurance to the Contractor that the requirements of
the Contract Documents have been fulfilled.
1 . 2 . 7 Where reference is made to standards or trade
association publications, it shall mean to refer to the
latest edition and revision thereof, if any, in effect
on the date of the Contract Documents.
1 . 2 . 8 Wherever, in the Specifications, the phrase "shall
conform to applicable requirements of ASTM Standards or
Federal Specifications" occur, the latest revision,
amended, of the ASTM Standards or Federal
Specifications listing as governing each material shall
be accepted as establishing the technical qualities and
testing methods which shall be complied with.
1 . 2 . 9 Except as otherwise defined in context, the following
words, terms, and phrases shall mean the following:
1 . "As shown, " "as indicated, " "as detailed, " or "as
noted" shall mean "as shown (indicated, etc . ) on
Drawings or any other diagrammatic or written
reference on the Drawings. "
2 . "Provide" shall mean "furnish and install, complete
and ready for intended use . "
3 . "Directed, " "required, " "permitted, " "ordered, "
"designed, " "prescribed, " and similar words shall
mean the "direction (requirement, permission,
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
3
occurs and shall also apply to all other similar parts ,,.,,,
of the work, unless otherwise indicated.
3 . Where "by others" appears in the Specifications, or as
noted on Drawings, it shall be used in the general
sense of "specified under other Sections of the
Specifications . "
4 . The figures and notes on the Drawings, showing the
indicating dimensions, shall be used instead of
scaling. Dimensions shall not be determined by
scaling, except for details drawn to a 3 in. scale or
larger, and these only when dimensions are not given or
implied.
5 . In case of differences between small and large scale
Drawings, the larger scale Drawings shall take
precedence, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6,
next below.
6 . In case of inconsistent requirements in the Contract
Documents, the requirements of the greater cost shall
take precedence and shall be the Contract requirements.
7 . It is the intent of the Contract Documents to include
all work and materials necessary for erecting complete,
and ready for continuous and proper use, all components AAW
required to complete this project, including, but not
limited to, architectural, mechanical, electrical, and
special systems as shown on the accompanying Drawings,
or as hereinafter described, even if not specifically
shown or called for in the Construction Drawings or
Specifications . These Drawings shall be taken in a
sense as diagrammatic; sizes of pipes, ducts, conduits,
conductors, and general routes for running them are
shown, but it is not intended to show every offset and
fitting, nor every structural difficulty that will be
encountered during the installation of the work.
8 . The Contractor agrees to indemnify and save the Owner
and the Architect-Engineer harmless from and against
liability of any nature or kind, including costs and
expenses for, or on account of, all work which is
consistent with, and reasonably inferable from, the
Contract Documents as being necessary to produce the
intended results, even if the work itself is not
specifically called for in the Contract Documents .
9 . Unless otherwise specifically called for on the
Drawings, all wall sections, elevations, details, and
Aawk
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
2
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
GENERAL
The following supplements shall modify, delete, and/or add to the
General Conditions . Where any article, paragraph, or subparagraph
in the General Conditions is supplemented by one of the following
paragraphs, the provisions of such article, paragraph, or
subparagraph shall remain in effect . Where any article,
paragraph, or subparagraph in the General Conditions is amended,
voided, or superseded by any of the following paragraphs, the
provisions of such article, paragraph, or subparagraph not so
amended, voided, or superseded shall remain in effect .
ARTICLE 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS
PARAGRAPH 1 . 1 . 1 : Add the following:
1 . The "Contract Documents" consist of the following:
(1. 1) Modifications .
(1. 2) The Agreement (Owner-Contractor Agreement) and
Conditions of the Contract .
(1. 3) Any Addenda to the Specifications and Drawings .
(1 .4) The Specifications.
(1 . 5) The Drawings .
PARAGRAPH 1 . 2 . 3 : Add the Following:
1 . The general configuration and character of the detail
work is shown on the Drawings, but minor modifications
may be made in the detail Drawings . The Contractor and
the Architect-Engineer shall, from time to time,
prepare schedules showing the dates on which the
various detail Drawings will be required, and the
Contractor shall not attempt to execute any part of the
work requiring such Drawings until he has received the
same .
2 . Where, on the Drawings, a portion of the work is drawn
out and the remainder is indicated in outline, the
parts drawn out shall apply to all other like portions
of the work. Where ornament or other detail is
indicated by starting only, such detail shall be
continued throughout the course or part in which it
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
1
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL. CONDITIONS
TITLE PAGE
General 1
Article 1 - General Provisions 1
Article 2 - Owner 5
Article 3 - Contractor 5
Article 4 - Administration of the Contract 9
Article 7 - Changes in the Work 9
Article 8 - Time 10
Article 9 - Payments and Completion 10
Article 10 - Protection of Persons and Property 12
Article 11 - Insurance and Bonds 13
Article 13 - Miscellaneous Provisions 15
Article 14 - Termination or Suspension of the
Contract 18
2292 (SC-TENNEY) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
0
14.4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the Contractor shall:
.1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; Aw
.2 take actions necessary,or that the Owner may direct,for the protection and preservation of the Work;and
.3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice,terminate all
existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders.
14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment for Work
executed, and costs incurred by reason of such termination,along with reasonable overhead and profit on the Work not executed.
AMk
IA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
-kMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying AMW
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page#40
the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and the Architect,
terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 14.1.3.
14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE
14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor.
.1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials;
.2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements
between the Contractor and the Subcontractors;
.3 persistently disregards laws,ordinances,or rules,regulations or orders of a public authority having jurisdiction;or
.4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents.
14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist,the Owner,upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify
such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the
Contractor's surety, if any,seven days'written notice,terminate employment of the Contractor and may,subject to any prior rights
of the surety:
.1 take possession of the site and of all materials,equipment,tools,and construction equipment and machinery thereon
owned by the Contractor;
.2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Paragraph 5.4;and
.3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon request of the Contractor,
the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the
Work.
14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Subparagraph 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not
be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished.
14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the
Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived,
such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the
difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the
Architect,upon application,and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract.
14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE
14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend,delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in
part for such period of time as the Owner may determine.
14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension,delay or
interruption as described in Subparagraph 14.3.1. Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit. No adjustment shall be
made to the extent:
.1 that performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the
Contractor is responsible;or
.2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract.
14.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE
14.4.1 The Owner may,at any time,terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without cause.
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20 LCON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page#39
the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence thereof;at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where
the Project is located.
13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD
13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor: Aw$k
.1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substantial
Completion, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be
deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of Substantial Completion;
.2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring
subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certificate for Payment,
any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have
accrued in any and all events not later than the date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment;and
.3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issuance of
the final Certificate for Payment,any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause
of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of any act or failure to act by
the Contractor pursuant to any Warranty provided under Paragraph 3.5, the date of any correction of the Work or
failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under Paragraph 12.2, or the date of actual commission of any other
act or-failure to perform any duty or obligation by the Contractor or Owner,whichever occurs last.
ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT
14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR
14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or
fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities
performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor,for any of the following reasons:
.1 issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction which requires all Work to be stopped;
.2 an act of government,such as a declaration of national emergency which requires all Work to be stopped;
.3 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for
withholding certification as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not made payment on a
Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents;or
.4 the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor's request, reasonable evidence as
required by Subparagraph 2.2.1.
14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if, through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor,
Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or
indirect contract with the Contractor,repeated suspensions,delays or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described
in Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion,or 120
days in any 365-day period,whichever is less.
14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Subparagraph 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists, the Contractor may, upon seven days' written
notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed and for
proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable
overhead,profit and damages.
14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or
their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the
Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDI'T'IONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - ALA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying ANW
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20LCON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page#38
the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants,
agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as provided in Subparagraph 13.2.2, neither party to the
Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make such an
assignment without such consent,that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations raider the Contract.
13.2.2 The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to an institutional lender providing construction
financing for the Project. In such event,the lender shall assume the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment.
13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE
13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm
or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to
the last business address known to the party giving notice.
13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in
addition to and not a limitation of duties,obligations,rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law.
13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded
them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder,
except as may be specifically agreed in writing.
13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, ordinances,
rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise
provided,the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory
or entity acceptable to the Owner,or with the appropriate public authority,and shall bear all related costs of tests,inspections and
approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that
the Architect may be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not
become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded.
13.5.2 If the Architect,Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional
testing, inspection or approval not included under Subparagraph 13.5.1, the Architect will, upon written authorization from the
Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to
the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so
that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such costs, except as provided in Subparagraph 13.5.3, shall be at the
Owner's expense.
13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the
portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, all costs made necessary by such
failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses shall be at the
Contractor's expense.
13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be
secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect.
13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents,the Architect will do so
promptly and,where practicable,at the normal place of testing.
13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made_ promptly to avoid unreasonable delay
in the Work.
13.6 INTEREST
13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as
,AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 --Page 437
the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of
such costs.
12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK
12.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Idw
12.2.1.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the
Contract Documents, whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or
completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections and compensation for the
Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby,shall be at the Contractor's expense.
12.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.5, if, within one year after the date of Substantial
Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under
Subparagraph 9.9.1, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents,any of the Work is found
to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of
written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such
condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one-year period for correction
of Work, if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction, the Owner
waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to
correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect, the
Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph 2.4.
12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after
Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual performance of the Work
12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor
pursuant to this Paragraph 12.2.
12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in accordance with the requirements of the
Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner.
12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially
completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in
accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other
obligations which the Contractor might have under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the one-year period for correction
of Work as described in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work,and has
no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced,nor
to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's
obligations other than specifically to correct the Work.
12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK
12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the
Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate
and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made.
ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
13.1 GOVERNING LAW
13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located
13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - ALA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AvtERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
v iolates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/7/2000. AIA License Number 107575, which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page#36
11.4.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their
subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants,
separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, for
,fir►, damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph
11.4 or other property insurance applicable to the Work,except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the
Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate
contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by
appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated
herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be
effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification,contractual or
otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable
interest in the property damaged.
11.4.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the
Owner as fiduciary for the insureds,as their interests may appear,subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and
of Subparagraph 11.4.10. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the
Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make
payments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar manner.
11.4.9 If required in writing by a party in interest,the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond
for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary.
The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with such
agreement as the parties in interest may reach,or in accordance with an arbitration award in which case the procedure shall be as
provided in Paragraph 4.6. If after such loss no other special agreement is made and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for
convenience,replacement of damaged property shall be performed by the Contractor after notification of a Change in the Work in
accordance with Article 7.
11.4.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall
object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power, if such objection is made, the
#Owl dispute shall be resolved as provided in Paragraphs 4.5 and 4.6. The Owner as fiduciary shall, in the case of arbitration, make
settlement with insurers in accordance with directions of the arbitrators. If distribution of insurance proceeds by arbitration is
required,the arbitrators will direct such distribution.
11.5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND
11.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract
and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract
Documents on the date of execution of the Contract.
11.5.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of
obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be
made.
ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK
12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the
Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by the Architect,be uncovered for the Architect's examination and be replaced
at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time.
12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically requested to examine prior to its being
covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance
with the Contract Documents, costs of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be at the Owner's
expense. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, correction shall be at the Contractor's expense unless
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
A'v1ERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page #35
otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made
as provided in Paragraph 9.10 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required
by this Paragraph 11.4 to be covered, whichever is later. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor,
Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Project.
AMW
11.4.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an "all-risk" or equivalent policy form and shall include, without limitation, insurance
against the perils of fire(with extended coverage)and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft,
vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, earthquake, flood, windstorm, falsework, testing and startup, temporary buildings and
debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable
compensation for Architect's and Contractor's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss.
11.4.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the Contract and with all of the
coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the
Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance which will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and
Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the
Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain insurance as described above, without so
notifying the Contractor in writing,then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto.
11.4.1.3 If the property insurance requires deductibles,the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles.
11.4.1.4 This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site,and also portions of the Work in transit.
11.4.1.5 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company or
companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The
Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall,without
mutual written consent,take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction
of insurance.
11.4.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance.The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by
the Contract Documents or by law, which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final
acceptance by the Owner;this insurance shall include interests of the Owner,Contractor,Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors
in the Work,and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds.
11.4.3 Loss of Use Insurance.The Owner,at the Owner's option,may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the
Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property duce to fire or other hazards,however caused. The Owner waives all rights of
action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards
however caused.
11.4.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or other special causes of
loss be included in the property insurance policy,the Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof shall
be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order.
11.4.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties,real or personal or both,at or adjacent to the site
by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project,or if after final payment property insurance is to be
provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction
period, the Owner shall waive A rights in accordance with the terms of Subparagraph 11.4.7 for damages caused by fire or other
causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by
endorsement or otherwise.
11.4.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes
insurance coverages required by this Paragraph 11.4. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions,
exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or
allowed to expire, and that its limits will not be reduced, until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the
Contractor.
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/7/2000. AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page#34
employees;
.4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage;'
.5 claims for damages,other than to the Work itself,because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including
loss of use resulting therefrom;
.6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership,
maintenance or use of a motor vehicle;
.7 claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations;and
.8 claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18.
11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the
Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or
claims-made basis, shall be maintained without interruption from date of commencement of the Work until date of final payment
and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment.
11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work.
These certificates and the insurance policies required by this Paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded
under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the
Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final payment and are reasonably
available, an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for
Payment as required by Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised limits or
claims paid under the General Aggregate,or both,shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance
with the Contractor's information and belief.
11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Ownees usual liability insurance.
11.3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE
11.3.1 Optionally, the Owner may require the Contractor to purchase and maintain Project Management Protective Liability
insurance from the Contractor's usual sources as primary coverage for the Owner's,Contractor's and Architect's vicarious liability
for construction operations under the Contract. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall reimburse
the Contractor by increasing the Contract Sum to pay the cost of purchasing and maintaining such optional insurance coverage,
and the Contractor shall not be responsible for purchasing any other liability insurance on behalf of the Owner. The minimum
limits of liability purchased with such coverage shall be equal to the aggregate of the limits required for Contractor's Liability
Insurance under Clauses 11.1.1.2 through 11.L 1.5.
11.3.2 To the extent damages are covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance, the Owner, Contractor and
Architect waive all rights against each other for damages,except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance.
The policy shall provide for such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise.
11.3.3 The Owner shall not require the Contractor to include the Owner, Architect or other persons or entities as additional
insureds on the Contractor's Liability Insurance coverage under Paragraph 11.1.
11.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE
11.4.1 Unless otherwise provided,the Owner shall purchase and maintain,in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do
business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance written on a builder's risk "all-risk" or equivalent
policy form in the amount of the initial Contract Sum, plus value of subsequent Contract modifications and cost of materials
supplied or installed by others, comprising total value for the entire Project at the site on a replacement cost basis without
optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or
.41A DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - ALA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
kMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page#33
10.3.1 If reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a
material or substance, including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the
Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the
condition to the Owner and Architect in writing.
10.3.2 The Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or
substance reported by the Contractor and, in the event such material or substance is found to be present,to verify that it has been
rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall famish in writing to the Contractor
and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of
such material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of such material or substance. The
Contractor and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to
the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed
by the Owner,the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. When the
material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner
and Contractor. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of the
Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shut-down,delay and start-up,which adjustments shall be accomplished as provided in
Article 7.
10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors,
Architect, Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and
expenses, including but not limited to attorneys'fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area
if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Subparagraph 10.3.1 and has not been
rendered harmless, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death,
or to injury to or destruction of tangible property(other than the Work itself)and provided that such damage, loss or expense is
not due to the sole negligence of a parry seeking indemnity.
10.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under Paragraph 10.3 for materials and substances brought to the site by the
Contractor unless such materials or substances were required by the Contract Documents.
10.5 If, without negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor is held liable for the cost of remediation of a
hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall AMW
indemnify the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred.
10.6 EMERGENCIES
10.6.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to
prevent threatened damage, injury or loss.Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of
an emergency shall be determined as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and Article 7.
ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS
11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the
jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may
arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable,
whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,
or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable:
.1 claims under workers'compensation,disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable
to the Work to be performed;
.2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's
employees;
.3 claims for damages because of bodily injury,sickness or disease,or death of any person other than the Contractor's
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - ALA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying AdW,
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A201.CON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 --Page#32
.2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents;or
.3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents.
9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims
by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for
Payment.
ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS
10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in
connection with the performance of the Contract.
10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent
damage, injury or loss to:
.1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby;
.2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,whether in storage on or off the site, under care,
custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors;and
.3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures
and utilities not designated for removal,relocation or replacement in the course of construction.
10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of
public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage,injury or loss.
10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain,as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract,reasonable
safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety
regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities.
10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for
execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly
qualified personnel.
10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance
required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the
Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for
whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3, except damage or
loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them,or by
anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The
foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18.
10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the
prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in
writing to the Owner and Architect.
10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site lobe loaded so as to endanger its safety.
10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
AMA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - ALA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
A2MERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page#31
9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE
9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion
is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as
required under Clause 11.4.1.5 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Such partial occupancy or
use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in
writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage, if any,security, maintenance,heat, utilities,damage
to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of
warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor
shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Subparagraph 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial
occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written
agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached,by decision of the Architect.
9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use,the Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to
be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work.
9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute
acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT
9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final
Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work acceptable
under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed,the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment
stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect's on-site visits and
inspections,the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire
balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for
Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Subparagraph 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's
being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled
9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the
Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for
which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered(less amounts withheld by Owner)have been paid
or otherwise satisfied,(2)a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final
payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been
given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be
renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if
required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of
liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated
by the Owner. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner,the Contractor may furnish a bond
satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the
Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all
costs and reasonable attorneys'fees.
9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the
Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon
application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the
balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or
corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of
surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the
Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions
governing final payment,except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims.
9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from:
.1 liens,Claims,security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled;
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 . THE
.ANlER1CAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A201.CON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page#30
9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor
except as may otherwise be required by law.
9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Subparagraphs 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and
,S, 9.6.4.
9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment,a progress payment,or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not
constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments
received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those
Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or both, under contract with the Contractor for which
payment was made by the Owner. Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not
commingled with money of the Contractor, shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for
breach of trust or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the
requirements of this provision.
9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT
9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after
receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date
established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration, then the Contractor may,
upon seven additional days'written notice to the Owner and Architect,stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been
received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the
Contractor's reasonable costs of shut-down,delay and start-up,plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents.
9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is
sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its
intended use.
9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is
substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or
corrected prior to final payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to
complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list,the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated
portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the
Contractor's list, which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or
utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use, the Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of
Substantial Completion,complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect. In such case, the Contractor shall then
submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion.
9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate of
Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion,shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and
Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the
Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall
commence on the date of Substantial. Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the
Certificate of Substantial Completion.
9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of
responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. Upon such acceptance and consent of surety, if any, the Owner shall make
payment of retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof. Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is
incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON—3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page#29
with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the
Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor
deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. The
issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the
amount certified. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has(1)made
exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means,
methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material
suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment, or (4) made examination to
ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Stun.
9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION
9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect
the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the
Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as
provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly
issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner. The
Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or,because of subsequently discovered evidence,may nullify the whole or
a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued,to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the
Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including loss'resulting from acts and omissions described in
Subparagraph 3.3.2, because of:
.1 defective Work not remedied;
.2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless security acceptable to
the Owner is provided by the Contractor;
.3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor,materials or equipment;
.4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum;
.5 damage to the Owner or another contractor;
.6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance
would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay;or
.7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously
withheld.
9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS
9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the
time provided in the Contract Documents,and shall so notify the Architect.
9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor,upon receipt of payment from the Owner,out of the amount paid
to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work, the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled,
reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work.
The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to
Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner.
9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of
completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions
of the Work done by such Subcontractor.
.AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
-AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying new
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/7/2000. AIA License Number 107575, which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page#28
8.3.3 This Paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the
Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
9.1 CONTRACT SUM
9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the
Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents.
9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to
various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may
require. This schedule,unless objected to by the Architect,shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for
Payment.
9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an
itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be
notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may
require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting retainage if provided for in the
Contract Documents.
9.3.1.1 As provided in Subparagraph 7.3.8, such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the
Work which have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives,or by interim determinations of the Architect,but
not yet included in Change Orders.
9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not
intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier, unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor
intends to pay.
9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment
delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner,payment
may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for
materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures
satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest,
and shall include the costs of applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored
off the site.
9.3.3 The Contractor wan-ants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later
than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which
Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall,to the best of the Contractor's
knowledge, information and belief" be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of the
Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor,
materials and equipment relating to the Work.
9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT
9.4.1 The Architect will,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,either issue to the Owner
a Certificate for Payment,with a copy to the Contractor,for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due,or notify the
Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in
Subparagraph 9.5.1.
9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the
Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the
point indicated and that,to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief,the quality of the Work is in accordance
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
a� AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20LCON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 --Page a27
7.3.8 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner,amounts not in dispute for
such changes in the Work shall be included in Applications for Payment accompanied by a Change Order indicating the parties'
agreement with part or all of such costs. For any portion of such cost that remains in dispute, the Architect will make an interim
determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs. That determination of cost shall adjust the AOW
Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a claim in
accordance with Article 4.
7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the
Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective
immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order.
7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or
extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by
written order and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor.The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly.
ARTICLE 8 TIME
8.1 DEFINITIONS
8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the
Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work.
8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement.
8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Paragraph 9.8.
8.1.4 The term"day"as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined
8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION Aaw
8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the
Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work.
8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly,except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely commence
operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11 to be furnished by the Contractor
and Owner. The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. Unless the date
of commencement is established by the Contract Documents or a notice to proceed given by the Owner, the Contractor shall
notify the Owner in writing not less than five days or other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing
of mortgages,mechanic's liens and other security interests.
8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the
Contract Time.
8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
8.3.1 if the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner
or Architect, or of an employee of either,or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner,or by changes ordered in the Work,
or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, or
by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and arbitration, or by other causes which the Architect determines may
justify delay,then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine.
8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Paragraph 4.3.
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
-NIvIERiCAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page 426
7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect,
directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The
Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general
scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted
accordingly.
7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order.
7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Stun, the adjustment shall be based on
one of the following methods:
.1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit
evaluation;
.2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon;
.3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee;or
.4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.6.
7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work
involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the
Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time.
7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor therewith,including
adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective
immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order.
7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the
method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those
performing the Work attributable to the change,including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum,a reasonable allowance for
overhead and profit. In such case, and also under Clause 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the
Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents,costs for the purposes of this Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall be limited to the following:
.1 costs of labor, including social security,old age and unemployment insurance,fringe benefits required by agreement
or custom,and workers'compensation insurance;
.2 costs of materials,supplies and equipment,including cost of transportation,whether incorporated or consumed;
.3 rental costs of machinery and equipment,exclusive of hand tools,whether rented from the Contractor or others;
.4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance,permit fees,and sales,use or similar taxes related to the Work;and
.5 additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change.
7.3.7 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net
decrease in the Contract Stun shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering
related Work or substitutions are involved in a change,the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net
increase, if any,with respect to that change.
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - ALA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A201.CON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page#25
their materials and equipment and performance of their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction
and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents.
6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or
a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect
apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results.
Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractor's completed or
partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably
discoverable.
6.2.3 The Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner which are payable to a separate
contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction of the Contractor. The Owner shall be
responsible to the Contractor for costs incurred by the Contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities, damage to the
Work or defective construction of a separate contractor.
6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed or partially completed
construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5.
6.2.5 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for
the Contractor in Subparagraph 3.14.
6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP
6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their
respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may
clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible.
ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK
7.1 GENERAL
7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by
Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this „ft�
Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a Construction Change
Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor, an order for a
minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone.
7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contractor
shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor
change in the Work.
7.2 CHANGE ORDERS
7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor and Architect,
stating their agreement upon all of the following:
.1 change in the Work;
.2 the amount of the adjustment,if any, in the Contract Sum;and
.3 the extent of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Time.
7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those listed in Subparagraph 7.3.3.
7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES
.AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
.-%,MERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 --Page 424
5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS
5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity,the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor,to
the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor,to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents,
, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the responsibility for safety of the
Subcontractor's Work, which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract
agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the
Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the
Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement,the benefit of all rights,remedies and redress
against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents,has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor
shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to
each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement,copies of the Contract Documents to which the
Subcontractor will be bound,and,upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of
the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make
copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors.
5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS
5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided that:
.1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Paragraph 14.2 and
only for those subcontract agreements which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor in
writing;and
.2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety,if any,obligated under bond relating to the Contract
5.4.2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days,the Subcontractor's compensation shall
be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension.
ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS
6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces,
and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site
under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and
waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner,the
Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Paragraph 4.3.
6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site,
the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate
Owner-Contractor Agreement.
6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor
with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them.The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors
and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so. The Contractor shall make any revisions to the
construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then
constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor,separate contractors and the Other until subsequently revised.
6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to
the Project with the Owner's own forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same
rights which apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in
Article 3,this Article 6 and Articles 10, 11 and 12.
6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY
6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A20 LCON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page 423
institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations as
determined pursuant to Paragraph 13.7.
4.6.4 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract shall include, by
consolidation or joinder or in any other manner,the Architect,the Architect's employees or consultants,except by written consent
containing specific reference to the Agreement and signed by the Architect, Owner, Contractor and any other person or entity
sought to be joined. No arbitration shall include,by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner,parties other than the Owner,
Contractor, a separate contractor as described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact
or law whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration. No person or entity other than the Owner,
Contractor or a separate contractor as described in Article 6 shall be included as an original third party or additional third party to
an arbitration whose interest or responsibility is insubstantial.Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall
not constitute consent to arbitration of a Claim not described therein or with a person or entity not named or described therein.
The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by
parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
4.6.5 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand
all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded.
4.6.6 Judgment on Final Award. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be
entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS
5.1 DEFINITIONS
5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at
the site. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a
Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate
contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor.
5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion
of the Work at the site. The term "Sub-subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number ,,
and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor.
5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK
5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor, as soon as practicable
after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities(including
those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design)proposed for each principal portion of the Work.
The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect, after due
investigation,has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly
shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection.
5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable
and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable
objection.
5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor,the Contractor shall
propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was
reasonably capable of performing the Work, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the
difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the
substitute Subcontractor's Work. However, no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such.change
unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required.
5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes
reasonable objection to such substitute.
a+lA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
A,IMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying AMW
�wlates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20LCON--3/7/2000. AIA License Number 107575, which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page 422
the Architect when the response or supporting data will be furnished or advise the Architect that no supporting data will be
furnished. Upon receipt of the response or supporting data, if any,the Architect will either reject or approve the Claim in whole
or in part.
�"'• 4.4.5 The Architect will approve or reject Claims by written decision, which shall state the reasons therefor and which shall
notify the parties of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. The approval or rejection of a Claim by the
Architect shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to mediation and arbitration.
4.4.6 When a written decision of the Architect states that(1)the decision is final but subject to mediation and arbitration and
(2) a demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by such decision must be made within 30 days after the date on which the party
making the demand receives the final written decision,then failure to demand arbitration within said 30 days'period shall result in
the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision after
arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence, but shall not supersede arbitration
proceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned.
4.4.7 Upon receipt of a Claim against the Contractor or at any time thereafter, the Architect or the Owner may, but is not
obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's
default, the Architect or the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving
the controversy.
4.4.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien,the patty asserting such Claim may proceed in accordance with
applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines prior to resolution of the Claim by the Architect,by mediation or
by arbitration.
4.5 MEDIATION
4.5.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract,except Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as
provided for in Subparagraphs 4.3.10, 9.10.4 and 9.10.5 shall, after initial decision by the Architect or 30 days after submission
of the Claim to the Architect,be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to arbitration or the institution of legal or equitable
proceedings by either party.
4.5.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which,unless the parties mutually agree otherwise,shall
Auk be in accordance with the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect.
Request for mediation shall be filed in writing with the other patty to the Contract and with the American Arbitration Association.
The request may be made concurrently with the filing of a demand for arbitration but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in
advance of arbitration or legal or equitable proceedings,which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the
date of filing,unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order.
4.5.3 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in the place where the
Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as
settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
4.6 ARBITRATION
4.6.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract,except Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as
provided for in Subparagraphs 4.3.10,9.10.4 and 9.10.5,shall,after decision by the Architect or 30 days after submission of the
Claim to the Architect,be subject to arbitration. Prior to arbitration,the parties shall endeavor to resolve disputes by mediation in
accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.5.
4.6.2 Claims not resolved by mediation shall be decided by arbitration which,unless the parties mutually agree otherwise,shall
be in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect.
The demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the American Arbitration
Association,and a copy shall be filed with the Architect.
4.6.3 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in Subparagraphs 4.4.6 and 4.6.1 as applicable,
and in other cases within a reasonable time after the Claim has arisen, and in no event shall it be made after the date when
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A201.CON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 --Page#21
4.3.7 Claims for Additional Time
4.3.7.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time,written notice as provided herein shall be
given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the AM,
case of a continuing delay only one Claim is necessary.
4.3.7.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by data
substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time, could not have been reasonably anticipated and had
an adverse effect on the scheduled construction.
4.3.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either parry to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or property
because of an act or omission of the other parry, or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible, written notice of
such injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days
after discovery.The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter.
4.3.9 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally
contemplated are materially changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive so that application of such
unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices
shall be equitably adjusted.
4.3.10 Claims for Consequential Damages. The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential
damages arising out of or relating to this Contract.This mutual waiver includes:
.1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income, profit, financing, business and
reputation,and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons;and
.2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed
there, for losses of financing,business and reputation,and for loss of profit except anticipated profit arising directly
from the Work.
This mutual waiver is applicable, without limitation,to all consequential damages due to either party's termination in accordance AW
with Article 14. Nothing contained in this Subparagraph 4.3.10 shall be deemed to preclude an award of liquidated direct
damages,when applicable,in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES
4.4.1 Decision of Architect.Claims,including those alleging an error or omission by the Architect but excluding those arising
under Paragraphs 10.3 through 10.5, shall be referred initially to the Architect for decision. An initial decision by the Architect
shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation,arbitration or litigation of all Claims between the Contractor and Owner
arising prior to the date final payment is due, unless 30 days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Architect with
no decision having been rendered by the Architect. The Architect will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or
entities other than the Owner.
4.4.2 The Architect will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of the Claim take one or more of the following
actions: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party, (2)
reject the Claim in whole or in part,(3)approve the Claim,(4)suggest a compromise,or(5)advise the parties that the Architect
is unable to resolve the Claim if the Architect lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Architect
concludes that, in the Architect's sole discretion,it would be inappropriate for the Architect to resolve the Claim.
4.4.3 In evaluating Claims,the Architect may, but shall not be obligated to,consult with or seek information from either party
or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Architect in rendering a decision. The Architect may
request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner's expense.
4.4.4 If the Architect requests a patty to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data,such party shall
respond, within ten days after receipt of such request,and shall either provide a response on the requested supporting data,advise
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - ALA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
.-\MERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A201.CON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page#20
4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under, and requirements of, the Contract
Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in
writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If no agreement is made concerning the time
lowk within which interpretations required of the Architect shall be furnished in compliance with this Paragraph 4.2, then delay shall
not be recognized on account of failure by the Architect to famish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is made
for them.
4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the
Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and initial decisions,the
Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will
not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith.
4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the
Contract Documents.
4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES
4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or
interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract.
The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or
relating to the Contract. Claims must be initiated by written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the
patty making the Claim.
4.3.2 Time Limits on Claims.Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise
to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later.
Claims must be initiated by written notice to the Architect and the other party.
4.3.3 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim except as otherwise agreed in writing or as
provided in Subparagraph 9.7.1 and Article 14,the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the
Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents.
' 4.3.4 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If conditions are encountered at the site which are (1) subsurface or
otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or(2)unknown
physical conditions of an unusual nature,which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as
inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party
shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first observance
of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or
decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable
adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not
materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified,
the Architect shall so notify the Owner and Contractor in writing,stating the reasons.Claims by either party in opposition to such
determination must be made within 21 days after the Architect has given notice of the decision. If the conditions encountered are
materially different, the Contract Stun and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted, but if the Owner and Contractor cannot
agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the adjustment shall be referred to the Architect for initial
determination,subject to further proceedings pursuant to Paragraph 4.4.
4.3.5 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum,written notice
as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an
emergency endangering life or property arising under Paragraph 10.6.
4.3.6 If the Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not limited to(1)a written interpretation
from the Architect, (2) an order by the Owner to stop the Work where the Contractor was not at fault, (3) a written order for a
minor change in the Work issued by the Architect, (4) failure of payment by the Owner, (5)termination of the Contract by the
Owner,(6)Owner's suspension or(7)other reasonable grounds,Claim shall be filed in accordance with this Paragraph 4.3.
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AlA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A20 LCON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page 419
4.2.2 The Architect, as a representative of the Owner, will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of the Contractor's
operations(1)to become generally familiar with and to keep the Owner informed about the progress and quality of the portion of
the Work completed, (2) to endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work, and (3) to determine in
general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with
the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to
check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will neither have control over or charge of, nor be responsible for, the
construction means, methods,techniques, sequences or procedures,or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with
the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents,except as provided in
Subparagraph 3.3.L
4.2.3 The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for
acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing
portions of the Work.
4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or
when direct communications have been specially authorized,the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate with each
other through the Architect about matters arising out of or relating to the Contract. Communications by and with the Architect's
consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through
the Contractor.Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner.
4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify
the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts.
4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the
Architect considers it necessary or advisable, the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in
accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However,
neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall
give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their
agents or employees,or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work.
4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop
Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and
the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.The Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable promptness as
to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner,Contractor or separate contractors,while allowing sufficient time
in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of
determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions
for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by
the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations
under Paragraphs 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or,unless otherwise
specifically stated by the Architect, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Architect's
approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component.
4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives,and may authorize minor changes in the
Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4.
4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final
completion, will receive and forward to the Owner, for the Owner's review and records,written warranties and related documents
required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor,and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents.
4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree,the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out
the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives
shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents.
AJA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20 LCON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page#18
shall be charged to the Contractor.
3.16 ACCESS TO WORK
3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located.
3.17 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS
3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of
copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be
responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is
required by the Contract Documents or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications or other
documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design,process
or product is an infringement of a copyright or a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information
is promptly furnished to the Architect.
3.18 INDEMNIFICATION
3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent claims, damages, losses or expenses are not covered by Project
Management Protective Liability insurance purchased by the Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 11.3,the Contractor shall
indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and
against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from
performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or
death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible property(other than the Work itself),but only to the extent caused by the negligent
acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts
they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified
hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which
would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph 3.18.
3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Paragraph 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a
Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,the indemnification
obligation under Subparagraph 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages,compensation or benefits
payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disabilit'+ benefit acts or other employee
benefit acts.
ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
4.1 ARCHITECT
4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture
identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term
"Architect" means the Architect or the Architect's authorised representative.
4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be
restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld.
4.1.3 If the employment of the Architect is terminated, the Owner shall employ a new Architect against whom the Contractor
has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Architect.
4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and will be an
Owner's representative(1)during construction,(2)until final payment is due and(3)with the Owner's concurrence, from time to
time during the one-year period for correction of Work described in Paragraph 12.2. The Architect will have authority to act on
behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified in writing in accordance
with other provisions of the Contract.
.CIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
rook violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20 LCON--3/7/2000. AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page#17
3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of
Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect.
AAW
3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of
responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product
Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at
the time of submittal and(1)the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or
(2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be
relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's
approval thereof.
3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or
similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. In the absence of such written
notice the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions.
3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services which constitute the practice of architecture or
engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the
Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods,
techniques, sequences and procedures. The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of
applicable law. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems,materials or equipment
are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents,the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance
and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a
properly licensed design professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications,
certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to
the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when
submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness
of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided the Owner and Architect have
specified to the Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Subparagraph
3.12.10,the Architect will review,approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking A"4..
for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall not be
responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contract Documents.
3.13 USE OF SITE
3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract
Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment.
3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING
3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit
together properly.
3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the
Owner or separate contractors by cutting,patching or otherwise altering such construction,or by excavation. The Contractor shall
not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of
such separate contractor, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from
the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work.
3.15 CLEANING UP
3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish
caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project
waste materials,rubbish,the Contractor's tools,construction equipment,machinery and surplus materials.
3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and the cost thereof
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
-VMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying Amw
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20 LCON--3/7/2000. AIA License Number 107575, which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page #16
3.9 SUPERINTENDENT
3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the
Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor,and communications given to the
superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writing. Other
communications shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each case.
3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's
information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the
Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be
related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable
execution of the Work.
3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals which is
coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule and allows the Architect reasonable time to review submittals.
3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner
and Architect.
3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE
3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, Addenda,
Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to record field changes and selections made during
construction, and one record copy of approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These
shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work.
3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams,schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a
Subcontractor,Sub-subcontractor,manufacturer,supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work.
AO* 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other
information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work.
3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or worlananship and establish standards by which
the Work will be judged.
3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their
submittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required by the Contract Documents the way
by which the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract
Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph 4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which the
Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals which are not
required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action.
3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve and submit to the Architect Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in
such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. Submittals which are
not marked as reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents and approved by the Contractor may be returned by the
Architect without action.
3.12.6 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents
that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or
will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work
and of the Contract Documents.
,MA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - ALA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006.5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A20LCON--3/7/2000.AiA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 --Page#l5
3.5 WARRANTY
3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be
of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents, that the Work will be free from
defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted, and that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract
Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be
considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not
executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation,or normal wear and tear and normal usage.
If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and
equipment.
3.6 TAXES
3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor which are
legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into
effect.
3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES
3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and
other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work which
are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required when bids are received or negotiations
concluded.
3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws,ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of
public authorities applicable to performance of the Work.
3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws,
statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations. However, if the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract
Documents are at variance therewith, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing, and necessary
changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification.
3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and
regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner,the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work
and shall bear the costs attributable to correction.
3.8 ALLOWANCES
3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by
allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall
not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection.
3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents:
.1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required
taxes, less applicable trade discounts;
.2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other
expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the
allowances;
.3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change
Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the allowances
under Clause 3.8.2.1 and(2)changes in Contractor's costs under Clause 3.8.2.2.
3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner in sufficient time to avoid delay in the
Work.
AlA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying A"k
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20 LCON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 --Page#14
carefully study and compare the various Drawings and other Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as
the information fumished by the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.3,shall take field measurements of any existing conditions
related to that portion of the Work and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for the purpose
of facilitating construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors,omissions,or inconsistencies in the
00W Contract Documents; however, any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by the Contractor shall be reported promptly
to the Architect as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require.
3.2.2 Any design errors or omissions noted by the Contractor during this review shall be reported promptly to the Architect,
but it is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design
professional unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the
Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations, but
any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Architect.
3.2.3 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions issued by the
Architect in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2, the
Contractor shall make Claims as provided in Subparagraphs 4.3.6 and 4.3.7. If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of
Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2, the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner as would have been avoided if the
Contractor had performed such obligations. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting
from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents or for differences between field measurements or conditions
and the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized such error, inconsistency, omission or difference and knowingly
failed to report it to the Architect.
3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES
3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work,using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall
be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for
coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions
concerning these matters. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods,
techniques, sequences or procedures,the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and, except as stated below, shall be
fully and solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means, methods,techniques,sequences or procedures. If the Contractor
determines that such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe, the Contractor shall give timely
written notice to the Owner and Architect and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written instructions
from the Architect. If the Contractor is then instructed to roceed with the
p required means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by the Contractor, the Owner shall be solely responsible for any resulting
loss or damage.
3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractors employees, Subcontractors
and their agents and employees, and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for or on behalf of the Contractor
or any of its Subcontractors.
3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such
portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work.
3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS
3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials,
equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services
necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work,whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or
to be incorporated in the Work.
3.4.2 The Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner, after evaluation by the Architect and in
accordance with a Change Order.
3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons
carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to
them.
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20 LCON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575, which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page#13
Contract. Furnishing of such evidence shall be a condition precedent to commencement or continuation of the Work. After such
evidence has been furnished, the Owner shall not materially vary such financial arrangements without prior notice to the
Contractor.
2.2.2 Except for permits and fees, including those required under Subparagraph 3.7.1, which are the responsibility of the
Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assessments and
charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities.
2.2.3 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of
the Project, and a legal description of the site. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by
the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work.
2.2.4 Information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents shall be furnished by the Owner with
reasonable promptness. Any other information or services relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work under the Owner's
control shall be furnished by the Owner after receipt from the Contractor of a written request for such information or services.
2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, such copies of
Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work.
2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK
2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as
required by Paragraph 12.2 or persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may
issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work,or any portion thereof,until the cause for such order has been eliminated;
however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for
the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity,except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3.
2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK
2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a
seven-day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect
with diligence and promptness,the Owner may after such seven-day period give the Contractor a second written notice to correct W*
such deficiencies within a three-day period If the Contractor within such three-day period after receipt of such second notice fails
to commence and continue to correct any deficiencies,the Owner may,without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have,
correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter
due the Contractor the reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner's expenses and compensation for the
Architect's additional services made necessary by such default,neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged
to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not
sufficient to cover such amounts,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.
ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR
3.1 GENERAL
3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract
Documents as if singular in number. The term"Contractor"means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative.
3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents
either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract,or by tests, inspections or approvals
required or performed by persons other than the Contractor.
3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR
3.2.1 Since the Contract Documents are complementary, before starting each portion of the Work, the Contractor shall
AtA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - ALA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
�,olates U S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be 'M"
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20 LCON--3/7/2000. AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page#12
1.3.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are(1)specifically defined, (2)the titles of numbered
articles and identified references to Paragraphs, Subparagraphs and Clauses in the document or(3) the titles of other documents
published by the American Institute of Architects.
AOW 1.4 INTERPRETATION
1.4.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and articles
such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not
intended to affect the interpretation of either statement.
1.5 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.5.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor. If either the Owner or Contractor or both do not
sign all the Contract Documents,the Architect shall identify such unsigned Documents upon request.
1.5.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, become generally
familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of
the Contract Documents.
1.6 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE
1.6.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents, including those in electronic form,prepared by the Architect and the
Architect's consultants are Instruments of Service through which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described. The
Contractor may retain one record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or material or equipment
supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect or the
Architect's consultants,and unless otherwise indicated the Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors of
them and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyrights. All copies of Instruments
of Service, except the Contractor's record set, shall be returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect, on request, upon
completion of the Work. The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's
consultants, and copies thereof furnished to the Contractor,are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are not to be used
by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to
this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner, Architect and the Architect's
consultants. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and
reproduce applicable portions of the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's
*"* consultants appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents. All copies made under this
authorization shall bear the statutory copyright notice, if any, shown on the Drawings, Specifications and other documents
prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for
other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's or Architect's
consultants'copyrights or other reserved rights.
ARTICLE 2 OWNER
2.1 GENERAL
2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract
Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to
bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in
Subparagraph 4.2.1, the Architect does not have such authority. The term "Owner" means the Owner or the Owner's authorized
representative.
2.1.2 The Owner shall frnish to the Contractor within fifteen days after receipt of a written request, information necessary
and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a
correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site, and the
Owner's interest therein.
2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER
2.2.1 The Owner shall, at the written request of the Contractor, prior to commencement of the Work and thereafter, furnish to
the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20 LCON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page#I I
ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS
1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor(hereinafter the Agreement),Conditions of the
Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of the
Contract,other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is(1)
a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a
written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the
Contract Documents do not include other documents such as bidding requirements (advertisement or invitation to bid,
Instructions to Bidders,sample forms,the Contractor's bid or portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements).
1.1.2 THE CONTRACT
The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement
between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract
may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual
relationship of any kind (1) between the Architect and Contractor, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or
Sub-subcontractor, (3) between the Owner and Architect or (4) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and
Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended
to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties.
1.1.3 THE WORK
The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially
completed, and includes all other labor, materials,equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill
the Contractor's obligations.The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project.
1.1.4 THE PROJECT
The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed tinder the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and
which may include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors.
1.1.6 THE DRAWINGS
The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location and dimensions of
the Work,generally including plans,elevations,sections,details,schedules and diagrams.
1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS
The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment,
systems, standards and workmanship for the Work,and performance of related services.
1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL
The Project Manual is a volume assembled for the Work which may include the bidding requirements, sample forms, Conditions
of the Contract and Specifications.
1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the
Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if
required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and
reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results.
1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions,sections and articles,and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the
Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade.
1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well-known technical or construction industry
meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings.
1.3 CAPITALIZATION
,AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - .AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
-VMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying Awk
violates U S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AlA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20 LCON--3/7/2000. AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page #10
4.3.7.2 2.3, 2.4, 3.3.1, 3.9, 3.12.9, 3.12.10, 4.3, 4.4.8, 4.6.5, 5.2.1,
Work, Definition of 8.2.2, 9.7, 9.10, 10.2.2, 10.3, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, 12.2.2, 12.2.4,
1.1.3 13.3, 14
Written Consent Written Orders
oxft, 1.6, 3.4.2, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.3.4, 4.6.4, 9.3.2, 9.8.5, 1.1.1, 2.3, 3.9, 4.3.6, 7, 8.2.2, 11.4.9, 12.1, 12.2, 13.5.2,
9.9.1, 9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.4.1, 13.2, 13.4.2 14.3.1
Written Interpretations
4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6
Written Notice
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
►, violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A20 LCON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page#9
Subcontractor, Definition of Termination of the Architect
5.1.1 4.1.3
SUBCONTRACTORS Termination of the Contractor
5 14.2.2
Subcontractors, Work by TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT AAW
1.2.2, 3.3.2,3.12.1,4.2.3,5.2.3, 5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2,9.6.7 14
Subcontractual Relations Tests and Inspections
5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6, 9.10 10.2.1, 11.4.7, 11.4.8, 14.1, 3.1.3, 3.3.3, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1,
14.2.1, 14.3.2 10.3.2, 11.4.1.1, 12.2.1,13.5
Submittals TIME
1.6, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.6, 9.2, 9.3, 9.8, 8
9.9.1, 9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.1.3 Time, Delays and Extensions of
Subrogation, Waivers of 3.2.3, 4.3.1, 4.3.4, 4.3.7, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4.1,
6.1.1, 11.4.5, 11.4.7 7.5.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7.1, 10.3.2, 10.6.1, 14.3.2
Substantial Completion Time Limits
4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3, 9.10.4.2, 2.1.2, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2.1, 3.7.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2,
12.2, 13.7 4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,5.2,5.3, 5.4, 6.2.4, 7.3, 7.4, 8.2,9.2,9.3.1,
Substantial Completion, Definition of 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 11.1.3, 11.4.1.5,
9'8.1 11.4.6, 11.4.10, 12.2, 13.5, 13.7, 14
Substitution of Subcontractors Time Limits on Claims
5.2.3, 5.2.4 4.3.2,4.3.4,4.3.8,4.4,4.5,4.6
Substitution of Architect Title to Work
4.1.3 9.3.2,9.3.3
Substitutions of Materials UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
3.4.2,3.5.1, 7.3.7 12
Sub-subcontractor, Definition of Uncovering of Work
5.1.2 12.1
Subsurface Conditions Unforeseen Conditions
4.3.4 4.3.4,8.3.1, 10.3
Successors and Assigns Unit Prices
13.2 4.3.9,7.3.3.2
Superintendent Use of Documents
3.9, 10.2.6 1.1.1, 1.6,2.2.5,3.12.6,5.3
Supervision and Construction Procedures Use of Site
1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 4.3.3, 6.1.3,6.2.4, 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1
7.1.3, 7.3.6, 8.2, 8.3.1, 9.4.2, 10, 12, 14 Values,Schedule of
Surety 9.2,9.3.1
4.4.7, 5.4.1.2,9.8.5,9.10.2,9.10.3, 14.2.2 Waiver of Claims by the Architect
Surety,Consent of 13.4.2
9.10.2, 9.10.3 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor
Surveys
4.3.10,9.10.5, 11.4.7, 13.4.2
2'2.3 Waiver of Claims by the Owner
Suspension by the Owner for Convenience 4.3.10, 9.9.3, 9.10.3, 9.10.4, 11.4.3, 11.4.5, 11.4.7, 12.2.2.1,
14.4 13.4.2, 14.2.4
Suspension of the Work Waiver of Consequential Damages
5.4.2, 14.3 4.3.10, 14.2.4
Suspension or Termination of the Contract Waiver of Liens
4.3.6, 5.4.1.1, 11.4.9, 14 9.10.2,9.10.4
Taxes Waivers of Subrogation
3.6, 3.8.2.1, 7.3.6.4 6.1.1, 11.4.5, 11.4.7
Termination by the Contractor Warranty
4.3.10, 14.1 3.5, 4.2.9, 4.3.5.3, 9.3.3, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.4, 12.2.2,
Termination by the Owner for Cause 13.7.1.3
4.3.10,5.4.1.1, 14.2 Weather Delays
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 --Page#8
9 Contractor
Payments to Subcontractors 1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3,3.12.7,6.1.3
5.4.2, 9.5.1.3,9.6.2, 9.6.3,9.6.4, 9.6.7, 11.4.8, 14.2.1.2 Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and Architect
PCB 3.10.1,3.10.2, 3.11, 3.12,4.2, 5.2,6.1.3,9.2,9.8.2
10.3.1 Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples by
Performance Bond and Payment Bond Contractor
7.3.6.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 1 1.4.9, 11.5 3.12
Permits, Fees and Notices Rights and Remedies
2.2.2, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.6.4, 10.2.2 1.1.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1, 3.15.2, 4.2.6, 4.3.4, 4.5, 4.6, 5.3, 5.4,
PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF 6.1, 6.3, 7.3.1, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4,
10 13.4, 14
Polychlorinated Biphenyl Royalties,Patents and Copyrights
10.3.1 3.17
Product Data, Definition of Rules and Notices for Arbitration
3.12.2 4.6.2
Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings Safety of Persons and Property
3.11,3.12,4.2.7 10.2, 10.6
Progress and Completion Safety Precautions and Programs
4.2.2,4.3.3,8.2,9.8,9.9.1, 14.1.4 3.3.1,4.2.2,4.2.7,5.3.1, 10.1, 10.2, 10.6
Progress Payments Samples,Definition of
4.3.3, 9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3 3.12.3
Project, Definition of the Samples,Shop Drawings,Product Data and
1.1.4 3.11,3.12,4.2.7
Project Management Protective Liability Insurance Samples at the Site,Documents and
11.3 3.11
Project Manual, Definition of the Schedule of Values
1.1.7 9.2,9.3.1
Project Manuals Schedules,Construction
2.2.5 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3
Project Representatives Separate Contracts and Contractors
4.2.10 1.1.4, 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 4.2.7, 4.6.4, 6, 8.3.1, 11.4.7,
Property Insurance 12.1.2, 12.2.5
10.2.5, 11.4 Shop Drawings,Definition of
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 3.12.1
10 Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples
Regulations and Laws 3.11,3.12,4.2.7
1.6, 3.2.2, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.4.8, 4.6, 9.6.4, Site,Use of
9.9.1, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1
Rejection of Work Site Inspections
3.5.1,4.2.6, 12.2.1 1.2.2,3.2.1,3.3.3,3.7.1,4.2,4.3.4,9.4.2, 9.10.1, 13.5
Releases and Waivers of Liens Site Visits,Architect's
9.10.2 4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.5
Representations Special Inspections and Testing
1.5.2, 3.5.1, 3.12.6, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.5
9.10.1 Specifications,Definition of the
Representatives 1.1.6
2.1.1, 3.1.1,3.9,4.1.1,4.2.1,4.2.10,5.1.1,5.1.2, 13.2.1 Specifications,The
Resolution of Claims and Disputes 1.1.1,1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.2.2, 1.6,3.11, 3.12.10, 3.17
4.4,4.5,4.6 Statute of Limitations
Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 4.6.3, 12.2.6, 13.7
3.3.2, 3.18,4.2.3,4.3.8,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, 10 Stopping the Work -
Retainage 2.3,4.3.6,9.7, 10.3, 14.1
9.3.1,9.6.2,9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 Stored Materials
Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by 6.2.1,9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 11.4.1.4
AlA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/7/2000. AIA License Number 107575, which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page tt7
Materials, Labor, Equipment and 6.2.5, 9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, l 1.2, 1 1.4,
1.1.3, 1.1.6, 1.6.1, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3.8.23, 3.12, 3.13, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4
3.15.1,•4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, Owner's Authority
9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.2 1.6, 2.1.1,2.3, 2.4, 3.4.2, 3.8.1, 3.12.10, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.1.3,
Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Procedures of 4.2.4, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 4.4.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.4, 5.4.1, 6.1, 6.3, 7.2.1, Awk
Construction 7.3.1, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 9.3.1, 9.3.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 10.3.2,
3.3.1, 3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,9.4.2 1 1.1.3, 11.3.1, 11.4.3, 11.4.10, 12.2.2, 12.3.1; 13.2.2, 14.3,
Mechanic's Lien 14.4
4.4.8 Owner's Financial Capability
Mediation 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.5
4.4.1,4.4.5,4.4.6,4.4.8,4.5,4.6.1,4.6.2, 8.3.1, 10.5 Owner's Liability Insurance
Minor Changes in the Work 11,2
1.1.1, 3.12.8,4.2.8,4.3.6, 7.1, 7.4 Owner's Loss of Use Insurance
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 11.4.3
13 Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors
Modifications, Definition of 1.1.2,5.2,5.3,5.4,9.6.4,9.10.2, 14.2.2
1.1.1 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work
Modifications to the Contract 2.4, 12.2.4. 14.2.2.2
1.1.1, 1.1.2, 3.7.3, 3.11, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 5.2.3, 7, 8.3.1, 9.7, Owner's Right to Clean Up
10.3.2, 11.4.1 6.3
Mutual Responsibility Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate
6.2 Contracts
Nonconforming Work,Acceptance of 6,1
9.6.6,9.9.3, 12.3 Owner's Right to Stop the Work
Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of 2,3
2.3,2.4,3.5.1,4.2.6, 6.2.5,9.5.1,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.4, 12.2.1, Owner's Right to Suspend the Work
13.7.1.3 14.3
Notice Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract
2.2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2.3, 3.3.1, 3.7.2, 3.7.4, 3.12.9, 4.3, 4.4.8, 14.2
4.6.5, 5.2.1, 8.2.2, 9.7, 9.10, 10.2.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, 12.2.2, Ownership and Use of Drawings, Specifications and Other
12.2.4, 13.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1, 14.2 Instruments of Service
Notice, Written 1.1.1,1.6,2.2.5,3.2.1,3.11.1,3.17.1,4.2.12,5.3
2.3, 2.4, 3.3.1, 3.9, 3.12.9, 3.12.10, 4.3, 4.4.8, 4.6.5, 5.2.1, Partial Occupancy or Use
8.2.2, 9.7, 9.10, 10.2.2, 10.3, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 9.6.6,9.9, 11.4.1.5
13.3, 14 Patching,Cutting and
Notice of Testing and Inspections 3.14,6.2.5
13.5.1, 13.5.2 Patents
Notice to Proceed 3.17
8.2.2 Payment,Applications for
Notices, Permits, Fees and 4.2.5, 7.3.8, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.6.3, 9.7.1, 9.8.5, 9.10.1,
2.2.2, 3.7,3.13,7.3.6.4, 10.2.2 9.10.3,9.10.5, 11.1.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3
Observations,Contractor's Payment,Certificates for
1.5.2, 3.2, 3.7.3,4.3.4 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7.1, 9.10.1,
Occupancy 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4
2.2.2,9.6.6,9.8, 11.4.1.5 Payment,Failure of
Orders, Written 4.3.6,9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2, 13.6
1.1.1, 2.3, 3.9, 4.3.6, 7, 8.2.2, 11.4.9, 12.1, 12.2, 13.5.2, Payment,Final
14.3.l 4.2.1,4.2.9,4.3.2,9.8.2,96 0, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.1, 11.4.5,
OWNER 12.3.1, 13.7, 14.2.4, 14.4.3
2 Payment Bond,Performance Bond and
Owner, Definition of 7.3.6.4,9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.4.9, 11.5
2.1 Payments,Progress
Owner, Information and Services Required of the 4.3.3,9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3
2.1.2, 2.2, 3.2.1, 3.12.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.7, 4.3.3, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575, which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page#6
9.9.1, 10.2, 10.3, 12.2, 14.2, 14.3 Insurance,Project Management Protective Liability
Extensions of Time 11.3
3.2.3, 4.3.1, 4.3.4,4.3.7, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3, 7.4.1, 9.5.1, Insurance,Property
9.7.1, 10.3.2, 10.6.1, 14.3.2 10.2.5, 11.4
Failure of Payment Insurance, Stored Materials
0001- 4.3.6,9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2, 13.6 9.3.2, 11.4.1.4
Faulty Work INSURANCE AND BONDS
(See Defective or Nonconforming Work) 11
Final Completion and Final Payment Insurance Companies,Consent to Partial Occupancy
4.2.1, 4.2.9, 4.3.2, 9.8.2, 9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.1, 11.4.5, 9.9.1, 11.4.1.5
12.3.1, 13.7, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Insurance Companies,Settlement with
Financial Arrangements,Owner's 11.4.10
2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.5 Intent of the Contract Documents
Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance 1.2.1,4.2.7,4.2.12,4.2.13, 7.4
11.4 Interest
GENERAL PROVISIONS 13.6
1 Interpretation
Governing Law 1.2.3, 1.4,4.1.1,4.3.1,5.1,6.1.2, 8.1.4
13.1 Interpretations,Written
Guarantees(See Warranty) 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6
Hazardous Materials . Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required
10.2.4, 10.3, 10.5 4.6.4
Identification of Contract Documents Judgment on Final Award
1.5.1 4.6.6
Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers Labor and Materials,Equipment
5.2.1 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1,42.6,
Indemnification 4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3,9.5.I.3,9.10.2, 10.2.1,
3.17,3.18,9.10.2, 10.3.3, 10.5, 11.4.1.2, 11.4.7 10.2.4, 14.2.1.2
Information and Services Required of the Owner Labor Disputes
2.1.2, 2.2, 3.2.1, 3.12.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.7, 4.3.3, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 8.3.1
6.2.5, 9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 11.4, Laws and Regulations
13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4 1.6, 3.2.2, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.4.8, 4.6,9.6.4,
Injury or Damage to Person or Property 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14
4.3.8, 10.2, 10.6 Liens
Inspections 2.1.2,4.4.8,8.2.2,9.3.3,9.10
3.1.3, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder
9.9.2,9.10.1, 12.2.1, 13.5 4.6.4
Instructions to Bidders Limitations,Statutes of
1.1.1 4.6.3, 12.2.6, 13.7
Instructions to the Contractor Limitations of Liability
3.2.3,3.3.1,3.8.1,4.2.8, 5.2.1, 7, 12,8.2.2, 13.5.2 2.3, 3.2.1, 3.5.1, 3.7.3, 3.12.8, 3.12.10, 3.17, 3.18,4.2.6,
Insurance 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 6.2.2, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.4, 10.3.3,
3.18.1,6.1.1,7.3.6, 8.2.1,9.3.2,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.2, 9.10.5, 10.2.5, 11.1.2, 11.2.1, 11.4.7, 12.2.5, 13.4.2
11 Limitations of Time
Insurance, Boiler and Machinery 2.1.2, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2.1, 3.7.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1,4.2.7,
11.4.2 4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,5.2,5.3, 5.4,6.2.4,7.3,7.4, 8.2,9.2,9.3.1,
Insurance,Contractor's Liability 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 11.1.3, 11.4.1.5,
11.1 11.4.6, 11.4.10, 12.2, 13.5, 13.7, 14
Insurance, Effective Date of Loss of Use Insurance
8.2.2, 11.1.2 11.4.3
Insurance, Loss of Use Material Suppliers -
11.4.3 1.6,3.12.1,4.2.4,4.2.6,5.2.1,9.3,9.4.2,9.6,9.10.5
Insurance,Owner's Liability Materials,Hazardous
11.2 10.2.4, 10.3, 10.5
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page 45
3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3, 3.14.2, 6.2.4, 9.2.1.5, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.6, 11.1, 11.4,
ll.l.l, 11.4.7, 14.1, 14.2.1.1, 12.2.4
Contractor's Liability Insurance Damage to the Work
11.1 3.14.2,9.9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.6, 11.4, 12.2.4
Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors and Owner's Damages,Claims for **"'
Forces 3.2.3, 3.18, 4.3.10, 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.1.1,
3.12.5, 3.14.2,4.2.4,6, 11.4.7, 12.1.2, 12.2.4 11.4.5, 11.4.7, 14.1.3, 14.2.4
Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors Damages for Delay
1.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 5, 9.6.2, 9.6.7, 9.10.2, 11.4.1.2, 6.1.1,8.3.3, 9.5.1.6,9.7, 10.3.2
1 l.4.7, 11.4.8 Date of Commencement of the Work, Definition of
Contractor's Relationship with the Architect 8.1.2
l.1.2, 1.6, 3.1.3, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.3.1, 3.4.2, 3.5.1, 3.7.3, Date of Substantial Completion, Definition of
3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16, 3.18, 4.1.2, 4.1.3, 4.2, 4.3.4, 4.4.1, 8.1.3
4.4.7, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, .5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, Day,Definition of
10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3, 11.4.7, 12, 13.4.2, 13.5 8.1.4
Contractor's Representations Decisions of the Architect
1.5.2, 3.5.1,3.12.6,6.2.2,8.2.1,9.3.3,9.8.2 4.2.6,4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.3.4, 4.4.1, 4.4.5, 4.4.6,
Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 4.5,6.3,7.3.6,7.3.8,8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2,9.4,9.5.1,9.8.4,9.9.1,
3.3.2, 3.18,4.2.3,4.3.8, 5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, 10 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4
Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Decisions to Withhold Certification
1.5.2, 31, 3.7.3 9.4.1,9.'5,9.7, 14.1.1.3
Contractor's Right to Stop the Work Defective or Nonconfolming Work, Acceptance, Rejection and
9.7 Correction of
Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1, 4.2.6, 6.2.5, 9.5.1, 9.5.2, 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3,
4.3.10, 14.1 9.10.4, 12.2.1, 13.7.1.3
Contractor's Submittals Defective Work,Definition of
3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.6, 9.2, 9.3, 9.8.2, 3.5.1
9.8.3,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.1.3, 11.5.2 Definitions
Contractor's Superintendent 1.1,2.1.1, 3.1, 3.5.1, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 3.12.3,4.1.1,4.3.1,5.1,
3.9, 10.2.6 6.1.2,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.3.6,8.1, 9.1,9.8.1
Contractor's Supervision and Construction Procedures Delays and Extensions of Time
1.2.2, 3.3,3.4, 3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3,6.2.4,7.1.3, 3.2.3, 4.3.1, 4.3.4, 4.3.7, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1,7.4.1,
7.3.4, 7.3.6, 8.2, 10, 12, 14 7.5.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7.1, 10.3.2, 10.6.1, 14.3.2
Contractual Liability Insurance Disputes
11.1.1.8, 11.2, 11.3 4.1.4,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,6.3,7.3.8
Coordination and Correlation Documents and Samples at the Site
1.2, 1.5.2,3.3.1, 3.10, 3.12.6,6.1.3,6.2.1 3.11
Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications Drawings,Definition of
1.6,2.2.5, 3.11 1.1.5
Copyrights Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership of
1.6, 3.17 1.1.1, 1.3,2.2.5,3.11,5.3
Correction of Work Effective Date of Insurance
2.3, 2.4, 3.7.4, 4.2.1, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2, 8.2.2, 11.1.2
13.7.1.3 Emergencies
Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents 4.3.5,10.8, 14.1.1.2
1.2 Employees,Contractor's
Cost, Definition of 3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 101, 10.3,
7.3.6 11.1.1, 11.4.7, 14.1, 14.2.1.1
Costs Equipment,Labor, Materials and
2.4, 3.2.3, 3.7.4, 3.8.2, 3.15.2, 4.3, 5.4.2, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13, 3.15.1,4.2.6,
7.3.3.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.7, 7.3.8, 9.10.2, 10.3.2, 10.5, 11.3, 11.4, 4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3,9.5.1.3,9.10.2, 10.2.1,
111, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.5, 14 10.2.4, 14.2.1.2
Cutting and Patching Execution and Progress of the Work
6.2.5, 3.14 1.1.3, 1.2.1, 1.2.2, 2.2.3, 2.2.5, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.7, 3.10,
Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Contractors 3.12, 3.14, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4,3.3, 6.2.2, 7.1.3, 7.3.4, 8.2, 9.5,
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying AAW
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20 LCON--3/7/2000. AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page?#4
9.8.3,9.8.4,9.8.5 1.6.1, 3.2.2, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13,4.1.1, 4.4.8, 4.6.4, 4.6.6,
Certificates for Payment 9.6.4, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6,
4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7.1, 9.10.1, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3
9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions
Certificates of Inspection,Testing or Approval 4.3.4,8.3.1, 10.3
13.5.4 Conditions of the Contract
Certificates of Insurance 1.1.1, 1.1.7,6.1.1,6.1.4
9.10.2, 11.1.3 Consent, Written
Change Orders 1.6, 3.4.2, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.3.4, 4.6.4, 9.3.2, 9.8.5,
1.1.1, 2.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.8.2.3, 3.11.1, 3.12.8,4.2.8,4.3.4, 4.3.9, 9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.4.1, 13.2, 13.4.2
5.2.3, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 9.103, 11.4.1.2, 11.4.4, CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE
11.4.9, 111.2 CONTRACTORS
Change Orders, Definition of 1.1.4,6
7.2.1 Construction Change Directive, Definition of
CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.3.1
3.11,4.2.8,7, 8.3.1,9.3.1.1, 11.4,9 Construction Change Directives
Claim,Definition of 1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,4.3.9,7.1,7.3,9.3.1.1
4.3.1 Construction Schedules,Contractor's
Claims and Disputes 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3
3.2.3,4.3,4.4,4,5,4.6,6.1.1,6.3,7.3.8,9.33,9.10.4, Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts
10.3.3 5.4, 14.2.2.2
Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims Continuing Contract Performance
4.6.5 4.3.3
Claims for Additional Cost Contract,Definition of
3.2.3,4.3.4,4.3.5,4.3.6,6.1.1,7.3.8, 10.3.2 1.1.2
Claims for Additional Time CONTRACT,TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE
3.2.3,4.3.4,4.3.7,6.1.1,8.3.2, 10.3.2 5.4.1.1, 11.4.9,14
Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions Contract Administration
4.3.4 3.1.3,4,9.4,9.5
Claims for Damages Contract Award and Execution,Conditions Relating to
+* 3.2.3, 3.18, 4.3.10, 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5,1, 9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.1.1, 3.7.1,3.10,5.2,6.1, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, 11.5.1
11.4.5, 11.4.7, 14.1.3, 14.2.4 Contract Documents,The
Claims Subject to Arbitration 1.1, 1.2
4.4.1,4.5.1,4.6.1 Contract Documents,Copies Furnished and Use of
Cleaning Up 1.6,2.2.5,5.3
3.15,6.3 Contract Documents,Definition of
Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period 1.1.1
13.7 Contract Sum
Commencement of the Work,Conditions Relating to 3.8, 4.3.4, 4.3.5, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 9.1, 9.4.2,
2.2.1, 3.2.1, 3.4.1, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12.6, 4.3.5, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.5.1.4,9.6.7,9.7, 10.3.2, 11.4.1, 14.2.4, 14.3.2
6.2.2, 8.1.2,8.2.2, 8.3.1, 11.1, 11.4.1, 11.4.6, 11.5.1 Contract Sum,Definition of
Commencement of the Work,Definition of 9.1
8.1.2 Contract Time
Communications Facilitating Contract Administration 4.3.4, 4.3.7, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2.1.3, 7.3, 7.4, 8.1.1, 8.2, 8.3.1,
3.9.1,4.2.4 9.5.1,9.7, 10.3.2, 12.1.1, 14.3.2
Completion,Conditions Relating to Contract Time,Definition of
1.6.1, 3.4.1, 3.11, 3.15, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 8.2, 9.4.2, 9.8,9.9.1, 8.1.1
9.10, 12.2, 13.7, 14.1.2 CONTRACTOR
COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND 3
9 Contractor,Definition of
Completion,Substantial 3.1,6.1.2
4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3, 9.10.4.2, Contractor's Construction Schedules
12.2, 13.7 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3
Compliance with Laws Contractor's Employees
.AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
A:Obl AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20LCON--3/7/2000.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 --Page a3
INDEX Architect's Administration of the Contract
Acceptance of Nonconforming Work 3.1.3,4.2,4.3.4,4.4, 9.4,9.5
9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 Architect's Approvals
Acceptance of Work 2.4,3.1.3,3.5.1,3.10.2,4.2.7
Ak
9.6.6, 9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.1,9.10.3, 12.3 Architect's Authority to Reject Work "
Access to Work 3.5.1,4.2.6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1
3.16,6.2.1, 12.1 Architect's Copyright
Accident Prevention 1.6
4.2.3, 10 Architect's Decisions
Acts and Omissions 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.3.4, 4.4.1, 4.4.5, 4.4.6,
3.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.8, 3.18, 4.2.3, 4.3.8, 4.4.1, 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 4.5,6.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.8, 8.1.3, 8.3.1,9.2,9.4,9.5.1,9.8.4,9.9.1,
10.2.5, 13.4.2, 13.7, 14.1 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4
Addenda Architect's Inspections
1.1.1, 3.11 4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5
Additional Costs, Claims for Architect's Instructions
4.3.4,4.3.5,4.3.6,6.1.1, 10.3 3.2.3,3.3.1,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.8,7.4.1, 12.1, 13.5.2
Additional Inspections and Testing Architect's Interpretations
9.8.3, 12.2.1, 13.5 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6
Additional Time,Claims for Architect's Project Representative
4.3.4,4.3.7, 8.3.2 4.2.10
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT Architect's Relationship with Contractor
3.1.3,4,9.4,9.5 1.1.2, 1.6, 3.1.3, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.3.1,3.4.2,3.5.1, 3.7.3,
Advertisement or Invitation to Bid 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.169 3.18, 4.1.29 4.1.3, 4.2, 4.3.4, 4.4.1,
1.1.1 4.4.7, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9,
Aesthetic Effect 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3, 11.4.7, 12, 13.4.2, 13.5
4.2.13,4.5.1 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors
Allowances 1.1.2,4.2.3,4.2.4,4.2.6,9.6.3,9.6.4, 11.4.7
3.8 Architect's Representations
All-risk Insurance 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1
11.4.1.1 Architect's Site Visits
Applications for Payment 4.2.2,4.2.5,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.5
4.2.5, 7.3.8, 9.2, 9.39 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.6.3, 9.7.1, 9.8.5, 9.10, Asbestos
11.1.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 10.3.1
Approvals Attomeys'Fees
2.4, 3.1.3,3.59 3.10.2,3.12,4.2.7,9.3.2, 13.4.2, 13.5 3.18.1,9.10.2, 10.3.3
Arbitration Award of Separate Contracts
4.3.3,4.4,4.5.1,4.5.2,4.6, 8.3.1, 9.7.1, 11.4.9, 11.4.10 6.1.1,6.1.2
Architect Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the
4.1 Work
Architect, Definition of 5.2
4.1.1 Basic Definitions
Architect, Extent of Authority 1.1
2.4, 3.12.7, 4.2, 4.3.6, 4.4, 5.2, 6.3, 7.1.2, 7.3.6, 7.4,9.2, Bidding Requirements
9.3.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, 13.5.1, 1.1.1, 1.1.7,5.2.1, 11.5.1
13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Boiler and Machinery Insurance
Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility 11.4.2
2.1.1, 3.3.3, 3.12.4, 3.12.8, 3.12.10, 4.1.2, 4.2.1,4.2.2, Bonds,Lien
4.2.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.4, 5.2.1, 7.4, 9.10.2
9.4.2, 9.6.49 9.6.6 Bonds,Performance,and Payment
Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 7.3.6.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.4.9, 11.5
2.4, 11.4.1.1, 12.2.1, 13.5.2, 13.5.3, 14.2.4 Building Permit
3.7.1
Capitalization
1.3
Certificate of Substantial Completion
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNNG: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S, copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic
User Document: 97A20 LCON--3/7/2000. AIA License Number 107575, which expires on 3/6/200IA2 Page t2
General Conditions of the Contract for Construction
AIA Document A201 - 1997
1997 Edition - Electronic Format
This document has important legal consequences.Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification.AUTHENTICATION
OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401.
This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America
Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987,®1997 by The American Institute of Architects.Fifteenth Edition.
Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States
and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.
TABLE OF ARTICLES
1. GENERAL PROVISIONS
2. OWNER
3. CONTRACTOR
4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
5. SUBCONTRACTORS
6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
7. CHANGES IN THE WORK
8. TIME
9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
11. INSURANCE AND BONDS
12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
�vtERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING. Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A20(-1997
User Document:97A20 LCON--3/7/2000. AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2001 -- Page 4 1
ALDERMAN & MAC NEISH ALTERATIONS AND RENOVATIONS
ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS TENNEY HOUSE
594 RIVERDALE ROAD SMITH COLLEGE
A WEST SPRINGFIELD, MA 01089 NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
Mechanical Contractors Communication Contractors
Comm-Link Springfield, Ma.
Harry Grodsky Co. Springfield, Ms. Haas Elec. South Hadley, Ma.
M.J. Moran Haydevitle.Me. Hogan Communications Holyoke, Ms.
T.J. Conway Springfield, Ms. Comm-Tract Waltham. Ms.
Boulanger Plumbing Easthampton, MA
(Plumbin ply) _
Electrical 6-ontradtors Automatic Temperature Control
Beco Electric Springfield,Ma. E.S.I. 1-603-926-0190 Hampton. N.H.
Collins Electric Chicopee. Ms. Yankee Technology Ludlow, Ma.
David R. Northup Electric Agawam, Ms.
Haas Electric South Hadley. Ms. Roofing Contractors
M.L.Schmitt, Inc. Springfield, Ms.
Moynihan Electric South Hadley, Ma. Morris Springfield Ms.
Orchard Electric Northampton. Ms. Rivet Springfield Ms.
Systems Electric Worthington Ma. Titan Chicopee Ms.
Springfield Elec. Springfield Ma.
Universal Elec. Springfield, Ma. Painting Contractors
Easthampton Electric Easthampton, Ma Gormely, Mike Northampton, Ma.
Quantum Elec. West Springfield, Ma. Lococ o. Owen Northampton, Ma.
M&S Electric Hatfield, Ma. Vortheast Northampton, Ma.
Coffey& Heady Northampton, Ma.
Fire Protection Calahan,Joe Pellam, Ms.
Allied Fire Protection Sprinfield. Ms, Novotny Northampton, Ma.
Saystate Sprinkler Co. Holyoke, Ma. Cameron Amherst. Me.
Grinnell Co. Newington, CT.
H.F.P. South Hadley,Ma. .Sheet Metal Fabricators
Warehouse Mechanical South Hadley, Ma. Kleeberg Sheet Metal Ludlow. Ms.
A&G Fire Protection Ludlow MA. Fisher Sheet Metal Springfield,Ma.
Berkshire Air West Spffd., Ms.
Millwork Custom Sheet metal Haydenville, MA.
Westek Westfield, MA.
Amherst woodworking Northampton, MA. Elevator Contractors
John Carlo Woodworking Westfield, MA. Schindler Hartford, Conn.
Wright Architectural Northampton, MA. Bay State Chicopee, Ms.
Haydenville Woodwor dng Amherst,Ms. Otis West Springfield. Ms.
Laurel Hill(Peter Dellert) Holyoke. MA.
Bradford Woodworking Florence Ms.
SAMPLE
AMW
CERTIFICATE OF VOTE OF AUTHORIZATION
, 20
I hereby certify that a meeting of the Board of Directors of
duly called and held at
on the day of 20
at which a quorum was present and acting, it was noted that
of
(Officer)
be and hereby is authorized to execute and deliver for, and in
behalf of, the Corporation a Contract with the Trustees of Smith
Colleae for Alterations and Renovations to Tenney House at Smith
College in Northampton, Massachusetts, which Contract was present
at, made a part of, the records of said meeting.
I further certify that
is the duly qualified and acting
of the Corporation and that said vote has not been repealed,
rescinded, or amended.
A true copy of the Record.
ATTEST:
(Clerk of the Corporation)
(Corporate Seal)
END OF SECTION
2292 (SC-TENNEY) INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ITB
14
IN WITNESSETH WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to
00M be signed and sealed in the day and year first above written.
(Contractor)
WITNESS : BY:
TRUSTEES OF SMITH COLLEGE
BY: Chairman
Smith College, without personal liability of the members thereof .
APPROVED AS TO FORM APPROVED AS TO APPROPRIATION
The Contractor shall, before commencing performance of this
Contract, provide insurance for the payment of compensation and
OW the furnishing of other benefits under Ma. G.L. , Ch. 152, to all
persons to be employed under this Contract, and the Contractor
shall continue such insurance for full force and effect during the
term of this Contract . Sufficient proof of compliance with this
clause shall be provided upon the signing of this Contract .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ITB
13
estimate shall not affect the due date for the periodic payment or
the date for the commencement of interest charges on the amount of
the periodic payment computed in accordance with the changes made,
as provided herein; provided, that the Awarding Authority may,
within seven days after receipt, return to the Contractor for
correction, any periodic estimate which is not in the required
form or which contains computations not arithmetically correct
and, in any event, the date of receipt of such periodic estimate
shall be the date of receipt of the corrected periodic estimate in
proper form and with arithmetically correct computations . The
date of receipt of periodic estimate received on a Saturday shall
be the first working day thereafter. "
The Contractor shall perform all the work required by this
Contract in conformity with the Drawings and Specifications
contained herein. No willful or substantial deviation from said
Drawings and Specifications shall be made unless authorized in
writing by the Owner or by the Architect-Engineer in charge of the
work who is duly authorized by the Owner to approve such
deviations.
In order to avoid delays in the prosecution of the work required
by such Contract, such deviation from the Drawings and
Specifications may be authorized by a written order of the Owner
or such Architect-Engineer so authorized to approve such
deviation, within 30 days thereafter, such written order shall be
confirmed by a certificate of the Owner stating: (1) if such
deviation involves any substitution or elimination of materials,
fixtures or equipment, the reason why such materials, fixtures or
equipment were included in the first instance, and the reasons for
substitution or elimination and, if the deviation is of any other
nature, the reason for such deviation, giving justification
therefore; (2) that the specified deviation does not materially
injure the project as a whole; (3) that either the work
substituted for the work specified is of the same cost and
quality; or that an equitable adjustment has been agreed upon
between the Owner and the Contractor and the awarding dollars of
said adjustment, and (4) that the deviation is in the best
interest of the Owner.
Such certificate shall be signed under the penalties of perjury
and shall be a permanent part of the file record of the work
contracted for.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ITB
12
ARTICLE 6 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTORS; "Within fifteen days after
receipt from the Contractor, at the place designated by the
Awarding Authority, of a periodic estimate, in six copy form,
requesting payment of the amount due for the preceding month, the
Awarding Authority will make a periodic payment to the Contractor
for the work performed during the preceding month and for the
materials not incorporated in the work but delivered and suitably
stored at the site (or at some location agreed upon in writing) to
which the Contractor has title or to which a Subcontractor has
title and has authorized the Contractor to transfer title to the
Awarding Authority, less (1) a retention based on its estimate of
the fair value of its claims against the Contractor and less (2) a
retention for direct payments to Subcontractors based on demands
for same in accordance with the provisions of Ma. G.L. , Ch. 30,
Sec . 39F, and less (3) a retention not exceeding five percent of
the approved amount of periodic payment . After the receipt of a
periodic estimate requesting final .payment and within sixty-five
days after (a) the Contractor fully completes the work or
substantially completes the work so that the value of the work
remaining to be done is, in the estimate of the Awarding
Authority, less than one percent of the original Contract price,
or (b) the Contractor substantially completes the work and the
Awarding Authority takes possession of occupancy, whichever occurs
first, the Awarding Authority shall pay the Contractor the entire
balance due on the Contract less (1) a retention based on its
estimate of the fair value of its claims against the Contractor
and of the cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory
items of work and less (2) a retention for direct payment to
Subcontractors based on demands for same in accordance with the
provisions of Ma. G.L. , Ch. 30, Sec . 39F or based on the record of
payments by the Contractor to the Subcontractors under this
Contract if such record of payment indicates that the Contractor
has not paid Subcontractors as provided in Ma. G.L. , Ch. 30, Sec .
39F. If the Awarding Authority fails to make payment, as herein
provided, there shall be added to each such payment daily interest
at the rate of five percent per annum commencing on the first day
after said payment is due and continuing until the payment is
delivered or mailed to the Contractor; provided, that no interest
shall be due, in any event, on the amount due on a periodic
estimate for final payment until fifteen days after receipt of
such a periodic estimate from the Contractor, at the place
designated by the Awarding Authority, if such a place is so
designated. The Contractor agrees to pay to each Subcontractor a
portion of any such interest paid in accordance with the amount
due each Subcontractor. "
"The Awarding Authority may make changes in any periodic estimate
submitted by the Contractor and the payment due on said periodic
estimate shall be computed in accordance with the changes so made,
but such changes or any requirement for a corrected periodic
2292 (SC-TENNEY) INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ITB
11
CONTRACT FORM
-- -AW.
THIS AGREEMENT made this day of
in the year Two Thousand by and between
hereinafter called the "Contractor, " and Trustees of Smith
College, Northampton, Massachusetts, hereinafter called the
"Owner. "
WITNESSETH, that the Contractor and the Owner for the
consideration stated herein agree as follows :
ARTICLE 1 , STATEMENT OF WORK: The Contractor shall furnish all
labor, materials, equipment, and insurance and perform all work
required for the construction of Alterations and Renovations,
Tenney House, in strict accordance with the General Conditions and
Specifications and Drawings for the construction of Alterations
and Renovations, Tenney House, in the City of Northampton,
Massachusetts, dated March 20, 2000, the Addenda thereto numbered
, and , and the Drawings referred to
therein, all as prepared by Alderman & MacNeish, Architects and
Engineers, and said Drawings and said Specifications and General
Conditions are incorporated herein by reference and are made a
part thereof; provided, however, since this is a governmental
agency Contract, that the terms of any of these documents
inconsistent with applicable law shall have no effect and, further
provided, that any provisions of the General Laws of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts required to be inserted herein shall
be incorporated herein by reference.
ARTICLE 2 , TIME OF COMPLETION: The Contractor shall commence work
under this Contract on the date specified in the written notice of
the Owner to proceed and shall complete all work hereunder within
the time stated in the General Conditions .
ARTICLE 3 , THE CONTRACT SUM: The Owner will pay the Contractor
for the performance of the Contract, in current funds, the sum of
Dollars ($ ) .
ARTICLE 4 . ALTERATIONS : The following changes were made in the
Contract Documents before this Contract was signed by the parties
hereto :
ARTICLE 5 . ALTERNATE R MS: Alternate Bid Prices will be
considered only as called for in the Contract Documents and will
be reflected in Article 3 of this Agreement .
1,
2292 (SC-TENNEY) INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ITB
10
Documents and the bid is made in accordance
Aonk therewith.
2 . The Bidder has visited the site and is familiar with
the local conditions under which the work has to be
performed.
B . Failure to so examine the Contract Documents and site
shall not relieve any Bidder from any obligation under
the bid as submitted.
14 . TAXES,
A. The Awarding Authority is exempt from payment of the
Massachusetts Sales Tax. The Contractor will be provided
a Certificate of Exemption number prior to commencement
of work.
15 . GENERAL BIDDERS BIDDING THIS PROJECT
A. General Contractors bidding this project shall obtain
Subcontractors ' bids on major sub-trades from the
following Contractors only (see list at the end of this
Section) . No other firms will be approved for work on
this project.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ITB
9
his Contract . Bidders shall also thoroughly examine and
be familiar with the Drawings and the Specifications .
The failure or omission of any bidder to receive or
examine any form, instrument, document, or to visit the
site and acquaint himself with conditions there existing
shall in no way relieve any bidder from any obligation
with respect to his bid. By submitting a bid, the bidder
agrees and warrants that he has examined the site and the
Specifications and Drawings and, where the Specification
and Drawings require in any of the work a given result to
be produced, that the Specifications and Drawings are
adequate and the required result can be produced, under
the Specifications and Drawings. No claim for any extra
or any alleged damage due to delay will be allowed
because of alleged impossibilities in the production of
the results specified or because of inadequate or
improper Drawings and Specifications and, whenever a
result is required, the successful bidder shall furnish
any and all extras and make any changes needed to
produce, to the satisfaction of the Awarding Authority,
the required results .
11 . BIDDERS PRRqRNT
A. At the time for opening bids, their contents will not be
made public for the information of bidders.
12 . EXPEDITE D .C`TSTnNS
A. Every Contract which requires the Awarding Authority, any
official, its Architect or Engineer to make a decision on
interpretation of the Specifications, approval of
equipment, material or any other approval, or progress of
the work, shall require that the decision be made
promptly and, in any event, no later than 30 days after
the written submission for decision; but if such decision
requires extended investigation and study, the Awarding
Authority, the official, Architect or Engineer shall,
within 30 days after the receipt of the submission, give
the party making the submission written notice of the
reasons why the decision cannot be made within the 30 day
period and the date by which the decision will be made .
13 . BTURRal REP TIQ-
A. Each General Bidder (hereinafter called "Bidder" ) by
making a bid (hereinafter called "bid") represents that :
1 . The Bidder has read and understands the Contract
2292 (SC-TENNEY) INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ITB
8
C. No general bid received by the Awarding Authority after
the time established herein for the opening of general
bids will be considered, regardless of the cause for delay
in the receipt of any such bid.
8 . WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
A. Any bid may be withdrawn by written or telegraphic request
dispatched by a general bidder in time for delivery in the
normal course of business prior to the hours fixed for the
opening of general bids . Prior to such hour, telegraphic
withdrawal of bids must be confirmed over the signature of
the bidders by written notice deposited in the United
States mail, post marked on or before the date and time
set for receipt of bids .
B. Withdrawn bids may be resubmitted up to the time
designated for the receipt of bids .
C. No bid of the general bidders shall be withdrawn within 30
days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded,
after the opening of the general bids.
9 . INTERPRETATIONS
A. No oral interpretations will be made to any bidder as to
the meaning of the Drawings and Specifications . Every
request for such an interpretation shall be made in
writing by a general bidder and addressed and forwarded to
Alderman & MacNeish, Architects and Engineers, 594
Riverdale Road, West Springfield, Massachusetts 01089 . No
inquiry received within five days of the date fixed for
opening of general bids will be given consideration.
Every interpretation made to a bidder will be in the form
of an Addendum to the Specification which, if issued, may
be sent as promptly as is practicable to all persons to
whom the Drawings and Specifications have been issued.
All such Addenda shall become a part of the Contract
Documents . Failure of the Awarding Authority to send, or
of any bidder to receive, any such interpretation shall
not relieve any bidder from any obligation under his bid
as submitted.
10 . EXAMINATION OF SITE, DRAWINGS, ETC,
A. Each bidder shall visit the site of the proposed work and
fully acquaint himself with circumstances and conditions
relating to the entire project as they exist so that he
may fully understand the facilities, difficulties, and
restrictions attending the execution of the work under
2292 (SC-TENNEY) INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ITB
7
5 . GENERATE
lowk.
A. General bids shall be for the complete work as specified
and shall include the names of sub-bidders and the amounts
of their sub-bids, and the General Contractor shall be
selected on the basis of such general bids . Every general
bid which does not conform with these Specification, or
which is on a form not completely filled in, or which is
incomplete, conditional or obscure, or which contains any
options or additions not called for, shall be invalid, and
the Awarding Authority shall reject every such general
bid. No such general bid shall be rejected because of the
failure to submit prices for, or information relating to,
any item or items for which no specific space is provided
in the general bid form furnished by the Awarding
Authority, but this sentence shall not be applicable to
any failure to furnish prices or information required by
this Section to be furnished in the above "Form for
General Bid. " General bids will be opened and read by the
Awarding Authority in private after the time limit for the
filing thereof . The Awarding Authority reserves the right
to select the Contractor regardless of the bid price.
B. The general bid price shall be the price set forth in
paragraph C. of the "Form for General Bid. " No general
bid shall be rejected because the Drawings and
Specifications do not accompany the bid or are not
submitted with the bid.
6 . ALTERNATE BIDS
A. Alternate bids will be received only if, and as, called
for in Division 1, General Requirements.
7 . TIME FOR RECEIVING BIDS
A. Bids of general bidders will be received by the Awarding
Authority until Ten O' Clock (10 : 00) A.M. , Wednesday,
April 19, 2000, at which time and place all general bids
will be opened in private.
B. Bids received prior to the time established herein for the
opening of bids of the General Contractors will be
securely kept, unopened. The officer whose duty it is to
receive and to open all bids will decide when the
specified time has arrived for the opening of bids of
General Contractors . At the times established, opening of
bids of General Contractors will be done in private. No
responsibility will attach to an officer for premature
opening of a bid not properly addressed and identified.
Am*
2292 (SC-TENNEY) INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ITB
6
provisions of section twenty-nine F of chapter twenty-nine, or
Awk any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter
of the General Laws or any rule or regulations promulgated
thereunder.
Date .
(Name of General Bidder)
By:
Title .
Business Address
City, State, and Zip Code
Business Telephone
If a corporation, it must be signed and sealed by a duly
authorized officer.
If a partnership, so state and give names of all partners.
If an individual, so state and sign.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ITB
5
2 . Commence work on the interior of the project only on ,,Ak,
Tuesday, May 16 , 2000 . Note : The exterior of the
building and the site shall remain clear of any indication
that work is underway. Full project accessibility will be
on Monday, May 22, 2000 .
3 . Smith College will begin asbestos abatement on Tuesday,
May 16 , 2000 .
4 . Substantial Completion of the work shall be accomplished
no later than Friday, August 18, 2000 .
5 . Complete the required work no later than Friday,
August 25, 2000 .
F. Unit Costs : Repair or replacement of existing bulging,
cracked, missing, or otherwise defective plaster and drywall
currently concealed under vinyl wall covering or wallpaper, as
required to provide a sound, flush, and uniform substrate to
receive paint or vinyl wall covering as called for in the
Construction Documents .
Each Wall Requiring Under 10 S.F.
of Repair or Replacement $ /S.F.
Each Wall Requiring Over 10 S.F.
of Repair or Replacement $ JS.F. Aaw
G. In submitting this bid, it is understood that the Owner
reserves the right to reject any or all bids of the general
bidders and to waive any informalities in bidding, if it be in
the Owner' s interest to do so. The Owner also reserves the
right to reject any or all Contractors . It is also agreed
that this bid may not be withdrawn within thirty (30) days of
the receipt of bids, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays
excluded.
H. The undersigned agrees that if he is selected as General
Contractor, he will, within five days, Saturdays, Sundays, and
legal holidays excluded, after presentation thereof by the
Owner, execute a Contract in accordance with the terms of this
general bid.
I . The undersigned hereby certifies that he is able to furnish
labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of
labor employed or to be employed on the work.
J. The undersigned further certifies under penalties of perjury
that the said undersigned is not presently debarred from doing
public construction work in the Commonwealth under the
2292 (SC-TENNEY) INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ITB
4
FORM FOR GENERAL BID
BIDDER:
TO: The Awarding Authority - Trustees of Smith College
126 West Street
Northampton, MA 01060
A. The undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials
required for construction of Alterations and Renovations to
Tenney House, Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts, in
accordance with the accompanying Drawings and Specifications
prepared by Alderman & MacNeish, Architects and Engineers, 594
Riverdale Road, West Springfield, Massachusetts 01089, for the
Contract price specified below, subject to additions and
deductions according to the terms of the Specifications .
B. This bid includes Addenda numbered and
C. The proposed Contract price (Base Bid) is
Dollars ($ )
D. The undersigned certifies that, if awarded the Contract for
this project, the following Subcontractors shall be used:
SECTION TRADE SUBCONTRACTOR
07200 Roofing and Flashing
09900 Painting and Wall
Covering
15300 Fire Protection
15400 Plumbing
15500 Heating, Ventilating
and Air Conditioning
16100 Electrical
Communications Sub-Sub
E. The Contractor shall conduct the required work of this
Contract with regard to the following dates :
1 . Basement level of building will be made available for
project coordination and layout only on Wednesday,
April 26, 2000 . No work will be allowed during exam week
from April 28 through May 5, 2000 .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ITB
3
4 . BIDDING PRO En11gp
-aw
A. Bid documents submitted by all bidders to the Owner shall
be submitted and enclosed in a single envelope which shall
be sealed and clearly labeled with the words "BID
DOCUMENTS, " the project name, and firm name of the bidder.
look
2292 (SC-TENNEY) INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ITB
2
SECTION ITB
owlk
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1 . SPECIAL NOTICE TO BIDDERS
A. Attention is directed to the fact that each set of the
Specifications has bound thereto a complete set of bidding
and general Contract forms . These forms are for reference
and convenience only of bidders and are not to be detached
from the Specifications or filled out or executed.
B. The Owner shall furnish forms to General Contractors for
filing bids . These forms will be available at the office
of Alderman & MacNeish, Architects and Engineers, 594
Riverdale Road, West Springfield, Massachusetts 01089 .
C. Bids must be filed on the forms provided. All items on
the bid forms must be filled in completely and accurately.
Inclusion of alternative proposals with bids, or use of
alternative bid forms, or submission of incomplete or
qualified bids shall be cause for rejection.
D. The award of the Contract in connection with this work,
after approval of an officer, board, or agency, will be
made within 30 days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal
holidays excluded, after such approval; and the award of
this Contract will be made within 30 days, Saturdays,
Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after the opening of
the bids therefore . If the bidder, selected as the
General Contractor, fails to perform his agreement to
execute a Contract in accordance with the terms of his
bid, an award shall be made to the next responsible and
eligible bidder. The 30 day time limit shall not be
applicable to a second or subsequent award made after
expiration of the time limit with the consent of said next
responsible and eligible bidder, and made because the
original award made within the time limit was invalid, or
because the bidder failed to execute the Contract .
2 . BID SECURITY: NONE REQUIRED.
3 . REJECTION OF BIDS
A. In inviting bids, the Awarding Authority shall reserve the
right to reject any or all such bids, if it be in its
interest to do so.
2292 (SC-TENNEY) INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ITB
1
SECTION ITB
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
1 . Special Notice to Bidders 1
2 . Bid Security 1
3 . Rejection of Bids 1
4 . Bidding Procedure 2
Form for General Bid 3
5 . General 6
6 . Alternate Bids 6
7 . Time for Receiving Bids 6
8 . withdrawal of Bids 7
9 . Interpretations 7
10 . Examination of Site, Drawings, Etc. 7
11 . Bidders Present 8
12 . Expedite Decisions 8
13 . Bidders' Representation 8
14 . Taxes 9
Contract Form 10
Sample - Certificate of Vote of
Authorization 14
2292 (SC-TENNEY) INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ITB
0
The Contract Documents may also be seen, but not removed at :
Alderman & MacNeish, Architects and Engineers
594 Riverdale Road, West Springfield, Massachusetts
The Awarding Authority also reserves the right to waive any
informalities in, or to reject any, or all, bids if it be in
their interest to do so.
The Trustees of Smith College
law
AW
2292 (SC-TENNEY) NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
NTC
2
NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
ALTERATIONS AND RENOVATIONS
TENNEY HOUSE
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
The Trustees of Smith College invite sealed bids for the
Alterations and Renovations of Tenney House at Smith College,
Northampton, Massachusetts .
Bids shall be received at Smith College, 126 West Street,
Northampton, Massachusetts, up to the time specified below. Bids
must be received before that time to be considered.
The project will consist of Alterations and Renovations to the
existing building as necessary for completion of the work
indicated on the Construction Documents .
General bids will be received until Ten O' Clock (10 : 00) A.M. ,
Wednesday, April 19, 2000, at which time all general bids will be
opened in private .
A representative of Alderman & MacNeish will be present at the
site to conduct a tour on Thursday, March 30, 2000, starting at
2 : 00 P.M.
k If mailed, bids shall be sent to the Awarding Authority at the
above address .
Bid documents will be available for pick-up at the office of
Alderman & MacNeish, Architects and Engineers, 594 Riverdale
Road, West Springfield, Massachusetts, after Nine O' Clock
(9 : 00) A.M. on Tuesday, March 28, 2000 .
Bidders will be allowed up to two (2) sets of Contract Documents .
Contract Documents may be obtained upon deposit of a certified,
cashier' s or treasurer' s check, or money order for $125 . 00 per
set, payable to Alderman & MacNeish. The deposit will be
refunded for up to two (2) sets for each bidder, upon the return
of the sets in good condition, within 14 calendar days after the
opening of the general bids, otherwise the deposit shall become
the property of Alderman & MacNeish.
Bidders requesting Contract Documents to be mailed to them shall
include, with the document deposit, a separate check (non-
refundable) in the amount of $35 . 00 (certified, cashier' s or
treasurer' s check, or money order) , payable to Alderman &
MacNeish, for each set to cover mailing and handling costs .
2292 (SC-TENNEY) NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
NTC
1
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
Section 08100 - Metal Doors and Frames
Section 08210 - Wood Doors
Section 08610 - Wood Windows (Metal Clad)
Section 08700 - Finish Hardware
Section 08800 - Glass and Glazing
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
Section 09205 - Plaster Patching
Section 09215 - Veneer Plaster
Section 09250 - Gypsum Drywall
Section 09300 - Tile
Section 09510 - Acoustical Ceilings
Section 09680 - Carpet
Section 09700 - Resilient Floors
Section 09900 - Painting and Wall Covering
DIVISION 10 - SPEC IALTTRA
Section 10010 - Miscellaneous Specialties
Section 10150 - Plastic Toilet Partition Doors and Frames
DTVISTONS 11 T ROUGg 14 - NOT USED
DIVISION 15 - M .C'HANTrAT.
Section 15300 - Fire Protection
Section 15400 - Plumbing
Section 15500 - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL WORK
Section 16100 - Electrical Work
2292 (SC-TENNEY) TABLE OF CONTENTS
TOC
2
TITLE TABLE OF CONTENTS
Title Sheet
Table of Contents
Notice to Contractors
BIDDING REQUIREMENTS
Instructions to Bidders
A. I .A. General Conditions
Part 1 - Amendments to A. I .A. General Conditions
Part 2 - Additional Conditions
SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 01010 - Summary of the Work
Section 01030 - Alternate Bid Items
Section 01300 - Submittals
Section 01400 - Quality Control
Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
Section 01600 - Material and Equipment
Section 01700 - Contract Closeout
DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK
Section 02050 - Demolition
Section 02100 - Site Preparation
Section 02500 - Paving and Surfacing
Section 02900 - Landscaping
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
Section 04100 - Masonry
DIVISION 5 - METALS
Section 05100 - Miscellaneous and Ornamental Iron
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS
Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry
Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry
Section 06700 - PVC Finish Panels
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
Section 07100 - Waterproofing, Dampproofing, and Caulking
Section 07200 - Roofing and Flashing
Section 07270 - Firestopping
2292 (SC-TENNEY) TABLE OF CONTENTS
TOC
1
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
FOR
ALTERATIONS AND RENOVATIONS
Aw
TENNEY HOUSE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SPECIAL NOTE: BIDDER'S INSPECTION OF THE PROJECT SITE SHALL BE MADE:
THURSDAY, MARCH 30, 2000 AT 2:00 P.M.
STARTING AT THE MAIN ENTRANCE OF TENNEY HOUSE
ED
sC'y✓
OF
g Na.2892 OF
`rk+ u�w z o�� WILLIAM �yy
n110iNY F. "yG ° A.
FA
PLUMBING
CIVIL
No. 39210 � N0•36M
AL
K OF of
k1J,� OF �S PAUL T. �4c oKEVIN...
ROBERT M. °� g° BABIN. JR: tiN mvm
2 ROY No.83970 r4.38130 ^
v MEOHANIOAL CAL
Na 89859 s.l.��
ate.
d1'�H OF�SO
ALDERMAN & MAC NEISH KEVIN G
ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS
SEAMAN Nm
v MECHANICAL
594 RIVERDALE ROAD No 3813
WEST SPRINGFIELD, MASSACHUSETTS 01089
S
JOB NO. 2292 O AU';:N �
SET NO. DATE: MARCH 20, 2000
02000 Alderman & MacNeish, Inc.
Aw". This Notice Establishes Basic Copyright Protection.
All Rights Reserved.
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
� 2 FOR L
ALTERATIONS AND RENOVATIONS
TENNEY HOUSE
THAMPTON
NOR MASSACHUSETTS
SPECIAL NOTE: BIDDER'S INSPECTION OF THE PROJECT SITE SHALL BE MADE:
THURSDAY, MARCH 30, 2000 AT 2:00 P.M.
STARTING AT THE MAIN ENTRANCE OF TENNEY HOUSE
LI sc'y✓�
OF
t11411 in&
TIU07W F.o NK34OLSON o of WIIAL
Cm a
No. 39210 f Mf` PLUMBING
No.X093
IIAL
_..
OF Of Ts
r
o AU1.T. o KEVIN R.
"U BERT M. N �1�� N�. SEANIM
No.S M9 Cy, 10 r4-38130
C
l�
ALDERMAN & MAC NEISH �p KEVIN R q�G.
tm
ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS SEAMAN
0 MECHANICAL
594 RIVERDALE ROAD No.381 0
WEST SPRINGFIELD, MASSACHUSETTS 01089
JOB NO. 2292 NaL�'
SET NO. —17— MARCH 20, 2000
02000 Alderman & NacNeish, Inc.
This Notice &stablishes Basic Copyright Protection.
All Rights Reserved.